You are on page 1of 297

®

Drilling Specialty
Tools

Standard DS-1 ®

FIFTH EDITION | AUGUST 2020


VOLUME

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Standard DS-1®
Volume 4

Drilling Specialty Tools

Fifth Edition
August 2020

i
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Standard DS-1® Volume 4
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
Drilling Specialty Tools
Fifth Edition

Grant Pettit, P.E.


Principal Author

Samit R. Gokhale, Austin Wells, P.E., Spenser Holcomb, P.E.,


Sara Fahmi, Aaron Garcia, Srinivasa R. Koneti
Contributing Authors
Kellon Marchman Jennifer Mosher
Technical Contributor Production Manager

Bureau Veritas wishes to acknowledge the leadership and foresight of Tom H. Hill
for conceptualizing Standard DS-1 and writing the First through Third Editions.
Bureau Veritas extends its deep appreciation to the Fifth Edition Sponsor Companies and to the individuals
named below, whose technical input contributed significantly to the value of the standard.

Fifth Edition Sponsor Companies


Arconic Corporation INPEX Schlumberger
Arnco Technology Trust, Ltd. Liquidmetal Coatings LLC Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe Co., Ltd
Baker Hughes Nabors Industries Ltd. Shell International Exploration & Production
BHP National Oilwell Varco - Wellbore Technologies Southern Tool Inspection (STI)
Chevron New Tech Systems Superior Energy Services
Command Tubular Products Occidental Oil & Gas Superior Inspection Services
DP-Master Manufacturing OTTO FUCHS Drilling Solution GmbH Tianjin Lilin Machinery Group Co., Ltd
Halliburton Postle Industries, Inc. (Durband® NC) Washita Valley Enterprises, Inc.
ICO Asiapacific Group Quail Tools Workstrings International
Repsol E&P

Reviewers and Contributors


Alessandro Bertini, Schlumberger Howard Liu, Schlumberger Murphy Luu, NOV ReedHycalog
Amol Mulunjkar, Schlumberger James Carriere, Superior Inspection Services Nathan Fuller, Schlumberger
Anant Saraogi, Schlumberger Jason Howell, NOV Grant Prideco Oswaldo Patino, Schlumberger
Andreas Choinka, OTTO FUCHS Jason Kody, Shell Paco McLaughlin, Arnco
Andrei Muradov, NOV Grant Prideco Jeremy Dugas, Quail Tools Peter Kaufmann, OTTO FUCHS
Anthony Griffo, Schlumberger Jim Streater, NOV Downhole Qiao Xiaotang, Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe
Anthony Phillips, Baker Hughes Joe Diliberto, Quail Tools Raza Hussain, NOV Grant Prideco
Austin J. Wells, Arnco Joe Thomas, BHP Richard Griffin, NOV Grant Prideco
Bala Durairajan, Schlumberger John Chen, Schlumberger Roland Bolivar, Bureau Veritas
Benjamin Chartier, Schlumberger John K. Snyder, Halliburton Roman Brilyov, Shell
Benjamin Latiolais, Workstrings International John Price, NOV Grant Prideco Ronnie Falgout, Quail Tools
Brad Millard, NOV Tuboscope Joseph Guidry, Workstrings International Russell Moncrief, NOV Grant Prideco
Buck Johnson, Chevron Josh Gatell, Schlumberger Ryan Harper, Southern Tool Inspection
Charlie Domingue, Quail Tools Josh Morris-Luck, INPEX Salvatore Mangione, Command Tubular Products
Dan Morgan, NOV Grant Prideco Josiah Shearon, Schlumberger Santosh Gupte, ICO Asiapacific
Daniel Hernandez, NOV Downhole Juan Veloz, Washita Valley Sealy Morris, Command Tubular Products
Daniel Seale, Shell Justin Bryant, New Tech Systems Shabnam Meeran, Baker Hughes
David Crose, Nabors Industries Justin Chatagnier, Schlumberger Simone Pallesi, Schlumberger
David Oliver, Schlumberger Kamela Watson, Schlumberger Sneha Deshpande, Schlumberger
Dexter Trahan, Schlumberger Keith Grogan, Bureau Veritas Spenser Holcomb, BHP
Ed Murphy, Command Tubular Products Krishnan Jagathrakshakan, Schlumberger Stephen Chang, DP-Master
Emily Watson, NOV Grant Prideco Larry Jones, Arnco Stephen Slavens, Baker Hughes
Ethen “Poochie” Dupuis, Southern Tool Inspection Li ZhaoXi, Tianjin Lilin Machinery Steve Laughlin, NOV Downhole
Evelina Vogli, Liquidmetal Coatings Lucien Hehn, NOV Grant Prideco Steve Stefancic, Postle Industries
Francesco Zezza, Schlumberger Lv Haiying, Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe Steve Steinke, Schlumberger
Garry Becze, Command Tubular Products Mark Anderson, Chevron Steven Villareal, Schlumberger
Gary Portwood, Schlumberger Mark Chustz, NOV Downhole Steven Xia, Schlumberger
George Irsa, Schlumberger Mark Juckett, NOV Tuboscope Stuart Barrowman, BHP
Greg Jeffers, Nabors Industries Michael Boucherit, Shell Sukhada Shantanu Saoji, Schlumberger
Greg Lockwood, NOV ReedHycalog Michael Strachan, Halliburton Veronica Fong, DP-Master
Guillaume Plessis, NOV Grant Prideco Mike Huber, Postle Industries Walt Laflin, NOV Downhole
Hans Navas, NOV Tuboscope Milton Grimes, BHP WD Averitt, New Tech Systems
Hector Alba, Schlumberger Milton Hruschak, Command Tubular Products Willie Nieves, Repsol
Hector Handal, NOV Grant Prideco Mitch Nobles, ICO Asiapacific Zhao Haibing, Shanghai Hilong Drill Pipe

No endorsement of this standard or its content on the part of any reviewer or his or her company should be inferred.
Copyright ©2020. Bureau Veritas, all rights reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced or scanned into any computer without prior
written consent of Bureau Veritas.
For additional information contact Bureau Veritas, 16800 Greenspoint Park Drive, Ste 300S, Houston, TX 77060 USA
Phone: (281) 671-5700 Email: ds1@bureauveritas.com Web: www.bvna.com/ds1standards
ii
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table of Contents
Page
Foreword.........................................................................................................................................................1

1. Summary
Definitions...........................................................................................................................................................3
Overall Coverage.................................................................................................................................................3
Maintenance Classification.................................................................................................................................4
New Components...............................................................................................................................................6
Relationship to API Q2......................................................................................................................................7
Personnel Competency........................................................................................................................................8
Calibration Requirements...................................................................................................................................8
Waivers................................................................................................................................................................9
Changes from Fourth Edition...........................................................................................................................10

2. Load Rating
Definitions.........................................................................................................................................................11
Load Rating Requirements...............................................................................................................................11
Basic and Advanced Load Ratings....................................................................................................................12
Basic Calculation Process..................................................................................................................................12
Basic Calculation Notes....................................................................................................................................13
FEA Methods (Advanced)................................................................................................................................13
Proof-Load Methods (Advanced).....................................................................................................................14

3. Inspection
Definitions.........................................................................................................................................................17
Inspection Program...........................................................................................................................................17
Acceptable Inspection Procedures.....................................................................................................................18
Inspection Requirements...................................................................................................................................18
Inspection Report..............................................................................................................................................19

4. Assembly
Definitions.........................................................................................................................................................23
Procedure...........................................................................................................................................................23
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Assembly Requirements....................................................................................................................................24
Assembly Check Sheet......................................................................................................................................25

5. Testing
Definitions.........................................................................................................................................................27
Procedure...........................................................................................................................................................27
Testing Requirements........................................................................................................................................28
Function Test Report.........................................................................................................................................29

6. Transmittal
Tool Transmittal Record....................................................................................................................................31

iii
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Page
7. Specific Tool Requirements
Scope.................................................................................................................................................................33
Definitions.........................................................................................................................................................33
Specific Requirements by Tool Types................................................................................................................33

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Meeting Requirements of Standard DS-1 Third Edition, Volume 3, Category 3-5..........................................34
Common Inspection Methods..........................................................................................................................34
Specific Requirements for Shop Qualification of Drilling Jars..........................................................................36
Specific Requirements for Shop Qualification of MWD/LWD and Rotary Steerable Tools...........................37
Specific Requirements for Shop Qualification of Motors and Turbines............................................................38
Specific Requirements for Shop Qualification of Underreamers, Hole Openers, and Roller Reamers..............39
Specific Requirements for Shop Qualification of Surface Safety Valves, Kelly Valves, and IBOPs...................40
Specific Requirements for Shop Qualification of Fishing Tools........................................................................43
Specific Inspection Requirements for Drilling Specialty Tool Connections......................................................49
Sub Inspection...................................................................................................................................................52
Stabilizer Inspection..........................................................................................................................................54
Visual Connection Inspection...........................................................................................................................56
Dimensional 2 Inspection..................................................................................................................................71
Dimensional 3 Inspection..................................................................................................................................88
Blacklight Connection Inspection.....................................................................................................................96
Liquid Penetrant Inspection..............................................................................................................................97
MPI Body Inspection......................................................................................................................................100
Residual Magnetic Particle Inspection Method..............................................................................................101
UT Connection Inspection.............................................................................................................................103
Wet Visible Contrast Inspection.....................................................................................................................104
Specific Requirements for Shop Qualification of Sub-Surface Safety Valves..................................................106
Specific Requirements for Shop Qualification of Frac Sleeves........................................................................107
Visual API Round Connection Inspection.....................................................................................................109
Dimensional API Round Connection Inspection...........................................................................................113
Drift Testing....................................................................................................................................................116
Ultrasonic Wall Thickness Inspection..............................................................................................................117
Specific Requirements for Shop Maintenance of Air Hammer Tools.............................................................118
Shop Makeup Procedure.................................................................................................................................120
Specific Requirements for Shop Maintenance of Elevator Links....................................................................122
Specific Requirements for Shop Maintenance of Rotary Table Master Bushings and Bowls..........................124
Specific Requirements for Shop Maintenance of Rotary Slips........................................................................125
Specific Requirements for Shop Maintenance of Tubular Elevator Bodies for Drill Pipe and Casing............127
Specific Requirements for Shop Maintenance of Elevator Insert Bushings....................................................129

8. Use
Vendor Responsibilities...................................................................................................................................275
Customer Responsibilities...............................................................................................................................275
Continual Improvement..................................................................................................................................275

Appendix.....................................................................................................................................................277

Glossary.......................................................................................................................................................279

Index.............................................................................................................................................................284

iv
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Page
List of Tables
1.1 Coverage of this Standard........................................................................................................................4
1.2 Requirements Imposed by the Customer by Reference to this Standard.................................................7
1.3 Calibration Frequency..............................................................................................................................9

3.1 Key Variables for the Wet Fluorescent MPI Method Using an Active DC Field.................................20
3.2 Key Variables for the Wet Fluorescent MPI Method Using a Residual Field.......................................20
3.3 Key Variables for the Wet Fluorescent MPI Method Using an Active AC Field..................................20
3.4 Key Variables for the Dry Visible MPI Method Using a Residual Field...............................................20
3.5 Key Variables for the Dry Visible MPI Method Using an Active AC Field..........................................21
3.6 Key Variables for the Visible Liquid Penetrant Inspection Method......................................................21
3.7 Key Variables for the Fluorescent Liquid Penetrant Inspection Method...............................................21
3.8 Key Variables for the Compression Wave Ultrasonic Inspection Method.............................................21
3.9 Key Variables for the Shear Wave Ultrasonic Inspection Method.........................................................22
3.10 Key Variables for the Radiographic Examination..................................................................................22

7.1 Applicability of Specific Inspection, Assembly, and Function Testing Requirements of


Chapter 7 by Tool Maintenance Classification......................................................................................34
7.2 Common Inspection Methods Required...............................................................................................35
7.3 Stress Relief Features Required..............................................................................................................46
7.4 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (API and Similar Non-Proprietary Connections).......131
7.5 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™ Connections)...........135
7.6 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque Connections)........139
7.7 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco XT-M™ Connections).......................143
7.8 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco Double Shoulder™ Connections).......146
7.9 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco TurboTorque™ Connections).............149
7.10 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco TurboTorque-M™ Connections)........152
7.11 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco uXT™ Connections)..........................155
7.12 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco uGPDS™ Connections).....................157
7.13 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco Express™ Connections)......................159
7.14 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco EIS™ Connections)............................161
7.15 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco TM2™ Connections).........................163
7.16 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco Delta™ Connections).........................164
7.17 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco X-Force™ Connections).....................168
7.18 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (NK DSTJ Connections).............................................171
7.19 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Hilong HLIDS Connections)....................................174
7.20 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Hilong HLMT Connections)....................................177
7.21 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Hilong HLST Connections)......................................179
7.22 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Hilong HLIST Connections)....................................183
7.23 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Hydril Wedge Thread™ Connections).......................186
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7.24 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (DP-Master DPM-DS Connections).........................189
7.25 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (DP-Master DPM-MT® Connections).......................191
7.26 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (DP-Master DPM-ST® Connections).........................195
7.27 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (DP-Master DPM-HighTorque Connections)...........197
7.28 Used NWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Command Tubular Products CET™ Connections)...198
7.29 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria for Premium Class-Reduced TSR Drill Pipe............................202
7.30 Used TWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (API Connections).......................................................204
7.31 Used TWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™ Connections)...........208
7.32 Used TWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque Connections).........208

v
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

List of Tables (continued) Page


7.33 Used TWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco TurboTorque™ Connections)..............209
7.34 Used TWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco TurboTorque-M™ Connections)........210
7.35 Used TWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco uXT™ Connections)...........................211
7.36 Used TWDP Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria (Grant Prideco Delta™ Connections)..........................212
7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria.................................................................213
7.38 Used HWDP Dimensional Data (API Connections).........................................................................227
7.39 Used HWDP Dimensional Data (Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™ Connections)..............................228
7.40 Used HWDP Dimensional Data (Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque Connections)...........................228
7.41 Used HWDP Dimensional Data (Grant Prideco XT-M™ Connections)..........................................229
7.42 Used HWDP Dimensional Data (Grant Prideco Double Shoulder Connections).............................229
7.43 Used HWDP Dimensional Data (Grant Prideco uXT™ Connections).............................................230
7.44 Used HWDP Dimensional Data (Grant Prideco uGPDS™ Connections)........................................230
7.45 Used HWDP Dimensional Data (Grant Prideco Delta™ Connections)............................................231
7.46 Used HWDP Dimensional Data (Grant Prideco EIS™ Connections)...............................................231
7.47 Used HWDP Dimensional Data (Grant Prideco Express™ Connections).........................................232
7.48 Float Bore and Float Valve Data..........................................................................................................233
7.49 Float Bore Calculation.........................................................................................................................234
7.50 Bending Strength Ratios for Drill Collar Connections.......................................................................235
7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torques.................................................................................................................246
7.52 Recommended Makeup Torques for Drill Collar Connections...........................................................266
7.53 Average Pitch Diameter Variation and Ovality Tolerances..................................................................270
7.54 Dimensions for Pin Connections Compatible with Connections from Non-Upset Tubing................270
7.55 Dimensions for Pin Connections Compatible with Connections from Externally Upset Tubing.......271
7.56 Dimensions for Pin Connections Compatible with Connections from Integral Tubing.....................271
7.57 Dimensions for Box Connections Compatible with Connections from Non-Upset Tubing...............271
7.58 Dimensions for Box Connections Compatible with Connections from Externally Upset Tubing.......272
7.59 Dimensions for Box Connections Compatible with Connections from Integral Tubing.....................272
7.60 Dimensional Acceptance Criteria for Box Connections from a Tool Body Compatible with
Pin Connections from Non-Upset Tubing or Externally Upset Tubing (not Couplings)....................273
7.61 Dimensional Acceptance Criteria for Box Connections on a Tool Body Compatible with
Pin Connections from Integral Tubing (not Couplings)......................................................................273
7.62 Rotary-Shouldered Connection Interchange List................................................................................274

A.1 Conversion Factors for Inspection.......................................................................................................277


A.2 Table of Fractions................................................................................................................................278

vi
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Page
List of Figures
1.1 Specialty Tool........................................................................................................................................ 3
1.2 Type “A” Specialty Tools........................................................................................................................ 4
1.3 Type “B” Specialty Tools........................................................................................................................ 5

7.1 Metal Classification on an Example Integral Blade String Mill............................................................44


7.2 Metal Classification on Example Tools..................................................................................................44
7.3 Metal Classification on an Example Cutter Blade.................................................................................44
7.4 Measuring the Thickness of a Solid Component...................................................................................47
7.5 Tong Space and Fishing Neck Length on a Bottleneck Fishing Sub....................................................47
7.6 Example Photo #1 of Acceptable/Rejectable Cracks.............................................................................50
7.7 Example Photo #2 of Acceptable/Rejectable Cracks.............................................................................50
7.8 Example Photo #3 of Acceptable/Rejectable Cracks.............................................................................50
7.9 Example Photo #4 of Acceptable/Rejectable Cracks.............................................................................50
7.10 Example Photo #5 of Acceptable/Rejectable Cracks.............................................................................50
7.11 Example Photo #6 of Acceptable/Rejectable Cracks.............................................................................50
7.12 Example Photo #7 of Acceptable/Rejectable Cracks.............................................................................51
7.13 Example Photo #8 of Acceptable/Rejectable Cracks.............................................................................51
7.14 Example Photo #9 of Acceptable/Rejectable Cracks.............................................................................51
7.15 Example Photo #10 of Acceptable/Rejectable Cracks...........................................................................51
7.16 Example Photo #11 of Acceptable/Rejectable Cracks...........................................................................51
7.17 Example Photo #12 of Acceptable/Rejectable Cracks...........................................................................51
7.18 API Drilling Subs..................................................................................................................................52
7.19 Float Bore Profile...................................................................................................................................53
7.20 Float Bore Profile with Baffle Plate Recess............................................................................................54
7.21 Parts of Thread Forms............................................................................................................................57
7.22 Identifying Last Scratch on Drill Pipe Pin Connection without SRF...................................................57
7.23 Measuring from Last Scratch on Drill Pipe Pin Connection without SRF...........................................59
7.24 Locating Last Scratch on BHA Box Connection with SRF..................................................................59
7.25 Locating Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection with SRF..................................................................59
7.26 Measuring from Last Scratch on BHA Box Connection with SRF......................................................59
7.27 Measuring from Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection with SRF.......................................................59
7.28 Measuring from Last Scratch on BHA Pin Connection without SRF..................................................59
7.29 Acceptable and Rejectable Seal Damage................................................................................................61
7.30 GPMark™ Benchmarks........................................................................................................................62
7.31 Xmark™ Benchmarks............................................................................................................................62
7.32 Dimensions of Damage on Thread Flanks.............................................................................................62
7.33 XT-M™ and TT-M™ Box and Pin Seal Surfaces................................................................................63
7.34 GPMark Benchmarks for Delta™ Connections....................................................................................68
7.35 Xmark™ Benchmarks for Delta™ Connections....................................................................................68
7.36 Pin End Benchmark for X-Force™.......................................................................................................70
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7.37 Box End Benchmark for X-Force™......................................................................................................70


7.38 Acceptable and Rejectable Seal Damage for CET™ Connections........................................................71
7.39 Tool Joint Dimensions for API and Similar Non-Proprietary Connections..........................................73
7.40 Tool Joint Dimensions for Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™, eXtreme™ Torque, uXT™,
XT-M™, TurboTorque™, TurboTorque-M™, and Delta™ Connections.............................................74
7.41 Tool Joint Dimensions for Grant Prideco Double Shoulder, uGPDS™, Express™, EIS™,
TM2™, X-Force™, and Command CET™ Connections.....................................................................76

vii
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

List of Figures (continued) Page


7.42 Tool Joint Dimensions for Hydril Wedge Thread™ Connections.........................................................78
7.43 Tool Joint Dimensions for NK DSTJ™ Connections...........................................................................79
7.44 Tool Joint Dimensions for Hilong HLIDS, HLMT, HLST, and HLIST Connections.......................81
7.45 Tool Joint Dimensions for DP-Master DPM-DS, DPM-MT®, DPM-ST®, and
DPM-HighTorque Connections...........................................................................................................82
7.46 Two Methods of Box Connection Length Inspection for DP-M Connections....................................83
7.47 Two Methods of Pin Connection Length Inspection for DP-M Connections.....................................83
7.48 Two Methods of Box Connection Length Inspection for X-Force™ Connections...............................85
7.49 Two Methods of Pin Connection Length Inspection for X-Force™ Connections................................85
7.50 BHA Connection Dimensions..............................................................................................................88
7.51 Measuring Pin Stress Relief Groove Length (1)....................................................................................90
7.52 Measuring Pin Stress Relief Groove Length (2)....................................................................................90
7.53 Measuring Pin Stress Relief Groove Length (3)....................................................................................90
7.54 Pocket Magnetometer..........................................................................................................................101
7.55 Thread Dimensions of an API Round Pin Connection.......................................................................109
7.56 Thread Dimensions of an API Round Box Connection......................................................................110
7.57 Acceptable Thread Condition..............................................................................................................111
7.58 Rejectable Thread Condition (1)..........................................................................................................111
7.59 Rejectable Thread Condition (2)..........................................................................................................111
7.60 Rejectable Thread Condition (3)..........................................................................................................112
7.61 Rejectable Thread Condition (4)..........................................................................................................112
7.62 Rejectable Thread Condition (5)..........................................................................................................112
7.63 Rejectable Features of an API (8-Round) Tubing Pin Nose................................................................112
7.64 Example of Gauge Ball Diameter........................................................................................................113
7.65 Example Air Hammer Assembly.........................................................................................................118
7.66 Initial Scribe Line................................................................................................................................122
7.67 Offset Scribe Line and MUT..............................................................................................................122
7.68 Final Torque Stripe..............................................................................................................................122
7.69 Not Torqued Connections...................................................................................................................122

viii
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Foreword probability that a specialty tool will fail in service, either


functionally or structurally. To further this objective, the
Since 1992, Standard DS-1 has worked to prevent drill standard establishes certain requirements for specialty
stem failures. Originally an industry-standard set of tool load rating, inspection and assembly process controls,
inspection procedures for used drill pipe, the scope of the function-testing process controls and practices for field use.
standard and its acceptance in the industry has grown
dramatically through four previous editions.
Content
The Fourth Edition of Standard DS-1 was the first time The content of this standard is determined by a committee
the DS-1 Sponsor group elected to address load rating, of technical representatives from sponsor companies.
inspection, assembly, testing, and use of drilling specialty However, suggestions for improving this standard are
tools. The previous Standard STC-1 had addressed these welcomed from any source. Suggested changes should be
areas outside of the DS-1 banner, and DS-1 Volume 3 sent to the address below.
had previously given limited requirements for inspection
of certain specialty tools. DS-1 Volume 4 merged and Revisions and corrections of the DS-1 Standards are
improved this coverage and provided a platform for published from time to time. Before using the standard,
further improvements, such as the inclusion of specific be sure to contact us (see information above) or visit the
requirements for additional tool families. Sub-surface website bvna.com/ds1standards to make sure you have the
safety valves, frac sleeves, and air hammers were all added latest edition.
to Volume 4, Chapter 7 during the tenure of the Fourth
Edition.
Coverage
This Fifth Edition seeks to not just add content, though This standard may be applied to any drilling or completions
specific requirements for additional tool families have been specialty tool by agreement between the manufacturer
included. The structure of the standard was adjusted to and/or vendor of that tool and the customer. However, the
be clearer for both customers and vendors to understand standard covers only those activities listed in paragraph 1.2.
the requirements, and the relationship of this standard to
other standards was clarified. Overall, the goal has been to
take a good, helpful platform for preventing specialty tool Sponsorship
failures and make it better. Sponsorship of DS-1 is open to any company or institution
having an interest in the field. Sponsorship fee are paid
Bureau Veritas and T H Hill to Bureau Veritas and are used to conduct research and
to recommend content. Bureau Veritas publishes and
In March 2012, Bureau Veritas acquired T H Hill maintains the standard. For sponsorship information
Associates, Inc. With the acquisition, the process of contact:
integrating T H Hill service lines and Standard DS-1
development work with Bureau Veritas’s service portfolio DS-1 Engineering
was initiated. On September 1, 2016 the integration Bureau Veritas
process was advanced by merging T H Hill Associates 16800 Greenspoint Park Drive, Suite 300S
with Bureau Veritas’s North America operating company Houston, Texas 77060
(Bureau Veritas North America, Inc). This step has enabled (281) 671-5700 (phone)
expansion of the global footprint of Standard DS-1. It has ds1@bureauveritas.com (email)
also provided access to an extensive network of engineering
support which helps to accelerate the technical content
development efforts. Copyright Notice
This standard is copyrighted and is the property of Bureau
Veritas. Anyone who wishes to use this standard may
Origin & Objective do so, but no part of the standard may be photocopied,
The Standard DS-1 is prepared under the sponsorship of a electronically duplicated, entered into a computer, or
group of companies that make, supply, or use specialty tools. otherwise reproduced without prior written permission
The objective of the sponsor companies is to decrease the from Bureau Veritas.

1
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Responsibility for Compliance such products. Bureau Veritas, its officers and directors,
the editorial committee members and their companies, and
Responsibility for compliance to any requirement of this
the sponsor companies have not verified the serviceability
standard can only be imposed by one user of this standard
of these products nor the reliability of the data furnished,
upon another user, by agreement between the two parties.
nor do they make any representation whatever as to
the accuracy of the data or reliability of the product.
Assumptions Furthermore, a listing in this standard does not constitute
a license to manufacture any product. Such license can only
This standard is written and published solely for the
be obtained from the owner of the product in question.
convenience of the user. The data presented herein is based
Anyone contemplating manufacture of any product listed
on assumptions about material properties and operating
herein is cautioned to verify that such manufacture will not
conditions which will not apply in all circumstances. Since
violate any right or patent of the holders of the proprietary
actual properties and conditions cannot be foreseen, each
product in question.
user must first ascertain how local equipment or operating
conditions deviate from the assumptions herein, then
employ sound engineering and technical judgment in Disclaimer of Liability
deciding when to employ any part of this standard.
Bureau Veritas and the editorial committee have made
diligent, good faith efforts to obtain and compile the
Limitations information and to ensure the reliability and applicability
of the data presented in this standard. However, Bureau
This standard is not a training manual, nor should it be
Veritas, its officers and directors, the editorial committee
used by untrained or inexperienced personnel, or people
members and their companies, and the sponsor companies
who are not qualified in drilling engineering, threading
make no guarantee, representation, claim, or warranty of
technology, inspection technology, quality assurance, or
any kind as to the validity of engineering formulas used,
applicable codes, standards, and procedures. This standard
or the accuracy and completeness of any data presented
is not intended to meet the duties of employers to properly
herein. Bureau Veritas, its officers and directors, the
train and equip their employees in any of the above fields.
editorial committee members and their companies, and
the sponsor companies hereby disclaim and shall not be
Terms and Conditions For Use liable for any direct or consequential claims or damages,
personal injury or property damage, economic or other
The terms and conditions stated in this chapter are the sole
losses, out of pocket damages or lost profits, or violation
and exclusive terms and conditions by which this Standard
of any letters patent, relating to or resulting from use of
DS-1 is offered for sale or use, and the purchase or use of
this standard or use of the procedures mentioned herein,
this standard shall be deemed an unconditional acceptance
and by using the standard, the user releases Bureau Veritas
of these terms and conditions by the user.
from any and all such claims, liabilities, or damages of
any kind. Bureau Veritas expressly disclaims any and all
Proprietary Products express warranties of every kind as well as any implied
warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular
Users of this standard are advised that certain dimensions
purpose. Bureau Veritas shall never be liable to any user
and properties on proprietary products are listed in this
for any act or omission unless caused by gross negligence
standard. These dimensions and properties have generally
or intentional misconduct of Bureau Veritas. The liability
been provided by the manufacturers of the products in
of Bureau Veritas shall in any event be limited to the retail
question, and are listed herein solely for the convenience
price at which this standard is offered for sale.
of users who may be using or contemplating the use of

2
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

1.  Summary form a specialty tool. A sub-tool is not intended to be run


without further assembly.
DS-1 Volume 4 is dedicated to the prevention of structural
failures (that is, leaks and breaks) in specialty tools used in Assembly: The process of joining all components and/or
the upstream oil and gas market. This failure prevention sub-tools into a working tool or sub-tool.
work focuses on the maintenance processes for the tools Competency: The demonstrable ability of a person to
as described in section 1.2, as well as the Load Capacity perform a task associated with the maintenance (inspection,
calculations and communication as given in Chapter 2. assembly, or testing) of a tool or sub-tool.

Competency Standard: A written process to define


1.1  Definitions the skills necessary for an individual to be considered
Specialty Tool: A device that can be attached to or run in competent, and the process used to verify and document
a drill string or casing string and perform some function. It the competency of an individual.
is assembled from two or more components or sub-tools.
It is complete in itself, that is, no additional equipment Component: A part or piece used in a tool or sub-tool.
is needed for its function except possibly some activation
Customer: The party that is in immediate economic risk
device (such as a pump-down plug) or some external power
in the event of a specialty tool failure. Except in a turnkey
or pressure source.
drilling situation, the customer will normally be an operat-
Sub-Tool: A device made up of two or more components ing company.
that may be attached to other components or sub-tools to
Inspection: Nondestructive examination of the used
components that are part of a tool or sub-tool to confirm
that they are ready to be reassembled into a tool or sub-tool.
Liner Hanger Running Tool
Function Testing: Simulating the exercise of the functions
(Example) of a specialty tool or sub-tool, after assembly but before
shipment for use.

Manufacturer: The company that is responsible for the


Packer Setting design and manufacture of a specialty tool. It may also
(Sub) Tool
be called the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM).

Rental Tool: A tool intended to be used in performing


Packoff some function, and then retrieved and used again.
(Sub) Tool
Liner
Hanger Sale Tool: A tool intended to be used once and remain
Running permanently installed.
Tool
Liner Setting
(Sub) Tool Vendor: The party that commercially rents, leases, or sells
a specialty tool to a customer and that the customer will
look to in the event of a failure. A customer may secure
a specialty tool from a vendor singly, in combination
with other tools and equipment, or packaged with some
service. The vendor assumes the responsibility as a tool
Liner Wiper Plug
(Sub) Tool
owner to incorporate any design changes or safety alerts
communicated by the manufacturer.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 1.1 A specialty tool is assembled from two or more


components and may include one or more sub-tools. A sub- 1.2  Overall Coverage
tool is also assembled from two or more components, but is not This standard does not regulate the design, prototyping, or
intended to be run by itself.
manufacturing processes that a specialty tool may undergo.

3
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

DS-1 Volume 4 is focused on the maintenance of the tool,


1. Concept putting the appropriate processes in place to ensure a low
likelihood of failure.
2. Preliminary Design, The maintenance cycle of a given tool generally follows
Prototyping & Testing
these steps:
3. Final Design • Inspection: The components of the tool or sub-tool
1. Concept
(Setting Load &
Operating Limits)
are subjected to various non-destructive testing to
verify their fitness for further use.
2. Preliminary Design,
4. New Component
Prototyping & Testing
Manufacture &
Procurement
• Assembly: The components of the tool or sub-tool
are put together to make the tool ready for operation.
3. Final Design
(Setting Load &
5. New/Repaired • Testing: The assembled tool is subjected to various
Component Inspection* Operating Limits)
* shop testing to verify its readiness for use.
4. New Component
New components needed to replace scrapped components

6. Assembly or • Use: The customer places the tool in operation. Manufacture &
Reassembly Procurement

• Disassembly: The tool is returned to the shop and the


components separated in preparation for inspection.
5. New/Repaired
7. Function Testing Component Inspection*
11. Component

It is this maintenance cycle that Volume 4 addresses in the

New components needed to replace scrapped components


Repair

following chapters. Clearly, a sale tool would ideally only


6. Assembly or
8. Shipment to be subject to the Assembly, Testing, and Use portions Reassembly
of
Rig & Field Use
this cycle.

9. Return and The only area outside of this maintenance process addressed
7. Function Testing
Disassembly
by this standard is the general load rating process presented

11. Component
in Chapter 2. This load rating process has as its goal the

Repair
Acceptable used
components to
Repairable
components
10. Used Component inventory or clear communication of usable limits between the vendor 8. Shipment to
Inspection Rig & Field Use
to repair
reassembly and customer.

9. Return and
1.3  Maintenance Classifications Disassembly
Expendable and
non-repairable In order to allow the customer flexibility in which require-
components to scrap
ments of this standard are mandated in different scenarios,
Repairable
10. Used Component
components
This activity is covered by this Standard a “maintenance classification” system has been introduced.
to repair
Inspection

The customer is responsible for choosing the maintenance


This activity is not covered by this Standard
*New inspection of certain Type "A" tools is covered in this standard classification that corresponds to the level of involvement
and oversight desired in the maintenance process.
Figure 1.2 Type "A" specialty tools and sub-tools are recovered, Expendable and
non-repairable
refurbished and reused along paths similar to those shown. components to scrap

Table 1.1 Coverage of this Standard


Load and New Used
Operating Component Component
Limits Disassembly Inspection Inspection Assembly Testing Field Use
Type A Tools X - X* X X X X
Type B Tools X - X* X* X X -
*The inspection of certain Type A and Type B tools is covered in this standard.

4
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

1.3.2  Type A Maintenance Classifications


1. Concept
1. Concept This standard ranks Type A tools into four maintenance
classes. The methods the vendor uses in refurbishing a
2. Preliminary Design,
tool immediately before it is shipped will determine the
2. Preliminary
PrototypingDesign,
& Testing classification of that tool as it leaves the vendor’s shop on
Prototyping & Testing
its way to a rig.
3. Final Design
3. Final Design
(Setting Load &
• Class A1: A tool rated Class A1 will have undergone
(Setting Load &Limits)
Operating a complete overhaul since it was last returned from
Operating Limits)
the field. Every component must have been separated
4. New Component
4. NewManufacture
Component & from every other component in the disassembly
Manufacture &
Procurement
Procurement
process (see note below). Furthermore, the tool must
have been inspected in accordance with Chapter 4 and
5. New Component reassembled and function tested in accordance with
5. New Component
Inspection*
Inspection* Chapters 5 and 6 of this standard. If the tool belongs
to one of the tool families described in Table 7.1,
then the tool must also meet all additional inspection,
6. Assembly
6. Assembly assembly, and function testing requirements listed in
Chapter 7 of this standard.
7. Function Testing
7. Function Testing
& Shipment to Rig Note: Complete disassembly of the tool does not require
& Shipment to Rig disassembly of the tool to a point where the disassembly
would result in damage or destruction of the tools’
8. Field Use components. It is also understood that some sub-tool
8. Field Use
assemblies may be treated like an integral component for
the purposes of regular maintenance, but be disassembled
This activity is covered by this Standard
This activity is covered by this Standard
at regular intervals for the purposes of a higher level of
This activity is not covered by this Standard
maintenance (battery assemblies in MWD/LWD tools
This activity is not
*Inspection covered
of certain Typeby
"B"this
toolsStandard
is covered in this standard are an example). The vendor is required to clearly list
Figure 1.3 Type "B" specialty tools and sub-tools remain downhole on every tool’s or sub-tool’s Bill of Materials (BOM)
after use along a life-path similar to this. which sub-tools will not be disassembled as part of the
regular maintenance process, and this information must
be available to the customer upon request.
1.3.1  Tool Types
This standard labels two broad categories of specialty tools: • Class A1/A2: If a tool or sub-tool was previously
shipped as Class A1 and returned unused, it may be
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

• Type A (Rental Tools): These tools are intended to shipped to another job as Class A1/A2. (“Unused”
perform some function, then to be retrieved, refur- means never connected to a drill string or casing
bished, and used again. Figure 1.2 shows a schematic string and operated or tested.) A Class A1/A2 tool
of the typical maintenance processes involved with may be partially disassembled and reassembled to
Type A tools, as well as the coverage provided by re-configure it for a new application. Full disassembly,
DS-1 Volume 4. inspection, and reassembly is not required. However,
before it is shipped, a tool classified A1/A2 shall be
• Type B (Sale Tools): These tools are intended to be
examined for handling damage and be function tested
run once and remain permanently in service. Figure
in accordance with Chapter 5 of this standard. If the
1.3 shows a schematic of the typical maintenance
tool belongs to one of the tool families described in
processes involved with Type B tools, as well as the
Table 7.1, then the tool must also meet the additional
coverage provided by DS-1 Volume 4.
function testing requirements listed in Chapter 7 of
These two tool types are treated separately in the mainte- this standard.
nance classifications defined below.
• Class A3: A tool shall be designated Class A3 upon
shipment to a rig if it has been used one or more
5
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

times on previous jobs and is being shipped for warranty expressed in similar terms. To carry any meaning
reuse without having been completely disassembled, either statements must be accompanied by a classification
inspected, and reassembled in accordance with the level is applicable to the tool(s) under consideration. A
standard. (“Used” means having been connected to summary of the requirements of each classification is given
a drill string or casing string and either tested or in Table 1.2.
operated one or more times.) Before it is shipped, a
Class A3 tool shall be examined for handling damage A vendor may ship a tool of higher classification than the
and be function tested in accordance with Chapter 5 one the customer requested. For example, if a customer
of this standard. If the tool belongs to one of the tool requests A3, the vendor may ship A1. However, a vendor
families described in Table 7.1, then the tool must also may not ship a lower classification without the customer’s
meet the additional function testing requirements prior approval.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
listed in Chapter 7 of this standard. Furthermore, the By stating the maintenance classification on a tool and
vendor shall obtain customer approval before shipping its accompanying paperwork, the vendor is warranting
a Class A3 tool. that the tool was inspected, assembled, and tested to the
• Class A4: The customer may desire to impose certain requirements of the stated classification that are given in
requirements of this standard on some tools or on this standard.
some vendors, and to impose none of the require-
ments on other tools or other vendors. To allow this 1.4  New Components
flexibility, Class A4 is provided. When this is selected
by the customer, no requirements of this standard This standard specifically governs those processes which
will apply. directly apply to the maintenance processes associated with
specialty tools.
1.3.3  Type B Maintenance Classifications However, the overall likelihood of success of a given tool
This standard ranks Type B tools into two maintenance will depend on the quality of the new components as well
classes. The methods the vendor uses in preparing a tool for as the maintenance processes. Vendors operating under this
shipment to the customer will determine the classification standard shall also develop a written “receiving inspection”
of the tool. process to check new components for critical parameters.
• Class B1: A tool shall be designated Class B1 upon Note that the inspections done during a receiving inspec-
shipment to a rig if it has been assembled and function tion are often different from a used-component inspection:
tested in accordance with Chapters 4 and 5 of this new components are unlikely to have wear or fatigue
standard. If the tool belongs to one of the tool families damage, but machining defects and manufacturing flaws
described in Table 7.1, then the tool must also meet all are much more likely.
additional assembly and function testing requirements Further, a component may also be considered “refurbished,”
listed in Chapter 7 of this standard. that is, a component that has been used before and became
• Class B2: The customer may desire to impose certain worn or damaged such that some type of repair was
requirements of this standard on some tools or on necessary. The component was then re-worked in some
some vendors, and to impose none of the require- way (re-machined, built up, re-coated, etc) and sent back
ments on other tools or other vendors. To allow this to the vendor for continued use. Vendors shall develop a
flexibility, Class B2 is provided. When this is selected written process for refurbished tools as well that achieves
by the customer, no requirements of this standard two separate goals: the re-work quality shall be checked,
will apply. and the fitness-for-use of the component shall be checked
(possibly using the inspection program for that component
1.3.4  Establishing a Classification as outlined in this standard or a modified version of it).
The customer is responsible for choosing a maintenance Components that were rejected during inspection then
classification for a specialty tool or tool family and notifying refurbished shall be inspected after repair using the same
the tool vendor which classification is required. A require- method that found the defect previously to ensure the
ment that a tool must “meet the requirements of DS-1” repair was complete and successful.
(or some similar phrase) is meaningless, as is a vendor’s

6
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

For instance, a rotor from a mud-motor may need to be is considered to be a specialty tool vendor). Among other
re-chromed. Prior to sending it out, the vendor might things, this quality management system is expected to
perform the full inspection program as outlined in this include a Preventative Maintenance, Inspection, and Test
standard to ensure that there are no fatigue cracks or other Plan (PMITP) that addresses “record keeping require-
areas of wear or damage. A rotor that successfully passes ments, inspection, maintenance, redress, repair, make-up,
this inspection can then be sent to be re-chromed. Upon testing, and acceptance criteria for service-related product,”
return, the vendor might check the quality of the work done (Spec Q2, §5.7.8).
for repair prior to assembling it into a functioning tool.
The requirements for the PMITP in Spec Q2 are of a
general nature. DS-1 Volume 4 is one way that a specialty
1.5  Relationship to API Q2 tool vendor could implement the PMITP requirements
API’s Specification Q2 was “developed to address quality for Spec Q2. Developing the programs and processes
management systems for the service supply organizations required for DS-1 Volume 4 will address in detail most
for the upstream petroleum and natural gas industries,” of the PMITP requirements in Spec Q2. The receiving
(Spec Q2, Introduction). As such, the scope of Spec Q2 inspections for both new and refurbished tools (discussed
overlaps the purpose and coverage of DS-1 Volume 4. in section 1.4) might also be covered by the procedures
Properly understood, this does not create any difficulty. required in Spec Q2. The vendor is responsible for verifying
conformity to either or both documents, but we believe
Spec Q2 defines minimum requirements for a qual- that DS-1 Volume 4 and Spec Q2 can work well together
ity management system that may be implemented by a to establish a thorough and effective system for preventing
service company (for the purposes of this discussion, this specialty tool failures.

Table 1.2 Requirements Imposed by the Customer by Reference to this Standard

Requested Tool or Sub-Tool Classification


Rental Tools Sale Tools
DS-1 Requirement Imposed by the Customer A1 A1/A2 A3 A4 B1 B2
Load rating in accordance with Chapter 2 Yes Yes Yes * Yes *
Complete disassembly since last job Yes No 1
No * Yes 6
*
A tool returned unused may be reshipped No Yes Yes * N/A *
Inspection controls in accordance with Chapter 3 Yes No 2
No * Yes 6
*
Assembly controls in accordance with Chapter 4 Yes Yes 2,3
No * Yes *
Function test in accordance with Chapter 5 Yes Yes Yes * Yes *
Transmittal documentation provided in accordance with Yes Yes Yes * Yes *
Chapter 6
Customer approval of Class A3 is required before shipping - - Yes4 * - *
Specific tool requirements in accordance with Chapter 7 Yes Yes 5
Yes 5
* Yes 6
*
*Tools shipped as Class A4 or Class B2 are not subject to any requirements of this standard.
1
Partial disassembly and reassembly on Class A1/A2 tools is permitted only to the extent that is required to re-configure a tool for a
different service application than the one for which it was originally sent but not used.
2
Since a Class A1/A2 tool was shipped as a Class A1 tool on its last field job and was never used, the procedures that qualified the tool
for the previous job are considered still applicable.
3
The applicable assembly procedure controls are limited to those needed to reassemble the tool after partial disassembly and re-
configuration.
4
If the customer specifies Class A3 on its rental order, approval is presumed to have been obtained.
5
If the tool belongs to one of the tool families listed in Table 7.1, then the specific function testing requirements are applicable.
6
The requirement is applicable for certain Type B tools covered in this standard.

7
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

1.6  Personnel Competency • The date when the certificate was awarded
The training, skill, and knowledge of the people performing • The date of expiration of the certificate
the maintenance work covered by this standard is a critical
factor in the likelihood of success. As such, every process 1.6.3  Reassessment
performed under the guidance of this standard shall be A person must be reassessed for competency whenever any
performed by a competent individual. of the following occurs:

1.6.1  Competency Standard • The skill has not been performed in over one year
The vendor shall develop a written Competency Standard,
• The person changes employers
and a competent individual is someone who can demon-
strate competency according to the written standard. The • At a minimum, every 5 years
Competency Standard shall include:
1.6.4  Records
• Skills: A list of skills that individuals will need for The vendor shall maintain the following records for all
a given maintenance task (inspection, assembly, or inspectors:
function testing).
• Qualification Certificates as described in 1.6.2.
• Training: A classroom training program that imparts
whatever knowledge is necessary for performing • Examination Records including examinations, grades,
every listed skill to the individual. The training and vision examinations.
program shall document the training provided to
each individual as well as the results of the testing The records for each individual shall be maintained for the
provided to prove the individual has been successfully duration of the individual’s employment with the vendor.
trained in each skill. 1.6.5  Customer Access
The customer or its authorized representative shall have

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
• Experience: Work that must be done to practice the
skills needed under the supervision of a trainer or access to the Competency Standard and all associated
instructor prior to the individual being certified as records for audit purposes. However, the Competency
competent. Standard is to be considered intellectual property and may
not be copied or removed from the premises. Copies of the
• Assessment: Provision for the individual to prove qualification certificates for each individual involved in the
their ability to perform each skill. The assessment maintenance process of a tool provided to the customer may
of each individual shall be performed by an assessor be retained by the customer or its authorized representative
designated by the vendor and the results of the as- if desired.
sessment documented.

1.6.2  Qualification Certificates 1.7  Calibration Requirements


Every person performing inspection, assembly, or testing Instruments that are used to measure important parameters
tasks in accordance with this standard shall be able to during the maintenance process shall be calibrated using
demonstrate competency in the skills required according standards traceable to the National Institute of Standards
to the written Competency Standard. Upon demonstrating and Technology (NIST) or equivalent body. Unless oth-
this competency, the vendor shall create a Qualification erwise indicated in this standard, the calibration frequency
Certificate as a record that the individual has met the for all instruments shall be every six months.
applicable competency requirements. Each Qualification
The calibrated instrument shall have a tag or sticker affixed
Certificate shall include:
to it that shows the latest calibration date and the company
• The individual’s name and individual that performed the most recent calibration.
If the tag or sticker is not present, the instrument’s unique
• The skill or skills for which the individual has identification number shall be traceable to proof-of-
demonstrated competency calibration documents. The calibration of an instrument
must be verifiable at the point of use.
• The signature of the Assessor that assessed the
competency of the individual

8
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

A summary of the instrument calibrations required by this standard when DS-1 Volume 4 is specified by the customer.
standard is given in Table 1.3. Documented waivers might include:

• Deviations from the manufacturer’s maintenance re-


1.8  Waivers quirements or recommended practices. These shall be
The vendor shall have a process in place to document documented as part of the appropriate maintenance
all waivers and/or exceptions to the requirements of this procedures (inspection, assembly, or testing).

Table 1.3 Calibration Frequency

Calibration / Certification
Device1 References
Frequency2
Internal Micrometer 6 months 7.8.2, 7.10.3, 7.13.3, 7.15.2
Pressure Gage 6 months 7.9.5
White Light Intensity Meter 6 months 7.12.3, 7.14.2, 7.17.2, 7.18.2, 7.19.2,
7.20.2, 7.22.2, 7.25.2, 7.26.2
Lead Gage 6 months 7.14.2, 7.15.2, 7.16.2, 7.26.2
ID Micrometer Setting Standard 6 months 7.15.2
Long-Stroke Depth Micrometer 6 months 7.15.2, 7.16.2
Depth Micrometer Setting Standards 6 months 7.15.2, 7.16.2
Extended-Jaw Caliper 6 months 7.15.2, 7.16.2
Blacklight Intensity Meter 6 months 7.17.2, 7.18.2, 7.19.2, 7.20.2
AC Yoke Capacity 6 months 7.19.2, 7.22.2
UT Flaw Detection Transducer Linearity 6 months 7.21.2
Caliper or Micrometer 6 months 7.24.2, 7.26.2, 7.27.2, 7.28.2
External & Internal Taper Gauge 6 months 7.26.2
Thread Height Gauge 6 months 7.26.2
External & Internal Pitch Diameter Gauge 6 months 7.26.2
UT Wall Thickness Transducer Linearity 6 months 7.28.2
Air Pressure Gage 6 months 7.29.5
Airflow Gage 6 months 7.29.5
Standard Lead Template 1 year 7.14.2, 7.15.2, 7.16.2, 7.26.2
Film Thickness Gage 1 year 7.22.2
Pit Depth Gage 1 year 7.23.3, 7.24.2, 7.25.2
Thread Height Standard 1 year 7.26.2
Pitch Diameter Standard 1 year 7.26.2
Connection Makeup Equipment 1 year 7.30.3
Angle Gage 3 years 7.14.2
Profile Gage 3 years 7.14.2, 7.15.2, 7.16.2, 7.25.2
10 lb Weight 3 years 7.19.2, 7.22.2
1. For any measuring device not listed, excluding steel or tape rulers, 6 month calibration frequency shall apply.
2. For any field inspection procedures for specialty connections, calibration frequency of equipment shall be per this standard or OEM
requirements, whichever is shorter.

9
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

• Deviations from the vendor’s typical written proce- • In Chapter 1 there are now discussions related to
dures. These shall be documented in the maintenance how DS-1 Volume 4 relates to the quality control
records transmitted to the customer for each tool processes for new and refurbished equipment, as well
where the waiver is applied. as the relationship between API Specification Q2 and
DS-1 Volume 4.
• Deviations from the requirements of this standard.
These require prior approval from the customer and • In Chapter 1 there are now requirements related to
shall be documented in the maintenance records personnel competency and calibration (which have
transmitted to the customer for each tool where the been summarized for convenience to the technical
waiver is applied. users). These requirements will apply to all activities
performed according to DS-1 Volume 4.
• Deviations from customer-specific requirements.
These require prior approval from the customer, and • The EXAMPLETOOL calculations and references
shall be documented in the maintenance records have been deleted for clarity’s sake.
transmitted to the customer for each tool where the
waiver is applied. • The Inspection, Assembly, and Testing chapters have
been rewritten for clarity. The vendor requirements
overall did not change significantly, but it is hoped
1.9  Changes from 4th Edition that the communication of those requirements is
This Fifth Edition of DS-1 Volume 4 continues the goal now clearer.
of decreasing the probability that a specialty tool will fail • An additional chapter on “Transmittal” (Chapter 6)
in service. In order to more effectively achieve this, various has been added. This material was previously in the
changes have been made from the Fourth Edition of DS-1: Testing chapter, but it was separated because these
• The front matter in the book has been consolidated documentation requirements always apply, even if
from two chapters (“Coverage and Summary Require- function testing is not performed.
ments” and “Implementation” in Fourth Edition) • Specific requirements for various tool families have
to just one (“Summary” in this edition). This is to been added in Chapter 7, such as some handling
simplify the explanation of the philosophies of the tools, as well as a generic procedure for making up
standard. connections in a shop setting.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,

10
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

2.  Load Rating Load Rating: The maximum load (or combination of
loads) that a specialty tool is intended to carry without
The load rating of a specialty tool is the maximum load detrimental effects. (As defined here, the Load Rating does
of a specific type (or combination of loads) that the tool not include a safety factor or design factor. The customer is
is expected to carry with no detrimental effects to its responsible for supplying these based on the risk associated

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
structure, function, or pressure containment. with the operation.)
This load rating is required for two main purposes: 1) To Load-Rated Population: All tools that are manufactured
establish the appropriate operating envelope for the tool using the same design as the Test Tool, and thus are
and thus prevent misuse. This also clarifies the responsibil- intended to be represented by the Test Tool during a
ity for any misuse that does occur, encouraging continual proof-load test.
improvement in the design and use of specialty tools. 2) To
aid the designer in tool selection by offering tools which Material Specification: A set of requirements that an
will be appropriately fit for the intended service. engineering material must meet in order to adequately
Disclaimer: The ratings processes presented here are generally perform its function when manufactured into a specialty-
intended to ensure that the tool designer is properly diligent tool component.
in establishing tool ratings. However, this standard is not
intended to obviate the need for sound engineering judgment 2.2  Load Rating Requirements
in the design and load rating of any specialty tool. The standard
necessarily addresses capacity calculations in a general way, and 2.2.1  Load Ratings
given the variety of specialty tool geometries and purposes, it All specialty tools covered by this standard are required to
is likely that some specific component or load case will require have vendor-supplied load ratings for every load scenario
treatment not given here. Therefore, in applying these methods, the tool is expected to see during service. These load ratings
a certain latitude must be given to the manufacturer to deviate must be communicated clearly to the customer at the point
from the letter of the requirements when sound engineering of every use as outlined in the Transmittal chapter.
judgment dictates. When such deviations are made however, the This chapter provides methods that may be used to deter-
manufacturer shall indicate to the customer upon request which mine the load rating of a specialty tool, both the Basic and
steps were modified and the reasons for such modifications. Advanced Load Rating methods. If the vendor provides
the specialty tool’s rating using this nomenclature—i.e.
“DS-1 Volume 4 Basic Load Rating” or “DS-1 Volume
2.1  Definitions 4 Advanced Load Rating”—the methods and procedures
Advanced Load Rating: A specialty-tool load rating listed here shall be followed and recorded in the Design
achieved through the use of Finite Element Analysis File.
(FEA) or proof-load testing. A vendor may choose to rate their tool using a different
Basic Load Rating: A specialty-tool load rating achieved set of methods. In that case the load ratings cannot be
through typical engineering calculations. labeled with the DS-1 nomenclature, but they shall still
be communicated to the customer as outlined in the
Critical Location: A location in a specialty-tool com- Transmittal section.
ponent that must be considered by the tool designer as a
possible weak point. 2.2.2  Design File
In order to justify the load ratings listed above, every
Design File: The gathered documentation that supports specialty tool must have a Design File that documents
the load rating given to a specialty tool. the assumptions made, the calculations performed, the
drawings applied, and the specifications used in reaching
Test Tool: The particular specialty tool that is tested as a the load ratings communicated to the customer.
representative of a specialty tool design for the purposes of
providing an Advanced Load Rating via proof-load testing. 2.2.3  Material Specifications
All specialty-tool ratings require certain assumptions be
Load Case: The load or combination of loads being consid- made about the strength of the material (along with other
ered when determining the load rating of a specialty tool. properties). The Design File shall reference the material
specifications used for every load-bearing component.

11
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

These specifications may be internal to the manufacturer 2.4.1  Determine the Load Path
or standard to the industry. Identify and list each component in the specialty tool that
will aid the tool in carrying the load of interest.
At a minimum, the material specification for a load-bearing
component shall contain: 2.4.2  Define the Material Properties
For each load-bearing component, identify the required
• Specified Minimum Yield Strength (SMYS) material specification as described in section 2.2.3 and list
• Specified Minimum Tensile Strength the provided SMYS.

• Ductility (% elongation) 2.4.3  Identify Critical Locations


For each load-bearing component, identify and list critical
• Specified Minimum Charpy V-Notch Impact Energy locations that need to have their load capacities calculated
if the tool rotates with the drill string during operation in order to determine the overall tool load capacity. This
(the specification shall also define the specimen size, requires some engineering judgment from the tool designer,
specimen orientation, and test temperature for the but generally:
Charpy test) • In tension and torsion load ratings, each component
2.2.4  Customer Access will have a “connection” on both ends to transfer load
The customer or its authorized representative shall, upon to the previous and next components in the load path.
request, have access to the Design File, including the cal- These may be typical threaded connections or some
culation methods, the calculation or modeling results, and other means of load transfer (shoulders, splines, etc).
the referenced material specification documents. However, These are always critical locations.
these documents are to be considered intellectual property • In tension and torsion load ratings, a component may
and may not be copied or removed from the premises. have a cross-sectional area reduction in the body of
the component (stem holes, ring grooves, etc). The
severest reduction in cross-sectional area in a given
2.3  Basic and Advanced Load Ratings component is another critical location.
This standard defines two categories of load-rating meth- • In pressure load ratings, each component will have at
ods: Basic and Advanced. A Basic Load Rating is calculated least one “connection” where there is a potential leak
using straightforward hand calculations, without taking path due to a break in the solid material that is sealed
stress concentration or large deflections into account. As with threads, elastomers, or some other means. These
the complexity of a tool increases, the Basic Load Rating are always critical locations.
is less likely to be accurate, but it may be adequate for a
tool that is rarely if ever loaded near its capacity. • In pressure load ratings, each component will also
carry pressure through simple material resistance. The
An Advanced Load Rating is intended to provide greater “body” of the component is also a critical location.
confidence in the accuracy of the capacity determination.
It uses either Finite Element Analysis (FEA) or proof-load 2.4.4  Calculate Critical Location Capacities
testing to determine the appropriate load rating. Though At each of the critical locations identified above, calculate
not required, manufacturers should consider providing the load rating for that location using methods appropri-
an Advanced Load Rating if the specialty tool contains ate to the load type and the location. (See section 2.5 for
complex geometry and is routinely loaded above 60% specific design patterns.)
of its Basic Load Rating. A manufacturer may provide
the Advanced Load Rating of its own initiative or at the 2.4.5  Identify the Limiting Component
request of a customer. The lowest rating from all the critical locations in the load
path represents the final Basic Load Rating for the tool.

2.4  Basic Calculation Process 2.4.6  Prepare the Design File


The design file as described in section 2.2.2 shall contain
The Basic Load Rating shall be calculated using the fol- all the drawings, material specification references, notes,
lowing process for every load case of interest. calculations, and explanations needed to support and
recreate the final Basic Load Rating.

12
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

2.5  Basic Calculation Notes 2.6.1  Perform a Basic Load Rating


In doing this, the Basic capacities for each critical location
This section addresses design patterns that are common
will be known, including the limiting location.
to the industry with common load rating processes used.
The specialty tool manufacturer shall use these patterns 2.6.2  Identify Critical Locations for FEA
if applicable when performing a Basic Load Rating. If The limiting critical location shall be analyzed using FEA,
a manufacturer uses a different load-rating process for a as well as any other critical location with a Basic load
scenario substantially similar to one of these patterns, the capacity less than the limiting Basic Load Rating times
vendor shall explain the inconsistency in the Design File 1.67. Rotary-shouldered drill-stem connections, due to
for that tool. the industry’s familiarity with them, do not need to be
modeled in FEA to complete an Advanced Load Rating
2.5.1  Rotary-Shouldered Connections
in tension or torsion.
Rotary-shouldered drill-stem connections, similar to API
single-shouldered connections, carry stress from makeup 2.6.3  Perform FEA on Critical FEA Locations
torque and string tension in the same cross section (the The FEA model of each critical location identified in
pin neck). This means that, at some point, an increase in section 2.6.2 shall:
makeup torque may decrease the tensile capacity.
• Be an elastic-plastic material model, ideally with
Any tool component that uses a rotary-shouldered connec- representative strain-hardening properties included.
tion shall calculate the tensile capacity of the connection
• Accurately model the geometry of the critical loca-
as a function of the makeup torque applied to it, using
tion, using the tolerance limits that result in the lowest
the methods explained in the Overload Design chapter
load capacity.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

of DS-1 Volume 2 (based on industry-standard formulas


given in API RP7G). Even connections that are not API • Have a fine mesh in any areas of stress concentration,
connections (e.g. a tapered stub acme thread with a shoul- with gradual changes in the mesh density moving
der) shall have their combined load capacities calculated away from those locations if the mesh size changes
using the same methods. in different parts of the model. (Mesh density con-
vergence checks should be considered.)
The torsional capacity of a rotary-shouldered drill-stem
connection shall be equal to the makeup torque applied to • Accurately model the boundary conditions and
it (presuming no supplemental torque resistance is used, applied loads at the critical location.
such as keys or set screws). Additional makeup of a rotary- • Adequately account for friction at contact surfaces,
shouldered connection downhole shall be considered a if necessary.
failure of the tool because of the heightened risk of damage
• Adequately account for large-deformation non-
to the connection that results.
linearity, if necessary.
2.5.2  Capacities for Cylinders
The capacity of each critical location shall be determined
If a tool contains an essentially-cylindrical section that
as the smallest of the following:
will be loaded in a mostly-uniform way, the vendor shall
calculate the tensile, torsional, internal pressure yield, a. Global Failure: The load which results in overall
and external pressure resistance capacities using methods structural instability, such that the average principal
outlined for drill stem and OCTG components in API strain in any loaded cross section reaches 2%.
Technical Report 5C3. (Ductile rupture calculations
from that standard are not allowed as pressure capacities b. Local Failure: The load which causes the equivalent
in this standard, though they may be helpful for finding von Mises plastic strain at any point to exceed:
“emergency” load limits.)
fpeq = min ;0.1; 0.5 : c E .................................. (2.1)
vy m
vu
2.6  FEA Methods (Advanced) Where:
The following process shall be followed to obtain an εpeq = equivalent plastic strain
Advanced Load Rating using Finite Element Analysis σy = specified minimum yield strength
(FEA) techniques. σu = specified minimum ultimate strength

13
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

c. Functionality Failure: The load which causes the tool 2.7.3  Proof Test Procedure
to no longer be able to perform its design functions The vendor shall prepare and follow a written proof-load
(e.g. the tension load which causes deformation test procedure. The proof-load test procedure shall specify
around a stem hole such that pressure can no longer the magnitudes and durations of proof loads to be applied,
be sealed). subject to the following requirements:

Note: This section of FEA requirements is adapted from • The proof-load magnitude shall not be less than
section D.2.4 of ISO 13628-7. 1.5 times the intended load rating when testing for
tension or torsion.
2.6.4  Identify the Limiting Component
The lowest rating from all the critical locations analyzed in • For other load types, the proof-load magnitude shall
FEA represents the Advanced Load Rating for the tool. not be less than 1.1 times the intended load rating.
(It is possible that the critical location is different for the
Basic and the Advanced Load Ratings, depending on the • The duration of a proof test shall not be less than five
tool design.) minutes at full load.

2.6.5  Prepare the Design File 2.7.4  Load Measurement & Recording
The design file as described in section 2.2.2 shall contain Proof loads shall be applied in accordance with the proof-
all the drawings, material specification references, notes, load test procedure, and shall be measured and recorded
calculations, and explanations needed to support and recre- for the full duration of the test. The load hold period shall
ate the final Basic Load Rating, as well as the additional start after any initial load fluctuations have stabilized. If
FEA results to support the Advanced Load Rating. load fluctuations occur during a load hold period, the
lowest load recorded during the load hold period shall be
considered the applied proof load. All load application and
2.7  Proof-Load Methods (Advanced) load measurement equipment shall be calibrated according
The following process shall be followed to obtain an to the requirements in section 1.7.
Advanced Load Rating using proof-load testing. 2.7.5  Post-Test Examination
2.7.1  Perform a Basic Load Rating After proof-load testing, the tool shall be function tested
Using the process outlined above, a Basic Load Rating for in accordance with Chapter 5, and then disassembled and
the tool shall be determined. inspected in accordance with Chapter 3. Any failure of the
tool to pass the function test or the inspection (that is, all
2.7.2  Select the Test Tool reusable components must be ready for immediate reuse)
The test tool must be chosen as follows: shall constitute a failure of the proof-load test.
• It must be the same nominal size, with the same 2.7.6  Proof-Load Test Report
model number and revision number, as well as the A report that documents the results of the proof-load test
same part numbers for the load-bearing components, shall be prepared. The report shall include:
as the load-rated population. Special selection of any
component to help assure a successful proof-load test • The proof-load test procedure.
is prohibited. • Records showing the magnitudes and durations of
• It must be inspected, assembled, and function tested applied proof loads.
according to the standard procedures for the tool • Calibration certificates showing that all measurement
and in accordance with chapters 3 through 5 of this equipment was in calibration at the time of the test.
standard.
• Inspection records on all load-path components
• It must be ready in all aspects for shipment and use, from component inspections before and after the
except possibly with added fixtures for test purposes. proof-load test.

14
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

• Function test records from before and after the


proof-load test.

• Identifying numbers (serial numbers and part num-


bers or similar) for the test tool and all components
in it during the test.

• A copy of the Basic Load Rating report for the tool.

2.7.7  Customer Access


If an Advanced Load Rating by proof-load test is done at
a customer’s request, the customer shall be given advance
notice of the test schedule. The customer or its authorized
representative shall have access to the test facility (restricted
only by safety requirements) and to all the documents and

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
records listed in this chapter. Upon request, a copy of any
proof-load test report shall be available for examination
by the customer or its authorized representative, whether
or not the test was done at the request of the customer.
However, the customer or its authorized representative
may not make or retain copies of the test procedures or
test reports without the approval of the vendor.

15
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

This page intentionally left blank.

16
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

3.  Inspection 3.2  Inspection Program


Every tool or sub-tool maintained according to this stan-
This section gives inspection requirements for used
dard shall be inspected according to a written Inspection
specialty tools and sub-tools. The requirements herein
Program provided and maintained by the tool vendor.
are not intended to substitute for the manufacturer’s
established quality control checks and inspections on new If the tool vendor and manufacturer are different parties,
and repaired components. Rather, the section primarily the vendor shall seek and follow the manufacturer’s
applies to components that have been returned from service advice on inspections required, inspection intervals, and
and are being examined to determine if they are acceptable acceptance criteria for the tools or sub-tools of interest.
for future service. In all cases, the vendor is ultimately responsible for the
Inspection Program.
3.1  Definitions The Inspection Program must meet the following
Acceptance Criteria: The attributes of a used component requirements:
that make it acceptable (or unacceptable) for assembly into
a specialty tool. 3.2.1  Complete Inspection Document
The Inspection Program shall define the inspection work
Component: A single piece that, along with other com- that must be performed for a given tool or sub-tool in its
ponents, is assembled into a specialty tool. entirety. The tool or sub-tool covered by the Inspection
Program shall be listed clearly in a scope statement
Inspection: Non-destructive examination of a used within the document. The Inspection Program may
component to confirm that it is ready to be reassembled reference more generic procedures for specific methods
into a tool or sub-tool. (e.g. Blacklight Connection) or tasks (e.g. shop-specific
workflow procedures), but the Inspection Program must,
Inspection Method: One of several possible inspection
without ambiguity, incorporate any generic procedures by
processes that may be applied to specialty-tool components
reference and provide a clear process the Inspector must
(e.g. Blacklight Connection Inspection).
follow for a given tool or sub-tool.
Inspection Procedure: A set of written steps that governs
3.2.2  Bill of Materials
how the inspector performs an inspection method.
The Inspection Program shall include an exhaustive Bill of
Inspection Program: A written outline that sets down Materials of the components that will be assembled into
the methods and procedures needed to qualify the used the tool. The Bill of Materials shall list each component
components in a tool or sub-tool. with a unique part number and name, and this nomen-
clature shall be used consistently in the entire Inspection
Inspection Report: A document that shows the results of Program to avoid confusion.
the inspection of a component.
3.2.3  Selected Inspection Methods
Inspector: A person employed by the vendor who performs The Bill of Materials list shall detail which inspection
inspections under this standard. All Inspectors working to methods, if any, will be applied to each listed component.
this standard must be able to demonstrate competency ac- Not all components will require inspection.
cording to a competency program as defined in Chapter 1.
3.2.4  Inspection Procedures
Key Variable: An important aspect of an inspection process For each inspection method required by the Inspection
that is controlled through a written inspection procedure. Program (outlined in section 3.2.3), the Inspection
For example, in Blacklight Connection Inspection the Program shall reference or provide a written inspection
optimum direction of the magnetic field is a key variable. procedure that meets all of the requirements given in
section 3.3. If a component is used for which valid, widely-
Customer’s Authorized Representative: A person
accepted inspection procedures already exist, the Inspection
employed or contracted by the customer who verifies
Program may specify these procedures by reference. (For
compliance to this standard on behalf of the customer.
example, a specialty tool may contain rotary-shouldered

17
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

connections, for which the Inspection Program could “Perform dry MPI in accordance with ASTM E709.”
reference the Blacklight Connection inspection from this (Invalid—ASTM E709 does not address specific component
standard.) material and geometry)

3.2.5  Specific Tool Family Requirements 3.3.2  Apparatus Statement


If the tool belongs to one of the tool families listed in Table The apparatus statement lists the required tools, gauges,
7.1, the Inspection Program shall include explicitly or by and instruments the Inspector will need to conduct the
reference the additional inspection procedures, acceptance inspection procedure. Any equipment that needs to be
criteria, and other requirements listed in Chapter 7 of this calibrated must follow the requirements given in section
standard for that tool family. 1.7. If any field calibration or standardization steps are
required on inspection instruments, these steps shall also
be detailed in the procedure.
3.3  Acceptable Inspection Procedures
An inspection procedure to govern the Inspector’s actions 3.3.3  Step-by-Step Instructions
shall be present for every method that the Inspection Step-by-step instructions shall be written to guide the
Program specifies. When the vendor develops a procedure Inspector through the inspection process from beginning
required in addition to those provided in Chapter 7, it shall to end. In this manner, the inspection procedure will control
include the following: the Inspector’s actions to yield the best chance of correctly
evaluating all the attributes that are of interest.
3.3.1  Scope Statement
The scope statement limits how broadly the inspection 3.3.4  Key Variables
procedure may be applied. At a minimum, the statement Assigning values for key variables in an inspection process
shall give: can only be properly done by the program designer who
knows the particulars of the component material and
• The specific inspection method or methods that the geometry as well as the expected flaw locations, orienta-
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

procedure governs. tions, and shapes. Tables 3.1 – 3.10 list key variables that
the program designer is required to consider as part of
• The component or family of components the proce- developing the inspection procedure. The program designer
dure is designed to evaluate. is free to assign to each key variable the value most ap-
• The flaws, dimensions, properties, or attributes that propriate for the circumstances.
are being evaluated by the procedure. 3.3.5  Acceptance Criteria
Unless the scope statement meets these tests, it is not valid. The inspection procedure shall give acceptance criteria for
the attributes inspected.
Example Scope Statement #1: “This procedure covers the
examination of rotary shouldered connections for transverse 3.3.6  Disposition
flaws using the ultrasonic compression wave technique.” (Valid) The inspection procedure shall give instructions govern-
ing the disposition of conforming and non-conforming
Example Scope Statement #2: “This procedure covers the components. If demagnetization of the component is
examination of specialty tool components by the ultrasonic required after inspection, it shall be performed according
compression wave technique.” (Invalid—specific components to the Demagnetization procedure in DS-1 Volume 3.
are not cited, and specific measured/evaluated attributes are
not cited) 3.3.7  Records
The inspection procedure shall detail the inspection records
Furthermore, for the procedure to be valid, the scope state- required upon completion of the inspection.
ment shall match the component or family of components
for which the Inspection Program specifies it. For example,
statement #1 above is valid if it is referenced for rotary 3.4  Inspection Requirements
shouldered connections, but not if it is applied to eleva- The Inspection Program for a given component shall be
tor bushings. This requirement precludes an Inspection performed according to the following requirements:
Program from referencing inspection procedures in terms
that are not component-specific, such as:

18
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

3.4.1  Latest Inspection Program requirements from this standard may not be altered except
The Inspector shall have and refer to the latest revision of by written agreement between the customer and the vendor.
the Inspection Program for the exact tool or sub-tool for This means that neither the customer nor the customer’s
which components are being inspected prior to beginning authorized representative may tighten the requirements
work. of this standard without the vendor’s concurrence, and
vice versa.
3.4.2  Inspection Environment
The vendor shall provide a reasonable work environment 3.4.5  Engineering Reclassification
for the Inspector. The inspection area shall be unaffected After analysis by the vendor’s engineering department, a
by inclement weather, be of adequate size, and be free from rejected component may be reclassified as fit for service. In
other activities that might distract or hinder the inspector. this event, a written record explaining the defect that led to
It shall be reasonably comfortable and adequately lighted rejection and the analysis used to reclassify the component
for the inspection method being conducted. If the method shall be created. This written record shall be made part of
requires the inspector to work in reduced light, then an the permanent record for every tool or sub-tool in which
adequately ventilated dark room or booth shall be provided. the reclassified component is used.

The Inspector shall be given adequate time to properly 3.4.6  Customer Access
conduct the inspection. Work schedules, assembly sched- The customer or its authorized representative shall have
ules, and work flow requirements shall not interfere with access to the inspection area (restricted only by safety
performing inspection in a workmanlike manner. Also, requirements) and to all the documents and records listed in
inspection shall be done before (not contemporarily with) this chapter. However, all parts of the Inspection Program
an assembly process that will use the components being are to be considered intellectual property and may not
inspected. be copied or removed from the premises. Copies of the
applicable calibration certificates and the Inspection
3.4.3  Inspector Qualification Requirements Report may be retained by the customer or its authorized
The Inspector shall be competent to perform the inspec- representative if desired.
tions required in the inspection program. This competency
shall be described and governed by a competency standard
as outlined in section 1.6. In addition, the Inspector shall 3.5  Inspection Report
meet the following requirements for visual acuity and The Inspector shall document the results of the inspection
color contrast: in an Inspection Report. The Inspection Report must
• Near Vision Acuity: Inspectors shall demonstrate the document the:
ability in at least one eye to read a minimum of Jaeger • Inspection Program and revision used.
Number 2 or equivalent type and size letter at twelve
inches or greater distance on a standard Jaeger test • Date of inspection.
chart. This test shall be given annually.
• Part number and serial number (if applicable) for the
• Color Contrast: Inspectors shall demonstrate the components inspected.
ability to distinguish and differentiate contrast
among colors used in the inspection methods to be • Results of every inspection performed, with a clear
performed. This test shall be given at each certification “pass” or “fail” label. (An Inspection Report is required
interval. to document the inspection even if a component is
rejected and is re-routed for scrap or repair.)
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

The Inspector’s qualification certificates, including vision


requirements, shall be available for review at the inspection • Any waivers applied (see section 1.8 for details).
location. • Inspector’s name and signature.
3.4.4  Modification of Requirements Additionally, the disposition of each component (whether
If the inspection requirements developed by the vendor “accept” or “reject”) shall be indelibly marked or securely
conflict with those in this standard, the more stringent of tagged onto the component to make it clear whether the
the two requirements shall apply. Otherwise, the inspection component is fit for use.

19
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table 3.1 Key Variables for the Wet Fluorescent MPI Method Using an Active DC Field
Code Reference
Surface Preparation ............................................................................................................................................ASTM E1444, ¶6.1
Suspension Carrier Fluid.................................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶5.8.3–5.8.4
Suspension Particle Concentration ........................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶5.8.5
Blacklight Intensity ............................................................................................................................... DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.17.4.b
Magnetizing Components ..................................................................................................ASTM E709, ¶11.1.2–11.1.4 & 12
Verifying Field Strength ..................................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶7.1.1–7.1.2
Magnetic Field Orientation .............................................................................................................. ASTM E1444, ¶6.2.5–6.2.6
Solution Application ....................................................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶6.4.2
Ambient Light .........................................................................................................................................DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.17.4.c
Using Mirrors for Connections ........................................................................................................ DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.17.2.g

Table 3.2 Key Variables for the Wet Fluorescent MPI Method Using a Residual Field
Code Reference
Surface Preparation ............................................................................................................................................ASTM E1444, ¶6.1
Suspension Carrier Fluid.................................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶5.8.3–5.8.4
Suspension Particle Concentration ........................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶5.8.5
Blacklight Intensity................................................................................................................................ DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.17.4.b
Magnetizing Components....................................................................................................ASTM E709, ¶11.1.2–11.1.4 & 12
Verifying Field Strength ..................................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶7.1.1–7.1.2
Magnetic Field Orientation............................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶6.2.5–6.2.6
Solution Application ....................................................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶6.4.3
Ambient Light .........................................................................................................................................DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.17.4.c

Table 3.3 Key Variables for the Wet Fluorescent MPI Method Using an Active AC Field
Code Reference
Surface Preparation ............................................................................................................................................ASTM E1444, ¶6.1
Suspension Carrier Fluid.................................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶5.8.3–5.8.4
Suspension Particle Concentration............................................................................................................ ASTM E1444, ¶5.8.5
Blacklight Intensity............................................................................................................................... DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.17.4.b
Magnetizing Components........................................................................................................ASTM E709, ¶11.1.1 & 12.3.3.3
Verifying Field Strength ..................................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶7.1.1–7.1.2
Magnetic Field Orientation............................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶6.2.5–6.2.6
Solution Application........................................................................................................................................ ASTM E1444, ¶6.4.2
Ambient Light...........................................................................................................................................DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.17.4.c

Table 3.4 Key Variables for the Dry Visible MPI Method Using a Residual Field
Code Reference
Surface Preparation ............................................................................................................................................ASTM E1444, ¶6.1
Inspection Particles .............................................................................................................................. DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.20.2.3
Magnetizing Components....................................................................................................ASTM E709, ¶11.1.2–11.1.4 & 12
Verifying Field Strength ..................................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶7.1.1–7.1.2
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Magnetic Field Orientation............................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶6.2.5–6.2.6


Particle Application.......................................................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶6.4.1
Ambient Light.......................................................................................................................................... DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.20.3.3

20
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 3.5 Key Variables for the Dry Visible MPI Method Using an Active AC Field
Code Reference
Surface Preparation..............................................................................................................................................ASTM E1444, ¶6.1
Inspection Particles .............................................................................................................................. DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.20.2.3
Magnetizing Components........................................................................................................ASTM E709, ¶11.1.1 & 12.3.3.3
Verifying Field Strength ..................................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶7.1.1–7.1.2
Magnetic Field Orientation............................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶6.2.5–6.2.6
Particle Application.......................................................................................................................................... ASTM E1444, ¶6.4.1
Ambient Light .........................................................................................................................................DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.19.4.c

Table 3.6 Key Variables for the Visible Liquid Penetrant Inspection Method
Code Reference
Procedure Qualification........................................................................................................................DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.18.2.c
Penetrant and Developer Requirements ......................................................................................................... ASTM E165, ¶7
Surface Preparation........................................................................................................................................ASTM E165, ¶8.3–8.4
Temperature..............................................................................................................................................................ASTM E165, ¶8.2
Penetrant Application............................................................................................................................... ASTM E165, ¶8.5–8.5.1
Penetrant Dwell Time........................................................................................................................................ ASTM E165, ¶8.5.2
Penetrant Removal–Solvent Removable.................................................................................................ASTM E165, ¶8.6.4.1
Penetrant Removal–Water Washable........................................................................................ASTM E165, ¶8.6.1.1–8.6.1.2
Developer Application...........................................................................................................................ASTM E165, ¶8.8.1–8.8.5
Developer Time .................................................................................................................................................. ASTM E165, ¶8.8.6
Visible Light Level...................................................................................................................................DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.18.7.c
Using Mirrors........................................................................................................................................... DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.18.7.e
Post Cleaning......................................................................................................................................................... ASTM E165, ¶8.10

Table 3.7 Key Variables for the Fluorescent Liquid Penetrant Inspection Method
Code Reference
Procedure Qualification ......................................................................................................................DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.18.2.c
Penetrant and Developer Requirements............................................................................................................ASTM E165, ¶7
Surface Preparation........................................................................................................................................ASTM E165, ¶8.1–8.4
Temperature.............................................................................................................................................................. ASTM E165, ¶8.2
Penetrant Application............................................................................................................................... ASTM E165, ¶8.5–8.5.1
Penetrant Dwell Time.........................................................................................................................................ASTM E165, ¶8.5.2
Penetrant Removal–Water Washable........................................................................................ASTM E165, ¶8.6.1.1–8.6.1.2
Developer Application...........................................................................................................................ASTM E165, ¶8.8.1–8.8.5
Developer Time....................................................................................................................................................ASTM E165, ¶8.8.6
Visible Ambient Light Level............................................................................................................... DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.18.7.d
Black Light Level..................................................................................................................................... DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.18.2.e
Using Mirrors........................................................................................................................................... DS-1 Volume 4, ¶7.18.7.e
Post Cleaning..........................................................................................................................................................ASTM E165, ¶8.10

Table 3.8 Key Variables for the Compression Wave Ultrasonic Inspection Method
Code Reference
Inspection Apparatus.................................................................................................................................ASTM E797, ¶6.1.2–6.1.3
Linearity Calibration .................................................................................................................................... DS-1 Volume 3, ¶3.6.2.c
Field Reference Standard......................................................................................................................................... ASTM E797, ¶6.3
Calibration of Apparatus.......................................................................................................................................... ASTM E797, ¶7.3
Surface Preparation......................................................................................................................................DS-1 Volume 3, ¶3.6.3.b
Couplant...........................................................................................................................................................DS-1 Volume 3, ¶3.6.2.d
Transducer Orientation...............................................................................................................................DS-1 Volume 3, ¶3.6.4.a
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

21
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table 3.9 Key Variables for the Shear Wave Ultrasonic Inspection Method
Code Reference
Apparatus ............................................................................................................................................... DS-1 Volume 3, ¶3.10.2.a–b
Surface Preparation.................................................................................................................................................... ASTM E213, ¶8.1
Reference Standard ................................................................................................................................................ASTM E587, ¶6.1.4
Couplant .....................................................................................................................................................................ASTM E587, ¶6.1.3
Standardization of Apparatus.............................................................................................................................ASTM E587, ¶7.2.1
Inspection Procedure.........................................................................................................................................ASTM E587, ¶8.3–8.4
Angle of Transducer Wedge Block...............................................................................................................ASTM E587, ¶4.1–4.3

Table 3.10 Key Variables for Radiographic Examination


Code Reference
Film ................................................................................................................................................................................ASTM E1742, ¶5.3
Radiation Sources ................................................................................................................................................ ASTM E1742, ¶5.4.1
Image Quality Indicators .......................................................................................................ASTM E1742, ¶5.5, 6.12–6.13, 6.17
Surface Preparation ................................................................................................................................................ASTM E1742, ¶6.3
Radiographic Identification .................................................................................................................................ASTM E1742, ¶6.4
Examination and Coverage ..................................................................................................................................ASTM E1742, ¶6.5
Radiographic Quality Levels ................................................................................................................................ASTM E1742, ¶6.9
Film Density ............................................................................................................................................................ ASTM E1742, ¶6.10
Densitometer Calibration.................................................................................................................................ASTM E1742, ¶6.27.5
Ambient Light .....................................................................................................................................................ASTM E1742, ¶6.27.6
Viewers ...................................................................................................................................................................ASTM E1742, ¶6.27.4
Film Processing ........................................................................................................................................ASTM E1742, ¶6.11, 6.27.3
Contrast..................................................................................................................................................................... ASTM E1742, ¶6.21
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

22
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

4.  Assembly Serial Number: A unique identifier assigned to a specific


component to differentiate it from other components of
This chapter provides requirements for the assembly of the same part number. Identical serialized components will
specialty tools and sub-tools covered by this standard. have the same part number but different serial numbers.

Serialized Component: A component that is assigned a


4.1  Definitions serial number.
Assembler: A person who assembles a tool or sub-tool.
Tool: A specialty tool is a device that can be attached to
All Assemblers working to this standard must be able
or run in a drill string or casing string and perform some
to demonstrate competency according to a competency
function. It is assembled from two or more components
program as defined in Chapter 1.
or sub-tools. It is complete in itself, that is, no additional
Assembly Area: An area in the vendor’s facility that is set equipment is needed for its function except possibly some
aside for layout and assembly of tools or sub-tools. activation device (such as a pump-down plug) or some
external power or pressure source.
Assembly Check Sheet: A check list to record the satisfac-
tory completion of the assembly steps and other important Sub-Tool: A device made up of two or more components
information. that may be attached to other components or sub-tools to
form a specialty tool. A sub-tool is not intended to be run
Assembly Drawing: Drawing(s) or schematic(s) that without further assembly.
shows all parts / sub-tools in a given assembly in their final
assembled state as an aid to accurate assembly. Temporary Retaining Device: A device intended to
temporarily hold a component or sub-tool in a specific
Assembly Procedure: A written step-by-step set of in- position until a threshold amount of force is applied to
structions an Assembler follows for assembling a specialty the device. Force exceeding the threshold causes the device
tool or sub-tool. to release the component or sub-tool from the restrained
position. For example, shear pins or shear screws.
Auxiliary Component (or Auxiliary Sub-Tool): A com-
ponent or sub-tool that accompanies a tool to the field but
is not attached to the tool. For example, a pump-down plug. 4.2  Procedure
Configuration: A designation that communicates how a Every tool or sub-tool maintained according to this stan-
specialty tool is set up, trimmed, or dressed. For example, dard shall be assembled according to a written Assembly
one tool may be provided with multiple different rig-end- Procedure provided and maintained by the tool vendor.
connection configurations. If the vendor and tool manufacturer are different parties,
the vendor shall seek and follow the manufacturer’s advice
Consumables: Non-reusable material such as paints, lu- on the assembly processes and parameters to be used.
bricants, cements, compounds, fluids, and similar supplies. In all cases, the vendor is ultimately responsible for the
Assembly Procedure. The Assembly Procedure must meet
Expendable Component: A component that is always the following requirements:
replaced with a new component upon disassembly and
reassembly of a tool or sub-tool. 4.2.1  Stand-Alone Document
The Assembly Procedure shall be devoted exclusively
Job Order (or Work Order): A document that specifies to the assembly of one tool or sub-tool. A given tool or
in detail the tool (or sub-tool) and final configuration that sub-tool may be provided in multiple configurations (e.g.
the Assembler is to produce. with different rig-end connections or dressed for certain
Makeup Torque: The torque to which threaded connec- environments); in these instances the Assembly Procedure
tions in the tool or sub-tool are screwed together during must list all the configurations covered and have clear
assembly. instructions for every possible combination.

Part Number: A number that identifies one type of 4.2.2  Bill of Materials
component from other (dissimilar) components. Identical The Assembly Procedure shall include an exhaustive Bill
components will have the same part number. of Materials of the components that will be assembled into

23
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

the tool. Each part (which might be an individual piece or components included and referenced with names and
a sub-tool) in the list will have indicated: part numbers consistent with the Bill of Materials. The
components shall be shown in their final assembled posi-
• The part / sub-tool number and name, which will be tion and any other positions needed to clearly illustrate
consistently used in the entire Assembly Procedure the assembly process.
to avoid confusion.
4.2.6  Makeup Requirements
• Which parts or sub-tools are serialized components, The Assembly Procedure shall, for every tool or sub-tool
and will thus have their serial numbers recorded as where a threaded connection is assembled, include
part of the assembly process. explicitly or by reference the Shop Makeup Procedure in
• Any documentation that must be present for the section 7.30.
parts listed. These documents may include inspection 4.2.7  Specific Tool-Family Requirements
reports, mill certificates, traceability documentation, If the tool belongs to one of the tool families described
receiving-inspection reports, etc. Not all parts will in Table 7.1, then the Assembly Procedure shall include
have required documentation. explicitly or by reference the additional assembly require-
• Which parts are expendable and thus must be new at ments listed in Chapter 7 of this standard for that tool
every assembly (typically O-rings and ball bearings). family.

• Any prerequisite inspections or checks to be made,


such as visual examinations for damage or spot checks 4.3  Assembly Requirements
of critical dimensions. The assembly of a tool or sub-tool according to this
standard shall meet the following requirements.
4.2.3  Apparatus
The Assembly Procedure shall include a list of tools, 4.3.1  Latest Assembly Procedure
equipment, and materials that will be required to perform The Assembler shall have and refer to the latest revision
the assembly. of the assembly procedure for the exact tool or sub-tool
being assembled prior to beginning work.
Any tools or equipment that requires calibration shall
be indicated as such in the Assembly Procedure, and 4.3.2  Job Order (or Work Order)
the vendor shall have a process in place for defining the A Job Order shall be present and available to the Assembler
calibration frequency and maintaining the appropriate prior to beginning work. The Job Order shall communicate
calibration records as required in section 1.7. to the Assembler:

Any consumable material that may expire (e.g. thread lock • The tool or sub-tool to be assembled (referenced by
or cements) must be indicated in the apparatus section with a unique naming or numbering system).
instructions to check the expiry dates (or shelf life or cure
dates, as applicable) prior to use. • The Assembly Procedure to be used (referenced by a
unique naming or numbering system).
4.2.4  Sequential Instructions
The Assembly Procedure shall lead the Assembler through • Which of any alternative configurations will be
the steps in their proper order. If no alternatives are explic- required.
itly given in the Assembly Procedure it shall be assumed • Any information to be recorded by the Assembler or
that every assembly step must proceed in the order listed. If tasks to be performed by the Assembler beyond what
assembly steps can be followed in different orders (perhaps is typical for the Assembly Procedure (i.e. special
to aid in shop logistics or flow), all possible alternatives customer requirements).
must be clearly listed in the Assembly Procedure.
4.3.3  Assembly Area
4.2.5  Assembly Drawings The vendor shall provide an assembly area of sufficient size
The Assembly Procedure shall include a drawing or to allow the Assembler to layout all parts or sub-tools and
schematic representation of the tool with all individual assemble the tool. The assembly area must be free of other

24
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

operations that may interfere with the assembly process. be copied or removed from the premises. Copies of the
The assembly area must also provide access to all tools and applicable calibration certificates and the Assembly Check
equipment required for proper assembly. Only one tool at Sheet may be retained by the customer or its authorized
a time shall be allowed in a given assembly area. representative if desired.

4.3.4  Assembler Qualification Requirements


The Assembler shall be competent to perform the assembly 4.4  Assembly Check Sheet
required in the assembly program. This competency shall The Assembler shall record the satisfactory completion
be described and governed by a competency standard of each tool assembly step on the Assembly Check Sheet.
as outlined in section 1.6. The Assembler’s qualification The steps to be checked off on the Assembly Check Sheet
certificates shall be available for inspection at the assembly will follow the same order and numbering as the Assembly
location. Procedure. The Assembly Check Sheet must record the:
4.3.5  Part/Sub-Tool Verification • Assembly Procedure and revision used.
Every part or sub-tool required for the assembly, as listed
in the Bill of Materials, shall be checked by the Assembler: • Job Order used.

• The part numbers and quantities must be verified • Completion of part/sub-tool verification, including
against the Bill of Materials. If the part itself does visual examination of the parts and verification of the
not bear a permanent part number, the parts must required documentation.
be packaged or tagged so that the part numbers are
clearly evident. • Serial numbers for all serialized parts/sub-tools that
are included in the assembly.
• The required documentation for each part/sub-tool
must be verified as applicable (not all components • Batch numbers (or other traceability information)
have required documentation). The documenta- for temporary retaining devices such as shear pins.
tion must be available for the examination of the • Batch numbers (or other traceability information)
Assembler at the time of assembly and must indicate and expiry dates for all elastomers.
that the part/sub-tool is currently fit for service.
• Actual thread compounds and makeup torques ap-
• If shear pins/screws or other temporary retaining plied at every threaded connection.
devices are used, the rating of the devices used must
be checked through traceability documentation to a • Any critical dimensions (particularly fishing dimen-
mechanical test report. This rating and documentation sions, if applicable).
shall be recorded in the Assembly Check Sheet.
• Rig-end connection types and sizes (if applicable).
• If expendable components are listed in the Bill of
Materials, these parts must be new and not expired. • Satisfactory completion of all steps required in the
Assembly Procedure, with date(s) of work done.
• All components shall be visually examined and/or
dimensionally checked as outlined in the Assembly • Final assembly part number and serial number (or
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Procedure to help ensure fitness for purpose. other identification) with configuration information.

4.3.6  Customer Access • Any observations by the Assembler relevant to the


The customer or its authorized representative shall have tool, such as non-conformances addressed or tech
access to the assembly area (restricted only by safety alerts or safety bulletins applied.
requirements) and to all the documents and records listed in • Assembler’s name and signature.
this chapter. However, all parts of the Assembly Procedure
are to be considered intellectual property and may not

25
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

This page intentionally left blank.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

26
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

5.  Testing are different parties, the vendor shall seek and follow
the manufacturer’s advice on the testing processes and
This chapter provides requirements for the function testing parameters to be used. In all cases, the vendor is ultimately
of tools and sub-tools under this standard. A shop test can responsible for the Function Test Procedure. The Function
rarely reproduce realistic operational conditions, but a good Test Procedure must meet the following requirements:
function testing regime is one of the best ways to verify
that the inspection and assembly processes were performed 5.2.1  Complete Testing Document
properly on a given tool. The Function Test Procedure shall guide the Tester through
the function testing process for a given tool or sub-tool in
its entirety. The tool or sub-tool covered by the Function
5.1  Definitions Test Procedure shall be listed clearly in a scope statement
Apparatus: The devices the Tester will need to test a tool within the document. The Function Test Procedure may
or sub-tool. reference more generic procedures for a given environment
(i.e. pressure testing in a certain shop or load testing using
Function (noun): An operation that the tool or sub-tool a particular frame), but the Function Test Procedure must,
is designed to perform. without ambiguity, incorporate any generic procedures by
reference and provide a clear process the Tester must follow
Function Test Procedure: A written document that details for a given tool or sub-tool.
how the Tester is to conduct the function testing of a tool
or sub-tool. 5.2.2  Apparatus
The Function Test Procedure shall list the hand tools,
Function Test Report: A document wherein the Tester fixtures, and instruments the Tester will need to perform
records the results of function testing of a tool or sub-tool. the testing. Any tools or equipment that requires calibration
Job Order (or Work Order): A document that specifies in shall be indicated as such in the Function Test Procedure,
detail the tool (or sub-tool) that the Tester is to function and the vendor shall have a process in place for defining
test. the calibration frequency and maintaining the appropriate
calibration records as required in section 1.7. The Tester
Tester: The person who conducts a function test. All Tes- shall be able to verify calibration of any equipment to be
ters working to this standard must be able to demonstrate used at the time of testing.
competency according to a competency program as defined
in Chapter 1. 5.2.3  List of Tool Functions
The Function Test Procedure shall contain an exhaustive

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Tool: A specialty tool is a device that can be attached to list of all functions the tool might be expected to perform
or run in a drill string or casing string and perform some during operation. These functions may include:
function. It is assembled from two or more components
or sub-tools. It is complete in itself, that is, no additional • Overall load transmittal, such as transmitting string
equipment is needed for its function except possibly some tension loads and torsion loads up to the tool’s rated
activation device (such as a pump-down plug) or some load capacity.
external power or pressure source. • Internal and external tool passage up to certain
Sub-Tool: A device made up of two or more components dimensions (i.e. drift sizes and ring gauging).
that may be attached to other components or sub-tools to • Internal and external pressure isolation up to the
form a specialty tool. A sub-tool is not intended to be run tool’s rated pressure capacities, in both primary and
without further assembly. secondary seals. This may include static or dynamic
sealing.
5.2  Procedure • Activation, setting, and releasing actions.
Every tool and sub-tool maintained according to this
standard shall be function tested in accordance with a • Electronic measurement and recording functions.
written Function Test Procedure provided and maintained
• Field communication functions.
by the tool vendor. If the vendor and tool manufacturer

27
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

The vendor may also elect to define “normal” functioning 5.2.8  Resetting a Tool
circumstances and “emergency” functioning (where the tool For tools that activate, set, or release, once a function test
may be damaged but still be retrievable, for instance). These is complete the vendor shall ensure that the tool has been
different circumstances, if used, shall be clearly defined in reset ready for use. If applicable, the Function Test Report
the Function Test Procedure. shall indicate that the Test has reset the tool.

As part of the list of tool functions, the Function Test 5.2.9  Specific Tool Family Requirements
Procedure shall indicate which of these listed functions will If the tool belongs to one of the tool families listed in
be tested. Not all functions will be tested, due to economic, Table 7.1, then the Function Test Procedure must include
practical, or safety constraints. All functions must be listed, explicitly or by reference the additional requirements listed
and the functions that are tested shall be indicated in the in Chapter 7 of this standard for that tool family.
Function Test Procedure.

5.2.4  Sequential Instructions 5.3  Testing Requirements


The Function Test Procedure shall lead the Tester through The testing of a tool or sub-tool according to this standard
the steps in their proper order. If no alternatives are shall meet the following requirements:
explicitly given in the Function Test Procedure it shall
be assumed that every testing step must proceed in the 5.3.1  Latest Function Test Procedure
order listed. If testing steps can be followed in different The Tester shall have and refer to the latest revision of
orders (perhaps to aid in shop logistics or flow), all possible the Function Test Procedure for the exact tool or sub-tool
alternatives must be clearly listed in the Function Test being tested prior to beginning work.
Procedure.
5.3.2  Job Order
5.2.5  Hydrotesting Procedures A Job Order shall be present and available to the Tester
If a hydrotest is part of the testing process, the Function prior to beginning work. The Job Order shall communicate
Test Procedure shall require blocking the test pressure from to the Tester:
its source and bleeding the pressure from the line between
the pressure source and the tool. This shall be followed by • The tool or sub-tool to be tested (referenced by a
a waiting and observation period. A test pressure decline unique naming or numbering system).
during the waiting period must, to be acceptable, be ap- • The Function Test Procedure to be used (referenced
propriate for the fluid volume, compressibility, and waiting by a unique naming or numbering system).
period used; the maximum allowable decline must be listed
in the Function Test Procedure. All test caps and fixtures • Which of any alternative tests or configurations will
must be visually inspected prior to use to ensure no visible be required.
damage exists on the seal and contact surfaces, as applicable.
• Any information to be recorded by the Tester or
5.2.6  Acceptance Criteria tasks to be performed beyond what is typical for
The Function Test Procedure shall list the conditions, the Function Test Procedure (i.e. special customer
values, or range of values that test results must meet for the requirements).
tool or sub-tool to pass the testing. Failure to meet these
requirements shall render the tool or sub-tool unacceptable 5.3.3  Tester Qualification Requirements
for use. The Tester shall be competent to perform the function test
required in the function test program. This competency
5.2.7  Marking the Tool shall be described and governed by a competency standard
The Function Test Procedure shall require removal of any as outlined in section 1.6. The Tester’s qualification
markings left over from any previous testing. After success- certificates shall be available for inspection at the function
ful testing, the Function Test Procedure shall require that test location.
the tool be clearly marked to indicate that it has passed the
testing. This marking will be such that it remains visible 5.3.4  Customer Access
until a sub-tool is assembled into a larger assembly or a The customer or its authorized representative shall have
tool is put into field use (whichever applies). access to the testing area (restricted only by safety require-

28
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

ments) and to all the documents and records listed in this • Function Test Procedure and revision used.
chapter. However, all parts of the Function Test Procedure • Job Order used.
are to be considered intellectual property and may not
be copied or removed from the premises. Copies of the • Date of testing performed.
applicable calibration certificates and the Function Test • Part number and serial number for the tool or sub-
Report may be retained by the customer or its authorized tool tested.
representative if desired. • Satisfactory completion of all steps required for
testing.
5.4  Function Test Report • Results of every test performed, with a clear “pass”
The results of the Function Test Procedure shall be or “fail” label. (A Function Test Report is required to
documented in a Function Test Report. The test results will document the testing even if the tool or sub-tool fails
follow the same order and numbering as the Function Test the test and is re-routed for repair work.)
Procedure. The Function Test Report must document the: • Tester’s name and signature.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

29
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

This page intentionally left blank.


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

30
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

6.  Transmittal all significant dimensions that are normally of interest


to operations personnel. These will include at least the
Transmittal involves sending both the tool and all the following if applicable:
associated documentation to the field for operation. It is
critical for the success of the tool that the customer has • Measured outside diameter
the right information about it. • Nominal inside diameter

• Drift diameter
6.1  Tool Transmittal Record
Every tool provided to a customer in accordance with • Total weight
this standard shall be accompanied by a Tool Transmittal
• Weight/foot
Record. This may be a paper document or an electronic file;
regardless, the information listed below must be accessible • Extended (and retracted) diameters
to the customer at the point of operation prior to using
the tool. • Measured length

6.1.1  Tool Identification • Measured fishing neck diameter


The Tool Transmittal Record shall give the serial number
6.1.7  Operating Instructions
of the tool and describe how to verify the serial number
The Tool Transmittal Record shall include operating
in the field (e.g. provide a drawing showing the location
instructions for running the tool.
of the tool’s serial number).
6.1.8  Load Ratings
6.1.2  Date and Shipping Information
The Tool Transmittal Record shall provide the applicable
The Tool Transmittal Record shall give the date and the
load ratings for the tool, such as:
location of the shop from which the tool was shipped to
the field for use. • Tension
6.1.3  Maintenance Documentation • Torsion
The Tool Transmittal Record shall provide a reference to
the Inspection Records, Assembly Check Sheet(s), and • Compression
Function Test Report(s) that have been generated for the
• Pressure (differential and/or hydrostatic)
tool since its last use. These references will, at minimum,
include the date the work was performed, the location • Temperature
where the work performed, and the unique number (or
other designation) used for each of these documents. • Combined (tables or curves)

6.1.4  Waivers 6.1.9  Other Operating Constraints


Any approved deviations from the requirements of this Besides the load ratings, the Tool Transmittal Record shall
standard or other customer requirements (as discussed in also list any other operating constraints the vendor deems
section 1.8) shall be communicated in the Tool Transmittal critical for ensuring trouble-free operation of the tool.
Record. These may include:

6.1.5  Assembly Configurations • Maximum hole curvature (rotating and/or sliding)


The Tool Transmittal Record shall list the rig-end con-
nections on the tool (if applicable) and any other assembly • Whether or not buckling is allowed (rotating and/
configurations. or sliding)

6.1.6  Significant Dimensions and Weights • Maximum rotating hours


The Tool Transmittal Record shall provide to the customer’s • Maximum rotating speed
field crew a drawing or schematic of the tool showing

31
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

• Maximum cutter loads

• Maximum shock loading (torsional, lateral, axial)

• Flow rate limits

• Prohibited mud systems

• Mud system limitations:

– pH

– Chloride concentration

– H2S

– Dissolved O2

• Other restrictions, limitations, or capacities

If the Tool Transmittal Record does not specify a limit for


a given load rating or constraint as mentioned above, the
customer may presume that the vendor places no limit
on the operation of the tool for that parameter.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

32
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

7.  Specific Tool Requirements Inspection Method: One of several possible inspection
processes that may be applied to a specialty tool component.
For example, “Blacklight Connection Inspection.”
7.0 Scope
Inspection Procedure: A set of written steps that govern
The previous chapters provide overall requirements for how the inspector performs an inspection method.
load rating, inspection, assembly, and function testing of
any drilling specialty tool covered under this standard. In Inspection Program: A written outline that sets down
addition to the overall requirements specified in previous the methods and procedures needed to qualify the used
chapters, there are additional specific requirements for components in a specialty tool.
certain tool families that must be met for compliance with
Inspection Quality: The probability that an inspector,
this standard. This section identifies these specialty tools
when he or she inspects a component, will correctly accept
and provides the specific requirements that are applicable
or reject it.
to these tools.
Inspection Record: A document that accompanies a
component and shows the results of the inspection of that
7.1  Definitions component.
The following definitions apply to terms used in this
Inspector: A person employed by the vendor or manu-
chapter.
facturer who performs inspection under this standard. An
Acceptance Criteria: The attributes of a used component inspector must be qualified as competent to perform the
that make it acceptable (or unacceptable) for reassembly applicable inspections as outlined in Chapter 1, and must
into a specialty tool or sub-tool. have sufficient fluency in the appropriate language to report
results in an accurate and timely manner.
Component: A single piece that is employed, along with
other components, to assemble a specialty tool or sub-tool. Midbody Connection: A connection in the load path of
Components are divided into several categories. a specialty tool that carries string loads, and that is not
one of the end connections that attach the tool to the drill
a. Expendable component. A component that is always string or casing string.
replaced with a new component upon disassembly
and reassembly of a specialty tool that has returned Tool Family: A group of specialty tools wherein the
from the field. specialty tools have similar intended function and use.

b. New component. A component that has never been


assembled into and used in a specialty tool. 7.2  Specific Requirements by Tool
Types
c. Nonconforming component. A component that,
during inspection, fails to meet the required ac- Drilling specialty tools and sub-tools are categorized
ceptance criteria. into two types under this standard: Type A (rental tools)
and Type B (sale tools). Type A tools and sub-tools are
d. Used component. A component that was part of a those intended to be used to perform some function,
specialty tool that saw field use. either downhole or on the surface, then to be retrieved,
End (Rig End) Connection: A connection in the load refurbished, and used again. This standard ranks Type
path of a specialty tool that carries string loads, and that A tools into four maintenance classes: Class A1, Class
is the end connection of the tool that attaches the tool to A1/A2, Class A3, and Class A4. Definitions of these
the drill string or casing string. maintenance classes are provided in section 1.3. For the
various Type A maintenance classes, Table 7.1 summarizes
Inspection: Nondestructive examination of a used com- the additional specific inspection, assembly, and function
ponent to confirm that it is ready to be reassembled into testing requirements provided in this chapter that apply.
a tool or sub-tool. Details of the additional inspection, assembly, and function
testing requirements called out in Table 7.1 for various
Type A maintenance classes are provided in this section.

33
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

The additional inspection requirements in turn reference 7.1. These common inspection methods and requirements
some common inspection methods, procedures, and are the same for several different specialty tool types.
acceptance criteria. These common inspection methods, They are listed here, separately, for ease of application and
procedures, and acceptance criteria tables are included in use. They may also be referenced separately for specialty
sections 7.12 through 7.22 and Tables 7.4 through 7.50. tools that do not fit into one of the tool families listed in
Table 7.1, but need to include these common inspections.
Table 7.2 provides a summary of the common inspection
7.3  Meeting Requirements of procedures required for the specialty tools listed in Table
Standard DS-1 Third Edition, Volume 3, 7.1. These common inspection procedures include the
Category 3-5 following:

This standard, Standard DS-1 Volume 4, covers qualifica- 7.4.1  Sub Inspection
tion requirements of drilling specialty tools. Standard DS-1 This procedure includes flaw detection and dimensional
Volume 3 does not cover qualification of drilling specialty inspection of sub connections and body when used as a
tools. However, since DS-1 Third Edition, Volume 3 was sub-component of a drilling specialty tool.
used to cover qualification of some tool families listed in
7.4.2  Stabilizer Inspection
Table 7.1, vendors of specialty tools may be requested by
This procedure includes flaw detection and dimensional
their customers to follow requirements specified in DS-1
inspection of stabilizer connections and body when used
Volume 3 for Category 3-5 (or lower) for these tools. In
as a sub-component of a drilling specialty tool.
this event, the vendor shall meet this request by following
the requirements specified in this and previous chapters 7.4.3  Visual Connection Inspection
for tool Class A1. This procedure includes a visual examination of midbody
and end connections for damage and to evaluate the
condition of the seal, threads, hardbanding, and bevel,
7.4  Common Inspection Methods
and to look for evidence of box swell and pin stretch. The
As discussed in section 7.2, certain common inspection procedure also includes verification of thread profile and
methods have to be performed to meet the specific inspec- stenciled markings. On BHA tools, visual examination of
tion requirements on the specialty tools identified in Table the connection stress relief features is also covered.

Table 7.1 Applicability of Specific Inspection, Assembly, and Function Testing


Requirements of Chapter 7 by Tool Maintenance Classification
Tool or Sub-Tool
Maintenance Classification1
A1 A1/A2 A32 B1
NI I A FT NI I A FT NI I A FT NI A FT
Jar N Y Y Y N N N Y N N N Y - - -
MWD/LWD and Rotary Steerable Tools N Y Y N N N N N N N N N - - -
Motor/Turbines N Y Y N N N N N N N N N - - -
Tool Family

Hole Openers, Roller Reamers, Under Reamers N Y Y Y N N N Y N N N Y - - -


Safety Valves, Kelly Valves , IBOP N Y Y Y N N N Y N N N Y - - -
Fishing Tools N Y N N N N N N N N N N - - -
Sub-Surface Safety Valves Y Y Y N Y N N N Y N N N Y Y N
Frac Sleeves N N N N N N N N N N N N Y Y Y
Air Hammers N Y Y Y N N N Y N N N Y - - -
All Other Type A and Type B Drilling &
N Y N N N N N N N N N N Y N N
Completions Specialty Tools
N I =New Inspection; I=Inspection; A=Assembly; FT=Function Test; Y=Yes; N=No
1
Tools shipped as Class A4 or Class B2 are not subject to any requirement of this standard.
2
Customer approval of Class A3 is required before shipping tool.

34
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

7.4.4  Dimensional 2 Inspection using the wet fluorescent magnetic particle (blacklight)
This procedure covers dimensional inspection of used technique.
rotary-shouldered connections on specialty tools meant for
make up to NWDP, TWDP, or lower kelly connections. 7.4.7  Liquid Penetrant Inspection
This procedure covers examination of midbody and end
7.4.5  Dimensional 3 Inspection connections, and external surfaces of nonmagnetic material
This procedure covers the dimensional inspection of used for surface flaws.
rotary-shouldered connections on specialty tools used
in BHA sections or that are directly connected to BHA 7.4.8  MPI Body Inspection
components including HWDP. This procedure covers inspection of external surfaces for
transverse and three-dimensional flaws, using either the
7.4.6  Blacklight Connection Inspection dry magnetic particle technique with an active AC field
This procedure covers examination of all ferromagnetic or the wet fluorescent magnetic particle technique with
midbody and end connections for transverse surface flaws an active DC field.

Table 7.2 Common Inspection Methods Required


Visual Dimensional
Visual Dimensional Dimensional Blacklight Liquid MPI Body
Sub Stabilizer API Round API Round Drift

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Connection 2 3 Connection Penetrant Inspection
Inspection Inspection Connection Connection Testing
Inspection Inspection Inspection Inspection Inspection (Note 5)
Inspection Inspection
Required
Drilling Jars Required Required Required (Note 1) Required
(Note 1)
MWD / LWD
and Rotary Required Required Required
Required Required Required
Steerable (Note 1) (Note 1 & 2) (Note 2)
Tools
Mud Motors Required Required Required
Required Required Required Required
and Turbines (Note 3) (Note 2) (Note 2)
Underreamers,
Hole Openers Required
Tool Family

Required Required Required Required


& Roller (Note 4)
Reamers
Safety Valves,
Kelly Valves Required Required Required
and IBOP’s
Required
Fishing Tools Required Required Required (Note 2)
(Note 2)
Sub-Surface Required Required
(Note 1) Required Required Required
Safety Valves (Note 1) (Note 2)
Required Required
Frac Sleeves (Note 1) Required Required
(Note 1) (Note 2)
Air Hammers Required Required Required Required Required

All Other Type A


and Type B
Drilling and
Required Required Required Required Required Required Required
Completion (Note 1)
(if applicable) (if applicable) (if applicable) (Note 1) (if applicable) (if applicable) (Note 6)
Specialty Tools
covered in this
standard
Note 1: On nonmagnetic connections, a Liquid Penetrant Inspection of the connection or UT Connection Inspection is required in lieu of a Blacklight Connection
Inspection.
Note 2: On nonmagnetic tool component bodies, a Liquid Penetrant Inspection of the body is required in lieu of a MPI Body Inspection.
Note 3: Stabilizer Inspection method required if tool is equipped with detachable stabilizer
Note 4: Sub inspection is required if saver subs are present.
Note 5: For ferromagnetic component bodies, Wet Visible Contrast Inspection may be substituted for MPI Body Inspection.
Note 6: Only for Type B tools.

35
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.4.9  Residual Magnetic Particle Inspection 7.5.2.1 Apparatus


This procedure covers inspection of ferromagnetic surfaces The following equipment must be available for inspec-
on which an active field cannot practically be used. The tion: paint marker, pit gage, a light capable of illuminating
purpose of this procedure is to detect transverse, longitu- the entire internal surface, metal scale, tape measure, flat
dinal and oblique flaws using either the wet fluorescent file or disk grinder. All apparatus requirements specified
residual magnetic particle technique or the dry visible in the applicable common inspection methods are also
residual magnetic particle technique. required.

7.4.10  UT Connection 7.5.2.2 Preparation

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
This procedure covers examination of rotary-shouldered Record the tool serial number and tool description.
midbody and end connections for transverse flaws using Reject the tool if no serial number can be located unless
the ultrasonic compression wave technique. the customer waives this requirement.
7.4.11  Wet Visible Contrast Inspection
This procedure covers inspection of external surfaces for 7.5.2.3 Common Inspection Methods Required
transverse and three-dimensional flaws, using the wet • Sub Inspection (7.12)
visible contrast technique with an active AC field or with • Visual Connection Inspection (7.14)
an active DC field. • Dimensional 3 Inspection (7.16)
7.4.12  Visual API Round Connection Inspection • Blacklight Connection Inspection (7.17)
This procedure covers visual examination of new and used • MPI Body Inspection (7.19)
API round connections typically found on completion
equipment that are compatible with tubing connections 7.5.2.4 MPI Body Inspection Coverage
to evaluate the condition of the connections. When performing the MPI Body Inspection (section
7.19) common inspection method, the inspection shall
7.4.13  Dimensional API Round Connection cover the entire outside surface of the tool from shoulder
Inspection to shoulder, and all load bearing components. Pay special
This procedure covers dimensional examination of new and attention to areas around load adjustment ports and
used API round connections typically found on completion external oil plug holes that may act as stress risers. Any
equipment that are compatible with tubing connections to crack is cause for rejection.
evaluate the condition of the connections.

7.4.14  Drift Testing 7.5.2.5 Visual Body and Internal Hardware


This procedure covers the drifting of a component to detect Inspection
any reduction in the ID. a. Visually examine the tool case components for
mechanical damage. Any cut, gouge, or similar im-
7.4.15  Ultrasonic Wall Thickness Inspection perfection deeper than 10% of the adjacent wall shall
This procedure covers the ultrasonic measurement of wall be cause for rejection. Remove any loose scale and
thickness using compression waves. raised metal before measuring imperfection depth.

b. Pitting, erosion, cuts, and gouges to internal and


7.5  Specific Requirements for Shop external chrome plated sealing areas, or flaking,
Qualification of Drilling Jars spalled, or peeling chrome shall be cause for rejection.

7.5.1  Scope 7.5.3  Assembly Requirements


This section provides additional specific requirements for The Assembly Procedure developed by the vendor for
shop inspection, assembly, and function testing of drilling drilling jars must include the following items:
jars.
7.5.3.1 Seals
7.5.2  Inspection Requirements Replace old O-rings and soft seals with new ones prior
The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for to reassembly.
inspection of drilling jars must include the following
procedural requirements and common inspection methods.

36
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

7.5.3.2 Connection Makeup file or disk grinder. All apparatus requirements specified
Make up the midbody connections using the torque in the applicable common inspection methods are also
values required by the Assembly Procedure in accordance required.
with section 7.30, Shop Makeup Procedure.
7.6.2.2 Preparation
7.5.4  Function Testing Requirements Record the tool serial number and tool description.
The Function Test Procedure developed by the vendor for Reject the tool if no serial number can be located unless
drilling jars must include the following items: the customer waives this requirement.

7.5.4.1 Trip Test 7.6.2.3 Common Inspection Methods Required


Cycle and trip the jars for upstroke and downstroke at • Sub Inspection (7.12)
least 3 times in each direction. Jars shall trip within the
specified ranges given in the tool operating manual. Load • Visual Connection Inspection (7.14)
testing equipment shall show evidence of calibration in • Dimensional 3 Inspection (7.16)
accordance with section 1.7 at least annually. • Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18) for connections
and tool components made from nonmagnetic ma-
7.5.4.2 Leaking terial (Note: If the tool is constructed from ferromagnetic
Hydraulic jars shall not leak oil during the test. material, substitute Liquid Penetrant Inspection with
7.5.5  Post-Qualification Requirements Blacklight Connection Inspection, section 7.17, and MPI
Clean and dry the connections and thread protectors. Body Inspection, section 7.19).
Apply thread compound and apply thread protectors. Place 7.6.2.4 Liquid Penetrant Inspection Coverage
a 2-inch wide (±1/4 inch) white paint band around an When performing the Liquid Penetrant Inspection
acceptable component. The paint band should be 6 inches (section 7.18) common inspection method (or Blacklight
±1 inch from the pin shoulder. The paint band should be Connection Inspection and MPI Body Inspection for
12 inches ±2 inches from the box shoulder for box × box ferromagnetic material), the inspection shall cover the
components. Using a permanent paint marker on the outer end connections, the midbody connections, and the entire
surface of the tool, write or stencil the applicable DS-1 outside surface of the tool from shoulder to shoulder. Pay
qualification class, the date, and the name of the company special attention to ports and machined areas. Any crack
performing the inspection. is cause for rejection.

7.6  Specific Requirements for Shop 7.6.2.5 Visual Body Inspection


Visually examine the outside surface of the tool from
Qualification of MWD/LWD and Rotary shoulder to shoulder for mechanical damage. Any cut,
Steerable Tools gouge, or similar imperfection deeper than 10% of the
adjacent wall shall be cause for rejection.
7.6.1  Scope
This section provides additional specific requirements for 7.6.3  Assembly Requirements
shop inspection and assembly of LWD, MWD, and rotary The Assembly Procedure developed by the vendor for
steerable equipment. LWD, MWD, and rotary steerable equipment must
include the following items:
7.6.2  Inspection Requirements
The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for
7.6.3.1 Seals
inspection of LWD, MWD, and rotary steerable equip-
Replace old O-rings and soft seals with new ones prior
ment must include the following procedural requirements
to reassembly.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

and common inspection methods:


7.6.3.2 Connection Makeup
7.6.2.1 Apparatus
Make up the midbody connections using the torque
The following equipment must be available for inspec-
values required by the Assembly Procedure in accordance
tion: paint marker, pit gage, a light capable of illuminating
with section 7.30, Shop Makeup Procedure.
the entire internal surface, metal scale, tape measure, flat

37
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.6.4  Post-Qualification Requirements • MPI Body Inspection (7.19) for tool components
Clean and dry the connections and thread protectors. made from ferromagnetic material
Apply thread compound and apply thread protectors. Place
a 2-inch wide (±1/4 inch) white paint band around an 7.7.2.4 Liquid Penetrant Inspection and MPI Body
acceptable component. The paint band should be 6 inches Inspection Coverage
±1 inch from the pin shoulder. The paint band should be When performing the Liquid Penetrant Inspection
12 inches ±2 inches from the box shoulder for box × box (section 7.18) or MPI Body Inspection (section 7.19)
components. Using a permanent paint marker on the outer common inspection method, the inspection shall cover
surface of the tool, write or stencil the applicable DS-1 the entire outside surface of the tool from shoulder to
qualification class, the date, and the name of the company shoulder. Additionally, welds and 24 inches (minimum)

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
performing the inspection. from both ends of the rotor shall be inspected. Any crack
shall be rejected.
7.7  Specific Requirements for Shop 7.7.2.5 Visual Body Inspection
Qualification of Motors and Turbines Examine the outside surface of the tool from shoulder
to shoulder for mechanical damage. Any cut, gouge, or
7.7.1  Scope
similar imperfection deeper than 10% of the adjacent
This section provides additional specific requirements for
wall shall be cause for rejection.
shop inspection and assembly of mud motors and turbines.

7.7.2  Inspection Requirements 7.7.2.6 Borescope Inspection for Motors


The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for Full length examination of the stator’s elastomer element
inspection of mud motors and turbines must include the shall be performed using a borescope. The Inspection
following procedural requirements and common inspection Program must include acceptance criteria for elastomer
methods: tears, chunking, and change in texture (discoloration).
If the acceptance criteria are not specified, any tears,
7.7.2.1 Apparatus chunking, or change in texture (discoloration) of the
The following equipment must be available for inspection: elastomer element will be cause for rejection.
paint marker, pit gage, a light capable of illuminating the
7.7.3  Assembly Requirements
entire internal surface, metal scale, tape measure, flat file
The Assembly Procedure developed by the vendor for mud
or disk grinder, and borescope. All apparatus require-
motors and turbines must include the following items:
ments specified in the applicable common inspection
methods are also required.
7.7.3.1 Seals
Replace old O-rings and soft seals with new ones prior
7.7.2.2 Preparation
to reassembly.
Record the tool serial number and tool description.
Reject the tool if no serial number can be located unless
7.7.3.2 Connection Makeup
the customer waives this requirement.
Make up the midbody connections using the torque
values required by the Assembly Procedure in accordance
7.7.2.3 Common Inspection Methods Required
with section 7.30, Shop Makeup Procedure.
• Sub Inspection (7.12)
• Stabilizer Inspection (7.13), if the motor is 7.7.3.3 Ball Bearing Balls for Motors
equipped with a detachable stabilizer Replace old balls from ball bearing races with new ones
• Visual Connection Inspection (7.14) prior to reassembly or use new bearing assemblies.
• Dimensional 3 Inspection (7.16)
7.7.3.4 Bearing Stack Test Guidelines for Motors
• Blacklight Connection Inspection (7.17) for The Assembly Procedure shall include a section requiring
connections made from ferromagnetic material a bearing stack height measurement or bearing stack
• Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18) for tool compression check. The Assembly Procedure shall specify
components made from nonmagnetic material the required stack height or compression dimensions and

38
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

tolerance for each model of bearings being assembled. Note: The inspection of the cutting structures of these tools is
The specific point during the assembly process where not covered in this volume. DS-1 Volume 5 (Bit Inspection
the stack height or compression measurements should Technical Standard) provides inspection procedures for reamer
be taken and what corrective actions need to be taken if cutting structures. Customers wishing to standardize the
the stack height or compression is out of tolerance shall inspection process for reamer cutting structures may reference
also be specified. Volume 5 as desired.

7.7.3.5 Elastomer Compatibility Guidelines for 7.8.2  Inspection Requirements


Motors The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for in-
Guidelines on compatibility of elastomer element with spection of underreamers, roller reamers, and hole openers
various types of drilling fluids, downhole temperatures, must include the following procedural requirements and
and pressures shall be provided in the Assembly Procedure. common inspection methods.
The vendor may use the proprietary name for standard
or enhanced elastomers as long as this name is traceable 7.8.2.1 Apparatus
to an elastomer type that can be proven compatible with The following equipment must be available for
the drilling fluid type and downhole conditions. inspection: paint marker, pit gage, a light capable of
illuminating the entire internal surface, metal scale, tape
7.7.3.6 Stator and Rotor Fit Test Guidelines for measure, flat file or disk grinder, ring gauge. A calibrated
Motors internal micrometer is also required. See section 1.7 for
A fit test for rotor and stator clearance or interference will calibration requirements for the micrometer. All ap-
be included in the Assembly Procedure. The Assembly paratus requirements specified in the applicable common
Procedure shall specify the type of fit (clearance or inspection methods are also required.
interference), the location where the measurements shall
be taken and a range of acceptable values for all expected 7.8.2.2 Preparation
drilling fluids and downhole temperature conditions. The Record the tool serial number and tool description.
dimensions obtained during this fit test will be provided Reject the tool if no serial number can be located unless
to the customer (or the customer’s representative) for the customer waives this requirement.
documentation.
7.8.2.3 Common Inspection Methods Required
7.7.4  Post-Qualification Requirements • Sub Inspection (7.12) if saver subs are present
Clean and dry the connections and thread protectors. • Visual Connection Inspection (7.14)
Apply thread compound and apply thread protectors. Place
a 2-inch wide (±1/4 inch) white paint band around an • Dimensional 3 Inspection (7.16)
acceptable component. The paint band should be 6 inches • Blacklight Connection Inspection (7.17)
±1 inch from the pin shoulder. The paint band should be • MPI Body Inspection (7.19)
12 inches ±2 inches from the box shoulder for box × box
components. Using a permanent paint marker on the outer 7.8.2.4 MPI Body Inspection Coverage
surface of the tool, write or stencil the applicable DS-1 When performing the MPI Body Inspection (section
qualification class, the date, and the name of the company 7.19) common inspection method, the inspection shall
performing the inspection. cover the pins, arms, entire outside surface of the tool
from shoulder to shoulder, and other load bearing
7.8  Specific Requirements for Shop members. Recheck all components except the outside
surface of the tool with the magnetic field oriented
Qualification of Underreamers, Hole perpendicular to the first (longitudinal) scan.
Openers, and Roller Reamers
7.8.2.5 Visual/Dimensional Inspection
7.8.1  Scope
As mentioned in section 7.8.2.3, the Inspection Program
This section provides additional specific requirements for
requires dimensional inspection of the connections
shop inspection, assembly, and function testing of under-
using Dimensional 3 Inspection method. Outlined
reamers, roller reamers, and hole openers.
below are some specific exceptions and additions to the

39
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

requirements specified in Dimensional 3 Inspection 7.8.3.2 Connection Makeup


method. Make up the midbody connections using the torque
values required by the Assembly Procedure in accordance
a. Examine the outside surfaces of the tool case, arms, with section 7.30, Shop Makeup Procedure.
rollers, cutters, pins, and other components for
mechanical damages. Any cut, gouge, or similar flaw 7.8.4  Function Testing Requirements
on the tool case or shaft deeper than 10% of the The Function Test Procedure developed by the vendor
adjacent wall shall be cause for rejection. Damage to for underreamers, roller reamers, and hole openers must
other components that exceeds the limits specified include the following items:
in the vendor’s Inspection Program shall be cause
for rejection. • Manually open and close moveable blades or arms
at least three times.
b. Bottleneck tools shall have a minimum fishing neck • Rotate cutters and rollers.
length according to the requirements specified in
paragraph 7.13.5c, measured shoulder to taper. • All moveable components should move freely
Minimum tong space shall be 7 inches or the tool without excessive play.
shall be rejected. 7.8.5  Post-Qualification Requirements
c. Tools that show evidence of having been strap welded Clean and dry the connections and thread protectors.
shall be rejected unless this requirement is waived by Apply thread compound and apply thread protectors. Place
the customer. a 2-inch wide (±1/4 inch) white paint band around an
acceptable component. The paint band should be 6 inches
d. For the box connection (that connects with the bit) on ±1 inch from the pin shoulder. The paint band should be
underreamers, hole openers, and roller reamers used in 12 inches ±2 inches from the box shoulder for box × box
the near bit configuration, dimensional requirements components. Using a permanent paint marker on the outer
of Table 7.37 shall apply except with respect to the surface of the tool, write or stencil the applicable DS-1
bevel diameter. Bevel diameter on the box connection qualification class, the date, and the name of the company
that is made up to the bit shall comply with the bit performing the inspection.
bevel diameter ranges listed in paragraph 7.12.5d.

7.8.2.6 Ring Gage Inspection 7.9  Specific Requirements for


Check the cutter or roller diameter by sliding a ring gage Shop Qualification of Surface Safety
over the length of the rollers and/or cutters. The gage Valves, Kelly Valves, & Inside Blowout
thickness shall be 1/2 inch minimum and the gage width
Preventers
shall be 3/4 inch minimum. The gage inside diameter
shall be the desired nominal diameter +0.005, -0 inch. 7.9.1  Scope
The inside diameter of the ring gage shall be verified This section provides additional specific requirements for
using internal micrometer specified in paragraph 7.8.2.1. shop inspection, assembly, and function testing of safety
The gage shall pass smoothly over the cutters or rollers. valves, kelly valves, and inside blowout preventers (IBOPs).
Gaps between the gage and the cutters or rollers surfaces
shall not exceed 1/16 inch or the tool shall be rejected. 7.9.2  Preparation
For expandable tools, expand the cutters to their full The following steps must be performed to prepare for the
diameter and repeat the test. inspection, assembly, and function testing of safety valves,
kelly valves, and inside blowout preventers (IBOPs).
7.8.3  Assembly Requirements
The Assembly Procedure developed by the vendor for 7.9.2.1 Verification of Customer Requirements
underreamers, roller reamers, and hole openers must a. Determine from the customer the required working
include the following items: pressure of the tool and whether or not H2S trim is
required. Also determine the required end connec-
7.8.3.1 Seals tions, minimum ID, and maximum OD. If any of
Replace old O-rings and soft seals with new ones prior the properties of the valve do not meet the customer
to reassembly.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-

40
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

requirements, do not proceed with the inspection; cut, gouge, or similar imperfection deeper than 10%
notify the customer. of the adjacent wall shall be rejected.

b. When qualifying the components to maintenance b. Clean and examine the shell and internal components.
classification A1, disassemble the tool completely, Pitting, erosion, cuts, and gouges are not permitted on
breaking all midbody connections and removing all seal areas of the seats, balls, plugs, or operating stem.
balls, plugs, seats, backup seals, springs, and allen plugs. Pay particular attention to seal bores in the operating
stem hole, and any area across which soft seals must
7.9.2.2 Verification of Working Pressure/Trim move while the valve is operated under shell pressure.
Record the tool serial number and tool description. If These areas must be bright metal with no evidence of
no serial number can be found, the tool shall be rejected pitting whatsoever.
unless waived by the customer. Verify the working pres-
sure of the tool by one of the following means: c. Minimum tong space shall be 7 inches or the tool
shall be rejected. Tong space may not contain any
a. Permanent markings on the valve body. operating stem hole or midbody connection.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b. Written records from the original equipment 7.9.4  Assembly Requirements
manufacturer traceable by unique serial number. The Assembly Procedure developed by the vendor for safety
(Information on valve body markings and on written valves, kelly valves, and inside blowout preventers (IBOPs)
records must agree or the valve shall be rejected.) must include the following items:

7.9.3  Inspection Requirements 7.9.4.1 Seals


The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for Replace old O-rings and soft seals with new ones prior
inspection of safety valves, kelly valves, and inside blowout to reassembly.
preventers (IBOPs) must include the following procedural
requirements and common inspection methods: 7.9.4.2 Connection Makeup
Make up the midbody connections using the torque
7.9.3.1 Apparatus values required by the Assembly Procedure in accordance
The following equipment must be available for inspec- with section 7.30, Shop Makeup Procedure.
tion: paint marker, pit gage, a light capable of illuminating
the entire internal surface, metal scale, tape measure, flat 7.9.4.3 Trim
file or disk grinder. All apparatus requirements specified For valves requiring H2S trim, all components shall be
in the applicable common inspection methods are also verified as suitable for H2S service by part number or
required. serial number. Small parts, such as seals and springs,
which do not carry identifying numbers shall be replaced
7.9.3.2 Common Inspection Methods Required with new parts which are known to be suitable for H2S
• Visual Connection Inspection (7.14) service.
• Dimensional 2 Inspection (7.15)
• Blacklight Connection Inspection (7.17) 7.9.4.4 Grease Injection
After assembling kelly and safety valves that have a
7.9.3.3 Blacklight Connection Inspection Coverage threaded port for a grease fitting, temporarily install the
Inspect end and midbody connections in accordance grease fitting and grease the valve while operating the
with procedure 7.17, Blacklight Connection Inspection. ball. Continue until grease is seen on the inside of the
Extend the coverage of the blacklight inspection so that valve. Remove the grease fitting and install the appropri-
the entire accessible outside and inside surfaces of the ate plug in the threaded port. Operate the ball several
valve are examined. times to confirm that it functions smoothly.

7.9.3.4 Visual/Dimensional Body and Internal 7.9.4.5 Position Indicator


Hardware Inspection Verify that the position indicator on the operating stem
a. Visually examine the outside surface of the tool from correctly reflects the open and closed positions of the
shoulder to shoulder for mechanical damages. Any valve.

41
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.9.5  Function Testing Requirements 7.9.5.3 Differential Test from Above


The Function Test Procedure developed by the vendor for (Applicable to bidirectional kelly valves only)
safety valves, kelly valves, and inside blowout preventers
a. Attach the upper (box) end of the valve to the test
(IBOPs) must include a shell hydrotest and differential
fixture. The valve shall be in the closed position with
hydrotest per the requirements listed below.
no cap or plug on the lower (pin) end.
7.9.5.1 Precaution, Preparation, and Equipment b. Apply 200 psig from the upper (box) end of the valve.
Requirements Block and bleed the pressure source. Hold pressure
Before applying hydrotest pressure, make sure that the for 5 minutes while examining the ball, operating
part to be tested is isolated behind a barricade of suf- stem and midbody connection for leaks. Observe the
ficient size and strength to prevent injury in the event pressure gage for pressure drop.
of a leak or shell rupture. Make sure all air is bled from
the test system before applying pressure. Follow all other c. After the valve successfully passes the test at 200 psig,
safety procedures established for the facility. repeat the test as above at 5000 psig, or the full rated
pressure of the valve (whichever is lower).
a. Block and bleed required. After applying pressure to
the test piece in all of the tests below, the pressure d. Bleed pressure to zero.
source shall be isolated and the line pressure between
the source and the test piece shall be bled to zero. 7.9.5.4 Shell Test
Hydrotest time periods do not begin until these steps (Applicable to kelly valves, safety valves, and IBOPs)
are accomplished.
a. Attach the lower (pin) end of the valve to the test
b. Acceptance. The minimum pressure hold period for fixture. The valve shall be in the open position with
each test is 5 minutes. Any observable drop in pressure another valve, a cap or plug on the upper (box) end.
or water leakage through a valve body or around the
b. Apply the rated working pressure from the lower (pin)
valve operating stem, ball, or plug during the test
end of the valve. Block and bleed the pressure source.
period shall be cause for rejection of the valve.
Hold pressure for 5 minutes, and examine the ball,
c. Gage calibration. See section 1.7 for calibration operating stem, and midbody connection for leaks.
requirements for pressure gages used for hydrotesting. Observe the pressure gage for pressure drop.
Pressure measuring devices shall be calibrated to
c. On kelly valves and safety valves, while maintaining
maintain ±2% accuracy of full-scale range. Pressure
test pressure, cycle the ball open and closed at least
gage must be able to read at least 150% of the test
three times while observing the operating stem for
pressure but not more than 500% of the test pressure.
leaks. No leaks are permitted. Leave valve in the open
position. Bleed pressure to zero.
7.9.5.2 Differential Test from Below
(Applicable to kelly valves, safety valves, and IBOPs) 7.9.6  Post-Qualification Requirements
a. Clean and dry the threaded connections. Visually
a. Attach the lower (pin) end of the valve to the test
inspect thread and seal surfaces in accordance with
fixture. The valve shall be in the closed position with
paragraphs 7.14.5.2 and 7.14.5.5 to ensure damage
no cap or plug on the upper (box) end.
did not occur from the test plugs during hydrostatic
b. Apply 200 psig from the lower (pin) end of the valve. pressure test. Apply appropriate thread compound.
Block and bleed the pressure source. Hold pressure Install thread protectors.
for 5 minutes while examining the ball, operating
b. Attach a parts bag or similar to the valve. The parts
stem, and midbody connection for leaks. Observe the
bag shall contain at least one operating wrench (for
pressure gage for pressure drop.
safety valves and kelly valves) or opening tool (for
c. After the valve successfully passes the test at 200 psig, inside BOPs). For tools so equipped, the parts bag
repeat the test as above at the full rated pressure of shall also contain an allen wrench for removing the
the valve. plug from the grease fitting hole and at least two
grease fittings.
d. Bleed pressure to zero.
42
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

c. Place a 2-inch wide (±1/4 inch) white paint band inspection. However, every effort has been made to make
around an acceptable component. The paint band this procedure applicable to the widest variety of tools, and
should be 6 inches ±1 inch from the pin shoulder. in most cases the procedure will adequately address the in-
The paint band should be 12 inches ±2 inches from spector’s needs. If the instructions are clear, the inspector is
the box shoulder for box × box components. Using a required to follow them explicitly. However, because of the
permanent paint marker on the outer surface of the variety and complexity of fishing tools, the inspector may
tool, write or stencil the applicable DS-1 qualifica- sometimes be faced with an accept/reject decision that is
tion class, the date, and the name of the company not clearly spelled out by this procedure. Should this occur,
performing the inspection. the inspector must advise the customer, manufacturer, or
vendor of the tool (as applicable) giving the particulars of
the situation, and the customer, manufacturer, or vendor
7.10  Specific Requirements for Shop of the tool (as applicable) will decide whether or not the
Qualification of Fishing Tools tool is acceptable for use.
Foreword: In the Fifth Edition of Standard DS-1, inspection 7.10.2  Definitions
and qualification of fishing tools is specified in both Volumes 3 The following definitions will apply in this procedure.
and 4. Volume 3 addresses the inspection of fishing tools that
consist of a single piece with no component pieces (except welded 7.10.2.1 Acceptance Criteria
sections). Examples include washpipe, junk mills, etc. Volume The attributes of a used component that make it accept-
4, first published with Fourth Edition, addresses fishing tools able (or unacceptable) for reassembly into a specialty tool
that are assembled from two or more components or sub-tools. or sub-tool. Acceptance criteria are tightest in structural
Examples of such fishing tools include overshots, spear pack-off, base metal and weld metal, and least tight in hardsurfac-
etc. ing metal. Acceptance criteria for non-structural base
metal are intermediate between these two extremes.
7.10.1  Scope and Objective
This section provides additional specific requirements for
7.10.2.2 Fishing Tool Incidental Components
shop inspection of fishing tools that are assembled from
Fishing tool incidental components are fishing tool
two or more components or sub-tools. The inspections
components such as springs, washers, bolts, screws, pins,
outlined in this procedure are intended to help ensure
nuts, seals, grapples, and the like, that do not meet one
structural soundness of the fishing tools. This procedure
of the definitions under 7.10.2.3, Metals.
does not address functionality or wear resistance of the
tools.
7.10.2.3 Metals
Compared to most other drill stem components covered by Metals in this procedure are classified according to their
this standard, fishing tools are unique in several respects: use in a particular fishing tool. Five different classifica-
tions are recognized:
a. They come in a wide variety of geometric and
mechanical configurations. a. Base Metal (Structural). A portion of the tool which,
if it fails, could result in string separation or loss of
b. They often incorporate welded-on, pinned-on, or all or a significant part of a pinned-on or bolted-
bolted-on subcomponents and parts that are subject on component. Structural base metal specifically
to very high operating stresses. encompasses all metal meeting the following tests:
c. Welded and brazed hardsurfaced areas are quite • All metal located inside a projection of an
common on fishing tools and subcomponents. imaginary cylinder encircling the end connection
or connections (Figure 7.1). If two end connec-
d. Tools are often developed for specialty applications
tions on a tool have different outside diameters,
and may not be covered by industry-wide material or
or if the tool has only one end connection and a
manufacturing standards.
body outside diameter that is different from the
Because of their nature, it is not possible to develop a simple end connection outside diameter, two imaginary
written procedure that will foresee all configurations and cylinders shall be projected to establish structural
answer all questions that might arise during fishing tool base metal (Figure 7.2).

43
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

• A midbody connection that falls outside the imagi-


nary cylinder(s) described immediately above. Top View

• The pins or bolts that attach pinned-on or bolted-


on components to a tool body. Structural
Base Metal
• Portions of a tool or component that lie within
two hole diameters of a pin or bolt hole, excluding
hardsurface metal (Figure 7.3). Hardsurface
Non-Structural Metal
• Any other metal which, in the opinion of the in- BaseMetal
spector, meets the general definition for structural
base metal in above.

b. Base Metal (Non-Structural). Metal whose failure Side View

will not result in string separation or loss of all or a


significant part of a pinned-on or bolted-on compo-
nent. Non-structural base metal specifically includes
all metal meeting the following tests:
Imaginary Cylinder
• A metallic component that is attached by welding Projected from End
Connections
to structural base metal (such as a blade on a
welded-blade stabilizer or mill) but not including Figure 7.1 Metal classification on an example integral blade
weld metal or hardsurface metal (Figure 7.2). string mill.
• Metal located outside a projection of a cylinder or
cylinders encircling the end connection(s), unless
such metal meets the requirements for structural
base metal above (Figure 7.1).

c. Hardsurface Metal. Metal deposited on base metal


Structural
by welding or brazing, and intended for the purpose Base Metal

of improving wear resistance or cutting ability of the


fishing tool.

d. Other Metal. Any metal that does not clearly meet Non-Structural
Base Metal
one of the definitions for base metal, weld metal, Hardfacing
hardsurface metal, or incidental component. Metal

Weld
e. Weld Metal. Metal deposited during a welding Metal

process for the purpose of attaching one component


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

of a tool to another, not including hardsurface metal. Imaginary Projection


IMAGINARY for
PROJECTION
FOR DIFFERENT
Different Connection
Weld metal is primarily intended to provide structural Watercourse Mill Crossover
CROSSOVER
CONNECTION
or OR
Connection/Body
CONNECTION/BODY
Diameters
DIAMETERS
support between two metallic components, neither of Figure 7.2 Metal classification on example tools.
which is hardsurface metal (Figure 7.2).
Non-Structural
7.10.2.4 Tap Wickers d Base Metal
Hardsurface
Metal
Threads cut on fishing taps for the purpose of grasping
the object being fished. 2d
Structural
Base Metal
7.10.2.5 Strap Welding
The procedure of welding a strip or strips of metal across
a connection to prevent inadvertent back out.
Cutter Blade
Figure 7.3 Metal classification on an example cutter blade.

44
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

7.10.3  Apparatus 7.10.8  Visual Connection Inspection Exceptions


The following equipment must be available for inspection: and Additions
paint marker, pit depth gage, OD ring gage, drift, a light As mentioned in section 7.10.7, the fishing tool Inspection
capable of illuminating the entire internal surfaces of the Program requires Visual Connection Inspection on all
tool and its subcomponents, metal scale, tape measure, and end and midbody connections, except end connections on
a flat file or disk grinder. A calibrated internal micrometer tap wickers. Outlined below are some specific exceptions
is also required. See section 1.7 for calibration requirements and additions to the requirements specified in Visual
for the micrometer. All apparatus requirements specified Connection Inspection.
in the applicable common inspection methods are also
required. 7.10.8.1 Non-Sealing Shoulders on End
Connections
7.10.4  Preparation A number of fishing tools, such as taper taps, box taps,
Record the tool serial number and tool description. Reject rope spears, impression blocks, and magnets do not
the tool if no serial number can be located, unless the require a fluid seal at the shoulder. If it can be established
customer waives this requirement. with the customer that the fishing tool does not require
7.10.5  Disassembly a fluid seal, replace section 7.14.5.7 with the following:
When a tool is being qualified to maintenance classifica- Non-sealing shoulder surfaces shall be free of raised
tion A1, disassemble the tool and remove all internal metal or corrosion deposits detected visually or by rub-
components. All surfaces to be inspected shall be clean and bing a metal scale or fingernail across the surface. Filing
all traces of thread dope and other foreign matter shall be to remove raised metal is permitted.
completely removed from thread roots.
7.10.8.2 Tap Wickers
7.10.6  Fishing Tool Incidental Components The wicker area of taps shall have no pulled or stripped
Visually inspect fishing tool incidental components such as threads within the catch area (as specified in the vendor’s
springs, washers, nuts, bolts, pins, seals, and the like for wear shop/assembly manual) and out to 2 inches on either
and damage. If acceptance criteria for wear and damage side of the catch area. Wickers shall also be free of pits
are given in this procedure, use those given. If acceptance which appear to exceed 1/16 inch in depth or 1/8 inch
criteria are not given in this procedure but are given in in diameter, or which penetrate below the thread root,
the vendor’s Inspection Procedure, use those criteria. If or which occupy more than 1-1/2 inches in length along
acceptance criteria are found in neither this procedure or any thread helix.
the vendor’s Inspection Procedure, the inspector shall reject
any component which, in the inspector’s opinion, may cause 7.10.9  Dimensional 3 Connection Inspection
impaired tool function because of wear or damage. Exceptions and Additions
As mentioned in section 7.10.7, the fishing tool Inspection
If fishing tool incidental subcomponents are identified by Program requires dimensional inspection of the connec-
part number or other descriptive marking, ensure that the tions using Dimensional 3 Inspection method. Outlined
part numbers or descriptive marks match the requirements below are some specific dimensional exceptions and
outlined in the vendor’s Inspection Procedure. additions to the requirements specified in Dimensional
3 Inspection.
7.10.7  Common Inspection Methods Required
The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for a. Bevel Diameters. Fishing tools which will connect
inspection of fishing tools must include the following with tools having bit bevel diameters shall have bevel
procedural requirements and common inspection methods: diameters within the ranges listed in Table 7.12.5d.

• Visual Connection Inspection (7.14), except for b. Stress Relief Features Required. End connections
tap wickers NC38 and larger on the tools so detailed in Table 7.3
• Dimensional 3 Inspection (7.16) shall be equipped with pin stress relief grooves and
boreback boxes. Stress relief features are not required
• Blacklight Connection Inspection (7.17) for all on end connections smaller than NC38.
end and midbody connections
• MPI Body Inspection (7.19)

45
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table 7.3 Stress Relief Features Required


Boreback Box and Stress
Product Type Relief Pins Required?
  (Yes/No)
Internal/External Cutter Tools    
Outside Cutter ..................................................................................................................No
Inside Cutter ......................................................................................................................No
Internal/External Engagement Tools  
Box Taps ..............................................................................................................................No
Taper Taps ...........................................................................................................................No
Overshots ............................................................................................................................No
Rope Spear .........................................................................................................................No
Spear Pack-Off ..................................................................................................................No
Casing and Tubing Spears ............................................................................................No
Mills and Shoes    
Rotary Shoes .....................................................................................................................No
Junk Mills.............................................................................................................................No
Pilot Mills..............................................................................................................................No
String and Watermelon Mills ..................................................................................... Yes  
Taper Mills ..........................................................................................................................No
Packer Milling and Retrieving Tools...........................................................................No
Junk Retrieval Tools    
Junk Baskets* .....................................................................................................................No
Internal Boot Baskets .....................................................................................................No
Boot Baskets*.....................................................................................................................No
Washpipe Boot Baskets..................................................................................................No
Casing Repair Equipment    
Casing Patch.......................................................................................................................No
Wellbore Clean-up Tools
Casing Scraper*.................................................................................................................No
Casing Brush*.....................................................................................................................No
Casing Basket*...................................................................................................................No
Magnet* ..............................................................................................................................No
Circulating Tools*..............................................................................................................No
Filters*...................................................................................................................................No
Jetting Tools*......................................................................................................................No
Other Tools    
Key Seat Wiper ................................................................................................................ Yes  
Casing Scraper*.................................................................................................................No
Drilling Safety Joint*........................................................................................................No
Triple Connection Bushing ...........................................................................................No
Washpipe Safety Joint.................................................................................................... Yes  
Rotary Subs*.......................................................................................................................No  
Pony Collars....................................................................................................................... Yes  
Drill Collars......................................................................................................................... Yes  
Drill Pipe...............................................................................................................................No
Heavy Weight Drill Pipe................................................................................................ Yes  
Fishing Magnets................................................................................................................No
Impression Blocks.............................................................................................................No
Bumper Subs*....................................................................................................................No  
Jars*........................................................................................................................................No  
Accelerators*......................................................................................................................No  
Knuckle Joints.....................................................................................................................No
Washpipe.............................................................................................................................No
Note: Stress relief feature requirements for tools not on this list shall be established or waived by the customer.
*Tools highlighted by an asterisk do not require stress relief features if they are (1) used exclusively for fishing or (2) used inside cas-
ing and not used in a rotary drilling application. However, if these tools are used for rotary drilling, stress relief features are required.
46
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

7.10.10  Visual/Dimensional Body Inspection specific flaw(s) in question. If the vendor’s or manufac-
7.10.10.1 Cuts, Gouges, and Similar Flaws turer’s engineering department evaluates and accepts the
Refer to the vendor’s Inspection Procedure to determine flaw in writing, the tool shall be accepted, and the written
the recommended limits for cuts, gouges, and similar acceptance shall become part of the inspection report to
flaws. Examine the outside surfaces of the tool case, the customer. Otherwise, the part must be rejected.
arms, rollers, cutters, pins, and other components for
mechanical damage. A cut, gouge, or similar flaw on 7.10.10.2 Neck Length on Bottleneck Fishing Subs
structural base metal surfaces shall be cause for rejection Bottleneck crossover subs used exclusively for fishing
of a component if the flaw: shall have a minimum fishing neck length of 10 inches,
measured from shoulder bevel to taper, and a minimum
a. Is deeper than 15% of the adjacent wall thickness for tong space of 7 inches (see Figure 7.5). This requirement
tubular components such as tool bodies. applies only to bottleneck crossover subs, since some
fishing tools are designed with shorter fishing necks and
b. Is deeper than 15% of the component thickness for tong space. Subs which will be used exclusively for rotary
solid components such as cutter arms. Thickness of a drilling shall meet the requirements of procedure 7.12.
solid component is defined as the smallest distance
between opposite surfaces, measured at the thinnest 7.10.10.3 Strap Welding
point (see Figure 7.4). Tools that show evidence of having been strap welded
c. Is greater than 0.25 inch in depth for odd-shaped shall be rejected unless this requirement is waived by
components such as rollers. the customer.

d. Exceeds the limits given in the vendor’s Inspection 7.10.11  MPI Body Inspection Coverage
Procedure for the tool in question. When performing the MPI Body Inspection (section 7.19)
common inspection method, the inspection shall cover the
In cases where the flaw size exceeds the limits in a. through ferromagnetic outside surfaces of tools and components,
c. above, but does not exceed the specific limits allowed including weld areas, pins, and arms. The inspection shall
in the vendor’s Inspection Procedure, or no flaw size be performed with an AC yoke for magnetizing and shall
limitation is listed in the vendor’s Inspection Procedure, be done twice, with the second field oriented perpendicular
the vendor’s or manufacturer’s engineering department to the first. Non-ferromagnetic outside surfaces shall
may further evaluate and accept the flawed component, be inspected in accordance with procedure 7.18, Liquid
provided it does so in writing with reference to the

Thickness of Example Solid Components


(In Cross Section)

Neck Length

Bottleneck
Fishing Sub

Tong Space

Figure 7.5 Tong space and


Figure 7.4 Measuring the "thickness" of a solid component. fishing neck length on a
Measure the smaller cross-section dimension at the point bottleneck fishing sub.
where it is thinnest.

47
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Penetrant Inspection. Cracks shall be evaluated in ac- the drift mandrel shall have a minimum length of 18
cordance with paragraph 7.10.13. inches and a diameter equal to the required minimum
Surfaces that cannot practically be magnetized with an tool ID -0, +1/32 inch. Note: Unless otherwise specified by
AC yoke shall be inspected using a residual magnetic the vendor, manufacturer, or customer (as applicable), the
field applied in accordance with procedure 7.20, Residual required minimum tool ID shall be the outside diameter of
Magnetic Particle Inspection Method. the largest device to be run through the fishing tool.

7.10.12  Verifying Specified Critical Dimensions 7.10.12.3 Length


The vendor, manufacturer, or customer (as applicable) Unless specified otherwise by the vendor, manufacturer,
may have specific tool dimensions which are critical for or customer (as applicable), critical lengths shall be
the anticipated operation. These might include maximum measured parallel to the axis of the tool. Specified critical
outside diameter, minimum inside diameter, or other lengths up to 12 inches shall be measured using a steel
dimensions. If so, the vendor, manufacturer, or customer (as rule. Lengths greater than 12 inches shall be measured
applicable) shall provide a list of tools and their respective with a steel tape. Unless specified otherwise by the
critical dimensions and tolerances to the inspector for vendor, manufacturer, or customer (as applicable), the
verification. Unless so notified, the inspector is not required tolerances on critical lengths shall be ±1/16 inch for
to verify any dimensions other than those listed elsewhere lengths less than or equal to 12 inches, and ±1/8 inch
in this procedure. If so notified, the inspector shall measure for lengths greater than 12 inches.
these dimensions as follows.
7.10.13  Acceptance Criteria for Cracks and Crack-
7.10.12.1 Outside Diameter (OD) Like Indications
a. The OD of tools which have cylindrical machined 7.10.13.1 Hardsurfaced Metal
surfaces shall be measured with spring calipers and a Crack indications are acceptable in hardsurface metal
steel rule. At least two measurements shall be taken at provided that either crack width is no greater than 3/32
90 degrees ±10 degrees intervals, with the largest OD inch, or crack length does not exceed 0.25 inch.
reported. Unless specified otherwise by the vendor,
manufacturer, or customer (as applicable), the OD 7.10.13.2 Non-Structural Base Metal (Except in
shall be the nominal tool OD +1/32 inch, -1/8 inch. Cutter Knives)
Crack indications in non-structural base metal are
b. For tools whose ODs are not cylindrical machined limited to those that originate in hardsurfaced regions
surfaces, such as stabilizers and mills, or tools with and have a major dimension no more than 0.25 inch.
expandable arms or cutters, the OD shall be measured
using ring gages. If the tool has arms or cutters, 7.10.13.3 Non-Structural Base Metal in Cutter
the arms or cutters shall be fully extended during Knives
measurement. Unless specified otherwise by the Cracks in non-structural base metal in cutter knives must
vendor, manufacturer, or customer (as applicable), originate in hardsurface metal and may not be longer
the ring gage thickness shall be 1/2 inch minimum or deeper than 0.5 inch or 25% of the non-structural
and the gage width shall be 3/4 inch minimum. The base metal thickness measured parallel to the crack.
gage inside diameter shall be the desired nominal When measuring depth, measure from the outer surface
arms or cutters diameter +0.005, -0 inch. The inside of the hardsurface metal to the tip of the crack. If the
diameter of the ring gage shall be verified using hardsurface metal outer surface is irregular, measure from
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

internal micrometer specified in paragraph 7.10.3. The the point that will yield the largest crack.
gage shall pass smoothly over arms or cutters. Gaps
between the gage and arms/cutters shall not exceed 7.10.13.4 Structural Base Metal
1/16 inch or the tool shall be rejected. All cracks in structural base metal are cause for rejection
except cracks originating from water courses in mills.
7.10.12.2 Inside Diameter (ID) Cracks originating from water courses in mills are accept-
The ID of tools shall be verified by passing a drift mandrel able up to a maximum crack length 0.5 inch, measured
through the length of the tool. Unless specified otherwise on its longest dimension.
by the vendor, manufacturer, or customer (as applicable),

48
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

7.10.13.5 Weld Metal, Other Metal, and Incidental qualification class, the date, and the name of the company
Components performing the inspection.
Cracks are not permitted in weld metal, other metal, and
fishing tool incidental components.
7.11  Specific Inspection Requirements
7.10.13.6 Indeterminate Metal for Drilling Specialty Tool Connections
If the location of a crack is relevant to the acceptance
or rejection of a component, but the type of metal sur- 7.11.1  Scope
rounding the crack is in question, the inspector shall use This procedure covers the shop and field inspection of end
the acceptance criteria for the more stringent location. and midbody connections of drilling specialty tools other
than the specialty tools covered under the tool types and
7.10.13.7 Reference Photographs families listed in Table 7.1.
To assist the inspector, Figures 7.6 through 7.17 show
7.11.2  Apparatus
examples of acceptable and rejectable conditions.
The following equipment must be available: Paint marker,
7.10.14  Repair of Cracks pit gage, a light capable of illuminating the inside surfaces
Except for the exclusions below, cracks and crack-like of the tool, metal scale, tape measure, flat file or disk grinder.
indications which are cause for rejection may be repaired by All apparatus requirements specified in the applicable
welding provided that they are repaired in accordance with common inspection methods are also required.
the tool owner’s written weld procedure specification (WPS).
7.11.3  Preparation
These procedures and supporting documents such as proce-
Record the tool serial number and tool description. Reject
dure qualification reports (PQR) and welder performance
the tool if no serial number can be located, unless the
qualification records (WPQ) shall be made available to the
customer waives this requirement.
customer or the customer’s representative upon request.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Cracks that may not be repaired by welding include: 7.11.4  Common Inspection Methods Required
• Any fatigue crack or any crack in base metal The following procedural requirements and common
that does not originate in either weld metal or inspection methods shall be performed:
hardsurface metal. • Visual Connection Inspection (7.14)
• A crack in structural base metal that is within two • Dimensional 2 Inspection (7.15) if the tool is
diameters of a pin or bolt hole. meant for makeup to NWDP, TWDP, or lower
7.10.15  Removal of Non-Repairable Cracks kelly connection
Cracks or crack-like indications that fall within the exclu- • Dimensional 3 Inspection (7.16) if the tool is used
sions above are not repairable by welding. If practical, these in BHA sections or is directly connected to BHA
cracks may be removed by cropping and the cropped end components including HWDP
re-machined to a usable state. Grinding to remove these • Blacklight Connection Inspection (7.17).
defects is not allowed. Substitute with Liquid Penetrant Inspection
7.10.16  Re-Inspection of Repaired Cracks (7.18) for midbody and end connections if tool is
After repair or removal of rejectable cracks and crack-like made from nonmagnetic material
indications, the repaired part must be reinspected to verify
7.11.5  Post-Qualification Requirements
the defect is no longer present.
Clean and dry the connections and thread protectors.
7.10.17  Post-Qualification Requirements Apply thread compound and apply thread protectors. Place
Clean and dry the connections and thread protectors. a 2-inch wide (±1/4 inch) white paint band around an
Apply thread compound and apply thread protectors. Place acceptable component. The paint band should be 6 inches
a 2-inch wide (±1/4 inch) white paint band around an ±1 inch from the pin shoulder. The paint band should be
acceptable component. The paint band should be 6 inches 12 inches ±2 inches from the box shoulder for box × box
±1 inch from the pin shoulder. The paint band should be components. Using a permanent paint marker on the outer
12 inches ±2 inches from the box shoulder for box × box surface of the tool, write or stencil the applicable DS-1
components. Using a permanent paint marker on the outer qualification class, the date, and the name of the company
surface of the tool, write or stencil the applicable DS-1 performing the inspection.

49
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Photos courtesy of Weatherford International

Figure 7.6 Rejectable cracks in structural base metal (arrow). Figure 7.7 A cutter blade. Cracks in structural base metal near
The cracked surface lies within the imaginary cylinder formed the pin hole (left) are rejectable. The acceptable crack at right
by the connection ODs. is in non-structural base metal, originates in hardsurface metal
and is less than 0.5 inches deep.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 7.8 Cracks on this mill are rejectable. The crack is not Figure 7.9 This crack on a cutter blade is rejectable because it
in structural base metal, but it does not originate in hardsur- is in structural base metal (within two hole diameters of the pin
face metal. Crack depth is unknown. hole).

Figure 7.10 Rejectable cracks in non structural base metal (ar- Figure 7.11 Acceptable cracks (less than 0.5 inches long) in
rows). The cracks are larger than permitted. non-structural base metal on a cutter knife.

50
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Photos courtesy of Weatherford International

Figure 7.12 These cracks in structural base metal are accept- Figure 7.13 Cracks and crack-like indications on this tool body
able because they originate in a watercourse and are smaller are cause for rejecting the part, as they occur in structural base
than the allowed length. metal.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Figure 7.14 These cracks on a cutter blade are in structural Figure 7.15 Crack like indications in structural base metal on
base metal (within two hole diameters of the pin hole), and the this WB pilot mill are cause for rejection, even though the indi-
component must be rejected. cations may be due to poor weld practice.

Figure 7.16 Rejectable cracks in non-structural base metal. Figure 7.17 Rejectable cracks in structural base metal (arrow).
Cracks are longer than 0.25 inches. Failure at this point would result in loss of a significant part of
the cutter blade.

51
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.12  Sub Inspection • Dimensional 3 Inspection (7.16), if the sub is used


in BHA sections or is directly connected to BHA
7.12.1  Scope components including HWDP
This procedure covers the inspection requirements and
• Blacklight Connection Inspection (7.17) if the sub
acceptance criteria for subs when used as a sub-component
is made from ferromagnetic material
of drilling specialty tools. Included are both ferromagnetic
and nonmagnetic components. • Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18) if the sub is
made from nonmagnetic material
7.12.2  Preparation
• MPI Body Inspection (7.19) if the sub is made
Record the tool serial number and description. Reject the
from ferromagnetic material
tool if no serial number can be located unless the customer
waives this requirement. 7.12.5  Sub Dimensional Inspection
As mentioned in section 7.12.4, the sub Inspection Program
7.12.3  Equipment Required
requires dimensional inspection of the connections using
The following equipment must be available for inspection:
either Dimensional 2 or Dimensional 3 Inspection method
paint marker, pit gage, a light capable of illuminating
as applicable. Outlined below are some specific dimensional
the entire internal surface, metal scale, tape measure, flat
exceptions and additions to the requirements specified in
file or disk grinder. A calibrated light meter to verify il-
Dimensional 2 and Dimensional 3 Inspection.
lumination is also required. See section 1.7 for calibration
requirements. a. Inspect the connections of bit subs and subs that
will join other BHA connections in accordance with
7.12.4  Common Inspection Methods Required

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
procedure 7.16, Dimensional 3 Inspection, except
The following common inspection procedures must be
that bevel diameters shall meet the requirements
included in the sub inspection procedure as far as they are
in steps b-d below, whichever applies. Box OD and
applicable:
pin ID measurements shall result in a BSR within
• Visual Connection Inspection (7.14) the customer’s specified range for bit subs and other
sub connections that will join BHA components,
• Dimensional 2 Inspection (7.15), if the sub is
except for connections made up to the bit or HWDP.
meant for makeup to NWDP, TWDP, or lower
Dimensions for commonly specified BSR ranges are
kelly connection
given in Table 7.37. BSR values for various connection
types and sizes are provided in Table 7.50.

b. Bit subs and other sub connections that will join BHA
components, except HWDP: Use bevel diameters
Neck
Length
from Table 7.37.

c. Sub connections joining HWDP: Use bevel diameters


Corner
Radius from Tables 7.38–7.47, as applicable.

d. Sub connections joining bits: Use the following bevel


diameter ranges:
45°
Max ID ID
Taper
Angle
Tong
Space
Bevel Diameter (in)
Connection Minimum Maximum
2-3/8 Reg 3-1/32 3-1/16
ID Marking Recess
2-7/8 Reg 3-19/32 3-5/8
3-1/2 Reg 4-3/32 4-1/8
4-1/2 Reg 5-5/16 5-11/32
6-5/8 Reg 7-11/32 7-3/8
Type A Type B Type C 7-5/8 Reg 8-29/64 8-31/64
May also be Double Box May also be Double Box Swivel Sub-LH Threads
or Double Pin or Double Pin Top and Bottom 8-5/8 Reg 9-17/32 9-9/16
Figure 7.18 API drilling subs.

52 VOLUME 3 -
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Figurelicense
Provided by IHS Markit under 3.25.1with
APITHdrilling
HILL subs.
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
REDRAWN JAN-20-2018
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

e. Inspect the connections of subs that will join drill pipe interfere with the valve’s ability to seal. For box up
connections or lower kelly connections in accordance float bores without stress relief features and for box
with procedure 7.15, Dimensional 2 Inspection. down float bores, the float bore dimensions shall meet
the dimensions given in Figure 7.19 and Table 7.48.
f. Tong Space. Minimum tong space shall be 7 inches. If a baffle plate is to be used with the float valve, the
g. Inside Diameter. Subs with the same connection top bore shall be visually inspected for the presence of a
and bottom shall have straight bores with an inside baffle recess as seen in Figure 7.20. If a baffle plate is
diameter (ID) not greater than the ID of the largest to be used with a baffle plate recess (Figure 7.20), the
pin to which the sub will be joined. Subs with different baffle recess should be of sufficient depth to include
connections top and bottom may be equipped with step the baffle plate and the float bore dimensions shall
bores. In these subs, the torsional capacity of the pin meet the dimensions given in Figure 7.20 and Table
with the larger ID may not be less than the torsional 7.48. If a baffle plate is to be used without a baffle
capacity of the connection on the other end of the sub. plate recess (Figure 7.19) the float bore dimensions
shall meet the dimensions given in Figure 7.19 and
h. Length. Measure overall length shoulder to shoulder. the float bore depth shall not exceed the bore depth
Measure neck length on Type B subs. Subs shall meet listed in Table 7.48 plus the height of the baffle plate.
the following length requirements or shall be rejected.
Note: If the Float Bore Diameter (R) and Connection
Minimum Minimum Size do not match Table 7.48 values, calculate the Float
Type Overall Length Neck Length Bore Depth (A) using Table 7.49.
(inch) (inch)
A (box × box) 24 -
A (pin × pin) 12 - Internal Shoulder Dimension:
A (box × pin) 16 - If R ≤ Bore, disregard
If Bore < R ≤ (Bore+0.5 in.), minimum shoulder = 1/8 in.
B Note 1 7.13.5c Otherwise, minimum shoulder = 1/4 in.
C 8 - (Note: IDs of the bore and bit pin must be small enough to hold
Internal Subs Note 2 Note 2 the valve assembly)
Internal
INTERNAL Shoulder
SHOULDER
Note 1: For Type B subs only: Minimum overall length
requirement does not apply. The minimum fishing neck
length is according to the requirements specified in para-
Bore
BORE
graph 7.13.5c and the minimum tong space is 7 inches.
The maximum OD taper angle shall not exceed 45 degrees. Corner
For box × pin Type B subs, the box side is considered the broken
fishing side. For box × box, pin × pin, or subs run in the 45° max
pin up configurations, the customer must specify the uphole 1/8 in.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

max
connection to which the fishing neck applies. rad.
Note 2: For internal subs on specialty tools that connect
with midbody connections, minimum overall length R
requirement shall not apply provided all of the following
conditions are met: A
30
deg.
• Sub meets the tong space requirement of 7.12.5f.
• Sub body OD is matched to the OD of the specialty
tool component immediately below the internal sub.
• Specialty tool component immediately below the
internal sub meets the minimum fishing neck length
requirements for Type B subs.

i. Float Bore Dimensions. On subs equipped with float


bores, the ID shall be free of flaws or pitting that will Figure 7.19 Float bore profile.

53
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

compliance with training and visual acuity shall be


per the competency section 1.6.

7.12.8  Post-Inspection Requirements


Place a 2-inch wide (±1/4 inch) white paint band around an
acceptable component. The paint band should be 6 inches
±1 inch from the pin shoulder. The paint band should be
12 inches ±2 inches from the box shoulder for box × box
components. Using a permanent paint marker on the outer
surface of the tool, write or stencil the applicable DS-1
r qualification class, the date, and the name of the company
1/8 in. performing the inspection.
max
rad.
7.13  Stabilizer Inspection
R
A
7.13.1  Scope
This procedure covers the inspection requirements and
acceptance criteria for stabilizers when used as a sub-
component of drilling specialty tools. Included are both
ferromagnetic and nonmagnetic components.

7.13.2  Preparation
Record the tool serial number and description. Reject the
Figure 7.20 Float bore profile with baffle plate recess. tool if no serial number can be located unless the customer
waives this requirement.
7.12.6  MPI Body Inspection and Liquid Penetrant 7.13.3  Equipment Required
Inspection Coverage The following equipment must be available for inspection:
When performing the MPI Body Inspection (section 7.19) Paint marker, pit gage, a light capable of illuminating the
common inspection method, the inspection shall cover the entire internal surface, metal scale, tape measure, flat file or
entire outside diameter from shoulder to shoulder. Any disk grinder, stabilizer ring gauge, a calibrated light meter
crack shall be rejected. If the sub is manufactured from to verify illumination. A calibrated internal micrometer
nonmagnetic materials, procedure 7.18, Liquid Penetrant is also required. The ring gage thickness shall be 1/2 inch
Inspection, shall be substituted for MPI Body Inspection. minimum and the gage width shall be 3/4 inch minimum.
The gage inside diameter shall be the desired nominal blade
7.12.7  Visual Body Inspection diameter +0.005, -0 inch. The inside diameter of the ring
a. Surface Condition. Visually examine the outside gage shall be verified using the internal micrometer. See
surface of the sub from shoulder to shoulder for section 1.7 for calibration requirements for the light meter
mechanical damages. Any cut, gouge, or similar and micrometer. --`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
imperfection on the outside surface deeper than 10%
of the adjacent wall shall be rejected. The outside and 7.13.4  Common Inspection Methods Required
inside surfaces shall be clean so that the metal surface The following common inspection procedures must be
is visible and no surface particles larger than 1/8 inch included in the stabilizer inspection procedure as far as
in any dimension can be broken loose. Additionally, they are applicable:
the inside diameter(s) of the sub shall be free of any
obstruction or foreign objects • Visual Connection Inspection (7.14)
• Dimensional 3 Inspection (7.16)
b. Illumination. The minimum illumination level at the
inspection surface shall be 50 foot-candles in enclosed • Blacklight Connection Inspection (7.17) if the
facilities and night time. The requirement does stabilizer is made from ferromagnetic material
not apply to direct daylight conditions. Inspector’s • Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18) if the stabilizer
is made from nonmagnetic material
54
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

• MPI Body Inspection (7.19) if the stabilizer is baffle recess as seen in Figure 7.20. If a baffle plate is
made from ferromagnetic material to be used with a baffle plate recess (Figure 7.20), the
baffle recess should be of sufficient depth to include
7.13.5  Stabilizer Dimensional Inspection the baffle plate and the float bore dimensions shall
As mentioned in section 7.13.4, the stabilizer Inspection meet the dimensions given in Figure 7.20 and Table
Program requires dimensional inspection of the connec- 7.48. If a baffle plate is to be used without a baffle
tions using Dimensional 3 Inspection method. Outlined plate recess (Figure 7.19) the float bore dimensions
below are some specific dimensional exceptions and shall meet the dimensions given in Figure 7.19 and
additions to the requirements specified in Dimensional 3 the float bore depth shall not exceed the bore depth
Inspection method. listed in Table 7.48 plus the height of the baffle plate.
a. For near bit stabilizers, dimensional requirements of Note: If the Float Bore Diameter (R) and Connection Size
Table 7.37 shall apply except with respect to the bevel do not match Table 7.48 values, calculate the Float Bore
diameter for the connection that is made up to the Depth (A) using Table 7.49.
bit. For the connection that is made up to the bit, the
bevel diameter shall comply with the ranges listed in 7.13.6  MPI Body Inspection and Liquid Penetrant
paragraph 7.12.5d. Inspection Coverage
When performing the MPI Body Inspection (section
b. Box OD and pin ID measurements shall result in a 7.19) common inspection method, the inspection shall
BSR within the customer’s specified range for near bit cover the outside diameter from shoulder to shoulder
stabilizers and other stabilizer connections that will (including the welds on welded blade stabilizers). As an
join BHA components, except for connections that alternative to this step, the coverage area of the Blacklight
are made up to the bit or HWDP. Dimensions for Connection Inspection procedure 7.17 may be extended to
commonly specified BSR ranges are given in Table cover the entire outside surface of the stabilizer. Whichever
7.37. BSR values for various connection types and procedure is used, the inspection of welds on welded blade
sizes are provided in Table 7.50. stabilizers shall employ an AC yoke for magnetizing
c. Measure stabilizer neck length on the upper connec- and shall be done twice, with the second field oriented
tion (typically box). Neck length shall be as per the perpendicular to the first. Any crack is cause for rejection,
table provided below. The minimum tong space on except that hairline cracks in the hardfacing are permissible
the lower connection (typically pin) shall be 7 inches if they do not extend into base metal which includes any
or the tool shall be rejected. welded and built-up sections. Any rejected cracks shall not
be repaired or removed, unless approved by the customer. If
Fishing Neck Length Requirements the stabilizer is manufactured from nonmagnetic materials,
Connection Minimum Fishing procedure 7.18, Liquid Penetrant Inspection, shall be
Outside Diameter (OD) Neck Length substituted for MPI Body Inspection.
(inch) (inch)
OD ≤ 3-1/2 12 7.13.7  Visual Body Inspection
3-1/2 < OD ≤ 8 15 a. Surface Condition. Visually examine the outside
OD > 8 18 surface of the sub from shoulder to shoulder for
mechanical damages. Any cut, gouge, or similar
d. Crossover stabilizers shall have a minimum fishing imperfection deeper than 10% of the adjacent wall
neck length measured shoulder to taper as per table shall be rejected. Hardfacing material, if present, shall
in paragraph 7.13.5c. be visually examined for damages. Missing, chipped,
e. Float Bore Dimensions: On stabilizers equipped with or broken tungsten carbide tiles or inserts shall be
float bores, the ID shall be free of flaws or pitting that cause for rejection unless waived by customer. Spalling
will interfere with the valve’s ability to seal. For box and loss of matrix exceeding 1/16 inch in depth shall
up float bores without stress relief features and for box be rejected. For weld sections, any porosity, voids, and
down float bores, the float bore dimensions shall meet blowholes greater than 1/16 inch in diameter shall
the dimensions given in Figure 7.19 and Table 7.48. be a cause for rejection. In case of conflict with the
If a baffle plate is to be used with the float valve the manufacturer’s Weld Procedural Specification (WPS),
bore shall be visually inspected for the presence of a the manufacturer’s WPS shall prevail.

55
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

b. Illumination. The minimum illumination level at the 7.14.4  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria
inspection surface shall be 50 foot-candles in enclosed All connections shall meet the following requirements:
facilities and night time. The requirement does not
apply to direct daylight conditions. Inspector’s com- a. Hardbanding. When present, hardbanding shall
pliance with training and visual acuity requirements extend no more than 3/16 inch radially above the
shall be per the competency section 1.6. OD surface with no broken or missing areas larger
than 1/8 inch across the major dimension. Hairline
7.13.8  Ring Gage Blade Inspection cracks in the hardbanding are permissible as long
Check the stabilizer blade diameter by sliding a ring gage as the cracks do not extend into the base metal.
over the length of the blades. The gage shall pass smoothly Protruding carbide chips or beads are not allowed,
over the blades. Gaps between the gage and the blades shall unless permitted by the end user. When conflicts
not exceed 1/16 inch or the tool shall be rejected. arise between this specification and the hardbanding
manufacturer’s field inspection requirements, the
7.13.9  Post-Inspection Requirements hardbanding manufacturer’s requirements shall apply.
Place a 2-inch wide (±1/4 inch) white paint band around an
acceptable component. The paint band should be 6 inches b. Cracks. All connections and surrounding bodies shall
±1 inch from the pin shoulder. The paint band should be be free of visible cracks and heat checking, except that
12 inches ±2 inches from the box shoulder for box × box hairline cracks in hardbanding are acceptable if they
components. Using a permanent paint marker on the outer do not extend into the base metal. For nonmagnetic
surface of the tool, write or stencil the applicable DS-1 connections, pay close attention to the thread roots at
qualification class, the date, and the name of the company the back of the box and the boreback surface. These
performing the inspection. surfaces shall be free of cracks or crack-like indica-
tions. Grinding to remove cracks is not permissible.
7.14  Visual Connection Inspection c. The minimum illumination level at the inspection
surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The inspector’s
7.14.1  Scope compliance with visual acuity requirements shall be
This procedure covers visual examination of midbody and per the competency section 3.4.3. Light intensity level
end connections for damage and to evaluate the condition at the inspection surface must be verified:
of the seal, threads, hardbanding, and bevel, and to look for
evidence of box swell and pin stretch. The procedure also • At the start of each inspection job.
includes verification of thread profile and stenciled mark- • When light fixtures change positions or intensity.
ings. On BHA tools, visual examination of the connection
stress relief features is also covered. • At any change in relative position of the inspected
surface with respect to the light fixture.
7.14.2  Inspection Apparatus • When requested by the customer or its designated
A 12 inch metal rule graduated in 1/64 inch increments, representative.
a metal straightedge, a calibrated light meter to verify
illumination, calibrated angle gages, a calibrated hardened • Upon completion of the inspection job.
and ground profile gage, and OD calipers are required. A The requirements do not apply to direct sunlight
calibrated lead gage and a calibrated standard lead template conditions. If adjustments are required to the light
are also required. See section 1.7 for calibration require- intensity level at the inspection surface, all compo-
ments for the lead gage, the standard lead template, the nents inspected since the last light intensity level
profile gage, the angle gages, and the light intensity meter. verification shall be re-inspected.
7.14.3  Preparation d. Midbody connections shall be inspected in accordance
a. All part numbers and serial numbers shall be recorded with the vendor’s Inspection Program and as follows.
on all reports. If conflicts in the two procedures exist, the vendor’s
Inspection Program requirements shall apply.
b. Connections shall be clean so that no scale, mud, or
lubricant can be wiped from the thread or shoulder • Seal Surfaces. If the connection forms a pressure
surfaces with a clean rag. seal, the seal surfaces shall be free of raised metal
or protruding corrosion deposits detected visually
56
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

or by rubbing a metal scale or fingernail across the b. Box Connections: Pitting on all thread surfaces shall
surface. Any pitting or interruptions of the seal not occupy more than 1-1/2 inches in length along
surface that are estimated to exceed 1/32 inch in any thread helix, the pit depth shall not exceed 1/32
depth or occupy more than 20% of the seal width inch, and the pit diameter shall not exceed 1/8 inch.
at any given location are cause for rejection. Metal
removal below the plane of the seal surface is c. Locating the Last Scratch: Figure 7.22 shows an
prohibited. example API pin connection. The last scratch is
created by the machining insert as it is slowly pulled
• Thread Surfaces. Thread and torque shoulder out, leaving an imperfect thread at the back of the
surfaces shall be free of pits or other surface connection. To locate the last scratch, rotate the
imperfections that appear to exceed 1/16 inch connection until the last mark made by the machining
in depth or 1/8 inch in diameter, than penetrate insert is visible.
below the thread root, or that occupy more than
1-1/2 inches in length along any thread helix. d. Measuring Required Distance: Measure 1-1/2 inches
Raised protrusions must be removed with a hand as shown in Figure 7.23. Threads on the connection
file or “soft” (nonmetallic) buffing wheel. follow the thread helix. Consequently, there will be
areas where some of the thread root may fall within
e. Thread Compound and Protectors. Acceptable 1-1/2 inches while some of the thread root may
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool theoretically be outside of 1-1/2 inches from the last
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces scratch. In such cases, no pitting is allowed on that
as well as the end of the pin. Thread protectors shall thread root even on the portions that may theoreti-
be applied and secured with approximately 50 to 100 cally lie outside of 1-1/2 inches from the last scratch.
ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be free
of debris. If additional inspection of the threads or
shoulders will be performed prior to pipe movement,
the application of thread compound and protectors Crest Crest
may be postponed until completion of the additional
inspection. Flanks

7.14.5  API & Similar Non-Proprietary Connections


In addition to the requirements of paragraph 7.14.4, API
and similar non-proprietary connections shall meet the
following requirements: Root

7.14.5.1 Bevel Width Figure 7.21 Parts of thread forms.


An approximate 45 degree OD bevel at least 1/32 inch
wide shall be present for the full circumference on both
Last scratch Gradually fading machining
pin and box. tool mark as the tool is
slowly pulled out
7.14.5.2 Thread Root and Surface Pitting
This criteria covers dimensional inspection of connec-
tions on components that make up to NWDP, TWDP, or
lower kelly connections. (See Figure 7.21 for the thread
features considered.)

a. Pin Connections: No pitting is allowed in the roots of


any threads that are within 1-1/2 inches from the last
scratch. Pitting is allowed in other thread roots, as well
as all thread flanks and crests, as long as pitting does
not occupy more than 1-1/2 inches in length along
any thread helix, the pit depth does not exceed 1/32 Figure 7.22 Identifying last scratch on drill pipe pin connection
inch, and the pit diameter does not exceed 1/8 inch. without SRF.

57
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

This is evident in Figure 7.23 where line marked “no 7.14.5.4 BHA Connections without SRF
pitting allowed” is extended slightly beyond 1-1/2 This criteria covers the dimensional inspection of used
inches (till the crest of the next thread) to cover the rotary-shouldered connections on specialty tools without
entire thread root. SRF used in BHA sections or that are directly connected
to BHA components including HWDP. No pitting is
7.14.5.3 BHA Connections with Stress Relief allowed in the roots of any pin threads that are within
Features (SRF) 2 inches from the last scratch. Pitting is allowed in
This criteria covers the dimensional inspection of used other pin thread roots and all box thread roots within
rotary-shouldered connections on specialty tools with constraints specified below. Pitting shall not occupy more
SRF used in BHA sections or that are directly connected than 1-1/2 inches in length along any thread helix, pit
to BHA components including HWDP. No pitting is depth shall not exceed 1/32 inch, and the pit diameter
allowed in the roots of any threads that are within 1-1/2 shall not exceed 1/8 inch.
inches from the last scratch. Pitting is allowed in other
thread roots as long as the pitting does not occupy more a. Locating the Last Scratch: Refer to section 7.14.5.2c.
than 1-1/2 inches in length along any thread helix, the b. Measuring Required Distance: Measure 2 inches as
pit depth does not exceed 1/32 inch, and the pit diameter shown in Figure 7.28. Threads on the connection
does not exceed 1/8 inch. For pitting allowance on SRFs, follow thread helix. Consequently, there will be areas
see paragraph 7.14.5.11. where some of the thread root may fall within 2 inches
a. Locating the Last Scratch: Figure 7.24 shows an while some of the thread root may theoretically be
example API box connection with SRF (longitudi- outside of 2 inches from the last scratch. In such cases,
nally split for clear view of internal geometry). The no pitting is allowed on that thread root even on the
last scratch is created by the machining insert on the portions that may theoretically lie outside of 2 inches
box connections with SRF due to machining of the from the last scratch. This is evident in Figure 7.28
boreback. The boreback creates truncated threads at where line marked “no pitting allowed” is extended
the back of the box with gradually reducing height. slightly beyond 2 inches (till the crest of the next
The last thread eventually runs out at the boreback thread) to cover the entire thread root.
creating a last scratch. To locate the last scratch, rotate
the connection until the last thread runout on the 7.14.5.5 Thread Surfaces
boreback is visible. Figure 7.25 shows an example For thread root pitting criteria, see above. Other thread
API pin connection with SRF. The last scratch is surfaces, such as thread crests, thread flanks, the box taper
created by the intersection of the machined radius of behind the last scratch with no stress-relief feature, and
the SRF with the flank of the last thread. To locate the area between the pin shoulder and the last scratch
the last scratch, rotate the connection until the mark (i.e. pin-neck flats) with no stress-relief feature, shall
made from machining the radius is visible as shown be free of imperfections that appear to either penetrate
in Figure 7.25. below the thread root, occupy more than 1-1/2 inches
in length along any thread helix, or exceed 1/16 inch in
b. Measuring Required Distance: Measure 1-1/2 inches depth or 1/8 inch in diameter. Raised protrusions must
as shown in Figures 7.26 and 7.27. Threads on the be removed with a hand file or “soft” (nonmetallic)
connection follow thread helix. Consequently, there buffing wheel. The thread profile shall be checked after
will be areas where some of the thread root may fall any buffing or filing of the threads.
within 1-1/2 inches while some of the thread root
may theoretically be outside of 1-1/2 inches from 7.14.5.6 Box Swell
the last scratch. In such cases, no pitting is allowed A straightedge shall be placed along the longitudinal
on that thread root even on the portions that may axis of the box OD. If a visible gap exists between the
theoretically lie outside of 1-1/2 inches from the last straightedge and the OD surface, the OD must be
scratch. This is evident in Figure 7.26 and Figure 7.27 measured using calipers. Compare the OD at the bevel
where line marked “no pitting allowed” is extended to the OD 2 inches (±1/2 inch) away from the bevel. If
slightly beyond 1-1/2 inches (till the crest of the next the OD at the bevel is greater by 1/32 inch or more, the
thread) to cover the entire thread root. connection shall be rejected.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

58
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Last scratch
Last scratch

No pitting Pitting allowed within


allowed constraints

Last thread running


out on boreback

Figure 7.23 Measuring 1-1/2 inches from last scratch Figure 7.24 Locating the last scratch on BHA box connection
on drill pipe pin connection without SRF. with SRF.

Pitting allowed
Machined No pitting allowed within constraints
radius 1-1/2"

Last
scratch
Last
scratch

Mark made
from
machining
the radius

Figure 7.25 Locating the last scratch on BHA pin Figure 7.26 Measuring 1-1/2 inches from the last scratch on
connection with SRF. BHA box connection with SRF.

Last scratch

Pitting allowed Pitting allowed


No pitting allowed
No pitting allowed within constraints within constraints

1-1/2"
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Figure 7.27 Measuring 1-1/2 inches from the last scratch on Figure 7.28 Measuring 2 inches from the last scratch on BHA
BHA pin connection with SRF. pin connection without SRF.

59
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.14.5.7 Seal Surfaces surface (box boreback diameter must meet the
The seal surfaces shall be free of raised metal or corrosion requirements of Table 7.37 or 7.38, as applicable).
deposits detected visually or by rubbing a metal scale or • The repaired area (pit) must be blended into the sur-
fingernail across the surface. Any pitting or interruptions rounding boreback cylinder over a minimum surface
of the seal surface that are estimated to exceed 1/32 inch area that spans twice the diameter of the original
in depth or occupy more than 20% or the seal width at pit (at its maximum dimension), but not more than
any given location are rejectable. No filing of the seal three times the diameter of the original pit.
shoulders is permissible.
• The repaired surface must be smooth to the touch
7.14.5.8 Refacing and not contain any notches or step changes.
If refacing is necessary, only enough material to correct the • No more than one repair may occupy a 45 degree
damage shall be removed. Refacing limits are 1/32 inch radial × 2 inch length of the boreback cylinder
on any one removal and 1/16 inch cumulatively. If existing measured from the center of the repair.
benchmarks indicate that the shoulder has been refaced • Repair or blending that would alter full-crested or
beyond the maximum, the connection shall be rejected. engaged threads is prohibited.

7.14.5.9 Pin Thread Profile • Repair or blending that would alter a seal surface
A hardened and ground profile gage shall mesh with the or other tool geometry that affects tool function
thread load and stab flanks so that no light is visible at any or performance is prohibited.
of the flanks or thread roots. Visible gaps estimated to be no • Any crack identified in the pits is cause for the tool to
greater than 1/16 inch on no more than two thread crests be rejected. No grinding or repair of cracks is allowed.
are permissible. Uniform flank wear estimated to be less
than 0.010 inch is permissible. However, any visible gaps 7.14.5.12 Box Taper
at the thread flanks will require pin lead measurement per The box taper at the back of the box shall be visually
paragraph 7.14.5.10. Two thread profile checks 90 degrees inspected. All inner diameter tapers originating from a
(±10 degrees) apart shall be made on each connection. box thread shall be at an angle of 45 degree maximum
from the centerline axis of the connection. No burr, lip,
7.14.5.10 Pin Lead or edge greater than the allowable angle tolerance is
If the profile gage indicates that the pin is stretched, pin acceptable. For enlarged internal diameters that extend
lead shall be measured over a 2 inch interval beginning from box thread run out to the start of the taper at the
at the first full-depth thread nearest the shoulder. Pin back of the box, the pitting rejection and repair criteria
stretch shall not exceed 0.006 inch over the 2 inch mentioned in 7.14.5.11 shall apply with the manufac-
length. Two lead checks 90 degrees (±10 degrees) apart turer’s ID requirements in place of boreback diameter.
shall be made. Note: For subs, if the taper angle at the back of the box
is determined to be more than 35 degrees using an angle
7.14.5.11 Stress Relief Surfaces gage, the customer shall be advised and the inspection
Built up corrosion shall be removed from the stress report shall document the findings.
relief surfaces of BHA connections with emery paper
or a flapper wheel to determine the surface condition. 7.14.5.13 Shoulder Squareness
Pitting that is measured or visually estimated to be deeper If a 360 degree benchmark is present on the connection
than 1/32 inch or 1/8 inch in diameter shall be cause for (either pin or box), the relative position of the seal
rejection. Any stencil or stamp marking on a stress relief surface to the benchmark shall be checked around the
surface shall be cause for rejection.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

full circumference. If there is a variation in the distance


Rejectable pits in boreback cylinders that do not contain between the benchmark and the seal surface (indicating
cracks based on the results of a Liquid Penetrant or a possible lack of alignment) that is visually estimated
Wet Magnetic Particle inspection may be repaired in to exceed 1/64 inch, the connection shall be rejected.
accordance with the following guidelines.
7.14.5.14 Pitting in the Pin Inside Diameter (ID)
• The maximum depth of the repaired surface must The entire pin ID for a length exceeding the threaded
not exceed 3/32 inch relative to the box boreback length shall be examined for pitting. Pitting that is

60
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

measured or visually estimated to be deeper than 1/8 inspection. For XT™, uXT™, XT-M™, TT™, and
inch shall be cause for rejection. Internal surfaces on TT-M™, the starting threads of the pin and box
equipment with a pin ID of 2 inches or smaller are connections should be cleaned using a soft wheel or
exempt from being inspected. Rejectable pits in pin ID other buffing method.
that do not contain cracks based on the results of a Liquid
Penetrant or Wet Magnetic Particle inspection may be b. Primary Shoulder (Seal): The seal surfaces shall be
repaired in accordance with the following guidelines. free of raised metal or corrosion deposits detected
visually or by rubbing a metal scale or fingernail across
• The maximum depth of the repaired surface must the surface. Any pitting or interruptions of the seal
not exceed 3/32 inch relative to the pin ID surface surface that are estimated to exceed 1/32 inch in depth
(pin ID must meet the requirements for maximum or cumulatively cover more than 1/3 of the radial
pin ID, as applicable). width at any given location are rejectable. No filing
• The repaired area (pit) must be blended into the of the seal shoulders is permissible. See Figure 7.29
surrounding pin ID over a minimum surface area for examples of acceptable and rejectable damages.
that spans twice the diameter of the original pit
(at its maximum dimension), but not more than
three times the diameter of the original pit.
• The repaired surface must be smooth to the touch
and not contain any notches or step changes.
• Repair or blending that affects tool function or
performance is prohibited.

7.14.5.15 Shoulder Flatness


Box shoulder flatness shall be verified by placing a
straightedge across a diameter of the tool joint face and
rotating the straightedge at least 180 degrees along the
plane of the shoulder. Any visible gaps shall be cause for
rejection. The procedure shall be repeated on the pin with
the straightedge placed across a chord of the shoulder
surface. Any visible gaps between the straightedge and
the shoulder surface shall be cause for rejection.

7.14.6  HI TORQUE™, eXtreme™ Torque, uXT™, eX-


treme™ Torque-M, TurboTorque™, TurboTorque-M™,
Grant Prideco Double Shoulder™, and uGPDS™
In addition to the requirements of paragraph 7.14.4, Grant
Prideco HI TORQUE™ (HT™), eXtreme™ Torque (XT™),
uXT™, eXtreme™ Torque-M (XT-M™), TurboTorque™
(TT™), TurboTorque-M™ (TT-M™), Grant Prideco
Double Shoulder™ (GPDS™), and uGPDS™ connections
shall meet the following requirements: Acceptable Damage Rejectable Damage
NOTE: Damages include, but are not limited to, the following W W
conditions: galls, nicks, washes, fins, dents, scratches, pits, or Ew + Fw ≤ Aw >
3 3
cuts. This does not include discoloration or other superficial
anomalies that alter the appearance only. When conflicts arise W
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Gw + I w ≤
between this specification and the manufacturer’s requirements, 3 W
Bw + Cw + Dw >
the manufacturer’s requirements shall apply. (Hw is not located at the same radial 3
position as Gw and Iw, and is therefore not
added to the total width at this location)
a. Preparation. All thread, make-up shoulder, and seal
surfaces shall be cleaned sufficiently to allow for visual Figure 7.29 Acceptable and rejectable seal damage.

61
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

c. Secondary Shoulder (Mechanical Stop): The Material that protrudes beyond the thread profile
Secondary Shoulder is not a sealing surface. Damage shall be removed using a round cornered triangle hand
to this surface is not critical unless the damage inter- file or soft buffing wheel. Any damage in the thread
feres with the make-up, driftability, or torque capacity roots located within the Pit Free Zone designated
of the connection. Dents, scratches, and cuts are not on the “Field Inspection Dimensions” drawing, latest
acceptable if they exceed 1 inch in length along the revision, is not acceptable. For thread roots outside the
circumference or cause the connection to be rejected
due to shortening of the shoulder-to-shoulder length.
0.125" 0.031" 0.188"
Any metal protrusion above the seal surface is not (1/8") (1/32") (3/16")
acceptable and shall be removed by filing, soft wheel,
or other buffing method and protected by applying
coating to the repaired areas. Connection length
readings shall not be taken in damaged areas.

d. Refacing. For HT™, XT™, uXT™, TT™ , GPDS™,


and uGPDS™, if refacing is necessary, the distance
from the primary shoulder to the secondary shoulder
must be maintained as required in the Dimensional
0.125" 0.031" 0.063"
2 Inspection. Refacing limits are 1/32 inch on any (1/8") (1/32") (1/16")
one removal and 1/16 inch cumulatively. If existing New Benchmark Max Removed Max Reface
per Reface
benchmarks indicate that the shoulder has been
Figure 7.30 GPMark™ Benchmarks.
refaced beyond the maximum, the connection shall
be rejected.
0.063" 0.031" 0.063"
• GPMark™ Benchmark. After refacing repair, a (1/16") (1/32") (1/16")
minimum length of 1/16 inch (0.062 inch) shall
remain on the box refacing benchmark, and 3/16
inch maximum (0.188 inch) shall remain on the
pin refacing benchmark. Rethreading is required if
excess material is removed. See Figure 7.30. 0.063" 0.031"
(1/32")
0.063"
(1/16") (1/16")
• Xmark™ Benchmarks. After refacing repair, a
visible step on the benchmark shall remain on the
primary shoulder. The step is a necessary indicator
that a benchmark is still present. Rethreading
New Benchmark Single Reface
is required if there is no visible benchmark. See Max Reface
(with visible step)
Figure 7.31. Figure 7.31 Xmark™ Benchmarks.
Machine refacing in a lathe is the preferred method.
Portable field refacing units designed specifically
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
for Grant Prideco connections are acceptable. A
minimum of four measurements shall be taken when
using a portable field refacing unit. The variability
of face flatness and squareness introduced shall be
monitored. If any measurement is found to be outside
the drawing limits, the connection shall be rejected.

e. Threads. Thread flank surfaces shall be free of


damage that exceeds 1/16 inch in depth or 1/8 inch
in diameter/width. For damage that is not round,
the 1/8 inch requirement applies to the width of
the damage, and shall not apply to the length of the
damage along the circumference. See Figure 7.32. Figure 7.32 Dimensions of damage on thread flanks.

62
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

designated Pit Free Zone, damage that exceeds 1/32 • Joint thread leads shall be measured over 7 threads (2
inch in depth or 1/8 inch in diameter is not acceptable inch interval) and shall not exceed 0.006 inch.
and shall be repaired by rethreading.
h. Coating. Threads and shoulders that are repaired by
NOTE: For XT™, uXT™, XT-M™, TT™, and filing or refacing must be phosphate coated or copper
TT-M™ connections, the stab flank to crest radius of the sulfate coated.
starting 5 threads round off during break-in and normal
operation. This condition is normal and does not affect i. Dimensional. Dimensional 2 (section 7.15.5 or
the service of the connection. Thread flank surfaces that 7.15.6, as applicable) is required for connections
contain damage exceeding 1/16 inch in depth or 1/8 inch meant for make up to NWDP, TWDP, or lower
in diameter are acceptable in these first 5 starting threads. kelly connections. Dimensional 3 (section 7.16.5
or 7.16.6, as applicable) is required for connections
f. Thread Profile. The thread profile shall be verified used in BHA sections or that are directly connected
along the full length of complete threads in two to BHA components including HWDP.
locations at least 90 degrees apart. The profile gage
shall mesh evenly in the threads and show normal 7.14.7  XT-M™ and TT-M™
contact. If the profile gage does not mesh evenly in In addition to the requirements of paragraph 7.14.6, Grant
the threads, lead measurements shall be taken. Prideco XT-M™ and TT-M™ connections shall meet the
following requirements:
g. Lead. For HT™, XT™, uXT™, XT-M™, GPDS™,
and uGPDS™, if the profile gage indicates that thread a. 15 Degree Seal. The 15 degree metal-to-metal sealing
stretch has occurred, lead shall be measured over a surfaces are allowed to contain non-circumferential
2-inch interval. Thread stretch shall not exceed 0.006 damage that is less than or equal to 1/32 inch in
inch over the 2-inch length. Connections failing this length, width, diameter, or depth. Multiple pits of
inspection should be inspected for cracks and, if none this type are acceptable provided there is at least
are found, re-threaded. 1-inch circumferential separation between them.
Circumferential lines or marks are acceptable in this
For Grant Prideco TT™ and TT-M™, if the profile surface provided they cannot be detected by rubbing
gage indicates that thread stretch has occurred, both a fingernail across the surface. The following “Pin
thread leads shall be verified individually (in lead) Seal” and “Box Seal” diagrams (Figure 7.33) show
and jointly (between leads). Connections failing the areas of the seal that may contain damage exceeding
below inspections shall be inspected for cracks and that previously stated in this procedure. The area of
if none are found, re-threaded. the pin seal within 0.060 inch of the minor pin nose
diameter is a non-contact surface and damage in this
Three Threads per Inch (3 TPI) area does not affect sealing. The area on the pin seal
• The first lead shall be measured over 6 threads (2 inch within 0.060 inch of the major pin nose diameter may
interval) and shall not exceed 0.006 inch. also contain damage or pitting. Damages and pitting
within these two areas of the pin seal are permissible
• By advancing one thread, the second thread lead shall
be measured over 6 threads (2 inch interval) and shall
not exceed 0.006 inch. Box Seal

• Joint thread leads shall be measured over 5 threads


(1-1/2 inch interval) and shall not exceed 0.005 inch.
Three and a Half Threads per Inch (3.5 TPI)

• The first lead shall be measured over 4 threads (1 inch


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

interval) and shall not exceed 0.003 inch.


• By advancing one thread, the second thread lead shall
be measured over 4 threads (1 inch interval) and shall Pin Seal
not exceed 0.003 inch.  
Figure 7.33 XT-M™ and TT®-M box and pin seal surfaces.
Figure 4: Radial Metal-to-Metal Seal (Pin and Box)

5.3.4.2 Damage in the areas of the radial metal-to-metal seal outside of the
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
highlighted area is not restricted, provided there is no metal
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS he highlighted area, as defined in
Section 5.3.4.1, shall be free of any damage that exceeds the limits
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

provided the balance of the pin seal contact surface depth or occupy more that 30% of the seal width at
area meets the requirements of this procedure. any given location are rejectable. No filing of the seal
Similarly, the area on the box seal within 0.188 inch shoulders is permissible.
of the major box cylinder diameter contains the non-
contact portion of the box seal and that portion of e. Secondary Shoulder (Mechanical Stop). The second-
the seal that corresponds to the first 0.060 inch of the ary shoulder is not a seal. This shoulder must be free
pin seal. Damage and pitting within this area of the of raised metal or other imperfections that could
box seal are permissible provided the balance of the prevent proper make-up, driftability, or cause galling.
box seal contact surface area meets the requirements Secondary shoulder damage can be repaired with a
of this section. Any metal protrusion above the seal hand file which should be used to remove protruding
surface is not acceptable. Filing is not permitted on metal.
any area of the radial metal-to-metal seal. f. Refacing. If refacing is necessary, the distance from
b. Refacing. The field refacing method addressed in the primary shoulder to the secondary shoulder
7.14.6.d does not apply to the XT-M™ and TT-M™ must be maintained as required in the Dimensional
connections, which require shop redressing in a 2 Inspection (section 7.15). Refacing limits are 1/32
licensed Grant Prideco facility. inch on any one removal and 1/16 inch cumulatively.
If existing benchmarks indicate that the shoulder has
7.14.8  Grant Prideco Express™, Grant Prideco been refaced beyond the maximum, the connection
EIS™, and Grant Prideco TM2™ shall be rejected.
The connections may be abbreviated as follows: Grant
Prideco Express as VX™, Grant Prideco EIS as EIS™, g. Threads. Thread flank surfaces shall be free of
and Grant Prideco TM2 as TM2™. In addition to the damage that exceeds 1/16 inch in depth or 1/8 inch
requirements of paragraph 7.14.4, VX™, EIS™, and in diameter. Thread roots shall be free of damage
TM2™ connections shall meet the following requirements: that extends below the thread root radius. Material
that protrudes beyond the thread profile should be
Note: Connections manufactured as VAM CDS connections removed using a round cornered triangle hand file
have been determined by Grant Prideco to be interchangeable or soft buffing wheel.
with GPDS connections. As such, any CDS connections shall
be inspected according to the procedures outlined for GPDS h. Thread Profile. The thread profile shall be verified
connections. When conflicts arise between this specification along the full length of complete threads in two
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

and the manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s locations at least 90 degrees apart. The profile gage
requirements shall apply. should mesh evenly in the threads and show normal
contact. If the profile gage does not mesh evenly in
a. Preparation. All thread, make-up shoulder, and seal the threads, lead measurements shall be taken.
surfaces shall be cleaned sufficiently to allow for visual
inspection. i. Lead. If the profile gage indicates that thread stretch
has occurred, lead shall be measured over a 2-inch
b. Bevel Width. An approximate 45 degree OD bevel interval. Thread stretch shall not exceed 0.006 inch
at least 1/32 inch wide shall be present for the full over the 2-inch length.
circumference on both pin and box.
j. Coating. Threads and shoulders that are repaired by
c. Box Swell. A straightedge shall be placed along the filing or refacing must be phosphate coated or copper
longitudinal axis of the box tool joint. If a visible gap sulfate coated.
exists between the straightedge and the tool joint, the
OD must be measured using calipers. Compare the 7.14.9  Hydril Wedge Thread™
OD at the bevel to the OD 2 inches, ±1/2 inch away In addition to the requirements of paragraph 7.14.4,
from the bevel. If the OD at the bevel is greater by Hydril Wedge Thread™ (WT™) connections shall meet
1/32 inch or more, the connection shall be rejected. the following requirements:

d. Primary Shoulder (Seal). Any pitting, interruptions, Note: When conflicts arise between this specification and the
galls, nicks, washes, fins, or other conditions on the manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements
seal surface that are estimated to exceed 1/32 inch in shall apply.

64
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

a. Out-of-Roundness. Connections shall be visually Note: When conflicts arise between this specification and the
evaluated for ovality. If a connection is identified as manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements
being out-of-round, the box counterbore diameters shall apply.
(D1 and D2) shall be measured and evaluated in
accordance with step 7.15.8.d of the Dimensional a. Seal Shoulder (Primary Make Up Shoulder).Galling,
2 procedure. pitting, or any other damage to the seal that exceeds
1/32 inch in depth or occupies greater than 25% of the
b. Thread Wear Indicator. The thread wear indicator seal width at any given location of the circumference
shall be visually inspected for deformation and indica- is cause for rejection. Field refacing of the sealing
tions of contact with the box face. Pin connections shoulder is not permitted. Sealing shoulders with
exhibiting deformation on the wear indicator, scoring damages within the refacing limits shall be identified
marks on the pin shoulder, or burnish patterns on with a green band around the box OD to be refaced
the pin shoulder shall be rejected. Box connections in a NK DSTJ licensed machine shop. A red band
exhibiting scoring marks or burnish patterns on the around the box or pin tool joint is identified as the
box face shall be rejected. connections to be re-cut. All connections rejected
by an inspection crew should be re-inspected by a
c. OD Wear. WT connections shall be visually inspected inspection supervisor.
for OD wear and rejected if the OD is worn below
the bevel diameter for a total of 120 degrees of the b. Traceability. It is necessary to check traceability by die
circumference. stamping. If the die-stamping “RF” is recognized on
the connection, no more refacing can be performed.
d. Thread Surfaces. Thread surfaces shall be free of pits (Refacing is allowed only once on DSTJ.).
or other imperfections that appear to exceed 1/16
inch in depth or 1/8 inch in diameter, that penetrate c. Torque Stop Shoulder (TSS). The box TSS and pin
below the thread root, or that occupy more than TSS are not sealing shoulders but a mechanical stop.
1-1/2 inches in length along any thread helix. Raised Light corrosion or indentations without protrusion
protrusions must be removed with a hand file or “soft” are acceptable. Proud mechanical damages or other
(nonmetallic) buffing wheel. The thread profile shall imperfections that could prevent proper make up or
be checked after any buffing or filing of the threads. cause galling must be removed using a fine file.

e. Special Considerations. d. Thread Surfaces. Pits, cuts, and gouges that cause
slight depression in flanks and crests of the threads
• Hydril Wedge Thread™ does not seal on the pin are acceptable as long as they do not occupy more
shoulder or box face. Damage to these areas does than 1-1/2 inches in length along any thread helix.
not require mechanical refacing or rejection of Pits, cuts, and gouges in thread roots are rejected
the length. if they are within two threads of the last engaged
• Thread surfaces shall be dressed with a file or hand thread. Pits, cuts, and gouges that are roots of other
grinder prior to inspection. threads shall not exceed 1/32 inch in depth. Raised
• Dents or mashed areas on the threads that can be protrusions must be removed with a hand file or “soft”
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

hand dressed until the surface is even shall not be (nonmetallic) buffing wheel. The thread profile shall
cause for rejection. be checked after any buffing or filing of the threads.

• Thread protrusions which can be hand dressed e. Thread Profile. The thread surfaces shall be visually
until the surface is even shall not be cause for inspected for evidence of galling or corrosion. Any
rejection. galling of the threads which cannot be repaired by
• Galling or scoring of the threads which can be a hand file is cause for rejection. After any thread
hand dressed until the surface is even shall not be repair the thread profile shall be checked with a field
cause for rejection. profile gauge. The pin flat areas should be visually
inspected for pitting that exceeds 1/32 inch in depth
7.14.10  NK DSTJ™ or any damage that would inhibit make-up. The box
In addition to the requirements of paragraph 7.14.4, NK counterbore should also be free from any damage that
DSTJ connections shall meet the following requirements: would inhibit make-up.

65
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

f. Bevel. A visual check should be done on each hand file which should be used to remove protruding
connection to ensure a bevel of at least 1/16 inch metal.
width is present around the full circumference of the
connection. d. Bevel Width. An approximate 45 degree OD bevel
at least 1/32 inch wide shall be present for the full
g. Profile Gauge. The threads of both pin and box con- circumference on both pin and box.
nections shall be checked with a hardened and ground
profile gauge for evidence of thread damage and e. Box Swell. A straightedge shall be placed along the
thread stretch in at least three positions around the longitudinal axis of the box tool joint. If a visible gap
circumference. Threads which have stretch exceeding exists between the straightedge and the tool joint, the
0.006 inch in 2 inches shall be cause for rejection. OD must be measured using calipers. Compare the
OD at the bevel to the OD 2 inches, ±1/2 inch away
h. Box OD Swell. The box shall be examined for from the bevel. If the OD at the bevel is greater by
evidence of swelling. A straightedge shall be placed 1/32 inch or more, the connection shall be rejected.
length ways along the longitudinal axis on the box
surface. If a gap exists between the straightedge and f. Refacing. If refacing is necessary, the distance from
the box outside surface, the outside surface shall be the primary shoulder to the secondary shoulder
measured next to the bevel and compared to the OD must be maintained as required in the Dimensional
two inches from the bevel. If the OD measured at the 2 Inspection. Refacing limits are 1/32 inch on any
bevel is greater by 1/32 inch or more, the connection one removal and 1/16 inch cumulatively. If existing
shall be rejected. benchmarks indicate that the shoulder has been
refaced beyond the maximum, the connection shall
7.14.11  Hilong Interchangeable Double Shoulder be rejected.
(HLIDS™), Hilong Modified High-Torque (HLMT™),
Hilong Super High-Torque (HLST™), and Hilong g. Threads. Thread flank surfaces shall be free of
Improved Super High-Torque (HLIST™) Connections damage that exceeds 1/16 inch in depth or 1/8 inch
In addition to the requirements of paragraph 7.14.4, in diameter. Thread roots shall be free of damage
HLIDS, HLMT, HLST, and HLIST connections shall that extends below the thread root radius. Material
meet the following requirements: that protrudes beyond the thread profile should be
removed using a round cornered triangle hand file
Note: When conflicts arise between this specification and the or soft buffing wheel.
manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements
shall apply. h. Thread Profile. The thread profile shall be verified
along the full length of complete threads in two
a. Preparation. All thread, make-up shoulder, and seal locations at least 90 degrees apart. The profile gage
surfaces shall be cleaned sufficiently to allow for visual should mesh evenly in the threads and show normal
inspection. The starting threads of the pin and box contact. If the profile gage does not mesh evenly in
connections should be cleaned using a “soft wheel” the threads, lead measurements shall be taken.
or other buffing method.
i. Lead. If the profile gage indicates that thread stretch
b. Primary Shoulder (Seal). Any pitting, interruptions, has occurred, lead shall be measured over a 2 inch
galls, nicks, washes, fins, or other conditions on the interval. Thread stretch shall not exceed 0.006 inch
seal surface that are estimated to exceed 1/32 inch in over the 2 inch length.
depth or occupy more that 30% of the seal width at
any given location are rejectable. No filing of the seal j. Coating. Threads and shoulders that are repaired by
shoulders is permissible. filing or refacing must be phosphate coated or copper
sulfate coated.
c. Secondary Shoulder (Mechanical Stop). The second-
ary shoulder is not a seal. This shoulder must be free 7.14.12  DP-Master DPM-DS, DPM-MT®, DPM-ST®,
of raised metal or other imperfections that could and DPM-HighTorque Series Connections
prevent proper make-up, driftability, or cause galling. In addition to the requirements of paragraph 7.14.4, con-
Secondary shoulder damage can be repaired with a nections shall meet the following requirements:

66
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

NOTE: When conflicts arise between this specification and the f. Thread Profile: The thread profile shall be verified
manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements along the full length of complete threads in two
shall apply. locations at least 90 degrees apart. The profile gauge
should mesh evenly in the threads and show normal
a. Preparation: All thread and make-up shoulder contact. If the profile gage does not mesh in the
surfaces shall be cleaned sufficiently to allow for threads, lead measurements shall be taken.
visual inspection. The use of non-hydrocarbon based
cleaning agents is recommended. Any build-up of g. Thread Lead: The thread lead shall be verified if the
corrosion should be removed by using “Scotch-brite®’’ profile gauge indicates that thread stretch has occurred.
or other buffing methods. The thread lead shall be measured over a 2 inch interval
and shall not exceed 0.006 inch. Connections failing
b. Primary Shoulder (Seal): The seal surface shall be this inspection should be inspected for cracks and if
free of galls, nicks, washes, fins, or other conditions none are found, the connection shall be rethreaded.
that would affect its joint stability or pressure holding
capacity. Damage that exceeds 1/32 inch in depth or h. Bare Metal Surface Treatment (Post Repair): Threads
crosses 30% of the radial width of the seal is rejectable. and shoulders on the pin and box connections shall be
If the damage exceeds the acceptable limits, machine phosphate coated. Slightly worn coating is acceptable
refacing shall be used to repair the seal surface. and can be repaired with a phosphate spray. Threads and
shoulders that are repaired by filing or refacing must
c. Secondary Shoulder (Mechanical Stop): The be phosphate coated or coated using copper sulfate.
Secondary Shoulder is a mechanical stop and not
a seal surface. Damage to this surface is not critical 7.14.13  Delta™ Connections
unless the damage interferes with the make-up, the In addition to the requirements of paragraph 7.14.4, Grant
ability to pass a drift through the ID, or the torque Prideco Delta™ connections shall meet the following
capacity of the connection. Dents, scratches, and requirements:
cuts do not affect this surface. However, if the dents,
scratches, and cuts cause reduction in shoulder to NOTE: Damages include, but are not limited to, the following
shoulder length, then the connection shall be rejected. conditions: galls, nicks, washes, fins, dents, scratches, pits, or
Metal loss due to fluid erosion is cause for rejection. cuts. This does not include discoloration or other superficial
Filing may be used to repair metal protrusions, which anomalies that alter the appearance only. When conflicts arise
extend from the face. Connection length readings between this specification and the manufacturer’s requirements,
shall not be taken in damaged areas. the manufacturer’s requirements shall apply.

d. Thread Damage: Thread flank surfaces shall be free of a. Preparation: All thread, make-up shoulder, and seal
damage that exceeds 1/16 inch in depth or 1/8 inch surfaces shall be cleaned sufficiently to allow for visual
in diameter. Thread roots shall be free of damage that inspection. The starting threads of the pin and box
extends below the radius. Thread crests shall be free of connections should be cleaned using a “soft wheel”
damage that would interfere with make-up. Material or other buffing method.
that protrudes beyond the thread profile should be b. Primary Shoulder (Seal): The seal surface shall be
removed using a round cornered triangle hand file free of galls, nicks, washes, fins, or other conditions
or soft buffing wheel. for which the damage exceeds 3/64 inch in depth,
e. Refacing: The machine refacing repair should only cumulatively covers more than 1/3 of the radial width
remove enough material to repair the damage. A of the seal surface, or raised metal that protrudes
maximum of 1/32 inch of material may be removed above the seal surface (filing on the primary make-
during each refacing operation and a maximum of up shoulder is not permitted). See Figure 7.29 for
1/16 inch may be removed from the connection before examples of acceptable and rejectable damages.
rethreading is required. Both the primary seal and the c. Secondary Shoulder (Mechanical Stop): The
secondary shoulder shall be refaced simultaneously to Secondary Shoulder is not a sealing surface. Damage
ensure that proper connection length is maintained. to this surface is not critical unless the damage

67
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

interferes with the make-up, driftability, or torque introduced shall be monitored by taking the
capacity of the connection. Dents, scratches, and cuts connection length measurements in a minimum
do not affect this surface unless the damage around of four locations, equally spaced around the
the circumference prevents the connection length circumference. Each measurement shall be within
from being accurately measured at two locations the limits of the “Field Inspection Dimensions”
approximately 180 degrees apart or there is any raised drawing, latest revision.
metal protruding above the seal surface that cannot be • GPMark™ + Benchmark: After refacing repair, a
removed by filing, soft wheel, or other buffing method. minimum length of 1/16 inch (0.063 inch) shall
(Any repaired areas shall be protected by applying an remain on the box refacing benchmark, and 3/16
acceptable coating.) inch maximum (0.188 inch) shall remain on the
d. Refacing: Repair by refacing may only be used to pin refacing benchmark. Rethreading is required if
attempt to repair shoulder damage less than or equal excess material is removed. See Figure 7.34.
to 3/64 inch in depth, and/or connection length • Xmark™ + Benchmarks: After refacing repair, a
discrepancies that are less than 1/32 inch out of visible step on the benchmark shall remain on the
specification. primary shoulder. The step is a necessary indicator
that a benchmark is still present. Rethreading
• As is typical of the rotary-shoulder connection is required if there is no visible benchmark. See
reface process, a maximum of 1/32 inch of mate- Figure 7.35.
rial may be removed from the primary make-up
shoulder during each refacing operation, after
which the joint shall be placed back into service
prior to performing any additional refacing repair. 0.094" 0.031" 0.188"
(3/32") (1/32") (3/16")
• The cumulative total material removal from the
primary make-up shoulder for all refacing opera-
tions shall not exceed 3/32 inch before rethreading
is required.
• Repair by refacing methods shall only remove
sufficient material to repair the damage. However,
when damage is less than 1/32 inch deep, all
damage shall be removed from the primary make- 0.156" 0.031" 0.063"
up shoulder. (5/32") (1/32") (1/16")
New Benchmark Max Removed Max Reface
• After the maximum reface allowance is met, per Reface
any remaining damage on the primary make-up Figure 7.34 Refacing with the GPMark™ + Benchmark for
Delta™ connections.
shoulder shall not be deeper than 1/64 inch and
shall meet all other requirements of this procedure.
• If the connection cannot be brought back within 0.094" 0.031" 0.094"
(3/32") (1/32") (3/32")
the acceptable limits outlined in this procedure
without removing more than 1/32 inch of material
from the primary shoulder, then rethreading shall
be required.
• Both the primary make-up shoulder and secondary 0.094" 0.031" 0.094"
make-up shoulder shall be skimmed/machined (3/32") (1/32") (3/32")

during a refacing operation for all double shoulder


connections.
• Machine refacing in a lathe is the preferred
method. New Benchmark Max Removed Max Reface
per Reface
• If the portable field refacing unit method is used, Figure 7.35 Refacing with the Xmark™ + Benchmark for
the variability in the face flatness and squareness Delta™ connections.
68
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

e. Threads: Thread surfaces shall be free of any raised a. Preparation: All thread, make-up shoulder, and seal
metal protruding above the thread surface that cannot surfaces shall be cleaned sufficiently to allow for visual
be removed by filing, soft wheel, or other buffing inspection.
method. (Filing is not permitted in the thread roots.)
Any repaired areas shall be protected by applying b. Bevel Width: An approximate 45 degree OD bevel
an acceptable coating. Thread flank surfaces shall be at least 1/32 inch wide shall be present for the full
free of damage that exceeds 1/16 inch in depth or circumference on both pin and box.
1/8 inch in diameter/width. For damage that is not c. Box Swell: A straightedge shall be placed along the
round, the 1/8 inch requirement applies to the width longitudinal axis of the box tool joint. If a visible gap
of the damage, and shall not apply to the length of exists between the straightedge and the tool joint, the
the damage along the circumference. See Figure 7.32. OD must be measured using calipers. Compare the
Thread roots within the Pit Free Zone designated OD at the bevel to the OD 2 inches, ±1/2 inch away
on the “Field Inspection Dimension” drawing, latest from the bevel. If the OD at the bevel is greater by
revision, shall be free of all damage. For thread roots 1/32 inch or more, the connection shall be rejected.
outside of the designated Pit Free Zone, damage
shall not exceeds 1/32 inch in depth or 1/8 inch in d. Primary Shoulder (Seal): Any pitting, interruptions,
diameter. galls, nicks, washes, fins, or other conditions on the
seal surface that are estimated to exceed 1/32 inch in
f. Thread Profile: The thread profile shall be verified depth or occupy more that 30% of the seal width at
along the length of the full form threads in two loca- any given location are rejectable. No filing of the seal
tions at least 90 degrees apart. The profile gauge shall shoulders is permissible.
mesh evenly in the threads and show normal contact.
If the profile gauge does not mesh in the threads, lead e. Secondary Shoulder (Mechanical Stop): The second-
measurements shall be taken. ary shoulder is not a seal. This shoulder must be free
of raised metal or other imperfections that could
g. Lead: If the profile gage indicates that thread stretch prevent proper make-up, driftability, or cause galling.
has occurred, lead shall be measured over a 2-inch Secondary shoulder damage can be repaired with a
interval. Thread stretch shall not exceed 0.006 inch hand file which should be used to remove protruding
over the 2-inch length. Connections failing this metal.
inspection should be repaired by rethreading.
f. Refacing: If refacing is necessary, the distance from
h. Coating: Threads and shoulders that are repaired the primary shoulder to the secondary shoulder must
by filing or refacing shall be protected by hot be maintained as required in the Dimensional 2
phosphate coating, or by using copper sulfate or Inspection. Shoulder refacing must be performed in a
other commercially available effective surface etchant machine repair shop. Refacing limits are 1/32 inch on
products suitable for rotary-shoulder connections. any one removal and 1/16 inch cumulatively. If exist-
All rethreaded connections shall be protected by hot ing benchmarks indicate that the shoulder has been
phosphate coating. refaced beyond the maximum, the connection shall
i. Dimensional: Dimensional 2 (Section 7.15.12) is be rejected. Drill pipe machined with the X-Force™
required for drill pipe connections and Dimensional design have benchmarks on pin and box external
3 (Section 7.16.8) is required for HWDP, drill collar, shoulders to check whether the connection can be
and sub connections. re-faced or not. As shown in Figure 7.36, the pin
benchmark is a groove cut inside the external shoulder
7.14.14  Grant Prideco X-Force™ that has the same depth as the allowed re-facing
In addition to the Visual Connection requirements of depth (1/16 inch). When the pin benchmark is no
paragraph 7.14.4, Grant Prideco X-Force™ (XF™) con- longer visible, it means that the connection cannot be
nections shall meet the following requirements: re-faced anymore. On the box end, as shown in Figure
7.37, the benchmark is a recess on the counter-bore
NOTE: When conflicts arise between this specification and the diameter of the external shoulder. This benchmark
manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements has twice the depth of the allowed re-facing depth.
shall apply.

69
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

0.0625" New
j. Coating: X-Force™ connections should always have
a phosphate coating (Mn or Zn) on both the pin
and box thread and shoulder areas. If this coating is
slightly worn in some areas it is acceptable, however if
the coating is removed completely or if re-facing has
been carried out, the connection requires re-coating
with phosphate or with a Molybdenum Disulfide
(MoS2) repair kit (like Molykote® spray products).

k. Box Counterbore: The box counterbore radius shall


Figure 7.36 Pin end benchmark. be free of any sharp edged defects caused by poor
handling or stabbing. Such defects must be removed
by grinding prior to re-using the connection.

7.14.15  Command CET™ Connections


In addition to the Visual Connection requirements of
paragraph 7.14.4, Command CET connections shall meet
the following requirements.

Note: When conflicts arise between this specification and the


manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements
0.125" New
shall apply.
Figure 7.37 Box end benchmark.
a. Preparation: All thread and make-up shoulder
surfaces shall be cleaned sufficiently so that no residue
When box benchmark depth is equal to or smaller of any kind can be wiped from the thread or shoulder
than 1/16 inch, the box connection cannot be re-faced surfaces with a clean rag. For CET, the threads shall
anymore. Measurement of box benchmark depth is be cleaned using a “soft wheel” or other non-abrasive
also an indicator of how much re-facing was already method on the crests (or other buffing method).
carried out on the box. b. Primary Shoulder (Seal): The seal surface shall be
g. Threads: Thread surfaces shall be free of damage that free of raised metal, corrosion deposits, pitting, or
exceeds 1/16 inch in depth or 1/8 inch in diameter interruptions that are estimated to exceed 1/32 inch
or that occupy more than 1-1/2 inch in length along in depth or occupy more than 50% of the seal width
the thread helix. Thread roots shall be free of damage or 25% of the circumference at any given location,
that extends below the thread root radius. Material detected visually or by rubbing a metal scale or
that protrudes beyond the thread profile should be fingernail across the surface. Raised metal may be
removed using a round cornered triangle hand file removed by light filing as long as existing seal surface
or soft buffing wheel. is not impacted.

h. Thread Profile: The thread profile shall be verified c. Secondary Shoulder (Mechanical Stop): The second-
along the full length of complete threads in two ary shoulder is not a sealing surface. Damage to this
locations at least 90 degrees apart. The profile gage surface is not critical unless the damage interferes with
should mesh evenly in the threads and show normal the make-up, driftability, or torque capacity of the
contact. If the profile gage does not mesh evenly in connection. Dents, scratches, and cuts do not affect
the threads, lead measurements shall be taken. this surface unless they affect the primary shoulder to
secondary shoulder length of the connection. Filing
i. Lead: If the profile gage indicates that thread stretch may be used to repair material protrusions, which
has occurred, lead shall be measured over a 2-inch extend from the face. Connection length readings
interval. Thread stretch shall not exceed 0.006 inch shall not be taken in damaged areas.
over the 2-inch length.

70
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

d. Refacing: If refacing is necessary, the distance from flanks, roots, and crest. If the visible gap between
the primary shoulder to the secondary shoulder must the gauge and the thread crest is greater than 0.031
be maintained as required in this procedure. inch over 4 consecutive threads, or 0.060 inch over 2
consecutive threads, the connection shall be rejected.
• Refacing limits are 1/32 inch on any one removal Visible gaps between the gauge and the thread flanks
and 1/16 inch cumulatively. If the existing bench- estimated to be more than 0.016 inch shall be cause
marks indicate that the shoulder has been refaced for rejection. Any indication of stretching shall be
beyond the maximum, the connection shall be evaluated by measuring the lead. All stretched pins
rejected. shall be inspected for cracks.
• Machine refacing in a lathe is the preferred
method. Portable field refacing units designed g. Lead: If the thread profile gauge indicates that thread
specifically for CET connections are acceptable. stretch has occurred, lead shall be measured over a
2-inch interval. Thread stretch shall not exceed 0.006
• During refacing, variability of face flatness inch over the 2-inch length. Connections failing this
and squareness may be introduced and shall be inspection shall be inspected for cracks and, if none
monitored. Check for squareness of the seal to the are found, rethreaded.
thread axis. Measure the recut seal face distance to
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

the benchmark at two locations 90 degrees apart. h. Box Swell: A straightedge shall be placed along the
If the difference is greater than 1/64 inch (0.016 longitudinal axis of the box tool joint. If a visible gap
inch) the connection shall be rethreaded. exists between the straightedge and the tool joint, the
• Connection lengths (pin and box) shall be verified OD must be measured using calipers. Compare the
after refacing is complete as per the criteria speci- OD at the bevel to the OD 2 inches, ±1/2 inch away
fied in 7.15.14g for boxes and 7.15.14j for pins. from the bevel. If the OD at the bevel is greater by
1/32 inch or more, the connection shall be rejected.
e. Threads: Thread flank surfaces shall be free of damage
that exceeds 1/16 inch in depth or 1/8 inch in
diameter. Thread roots shall be free of damage that 7.15  Dimensional 2 Inspection
extends below the radius. Thread crests shall be free of 7.15.1  Scope
damage that would interfere with make-up. Material This procedure covers dimensional inspection of used
that protrudes beyond the thread profile shall be rotary-shouldered connections on specialty tools meant for
removed using a round cornered triangle hand file make up to NWDP, TWDP, or lower kelly connections.
or soft buffing wheel.
7.15.2  Inspection Apparatus
f. Thread Profile: A thread profile gauge shall be used a. API and Similar Non-Proprietary Connections. A
to inspect the condition of the thread profile of both 12-inch metal rule graduated in 1/64 inch incre-
the pin and box for wear. The inspector shall look ments, a metal straightedge, a calibrated hardened
for visible light between the gauge and the thread and ground profile gage, and ID and OD calipers
are required. A calibrated lead gage and a calibrated
standard lead template are also required. See section
25% of 1.7 for calibration requirements for the lead gage, lead
circumference, max template, and the profile gage.

b. Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™, eXtreme™ Torque,


uXT™, eXtreme™ Torque-M, TurboTorque™,
TurboTorque-M™, Grant Prideco Double
Shoulder™, uGPDS™, and Delta™ connections. In
addition to the requirements of paragraph 7.15.2a, a
calibrated long stroke depth micrometer, a calibrated
Depth 0.031 50% of seal 50% of seal depth micrometer setting standards, and a calibrated
inch, max width, max width, max extended jaw dial caliper are required. See section
Figure 7.38 Acceptable and rejectable seal damage. 1.7 for calibration requirements for the measuring

71
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

devices. A current field inspection drawing of the con- this document’s dimensions are equivalent to the
nection size to be inspected is recommended, which latest field inspection dimensions drawings for the
is available from Grant Prideco, their web site, or a applicable connection remains with the inspector.
licensed Grant Prideco machine shop. Dimensions
provided in Tables 7.5–7.12, 7.16, 7.31–7.36 are 7.15.3  Preparation
considered equivalent to the dimensions provided in a. All part numbers and serial numbers shall be recorded
Grant Prideco field inspection drawings at the time on all reports.
of this document’s release. Responsibility for ensuring b. The connections shall be clean so that nothing
this document’s dimensions are equivalent to Grant interferes with any measurement.
Prideco’s latest revision field inspection drawing for
the applicable connections remains with the inspector. 7.15.4  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for API
and Similar Non-Proprietary Connections
c. Grant Prideco VX™, EIS™, TM2™, and XF™ These features are illustrated in Figure 7.39. It is presumed
Connections. In addition to the requirements of that a Visual Connection Inspection (section 7.14) will
paragraph 7.15.2a, a calibrated long stroke depth be performed in conjunction with this inspection. If the
micrometer and calibrated depth micrometer setting Visual Connection Inspection (section 7.14) will not be
standards are required. See section 1.7 for calibration performed, steps 7.14.4, 7.14.5.6, 7.14.5.9, and 7.14.5.10,
requirements for the measuring devices. shall be added to this procedure.
d. Hydril Wedge Thread™ Connections. In addition to a. Box Outside Diameter (OD). The OD of the tool
the requirements of paragraph 7.15.2a, a calibrated ID joint box shall be measured 3/8 inch ±1/8 inch from
micrometer and setting standard for the ID microm- the shoulder. At least two measurements shall be
eter are also required. See section 1.7 for calibration taken spaced at intervals of 90 degrees ±10 degrees.
requirements for the measuring devices. Box OD shall meet the requirements in Table 7.4,
e. NK DSTJ™ and Hilong HLIDS, HLMT, HLST, 7.29, or 7.30, as applicable. If a conflict arises, the
and HLIST Connections. In addition to the require- manufacturer’s criteria shall apply.
ments of paragraph 7.15.2a, a calibrated depth Vernier b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID). The pin ID shall be
caliper is required. See section 1.7 for calibration measured under the last thread nearest the shoulder
requirements for the measuring devices. (±1/4 inch) and shall meet the requirements of Table
f. DP-Master DPM-DS, DPM-MT®, DPM-ST®, and 7.4, 7.29, or 7.30, as applicable. If a conflict arises, the
DPM-HighTorque Series Connections. In addition manufacturer’s criteria shall apply.
to the requirements of paragraph 7.15.2a, a calibrated c. Box Shoulder Width. The box shoulder width shall be
digital long stroke depth micrometer/gauge or Vernier measured by placing the straightedge longitudinally
gauge fitted with a wide depth base attachment is along the tool joint, extending past the shoulder
required. See section 1.7 for calibration requirements surface, and then measuring the shoulder thickness
for the measuring devices. from this extension to the counterbore (excluding any
g. Command CET™ Connections. In addition to the ID bevel). The shoulder width shall be measured at its
requirements of 7.15.2a, a calibrated long stroke point of minimum thickness. Any reading that does
depth micrometer and calibrated setting standards not meet the minimum shoulder width requirement
for the depth micrometer are required. See section in Table 7.4, 7.29, or 7.30, as applicable, shall cause
1.7 for calibration requirements. A current field the tool joint to be rejected. If a conflict arises, the
inspection dimension drawing and datasheet for the manufacturer’s criteria shall apply.
connection being inspected is also required, which d. Tong Space. Box and pin tong space (excluding the
is available from Command Tubular Products. The OD bevel) shall meet the requirements of Table
dimensions provided in Table 7.28 are considered 7.4, 7.29, or 7.30, as applicable. If a conflict arises,
equivalent to the dimensions provided in the field the manufacturer’s criteria shall apply. Tong space
inspection dimensions drawings at the time of this measurements on hardfaced components shall be
document’s release. The responsibility for ensuring made from the bevel to the edge of the hardfacing.

72
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

e. Box Counterbore Depth. The counterbore depth 7.15.5  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for
shall be measured (including any ID bevel). The Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™, eXtreme™ Torque,
counterbore depth shall not be less than 9/16 inch. uXT™, eXtreme™ Torque-M, TurboTorque™, and
TurboTorque-M™ Connections
f. Box Counterbore Diameter. The box counterbore These features are illustrated in Figure 7.40. In addition to
diameter shall be measured as near as possible to the Visual Connection requirements of 7.14.6 and 7.14.7,
the shoulder (but excluding any ID bevel or rolled as applicable, Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™, eXtreme™
metal) at diameters 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart. Torque, uXT™, eXtreme™ Torque-M, TurboTorque™,
Counterbore diameter shall not exceed the maximum and TurboTorque-M™ connections shall meet the fol-
counterbore dimension shown in Table 7.4, 7.29, or lowing requirements:
7.30, as applicable.
Note: When conflicts arise between this specification and the
g. Bevel Diameter. The bevel diameter on both the box manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements
and pin shall be within the minimum and maximum shall apply.
values given in Table 7.4, 7.29, or 7.30, as applicable.
a. Box Outside Diameter (OD): For Grant Prideco HI
h. Pin Neck Length. Pin neck length (the distance from TORQUE™ and eXtreme™ Torque-M connections,
the 90 degree pin shoulder to the intersection of the the OD of the tool joint box shall be measured at
flank of the first full depth thread with the pin neck) a distance of 2 inches ±1/4 inch from the primary
shall be measured. Pin neck length shall not exceed make-up shoulder. Measurements shall be taken
9/16 inch. around the circumference to determine the minimum
i. Thread Compound and Protectors. Acceptable diameter. This minimum box diameter shall meet the
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool requirements in Table 7.5, 7.7, or 7.31, as applicable.
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces For Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque and uXT™
including the end of the pin. Thread protectors shall sizes 43 and smaller (e.g. XT43), the OD of the tool
be applied and secured with approximately 50 to 100 joint box shall be measured at a distance of 5/8 inch
ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be free ±1/4 inch from the primary make-up shoulder. For
of debris. If additional inspection of the threads or sizes 46 and larger, the OD of the tool joint box shall
shoulders will be performed prior to pipe movement, be measured at a distance of 2 inches ±1/4 inch from
application of thread compound and protectors may the primary make-up shoulder. Measurements shall
be postponed until completion of the additional be taken around the circumference to determine the
inspection. minimum diameter. This minimum box diameter

DB DP
C

A B F G
FIRST
FULL PIN
DEPTH NECK
THREAD
E

A Box Outside Diameter E Box Counterbore Depth


B Pin Inside Diameter F Box Counterbore Diameter
C Box Shoulder Width G Bevel Diameter
DB Box Tong Space H Pin Neck Length
H
DP Pin Tong Space

Figure 7.39 Tool joint dimensions for API and similar non-proprietary connections.

73
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

shall meet the requirements in Table 7.6, 7.11, 7.32, d. Tong Space. Box and pin tong space (including the
or 7.35, as applicable. OD bevel) shall meet the requirements of Table
7.5–7.7, 7.9–7.11, or 7.31–7.35, as applicable. Tong
Fo r G r a n t P r i d e c o Tu r b o To r q u e ™ a n d space measurements on hardfaced components shall
TurboTorque-M™ connections, the OD of the tool be made from the primary shoulder face to the edge
joint box shall be measured at a distance of 5/8 inch of the hardfacing.
to 7/8 inch from the primary make-up shoulder.
Measurements shall be taken around the circumfer- e. Box Counterbore Diameter. The box counterbore
ence to determine the minimum diameter. This diameter shall be measured at two locations 90
minimum box diameter shall meet the requirements degrees apart and shall meet the requirements shown
in Table 7.9–7.10, or 7.33–7.34, as applicable. in Table 7.5–7.7, 7.9–7.11, or 7.31–7.35, as applicable.
If the diameter exceeds these limits, the connection
b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID). The pin ID shall be shall be repaired by rethreading.
measured under the last thread nearest the shoulder
(±1/4 inch) and referenced against the values in Table f. Bevel Diameter. The bevel diameter on both the
7.5–7.7, 7.9–7.11, or 7.31–7.35, as applicable. The box and pin shall be measured and shall meet the
pin ID is used to define other inspection dimensions. requirements shown in Table 7.5–7.7, 7.9–7.11, or
7.31–7.35, as applicable.
c. Box Counterbore (CBore) Wall Thickness. The box
CBore wall thickness shall be measured by plac- g. Box Connection Length. The distance between the
ing the straightedge longitudinally along the tool primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be
joint, extending past the shoulder surface, and then measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and
measuring the wall thickness from this extension to be free from mechanical damage. This distance shall
the counterbore. The CBore wall thickness shall be meet the requirements of Table 7.5–7.7, 7.9–7.11, or
measured at its point of minimum thickness. Any 7.31–7.35, as applicable. Refer to 7.15.5k for repair
reading that does not meet the minimum CBore wall of connection length non-conformances.
thickness requirement in Table 7.5–7.7, 7.9–7.11, or
7.31–7.35, as applicable, shall cause the tool joint to h. Pin Nose Diameter. For HT™, XT™, uXT™, TT™
be rejected. connections, the outside diameter of the pin nose
shall be measured at two locations 90 degrees apart

G
I

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
C

H B A E F

DB DP
A Box Outside Diameter
B Pin Inside Diameter
C Box Counterbore Wall
DB Box Tong Space
DP Pin Tong Space
E Box Counterbore Diameter
F Bevel Diameter
G Box Connection Length
H Pin Nose Diameter (Does not apply to XT-M™ and TT-M™)
I Pin Connection Length
Detail of HT™, XT™, uXT™ and TT™ Detail of XT-M™ and TT-M™
VOLUME 3 -
Figure 3.13.2 Tool joint dimensions for Grant Prideco™ HI TORQUE™, eXtreme™ Torque, uXT™, XT-M™, TurboTorque™, TurboTorque-M™ and Delta™
Figure 7.40 Tool joint dimensions for Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™, eXtreme™ Torque, uXT™, XT-M™, TurboTorque™, Turbo-
Connections.
Torque-M™, and Delta™ connections.
REDRAWN JAN-20-2018

74
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

and shall meet the requirements shown in Table 7.5, for Grant Prideco connections are acceptable. A
7.6, 7.9, 7.11, 7.31, 7.32, 7.33, or 7.35, as applicable. minimum of four measurements shall be taken when
Nonconforming connections shall be rethreaded. using a portable field refacing unit. The variability of
This dimension is not used to determine acceptance face flatness and squareness introduced should be
or rejection for XT-M™ or TT-M™ connections, monitored. If any measurement is found to be outside
but to test for pin nose swell and the need to verify the drawing limits, the connection shall be rejected.
connection length.
The field refacing method addressed in this procedure
i. Pin Connection Length. The distance between the does not apply to the XT-M™ and TT-M™ con-
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be nection or any connection with radial interference
measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and metal-to-metal seals. Such connections require shop
be free from mechanical damage. This distance shall redressing in a licensed Grant Prideco facility.
meet the requirements of Table 7.5–7.7, 7.9–7.11, or
7.31–7.35, as applicable. Refer to 7.15.5k for repair l. Rethreading. This method shall be used to repair
of connection length non-conformances. connections that fail to meet the requirements
stipulated in this inspection procedure after field
j. Thread Compound and Protectors. Acceptable repair is completed. Performance of this operation
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool requires cropping the connection behind any fatigue
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces crack. Complete removal of the thread profile is not
including the end of the pin. A copper-based thread necessary if the connection has no fatigue cracks and
compound is recommended. Thread protectors shall be if sufficient material can be removed to comply with
applied and secured with approximately 50 to 100 ft-lb the NEW product requirements. In this case, the
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

of torque. The thread protectors shall be free of debris. connection does not have to be “reblanked,” however
If additional inspection of the threads or shoulders will all torque shoulders, seal surfaces, and thread elements
be performed prior to pipe movement, application of must be machined to 100% “bright metal.” This is not
thread compound and protectors may be postponed necessary for cylindrical diameters. After rethreading,
until completion of the additional inspection. the connection must be phosphate coated. Copper
sulfate is not an acceptable substitute for phosphate
k. Refacing. For HT™, XT™, uXT™, TT™, in addition coating on rethreaded connections.
to torque shoulder damage, refacing may be required
due to connection length discrepancies. Repair of 7.15.6  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for
connection length non-conformances may be ac- Grant Prideco Double Shoulder™ and uGPDS™
complished as noted below. Connections
These features are illustrated in Figure 7.41. In addition
• If the box connection length exceeds the specified to the visual connection requirements of 7.14.6, Grant
dimension, repair by refacing the primary shoulder. Prideco Double Shoulder™ and uGPDS™ connections
• If the box connection length is less than the speci- shall meet the following requirements:
fied dimension, repair by refacing the secondary
shoulder. Note: When conflicts arise between this specification and the
manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements
• If the pin connection length exceeds the speci- shall apply.
fied dimension, repair by refacing the secondary
shoulder (pin nose). a. Box Outside Diameter (OD). The OD of the tool
• If the pin connection length is less than the specified joint box shall be measured at a distance of 5/8
dimension, repair by refacing the primary shoulder. inch ±1/4 inch from the primary make-up shoulder.
Measurements shall be taken around the circumfer-
• Connection lengths (pin and box) must be verified ence to determine the minimum diameter. This
as per the criteria specified in this procedure. minimum box diameter shall meet the requirements
• Refacing limits are the same as for repair of dam- in Table 7.8 or 7.12, as applicable.
aged shoulders specified in 7.14.6.
b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID). The pin ID shall be
Machine refacing in a lathe is the preferred method. measured under the last thread nearest to the shoulder
Portable field refacing units designed specifically (±1/4 inch) and referenced against the values in Table
75
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.8 or 7.12, as applicable. The pin ID is used to define g. Box Connection Length. The distance between the
other inspection dimensions. primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be
measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and be
c. Box Shoulder Width (also referred to as Box free from mechanical damage. This distance shall meet
Counterbore (CBore) Wall Thickness). The box the requirements of Table 7.8 or 7.12, as applicable.
shoulder width shall be measured by placing the Refer to 7.15.6k for repair of connection length
straightedge longitudinally along the tool joint, non-conformances.
extending past the shoulder surface, and then measur-
ing the shoulder thickness from this extension to the h. Pin Nose Diameter. The outside diameter of the pin
counterbore. The shoulder width shall be measured nose shall be measured at two locations 90 degrees
at its point of minimum thickness. Any reading that apart and shall meet the requirements shown in Table
does not meet the minimum shoulder width require- 7.8 or 7.12, as applicable.
ment in Table 7.8 or 7.12, as applicable, shall cause
the tool joint to be rejected. i. Pin Connection Length. The distance between the
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
d. Tong Space. Box and pin tong space (including the measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and be
OD bevel) shall meet the requirements of Table 7.8 free from mechanical damage. This distance shall meet
or 7.12, as applicable. Tong space measurements the requirements of Table 7.8 or 7.12, as applicable.
on hardfaced components shall be made from the Refer to 7.15.6k for repair of connection length
primary shoulder face to the edge of the hardfacing. non-conformances.

e. Box Counterbore Diameter. The box counterbore j. Thread Compound and Protectors. Acceptable
diameter shall be measured at two locations 90 degrees connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool
apart and shall meet the requirements shown in Table joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces
7.8 or 7.12, as applicable. If the diameter exceeds these including the end of the pin. A copper-based thread
limits, the connection shall be repaired by rethreading. compound is recommended. Thread protectors shall be
applied and secured with approximately 50 to 100 ft-lb
f. Bevel Diameter. The bevel diameter on both the of torque. The thread protectors shall be free of debris.
box and pin shall be measured and shall meet the If additional inspection of the threads or shoulders will
requirements shown in Table 7.8 or 7.12, as applicable. be performed prior to pipe movement, application of

G
I

H B A E F

D B1 D P1
D B2 D P2
A Box Outside Diameter DP2 Pin Tong Space (GPDS & uGPDS)
B Pin Inside Diameter E Box Counterbore Diameter
C Box Shoulder Width F Bevel Diameter
DB1 Box Tong Space G Box Connection Length
DB2 Box Tong Space (GPDS & uGPDS) H PIN Nose Diameter
VOLUME 3 - DP1 Pin Tong Space I Pin Connection Length
Figure 3.13.3 Tool joint dimensions for Grant Prideco™ Double Shoulder, uGPDS™, VAM® Express™, VAM EIS®, VAM® CDS, VAM TorqMaster 2™, and
VAM® X-Force™ Connections.

Figure 7.41JAN-20-2018
REDRAWN Tool joint dimensions for Grant Prideco Double Shoulder™, uGPDS™, Express™, EIS™, TM2™, X-Force™, and
Command CET™ connections.

76
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

thread compound and protectors may be postponed 7.15.7  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Grant
until completion of the additional inspection. Prideco Express™, Grant Prideco EIS™, and Grant
Prideco TM2™ Connections
k. Refacing. In addition to torque shoulder damage, The connections may be abbreviated as follows: Grant
refacing may be required due to connection length Prideco Express as VX™, Grant Prideco EIS as EIS™,
discrepancies. Repair of connection length non- and Grant Prideco TM2 as TM2™. These features are
conformances may be accomplished as noted below. illustrated in Figure 7.41. In addition to the visual con-
• If the box connection length exceeds the specified nection requirements of 7.14.8, VX™, EIS™, and TM2™
dimension, repair by refacing the primary shoulder. connections shall meet the following requirements:
• If the box connection length is less than the speci- Note: Connections manufactured as VAM CDS connections
fied dimension, repair by refacing the secondary have been determined by Grant Prideco to be interchangeable
shoulder. with GPDS connections. As such, any CDS connections shall
• If the pin connection length exceeds the speci- be inspected according to the procedures outlined for GPDS
fied dimension, repair by refacing the secondary connections. When conflicts arise between this specification
shoulder (pin nose). and the manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s
• If the pin connection length is less than the requirements shall apply.
specified dimension, repair by refacing the primary a. Box Outside Diameter (OD). The OD of the tool
shoulder. joint box shall be measured 2 inches ±1/4 inch from
• Connection lengths (pin and box) must be verified the primary shoulder. Measurements shall be taken
as per the criteria specified in this procedure. around the circumference to determine the minimum
• Refacing limits are the same as for repair of dam- diameter. This minimum box diameter shall meet the
aged shoulders specified in 7.14.6. requirements in Table 7.13–7.15, as applicable.

Machine refacing in a lathe is the preferred method. b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID). The pin ID shall be
Portable field refacing units designed specifically measured under the last thread nearest the shoulder
for Grant Prideco connections are acceptable. A (±1/4 inch) and shall meet the requirements in Table
minimum of four measurements shall be taken when 7.13–7.15, as applicable.
using a portable field refacing unit. The variability of
face flatness and squareness introduced should be c. Box Shoulder Width. The box shoulder width shall be
monitored. If any measurement is found to be outside measured by placing the straightedge longitudinally
the drawing limits, the connection shall be rejected. along the tool joint, extending past the shoulder
surface, and then measuring the shoulder thickness
l. Rethreading. This method shall be used to repair from this extension to the counterbore. The shoulder
connections that fail to meet the requirements width shall be measured at its point of minimum
stipulated in this inspection procedure after field thickness. Any reading that does not meet the mini-
repair is completed. Performance of this operation mum shoulder width requirement in Table 7.13–7.15,
requires cropping the connection behind any fatigue as applicable, shall cause the tool joint to be rejected.
crack. Complete removal of the thread profile is not
necessary if the connection has no fatigue cracks and d. Tong Space. Box and pin tong space shall meet the
if sufficient material can be removed to comply with requirements of Table 7.13–7.15, as applicable. Tong
the NEW product requirements. In this case, the space measurements on hardfaced components shall
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

connection does not have to be “reblanked,” however be made from the bevel to the edge of the hardfacing.
all torque shoulders, seal surfaces, and thread elements e. Box Counterbore Diameter. The box counterbore
must be machined to 100% “bright metal.” This is not diameter shall be measured and shall meet the
necessary for cylindrical diameters. After rethreading, requirements shown in Table 7.13–7.15, as applicable.
the connection must be phosphate coated. Copper
sulfate is not an acceptable substitute for phosphate f. Bevel Diameter. The bevel diameter on both the
coating on rethreaded connections. box and pin shall be measured and shall meet the
requirements shown in Table 7.13–7.15, as applicable.

77
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

g. Box Connection Length. The distance between the including the end of the pin. A copper-based thread
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall compound is recommended. Thread protectors shall
be measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, be applied and secured with approximately 50 to 100
and be free from mechanical damage. This distance ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be free
shall meet the requirements of Table 7.13–7.15, of debris. If additional inspection of the threads or
as applicable. If the connection length exceeds the shoulders will be performed prior to pipe movement,
specified criteria, repair may be made by refacing the application of thread compound and protectors may
primary shoulder. If the connection length is less than be postponed until completion of the additional
the specified criteria, refacing the secondary shoulder inspection.
may be adequate to repair the connection. Refacing
limits are the same as that performed for damaged k. Rethreading. This method shall be used to repair
shoulder faces. connections that fail to meet the requirements
stipulated in this inspection procedure after field
h. Pin Nose Diameter. The outside diameter of the pin repair is completed. Performance of this operation
nose shall be measured and shall meet the require- requires cropping the connection behind any fatigue
ments shown in Table 7.13–7.15, as applicable. crack. Complete removal of the thread profile is not
necessary if the connection has no fatigue cracks and
i. Pin Connection Length. The distance between the if sufficient material can be removed to comply with
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be the NEW product requirements. In this case, the
measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and be connection does not have to be “reblanked,” however
free from mechanical damage. This distance shall meet all torque shoulders, seal surfaces, and thread elements
the requirements of Table 7.13–7.15, as applicable. If must be machined to 100% “bright metal.” This is not
the connection length exceeds the specified criteria, necessary for cylindrical diameters. After rethreading,
repair may be made by refacing the secondary shoul- the connection must be phosphate coated. Copper
der (pin nose). If the connection length is less than sulfate is not an acceptable substitute for phosphate
the specified criteria, refacing the primary shoulder coating on rethreaded connections.
may be adequate to repair the connection. Refacing
limits are the same as that performed for damaged 7.15.8  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for
shoulder faces. Hydril Wedge Thread™ Connections
These features are illustrated in Figure 7.42. In addition
j. Thread Compound and Protectors. Acceptable to the visual connection requirements of 7.14.9, Hydril
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool WT™ connections shall meet the following requirements:
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

B D2 A D1

CB CP

A Box Outside Diameter


B Pin Inside Diameter
CB Box Tong Space
cP Pin Tong Space
D1 Box Counterbore Diameter at Box Face
D2 Box Counterbore Diameter Behind Large Step Thread

Figure 7.42 Tool joint dimensions for Hydril Wedge Thread™ connections.

78
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Note: When conflicts arise between this specification and the be applied and secured with approximately 50 to 100
manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be free
shall apply. of debris. If additional inspection of the threads or
shoulders will be performed prior to pipe movement,
a. Box Outside Diameter (OD). The OD of the box application of thread compound and protectors may
connection shall be measured 2 inches ±1/4 inch be postponed until completion of the additional
from the shoulder. At least two measurements shall inspection.
be taken spaced at intervals of 90 degrees ±10 degrees.
Box OD measurements are for reference data only. 7.15.9  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for NK
DSTJ™ Connections
b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID). The pin ID shall be These features are illustrated in Figure 7.43. In addition to
measured under the last thread nearest the shoulder the visual connection requirements of 7.14.10, NK DSTJ™
(±1/4 inch). Pin ID measurements are for reference connections shall meet the following requirements:
data only.
Note: When conflicts arise between this specification and the manu-
c. Tong Space. Box and pin tong space (excluding the facturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements shall apply.
OD bevel) shall meet the requirements of Table 7.23,
as applicable. Tong space measurements on hardfaced a. Box Outside Diameter (OD). The OD of the tool
components shall be made from the bevel to the edge joint box shall be measured approximately 1 inch
of the hardfacing. from the shoulder. At least two measurements shall
be taken spaced at intervals of 90 degrees ±10 degrees.
d. Box Counterbore Diameter. Measure the counterbore Box OD shall meet the requirements in Table 7.18.
diameter at the face of the box, D1, and the coun-
terbore diameter immediately behind the large step b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID). The pin ID shall be
thread, D2. Measurements shall be taken at diameters measured approximately 1 inch from the shoulder and
90 degrees ±10 degrees apart. Counterbore diameter shall meet the requirements of Table 7.18.
shall not exceed the maximum counterbore dimension
shown in Table 7.23. c. Box Shoulder Width. The box shoulder width shall be
measured by placing the straightedge longitudinally
e. Thread Compound and Protectors. Acceptable along the tool joint, extending past the shoulder
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool surface, and then measuring the shoulder thickness
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces from this extension to the counterbore (excluding any
including the end of the pin. Thread protectors shall ID bevel). The shoulder width shall be measured at its

I
H

B A F G

DB DP

A Box Outside Diameter E Box Counterbore Depth


B Pin Inside Diameter F Box Counterbore Diameter
C Box Shoulder Width G Bevel Diameter
DB Box Tong Space H Pin Connection Length
DP Pin Tong Space I Box Connection Length
Figure 7.43 Tool joint dimensions for NK DSTJ™ connection.

79
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

point of minimum thickness. Any reading that does k. Thread Compound and Protectors. A good connec-
not meet the minimum shoulder width requirement tion shall be well doped with specified compound and
in Table 7.18 shall cause the tool joint to be rejected. clean thread protectors that shall be installed wrench
tight and sealed. Damaged or deformed thread
d. Tong Space. Box and pin tong space (excluding the protectors should not be installed. All connections
OD bevel) shall meet the requirements of Table 7.18. rethreaded or refaced shall be phosphated or copper
Tong space measurements on hardfaced components plated. Manganese phosphate is preferable.
shall be made from the bevel to the edge of the
hardfacing. 7.15.10  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for
Hilong Interchangeable Double Shoulder (HLIDS™)
e. Box Counterbore Depth. The counterbore depth shall Hilong Modified High-Torque (HLMT™), Hilong
be measured (including any ID bevel). Counterbore Super High-Torque (HLST™), and Hilong Improved
depth shall not be less than 9/16 inch. Super High-Torque (HLIST™) Connections
f. Box Counterbore Diameter. The box counterbore These features are illustrated in Figure 7.44. In addition
diameter shall be measured as near as possible to to the visual connection requirements of 7.14.11, HLIDS,
the shoulder (but excluding any ID bevel or rolled HLMT, HLST, and HLIST connections shall meet the
metal) at diameters 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart. following requirements:
Counterbore diameter shall not exceed the maximum Note: When conflicts arise between this specification and the
counterbore dimension in Table 7.18. manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements
g. Bevel Diameter. The bevel diameter on both the box shall apply.
and pin shall be within the minimum and maximum a. Box Outside Diameter (OD). The OD of the tool
values given in Table 7.18. joint box shall be measured at a distance of 5/8
h. Pin Length. The length of the pin shall be measured inch ±1/4 inch from the primary make-up shoulder.
using a depth micrometer and the data recorded on Measurements shall be taken around the circumfer-
the inspection sheet. ence to determine the minimum diameter. This
minimum box diameter shall meet the requirements
i. Box Length (depth of box). The length of the box in Tables 7.19–7.22, as applicable.
shall be measured using a depth micrometer and the
data recorded on the inspection sheet. Both pin and b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID). The pin ID shall be
box lengths shall meet the required minimum and measured under the last thread nearest the shoulder
maximum values in the following table. (±1/4 inch) and shall meet the requirements in Tables
7.19–7.22, as applicable.
Depth of Box Length of Pin
Connection Min Max Min Max c. Tong Space. Box and pin tong space (including the
DSTJ NC38 4.404 4.415 4.396 4.406 OD bevel) shall meet the requirements of Tables
DSTJ NC40 4.915 4.927 4.907 4.918 7.19–7.22, as applicable. Tong space measurements
DSTJ NC46 4.915 4.927 4.907 4.918 on hardfaced components shall be made from the
DSTJ NC50 4.915 4.927 4.907 4.918 primary shoulder face to the edge of the hardfacing.
DSTJ 5-1/2FH 5.427 5.439 5.419 5.430
d. Box Counterbore Diameter. The box counterbore
j. Shoulder Flatness. Box shoulder flatness shall be diameter shall be measured and shall meet the re-
verified by placing a straightedge across a diameter quirements shown in Tables 7.19–7.22, as applicable.
of the tool joint face and rotating the straightedge at e. Bevel Diameter. The bevel diameter on both the box
least 180 degrees along the plane of the shoulder. Any and pin shall be measured and shall meet the require-
visible gaps shall be cause for rejection. The procedure ments shown in Tables 7.19–7.22, as applicable.
shall be repeated on the pin with the straightedge
placed across a chord of the shoulder surface. Any f. Pin Connection Length. The distance between the
visible gaps between the straightedge and the shoulder primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be
surface shall be cause for rejection. measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and be

80
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

free from mechanical damage. This distance shall meet shoulders will be performed prior to pipe movement,
the requirements of Tables 7.19–7.22, as applicable. If application of thread compound and protectors may
the connection length exceeds the specified criteria, be postponed until completion of the additional
repair may be made by refacing the secondary shoul- inspection.
der (pin nose). If the connection length is less than
the specified criteria, refacing the primary shoulder i. Rethreading. This method shall be used to repair
may be adequate to repair the connection. Refacing connections that fail to meet the requirements
limits are the same as for damaged shoulder faces. stipulated in this inspection procedure after field
repair is completed. Performance of this operation
g. Box Connection Length. The distance between the requires cropping the connection behind any fatigue
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be crack. Complete removal of the thread profile is not
measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and be necessary if the connection has no fatigue cracks and
free from mechanical damage. This distance shall meet if sufficient material can be removed to comply with
the requirements of Tables 7.19–7.22, as applicable. If the NEW product requirements. In this case, the
the connection length exceeds the specified criteria, connection does not have to be “reblanked,” however
repair may be made by refacing the primary shoulder. all torque shoulders, seal surfaces, and thread elements
If the connection length is less than the specified must be machined to 100% “bright metal.” This is not
criteria, refacing the secondary shoulder may be necessary for cylindrical diameters. After rethreading,
adequate to repair the connection. Refacing limits are the connection must be phosphate coated. Copper
the same as for damaged shoulder faces. sulfate is not an acceptable substitute for phosphate
coating on rethreaded connections.
h. Thread Compound and Protectors. Acceptable
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool 7.15.11  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for DP-
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces Master DPM-DS, DPM-MT®, DPM-ST®, and DPM-
including the end of the pin. A copper-based thread HighTorque Series Connections
compound is recommended. Thread protectors shall These features are illustrated in Figure 7.45. In addition to
be applied and secured with approximately 50 to 100 the Visual Connection requirements of 7.14.12, connec-
ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be free tions shall meet the following requirements.
of debris. If additional inspection of the threads or
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

G
F

E D B A

Cp Cb
A Box Outside Diameter D Box Counterbore Diameter
B Pin Inside Diameter E Bevel Diameter
Cb Box Tong Space F Pin Connection Length
Cp Pin Tong Space G Box Connection Length

Figure 7.44 Tool joint dimensions for Hilong HLIDS, HLMT, HLST, and HLIST connections.

81
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

NOTE: When conflicts arise between this specification and the and a minimum box tong space equal to the connec-
manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements tion length +1 inch or 8 inch minimum, whichever
shall apply. is greater. Tong space measurements on hardfaced
components shall be made from the primary shoulder
a. Box Outside Diameter: The outside diameter of to edge of the hardfacing. The box and pin tong space
the box shall be measured at a distance of 5/8 inch must meet the requirements in Tables 7.24–7.27, as
±1/4 inch from the primary make-up shoulder. applicable.
Measurements shall be taken around the circumfer-
ence to determine the minimum diameter. The box e. Box Counterbore Diameter: The inside diameter of
outer diameter must meet the requirements in Tables the box counterbore shall be verified. The counterbore
7.24–7.27, as applicable. diameter shall be measured at two places approxi-
mately 90 degrees apart. The measurement is made
b. Pin Inside Diameter: Visually check the inside diam- from the projected intersection of the counterbore
eter for wear, erosion, or other conditions affecting with the box face rather than to the internal bevel.
the diameter. Measure the inside diameter with the Diameters shall not exceed the values listed in Tables
calipers at any area of the inside-diameter increase and 7.24–7.27, as applicable. Additionally, to test for box
under the last thread nearest the shoulder (±1/4 inch). swell, the box counterbore diameter must not exceed
The pin inside diameter must meet the requirements the aforementioned requirements.
in Tables 7.24–7.27, as applicable.
f. Bevel Diameter: Bevel diameter of the box and pin
c. Minimum Counterbore Wall: The box counterbore shall be verified to maintain adequate stresses in the
wall thickness shall be measured by placing the connection after application of makeup torque. If
straightedge longitudinally along the tool joint, the outside diameter is less than the bevel diameter,
extending past the shoulder surface, and then this bevel diameter is void and 1/32 inch × 45 degree
measuring the wall thickness from this extension taper becomes effective. The bevel diameter must meet
to the counterbore. The counterbore wall thickness the requirements in Tables 7.24–7.27, as applicable.
shall be measured at its point of minimum thickness.
The box counterbore wall thickness must meet the g. Box Connection Length: Measurements shall be
requirements in Tables 7.24–7.27, as applicable. taken using the digital depth micrometer/gauge
or digital vernier gauge fitted with a wide depth
d. Tong Space: There is a minimum tong space (includ- base attachment. The distance between the primary
ing the OD bevel) requirement of 6 inches for pins and secondary make-up shoulders shall be verified

G
I

H B A E F

DB DP

A Box Outside Diameter E Box Counterbore Diameter


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

VOLUME 3 - B Pin Inside Diameter F Bevel Diameter


C Box
Figure 3.13.7 Tool joint dimensions Counterbore
for DPM-DS, Walland DPM High Torque PAC connections.
DPM-MT G Box Connection Length
D B Box Tong Space H Pin Nose Diameter
REDRAWN JAN-20-2018 DP Pin Tong Space I Pin Connection Length

Figure 7.45 Tool joint dimensions for DP-Master DPM-DS, DPM-MT®, DPM-ST®, and DPM-HighTorque connections.

82
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

in two locations 180 degrees apart. (See Figure cover the whole connection shall be fitted to prevent
7.46 for details.) Field refacing is allowed but not accidental impacts from foreign objects.
recommended. Machine shop refacing is preferred.
Refacing limits are the same as for repair of damaged k. Lathe Style Rethreading and Refacing: This method
shoulders. Both the primary seal and the secondary shall be used to repair connections that fail to meet the
shoulder shall be refaced simultaneously to ensure requirements stipulated in this inspection procedure
that proper connection length is maintained. The after field inspection is completed. This operation
box connection length must meet the requirements shall be performed by a competent and approved
in Tables 7.24–7.27, as applicable. repair facility.

h. Pin Nose Diameter: The outside diameter of the pin 7.15.12  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for
nose shall be verified. To test for pin nose swell, the Grant Prideco Delta™ Connections
pin nose diameter must meet the requirements in the These features are illustrated in Figure 7.40. In addition to
Tables 7.24–7.27, as applicable. the Visual Connection requirements of 7.14.13, the Grant
Prideco Delta™ connections shall meet the following
i. Pin Connection Length: Measurements shall be requirements.
taken using the digital depth micrometer/gauge
or digital vernier gauge fitted with a wide depth NOTE: When conflicts arise between this specification and the
base attachment. The distance between the primary manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements
and secondary makeup shoulders shall be verified shall apply.
in two locations 180 degrees apart. (See Figure a. Box Outside Diameter (OD): The OD of the tool
7.47 for details.) Field refacing is allowed but not joint box shall be measured at a distance 5/8 inch
recommended. Machine shop refacing is preferred. (±1/4 inch) from the primary make-up shoulder.
Refacing limits are the same as for repair of damaged Measurements shall be taken around the circumfer-
shoulders. Both the primary seal and the secondary ence to determine the minimum diameter. This
shoulder shall be refaced simultaneously to ensure
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

minimum box diameter shall meet the requirements


that proper connection length is maintained. The in Table 7.16 or 7.36, as applicable.
pin connection length must meet the requirements
in Tables 7.24–7.27, as applicable. b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID): The pin ID shall be
measured under the last thread nearest to the shoulder
j. Protecting Connection Post Inspection: The connec- (±1/4 inch) and referenced against the values in Table
tions shall be coated with storage compound after 7.16 or 7.36, as applicable. The pin ID is used to define
inspection to avoid corrosion unless the drill pipe is other inspection dimensions.
run immediately. Appropriate thread protectors that
c. Box Counterbore (CBore) Wall Thickness: The box
CBore wall thickness shall be measured by plac-
ing the straightedge longitudinally along the tool
joint, extending past the shoulder surface, and then
measuring the wall thickness from this extension to
the counterbore. The CBore wall thickness shall be
measured at its point of minimum thickness. Any
reading that does not meet the minimum CBore
Figure 7.46 Two Methods of box connection length inspection.
wall thickness requirement in Table 7.16 or 7.36, as
applicable, shall cause the tool joint to be rejected.

d. Tong Space: Box and pin tong space (including the


OD bevel) shall meet the requirements of Table 7.16
or 7.36, as applicable. Tong space measurements
on hardfaced components shall be made from the
primary shoulder face to the edge of the hardfacing.
Figure 7.47 Two Methods of pin connection length inspection.

83
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

e. Box Counterbore Diameter: The box counterbore di- to 3/64 inch in depth, and/or connection length
ameter shall be measured at two locations 90 degrees discrepancies that are less than 1/32 inch out of
apart. The diameters shall meet the requirements in specification.
Table 7.16 or 7.36, as applicable. If the limits are
exceeded, the connection shall be rethreaded. • As is typical of the rotary-shoulder connection
reface process, a maximum of 1/32 inch of mate-
f. Bevel Diameter: The bevel diameter on both the box rial may be removed from the primary make-up
and pin shall be measured and shall meet the require- shoulder during each refacing operation, after
ments shown in Table 7.16 or 7.36, as applicable. which the joint shall be placed back into service
prior to performing any additional refacing repair.
g. Box Connection Length: The distance between the
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be • The cumulative total material removal from the
measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and free primary make-up shoulder for all refacing opera-
from mechanical damage. Measurements shall not tions shall not exceed 3/32 inch before rethreading
be taken in areas where surface condition prevents is required.
accurate measurements. This distance shall meet the • Repair by refacing methods shall only remove
requirements of Table 7.16 or 7.36, as applicable. sufficient material to repair the damage. However,
Refer to 7.15.12k for repair of connection length when damage is less than 1/32 inch deep, all
non-conformances. damage shall be removed from the primary make-
up shoulder.
h. Pin Nose Diameter: The outside diameter of the pin
nose shall be measured at two locations 90 degrees • After the maximum reface allowance is met,
apart and shall meet the requirements shown in Table any remaining damage on the primary make-up
7.16 or 7.36, as applicable. If the diameter exceeds shoulder shall not be deeper than 1/64 inch and
the specified limit, the connection shall be repaired shall meet all other requirements of this procedure.
by rethreading. • If the connection cannot be brought back within
the acceptable limits outlined in this procedure
i. Pin Connection Length: The distance between the without removing more than 1/32 inch of material
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be from the primary shoulder, then rethreading shall
measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and free be required.
from mechanical damage. Measurements shall not
be taken in areas where surface condition prevents • Both the primary make-up shoulder and secondary
accurate measurements. This distance shall meet the make-up shoulder shall be skimmed/machined
requirements of Table 7.16 or 7.36, as applicable. during a refacing operation for all double shoulder
Refer to 7.15.12k for repair of connection length connections.
non-conformances. • Machine refacing in a lathe is the preferred
method.
j. Thread Compound and Protectors: Acceptable
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool • If the portable field refacing unit method is used,
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces the variability of face flatness and squareness
including the end of the pin. A copper-based thread introduced shall be monitored by taking the
compound is recommended. Thread protectors shall connection length measurements in a minimum
be applied and secured with approximately 50 to 100 of four locations, equally spaced around the
ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be free circumference. Each measurement shall be within
of debris. If additional inspection of the threads or the limits of the “Field Inspection Dimensions”
shoulders will be performed prior to pipe movement, drawing, latest revision.
application of thread compound and protectors may • GPMark™ + Benchmark: After refacing repair, a
be postponed until completion of the additional minimum length of 1/16 inch (0.063 inch) shall
inspection. remain on the box refacing benchmark, and 3/16
inch maximum (0.188 inch) shall remain on the
k. Refacing: Repair by refacing may only be used to pin refacing benchmark. Rethreading is required if
attempt to repair shoulder damage less than or equal excess material is removed. See Figure 7.34.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,

84
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

• Xmark™ + Benchmarks: After refacing repair, a thickness. Any reading that does not meet the
visible step on the benchmark shall remain on the minimum shoulder width requirement in Table 7.17
primary shoulder. The step is a necessary indicator shall cause the tool joint to be rejected.
that a benchmark is still present. Rethreading
is required if there is no visible benchmark. See d. Tong Space: Box and pin tong space shall meet the
Figure 7.35. requirements of Table 7.17. Tong space measurements
on hardfaced components shall be made from the
l. Rethreading: This method shall be used to repair bevel to the edge of the hardfacing.
connections that fail to meet the requirements
stipulated in this inspection procedure after field e. Box Counterbore Diameter: The box counterbore
repair is completed. Performance of this operation diameter shall be measured and shall meet the
requires cropping the connection behind any fatigue requirements shown in Table 7.17. Since the box
crack. Complete removal of the thread profile is not benchmark is a recess on the counterbore diameter
necessary if the connection has no fatigue cracks and of the external shoulder, be sure to measure the box
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

if sufficient material can be removed to comply with


the NEW product requirements. In this case, the
connection does not have to be “reblanked,” however
all torque shoulders, seal surfaces, and thread elements
must be machined to 100% “bright metal.” This is not
necessary for cylindrical diameters. After rethreading,
the connection must be phosphate coated. Copper
sulfate is not an acceptable substitute for phosphate
coating on rethreaded connections.

7.15.13  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for


Grant Prideco X-Force™ Connections
The connection may be abbreviated as XF™. These features
are illustrated in Figure 7.41. In addition to the Visual
Connection requirements of 7.14.14, XF™ connections
shall meet the following requirements.

NOTE: When conflicts arise between this specification and the


manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements Figure 7.48 Two methods of box connection length inspection.
shall apply.

a. Box Outside Diameter (OD): The OD of the tool


joint box shall be measured 2 inches ±1/4 inch from
the primary shoulder. Measurements shall be taken
around the circumference to determine the minimum
diameter. This minimum box diameter shall meet the
requirements in Table 7.17.

b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID): The pin ID shall be mea-


sured under the last thread nearest the shoulder (±1/4
inch) and shall meet the requirements in Table 7.17.

c. Box Shoulder Width: The box shoulder width shall be


measured by placing the straightedge longitudinally
along the tool joint, extending past the shoulder
surface, and then measuring the shoulder thickness
from this extension to the counterbore. The shoulder
width shall be measured at its point of minimum
Figure 7.49 Two methods of pin connection length inspection.

85
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

end counterbore diameter and not the box benchmark be postponed until completion of the additional
diameter. inspection.

f. Bevel Diameter: The bevel diameter on both the k. Rethreading: This method shall be used to repair
box and pin shall be measured and shall meet the connections that fail to meet the requirements
requirements shown in Table 7.17. stipulated in this inspection procedure after field
repair is completed. Performance of this operation
g. Box Connection Length: The distance between the requires cropping the connection behind any fatigue
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be crack. Complete removal of the thread profile is not
measured in two locations, 90 degrees apart, and free necessary if the connection has no fatigue cracks and
from mechanical damage. This distance shall meet if sufficient material can be removed to comply with
the requirements of Table 7.17. If the connection the NEW product requirements. In this case, the
length exceeds the specified criteria, repair may connection does not have to be “reblanked,” however
be made by refacing the primary shoulder. If the all torque shoulders, seal surfaces, and thread elements

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
connection length is less than the specified criteria, must be machined to 100% “bright metal.” This is not
refacing the secondary shoulder may be adequate to necessary for cylindrical diameters. After rethreading,
repair the connection. Refacing limits are the same the connection must be phosphate coated. Copper
as that performed for damaged shoulder faces. See sulfate is not an acceptable substitute for phosphate
Figure 7.41. coating on rethreaded connections.
h. Pin Nose Diameter: The outside diameter of the pin 7.15.14  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for
nose shall be measured and shall meet the require- Command CET™ Connections
ments shown in Table 7.17. These features are illustrated in Figure 7.41. In addition
i. Pin Connection Length: The distance between the to the Visual Connection requirements of 7.14.15, CET
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be connections shall meet the following requirements.
measured in two locations, 90 degrees apart, and free NOTE: When conflicts arise between this specification and the
from mechanical damage. This distance shall meet the manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements
requirements of Table 7.17. If the connection length shall apply.
exceeds the specified criteria, repair may be made by
refacing the secondary shoulder (pin nose). If the a. Box Outside Diameter: The outside diameter of
connection length is less than the specified criteria, the box shall be measured at a distance of 5/8 inch
refacing the primary shoulder may be adequate to ±1/4 inch from the primary make-up shoulder.
repair the connection. Refacing limits are the same Measurements shall be taken around the circumfer-
as that performed for damaged shoulder faces. See ence to determine the minimum diameter. This
Figure 7.41. minimum diameter shall meet the requirements
Table 7.28.
j. Thread Compound and Protectors: Acceptable con-
nections shall be coated with an acceptable tool joint b. Pin Inside Diameter: The pin ID shall be measured
compound (or a storage compound, if applicable) over under the last thread nearest the secondary shoulder
all thread and shoulder surfaces including the end of (±1/4 inch) and shall meet the requirements in Table
the pin. A copper-based thread compound is recom- 7.28.
mended. Only thread protectors specially designed for
X-Force™ connectors may be used. These protectors c. Box Shoulder Width (also referred to as Box
cover the whole thread section and box counterbore. Counterbore (CBore) Wall Thickness): The box
Sufficient grease should be applied to prevent the shoulder width shall be measured by placing the
ingress of water into the connection. Thread protectors straightedge longitudinally along the tool joint,
shall be applied and secured with approximately 50 to extending past the shoulder surface, and then measur-
100 ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be free ing the shoulder thickness from this extension to the
of debris. If additional inspection of the threads or counterbore. The shoulder width shall be measured
shoulders will be performed prior to pipe movement, at its point of minimum thickness. Any reading
application of thread compound and protectors may that does not meet the minimum shoulder width

86
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

requirement in Table 7.28 shall cause the tool joint make-up shoulder (pin nose). If the connection
to be rejected. length is less than the specified dimension, re-facing
the primary make-up shoulder may be adequate to
d. Tong Space: The box and pin tong space shall be repair this condition. Re-facing limits are the same
measured and shall meet the requirements of Table as for repair of damaged shoulders.
7.28. Tong space shall be measured from the seal face
to the closest edge of the hardbanding, if hardbanding k. Thread Compound and Protectors: Acceptable
is present. If there is no hardbanding then the tong connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool
space is measured from the seal face to the end of joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces
the tool joint. including the end of the pin. A copper-based thread
compound is recommended. Thread protectors shall
e. Box Counterbore Diameter: The box counterbore be applied and secured with approximately 50 to 100
diameter shall be measured at two locations approxi- ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be free
mately 90 degrees apart. The diameters shall meet of debris. If additional inspection of the threads or
the requirements in Table 7.28. If the measurements shoulders will be performed prior to pipe movement,
are outside of the specified tolerance, the connection application of thread compound and protectors may
shall be rethreaded. be postponed until completion of the additional
f. Bevel Diameter: Bevel diameter on both box and pin inspection. If threads and shoulders are repaired by
connections shall be measured and shall meet the filing or refacing, an anti-galling treatment such as
requirements in Table 7.28. copper sulfate or phosphate coating shall be applied
to the affected areas.
g. Box Connection Length: The distance between the
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be l. Refacing: In addition to torque shoulder damage,
verified in 4 locations approximately 90 degrees apart. refacing may be required due to connection length
This distance shall be compared to the box length discrepancies. If refacing is necessary, the distance
requirements in Table 7.28 to determine acceptance from the primary shoulder to the secondary shoulder
or rejection. If the connection length exceeds the must be maintained as required in this procedure.
specified dimension, repair may be made by re-facing • Refacing limits are 1/32 inch on any one removal
the primary make-up shoulder. If the connection and 1/16 inch cumulatively. If the existing bench-
length is less than the specified dimension, re-facing marks indicate that the shoulder has been refaced
the secondary make-up shoulder may be adequate to beyond the maximum, the connection shall be
repair this condition. Re-facing limits are the same rejected.
as for repair of damaged shoulders. Final connection
length (after any repair) shall meet the requirements • Machine refacing in a lathe is the preferred
in Table 7.28. method. Portable field refacing units designed
specifically for CET connections are acceptable.
h. Pin Cylinder Diameter: This is not required for • During refacing, variability of face flatness
Command Tubular Product connections. and squareness may be introduced and shall be
i. Pin Nose Diameter: The outside diameter of the monitored. Check for squareness of the seal to the
pin nose shall be measured at 2 locations 90 degrees thread axis. Measure the recut seal face distance to
apart and shall meet the requirements shown in Table the benchmark at two locations 90 degrees apart.
7.28. If the diameter exceeds the specified limit, the If the difference is greater than 1/64 inch (0.016
connection shall be repaired by rethreading. inch) the connection shall be rethreaded.
• Connection lengths (pin and box) shall be verified
j. Pin Connection Length: The distance between the after refacing is complete as per the criteria speci-
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be fied in 7.15.14g for boxes and 7.15.14j for pins.
verified in 4 locations approximately 90 degrees apart.
This distance shall be compared to the requirement m. Rethreading: This method shall be used to repair
in Table 7.28 to determine acceptance or rejection. If connections that fail to meet the requirements
the connection length exceeds the specified dimen- stipulated in this inspection procedure after field
sion, repair may be made by re-facing the secondary repair is completed. Performance of this operation
87
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

requires cropping the connection behind any fatigue


crack. Complete removal of the thread profile is not
necessary if the connection has no fatigue cracks and
if sufficient material can be removed to comply with
the NEW product requirements. This is not neces- E1 E2
sary for cylindrical diameters. After rethreading, the
B
connection must be phosphate coated. Copper sulfate
is not an acceptable substitute for phosphate coating
on rethreaded connections. I

7.16  Dimensional 3 Inspection


7.16.1  Scope
This procedure covers the dimensional inspection of used
rotary-shouldered connections on specialty tools used
in BHA sections or that are directly connected to BHA G
components including HWDP. The dimensions are il- C H (for HWDP only)
lustrated in Figures 7.39–7.41 and 7.50.
D
7.16.2  Inspection Apparatus
a. API and Similar Non-Proprietary Connections. A
12-inch metal rule graduated in 1/64 inch incre-
ments, a metal straightedge, a calibrated hardened
and ground profile gage, and ID and OD calipers
are required. A calibrated lead gage and a calibrated
standard lead template are also required. See section
1.7 for calibration requirements for the lead gage, the
standard lead template, and the profile gage.

b. Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™, eXtreme™ Torque,


A F2
uXT™, XT-M™, Delta™, Grant Prideco Double
Shoulder, and uGPDS™ connections. In addition to
the requirements of paragraph 7.16.2a, a calibrated F1
long stroke depth micrometer, depth micrometer
setting standards, and a calibrated extended jaw dial
caliper are required. See section 1.7 for calibration
requirements for the measuring devices. A current
field inspection drawing of the connection size to
be inspected is recommended, which is available
from Grant Prideco, their web site or a licensed
Grant Prideco machine shop. Dimensions provided
in Tables 7.39–7.45 are considered equivalent to
the dimensions provided in Grant Prideco field
inspection drawings at the time of this document’s
release. Responsibility for ensuring this document’s A Box Outside Diameter F 1 Boreback Cylinder Diameter
B Pin Inside Diameter F2 Boreback Cylinder Length
dimensions are equivalent to Grant Prideco’s latest C Box Counterbore Diameter G Bevel Diameter
revision field inspection drawing for the applicable D
E1
BOX Counterbore Depth
Pin Relief Groove Diameter
H
I
Box Seal Width (HWDP only)
Pin Length
connection remains with the inspector. E2 Pin Relief Groove Width

c. Grant Prideco Express™ and Grant Prideco EIS™ Figure 7.50 BHA connection dimensions. Connection shown
connections. In addition to the requirements of with stress relief pin groove and boreback box.

88
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

paragraph 7.16.2a, a calibrated long stroke depth combination with box OD) shall result in a BSR
micrometer and depth micrometer setting standards within the customer’s specified range. Dimensions
are required. See section 1.7 for calibration require- for commonly specified BSR ranges are given on
ments for the measuring devices. Table 7.37. BSR values for various connection
types and sizes are provided in Table 7.50.
7.16.3  Preparation
a. All part numbers and serial numbers shall be recorded If a conflict arises, the manufacturer’s criteria shall
on all reports. apply.

b. Connections shall be clean so that no scale, mud, or c. Box Counterbore Diameter. The box counterbore
lubricant can be wiped from the thread or shoulder diameter shall be measured as near as possible to
surfaces with a clean rag. the shoulder (but excluding any ID bevel or rolled
metal) at diameters 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart. The
7.16.4  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for API counterbore diameter shall not exceed the maximum
and Similar Non-Proprietary Connections counterbore dimension listed in Table 7.37 or 7.38,
It is presumed that a Visual Connection Inspection (section as applicable.
7.14) will be performed in conjunction with this inspection.
If the Visual Connection Inspection (section 7.14) will not d. Box Counterbore Depth. The counterbore depth shall
be performed, steps 7.14.4, 7.14.5.6, 7.14.5.9, and 7.14.5.10 be measured (including any ID bevel). Counterbore
shall be added to this procedure. depth shall not be less than the value shown in Table
7.37.
a. Box Outside Diameter (OD). The OD of the box
connection shall be measure 4 inches, ±1/4 inch from e. Pin Stress Relief Groove. Unless waived by the
the shoulder. At least two measurements shall be customer, all API connections NC38 and larger
taken spaced at intervals of 90 degrees ±10 degrees. that make up to BHA components, including API
The OD shall meet one of the following criteria, as connections of saver subs that make up to a BHA
applicable: specialty tool, shall be equipped with pin stress relief
grooves or they shall be rejected. The diameter and
• The manufacturer’s acceptance criteria for OD. width of the API pin stress relief groove shall be mea-
• For components connected to HWDP, the OD sured and shall meet the requirements of Table 7.37 or
must meet requirements listed in Table 7.38. 7.38, as applicable. The pin stress relief groove length
shall be measured from the connection shoulder to the
• For components connected to drill collars or first full thread by placing a metal rule on the thread
drill-collar-like components, the box OD (in taper and squared against the connection shoulder,
combination with pin ID) shall result in a BSR as depicted in Figures 7.51, 7.52 and 7.53. “First full
within the customer’s specified range. Dimensions thread” is defined as the thread that is closest to the
for commonly specified BSR ranges are given on pin shoulder and reaches the same height and thread
Table 7.37. BSR values for various connection profile as the second thread. The location of the first
types and sizes are provided in Table 7.50. full thread can be identified by rotating the profile
If a conflict arises, the manufacturer’s criteria shall gauge until the absolute minimum amount of light is
apply. visible between the thread form and the profile gauge.

b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID). The pin ID shall be f. Box Boreback. Unless waived by the customer, all API
measured under the last thread nearest the shoulder, connections NC38 and larger that make up to BHA
±1/4 inch. The ID shall meet one of the following components, including API connections of saver
criteria as applicable: subs that make up to a BHA specialty tool, shall be
equipped with boreback boxes or they shall be rejected.
• The manufacturer’s acceptance criteria for ID. (Note: This requirement does not apply to the box connec-
• For components connected to HWDP, the ID tion that connects with the bit on a specialty tool used in
must meet requirements listed in Table 7.38. the near bit configuration. The requirement also does not
• For components connected to drill collars or apply to special-purpose subs like bit subs that may require
drill-collar-like components, the pin ID (in inside diameters that do not accommodate a boreback

89
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

box. When this occurs, specific dimensional acceptance


criteria from the special sub manufacturer shall apply).
The diameter and length of the boreback cylinder
shall be measured and shall meet the requirements
of Table 7.37 or 7.38, as applicable. On a specialty
tool equipped with saver subs, end connections are
the connections that join the saver subs.

g. Bevel Diameter. The bevel diameter shall be measured


on both pin and box and shall meet the requirements
of Table 7.37 or 7.38, as applicable.

For midbody connections, where the vendor/


Figure 7.51 Thread not fully formed as seen with light showing manufacturer controls the connection bevel diameters,
between profile gage and thread. material properties and makeup torque of both
mating connections, if a conflict arises between this
specification and the vendor/manufacturer’s require-
ments, the manufacturer’s requirements shall apply.

In this case, midbody connections are defined as


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

any connection within the specialty tool or specialty


tool BHA (which can include a number of specialty
tools and crossovers between specialty tools) where
the vendor/manufacturer controls the connection
bevel diameters, material properties, and makeup
torque of the mating connections. Specialty tool and
specialty tool BHA end connections that join with
other tools that the vendor/manufacturer does not
control shall meet the requirements of Table 7.37 or
7.38, as applicable.
Figure 7.52 Lay thread profile gage along thread taper and
h. Box Seal Width. For components that connect to
rotate around the thread form until absolute minimum light is
visible between the profile gage and first thread. Thread is fully HWDP, box seal width shall be measured at its
formed (First Full Thread). smallest and shall equal or exceed the minimum value
in Table 7.38.

i. Pin Length. For connections with a pin stress relief


groove, the length of the connection pin shall be
measured and shall meet the requirements of Table
7.37 or 7.38, as applicable.

j. Pin Neck Length. For connections without a pin


stress relief groove, pin neck length (the distance from
the 90 degree pin shoulder to the intersection of the
flank of the first full-depth thread with the pin neck)
shall be measured. Pin neck length shall not be greater
than the minimum counterbore depth specified in
Table 7.37 minus 1/16 inch.

k. Tong Space. Box and pin tong space shall be measured


Figure 7.53 Square scale at the point of the “First Full Thread” between the shoulder bevels and the nearest diameter
and take the measurement from the shoulder side of thread reduction or increase, shall exclude any hardbanding
profile to pin shoulder.

90
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

present, and shall not be less than 10 inches for boxes the straightedge longitudinally along the OD sur-
and 7 inches for pins. face, extending past the shoulder surface, and then
measuring the wall thickness from this extension to
l. Thread Compound and Protectors. All acceptable the counterbore. The CBore wall thickness shall be
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool measured at its point of minimum thickness. Any
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces, reading that does not meet the minimum CBore wall
including the end of the pin. Thread protectors shall thickness requirement in Table 7.39–7.41 or 7.43, as
be applied and secured using approximately 50 to applicable, shall cause the component to be rejected.
100 ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be
free of any debris. d. Tong Space. Box and pin tong space (including
the OD bevel) shall meet the requirements of
7.16.5  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Grant Table 7.39–7.41 or 7.43, as applicable. Tong space
Prideco HI TORQUE™, eXtreme™ Torque, uXT™, and measurements on hardbanded components shall be
eXtreme™ Torque-M Connections made from the primary shoulder face to the edge of
In addition to the visual connection requirements of 7.14.6 the hardbanding.
and 7.14.7, Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™, eXtreme™
Torque, uXT™, and eXtreme™ Torque-M connections e. Box Counterbore Diameter. The box counterbore
shall meet the following requirements: diameter shall be measured at two locations 90 de-
Note: When conflicts arise between this specification and the grees apart and shall meet the requirements shown in
manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements Table 7.39–7.41 or 7.43, as applicable. If the diameter
shall apply. exceeds these limits, the connection shall be repaired
by rethreading.
a. Box Outside Diameter (OD). For HT™ and
f. Bevel Diameter. The bevel diameter on both the box

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
XT-M™ connections, the OD of the box shall be
measured at a distance of 2 inches ±1/4 inch from and pin shall be measured and shall meet the require-
the primary make-up shoulder. Measurements shall ments shown in Table 7.39–7.41 or 7.43, as applicable.
be taken around the circumference to determine the g. Box Connection Length. The distance between the
minimum diameter. This minimum box diameter primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be
shall meet the requirements in Table 7.39 or 7.41 as measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart and
applicable. be free from mechanical damage. This distance shall
For XT™ and uXT™ sizes 43 and smaller (e.g. XT43), meet the requirements of Table 7.39–7.41 or 7.43, as
the OD of the box shall be measured at a distance applicable. Refer to 7.16.5k for repair of connection
of 5/8 inch ±1/4 inch from the primary make-up length non-conformances.
shoulder. For sizes 46 and larger, the OD of the box h. Pin Nose Diameter. For HT™, XT™, and uXT™
shall be measured at a distance of 2 inches ±1/4 inch connections, the outside diameter of the pin nose
from the primary make-up shoulder. Measurements shall be measured at two locations 90 degrees apart
shall be taken around the circumference to determine and shall meet the requirements shown in Table
the minimum diameter. This minimum box diameter 7.39, 7.40, or 7.43, as applicable. Nonconforming
shall meet the requirements in Table 7.40 or 7.43, as connections shall be rethreaded. This dimension is
applicable. not used to determine acceptance or rejection for
Note: Connection box OD requirements are the same for XT-M™ connections, but to test for pin nose swell
HWDP and other BHA connections. and the need to verify connection length.

b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID). The pin ID shall be i. Pin Connection Length. The distance between the
measured under the last thread nearest the shoulder primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be
(±1/4 inch) and referenced against the values in Table measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and
7.39–7.41 or 7.43, as applicable. The pin ID is used be free from mechanical damage. This distance shall
to define other inspection dimensions. meet the requirements of Table 7.39–7.41 or 7.43, as
applicable. Refer to 7.16.5k for repair of connection
c. Box Counterbore (CBore) Wall Thickness. The box length non-conformances.
CBore wall thickness shall be measured by placing
91
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

j. Thread Compound and Protectors. Acceptable l. Rethreading. This method shall be used to repair
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool connections that fail to meet the requirements
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces stipulated in this inspection procedure after field
including the end of the pin. A copper-based thread repair is completed. Performance of this operation
compound is recommended. Thread protectors shall requires cropping the connection behind any fatigue
be applied and secured with approximately 50 to 100 crack. Complete removal of the thread profile is not
ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be free necessary if the connection has no fatigue cracks and
of debris. If additional inspection of the threads or if sufficient material can be removed to comply with
shoulders will be performed prior to pipe movement, the NEW product requirements. In this case, the
application of thread compound and protectors may connection does not have to be “reblanked,” however
be postponed until completion of the additional all torque shoulders, seal surfaces, and thread elements
inspection. must be machined to 100% “bright metal.” This is not
necessary for cylindrical diameters. After rethreading,
k. Refacing. For HT™, XT™ and uXT™, in addition to the connection must be phosphate coated. Copper
torque shoulder damage, refacing may be required due sulfate is not an acceptable substitute for phosphate
to connection length discrepancies. Repair of connec- coating on rethreaded connections.
tion length non-conformances may be accomplished
as noted below. 7.16.6  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria Grant
Prideco Double Shoulder and uGPDS™ Connections
• If the box connection length exceeds the specified In addition to the visual connection requirements of
dimension, repair by refacing the primary shoulder. 7.14.6, Grant Prideco Double Shoulder™ and uGPDS™
• If the box connection length is less than the speci- connections shall meet the following requirements:
fied dimension, repair by refacing the secondary Note: When conflicts arise between this specification and the
shoulder. manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements
• If the pin connection length exceeds the speci- shall apply.
fied dimension, repair by refacing the secondary
shoulder (pin nose). a. Box Outside Diameter (OD). The OD of the box
connection shall be measured at a distance of 5/8
• If the pin connection length is less than the inch ±1/4 inch from the primary make-up shoulder.
specified dimension, repair by refacing the primary Measurements shall be taken around the circumfer-
shoulder. ence to determine the minimum diameter. This
• Connection lengths (pin and box) must be verified minimum box diameter shall meet the requirements
as per the criteria specified in this procedure. in Table 7.42 or 7.44, as applicable.
• Refacing limits are the same as for repair of dam- b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID). The pin ID shall be
aged shoulders specified in 7.14.6. measured under the last thread nearest the shoulder
Machine refacing in a lathe is the preferred method. (±1/4 inch) and referenced against the values in Table
Portable field refacing units designed specifically 7.42 or 7.44, as applicable. The pin ID is used to define
for Grant Prideco connections are acceptable. A other inspection dimensions.
minimum of four measurements shall be taken when
using a portable field refacing unit. The variability of c. Box Shoulder Width (also referred to as Box
face flatness and squareness introduced should be Counterbore (CBore) Wall Thickness). The box
monitored. If any measurement is found to be outside shoulder width shall be measured by placing the
the drawing limits, the connection shall be rejected. straightedge longitudinally along the OD surface,
extending past the shoulder surface, and then measur-
The field refacing method addressed in this procedure ing the shoulder thickness from this extension to the
does not apply to the XT-M™ connection or any counterbore. The shoulder width shall be measured
connection with radial interference metal-to-metal at its point of minimum thickness. Any reading that
seals. Such connections require shop redressing in a does not meet the minimum shoulder width require-
licensed Grant Prideco facility. ment in Table 7.42 or 7.44, as applicable, shall cause
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

the component to be rejected.

92
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

d. Tong Space. Box and pin tong space shall meet the • If the box connection length exceeds the specified
requirements of Table 7.42 or 7.44, as applicable. Tong dimension, repair by refacing the primary shoulder.
space measurements on hardbanded components shall • If the box connection length is less than the speci-
be made from the primary shoulder face to the edge fied dimension, repair by refacing the secondary
of the hardbanding. shoulder.
e. Box Counterbore Diameter. The box counterbore • If the pin connection length exceeds the speci-
diameter shall be measured and shall meet the re- fied dimension, repair by refacing the secondary
quirements shown in Table 7.42 or 7.44, as applicable. shoulder (pin nose).

f. Bevel Diameter. The bevel diameter on both the box • If the pin connection length is less than the
and pin shall be measured and shall meet the require- specified dimension, repair by refacing the primary
ments shown in Table 7.42 or 7.44, as applicable. shoulder.
• Connection lengths (pin and box) must be verified
g. Box Connection Length. The distance between the as per the criteria specified in this procedure.
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be
measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart and be • Refacing limits are the same as for repair of dam-
free from mechanical damage. This distance shall meet aged shoulders specified in 7.14.6.
the requirements of Table 7.42 or 7.44, as applicable. Machine refacing in a lathe is the preferred method.
Refer to 7.16.6k for repair of connection length Portable field refacing units designed specifically
non-conformances. for Grant Prideco connections are acceptable. A
minimum of four measurements shall be taken when
h. Pin Nose Diameter. The outside diameter of the pin using a portable field refacing unit. The variability
nose shall be measured at two locations 90 degrees of face flatness and squareness introduced shall be
apart and shall meet the requirements shown in Table monitored. If any measurement is found to be outside
7.42 or 7.44, as applicable. the drawing limits, the connection shall be rejected.
i. Pin Connection Length. The distance between the l. Rethreading. This method shall be used to repair
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be connections that fail to meet the requirements
measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart and be stipulated in this inspection procedure after field
free from mechanical damage. This distance shall meet repair is completed. Performance of this operation
the requirements of Table 7.42 or 7.44, as applicable. requires cropping the connection behind any fatigue
Refer to 7.16.6k for repair of connection length crack. Complete removal of the thread profile is not
non-conformances.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

necessary if the connection has no fatigue cracks and


j. Thread Compound and Protectors. Acceptable if sufficient material can be removed to comply with
connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool the NEW product requirements. In this case, the
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces connection does not have to be “reblanked,” however
including the end of the pin. A copper-based thread all torque shoulders, seal surfaces, and thread elements
compound is recommended. Thread protectors shall must be machined to 100% “bright metal.” This is not
be applied and secured with approximately 50 to 100 necessary for cylindrical diameters. After rethreading,
ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be free the connection must be phosphate coated. Copper
of debris. If additional inspection of the threads or sulfate is not an acceptable substitute for phosphate
shoulders will be performed prior to pipe movement, coating on rethreaded connections.
application of thread compound and protectors may 7.16.7  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for
be postponed until completion of the additional Grant Prideco Express™ and Grant Prideco EIS™
inspection. Connections
k. Refacing. In addition to torque shoulder damage, In addition to the visual connection requirements of 7.14.8,
refacing may be required due to connection length Grant Prideco VX™ and EIS™ connections shall meet the
discrepancies. Repair of connection length non- following requirements:
conformances may be accomplished as noted below. Note: Connections manufactured as VAM CDS connections
have been determined by Grant Prideco to be interchangeable
93
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

with GPDS connections. As such, any CDS connections shall may be adequate to repair the connection. Refacing
be inspected according to the procedures outlined for GPDS limits are the same as that performed for damaged
connections. When conflicts arise between this specification shoulder faces.
and the manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s
requirements shall apply. h. Pin Nose Diameter. The outside diameter of the pin
nose shall be measured and shall meet the require-
a. Box Outside Diameter (OD). The OD of the box ments shown in Tables 7.46 or 7.47, as applicable.
connection shall be measured 2 inches ±1/4 inch from
the primary shoulder. Measurements shall be taken i. Pin Connection Length. The distance between the
around the circumference to determine the minimum primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be
diameter. This minimum box diameter shall meet the measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and free
requirements in Tables 7.46 or 7.47, as applicable. from mechanical damage. This distance shall meet the
requirements of Tables 7.46 or 7.47, as applicable. If
b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID). The pin ID shall be the connection length exceeds the specified criteria,
measured under the last thread nearest the shoulder repair may be made by refacing the secondary shoul-
(±1/4 inch) and shall meet the requirements in Tables der (pin nose). If the connection length is less than
7.46 or 7.47, as applicable. the specified criteria, refacing the primary shoulder
may be adequate to repair the connection. Refacing
c. Box Shoulder Width. The box shoulder width shall be limits are the same as that performed for damaged
measured by placing the straightedge longitudinally shoulder faces.
along the OD surface, extending past the shoulder
surface, and then measuring the shoulder thickness j. Thread Compound and Protectors. Acceptable
from this extension to the counterbore. The shoulder connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool
width shall be measured at its point of minimum joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces
thickness. Any reading that does not meet the mini- including the end of the pin. A copper-based thread
mum shoulder width requirement in Tables 7.46 or compound is recommended. Thread protectors shall
7.47, as applicable, shall cause the tool to be rejected. be applied and secured with approximately 50 to 100
ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be free
d. Tong Space. Box and pin tong space (excluding the of debris. If additional inspection of the threads or
OD bevel) shall meet the requirements of Tables 7.46 shoulders will be performed prior to pipe movement,
or 7.47, as applicable. Tong space measurements on application of thread compound and protectors may

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
hardfaced components shall be made from the bevel be postponed until completion of the additional
to the edge of the hardfacing. inspection.
e. Box Counterbore Diameter. The box counterbore k. Rethreading. This method shall be used to repair
diameter shall be measured and shall meet the connections that fail to meet the requirements
requirements shown in Tables 7.46 or 7.47, as stipulated in this inspection procedure after field
applicable. repair is completed. Performance of this operation
f. Bevel Diameter. The bevel diameter on both the box requires cropping the connection behind any fatigue
and pin shall be measured and shall meet the require- crack. Complete removal of the thread profile is not
ments shown in Tables 7.46 or 7.47, as applicable. necessary if the connection has no fatigue cracks and
if sufficient material can be removed to comply with
g. Box Connection Length. The distance between the the NEW product requirements. In this case, the
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be connection does not have to be “reblanked,” however
measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and all torque shoulders, seal surfaces, and thread elements
free from mechanical damage. This distance shall must be machined to 100% “bright metal.” This is not
meet the requirements of Tables 7.46 or 7.47, as necessary for cylindrical diameters. After rethreading,
applicable. If the connection length exceeds the the connection must be phosphate coated. Copper
specified criteria, repair may be made by refacing the sulfate is not an acceptable substitute for phosphate
primary shoulder. If the connection length is less than coating on rethreaded connections.
the specified criteria, refacing the secondary shoulder

94
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

7.16.8  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and free
Grant Prideco Delta™ Connections from mechanical damage. Measurements shall not
In addition to the visual connection requirements of be taken in areas where surface condition prevents
7.14.13, Grant Prideco Delta™ connections shall meet accurate measurements. This distance shall meet the
the following requirements. requirements of Table 7.45. Refer to 7.16.8l for repair
of connection length non-conformances.
NOTE: When conflicts arise between this specification and the
manufacturer’s requirements, the manufacturer’s requirements h. Pin Nose Diameter: The outside diameter of the pin
shall apply. nose shall be measured at two locations 90 degrees
apart and shall meet the requirements shown in Table
a. Box Outside Diameter (OD): The OD of the box 7.45. If the diameter exceeds the specified limit, the
shall be measured at a distance 5/8 inch (±1/4 inch) connection shall be repaired by rethreading.
from the primary make-up shoulder. Measurements
shall be taken around the circumference to determine i. Pin Connection Length: The distance between the
the minimum diameter. This minimum box diameter primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be
shall meet the requirements in Table 7.45. measured in two locations, 180 degrees apart, and be
free from mechanical damage. Measurements shall
b. Pin Inside Diameter (ID): The pin ID shall be not be taken in areas where surface condition prevents
measured under the last thread nearest to the shoulder accurate measurements. This distance shall meet the
(±1/4 inch) and referenced against the values in Table requirements of Table 7.45. Refer to 7.16.8l for repair
7.45. The pin ID is used to define other inspection of connection length non-conformances.
dimensions.
j. Thread Compound and Protectors. Acceptable con-
c. Box Shoulder Width (also referred to as Box nections shall be coated with a tool joint compound
Counterbore (CBore) Wall Thickness): The box over all thread and shoulder surfaces including the
CBore wall thickness shall be measured by plac- end of the pin. A copper-based thread compound
ing the straightedge longitudinally along the tool is recommended. Thread protectors shall be applied
joint, extending past the shoulder surface, and then and secured with approximately 50 to 100 ft-lb of
measuring the wall thickness from this extension to torque. The thread protectors shall be free of debris. If
the counterbore. The CBore wall thickness shall be additional inspection of the threads or shoulders will
measured at its point of minimum thickness. Any be performed prior to pipe movement, application of
reading that does not meet the minimum CBore wall thread compound and protectors may be postponed
thickness requirement in Table 7.45 shall cause the until completion of the additional inspection.
tool joint to be rejected.
k. Refacing: Repair by refacing may only be used to
d. Tong Space: Box and pin tong space (including the attempt to repair shoulder damage less than or equal
OD bevel) shall meet the requirements of Table 7.45. to 3/64 inch in depth, and/or connection length
Tong space measurements on hardfaced components discrepancies that are less than 1/32 inch out of spec.
shall be made from the primary shoulder face to the
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

edge of the hardfacing. • As is typical of the rotary-shoulder connection


reface process, a maximum of 1/32 inch of mate-
e. Box Counterbore Diameter: The box counterbore di- rial may be removed from the primary make-up
ameter shall be measured at two locations 90 degrees shoulder during each refacing operation, after
apart. The diameters shall meet the requirements in which the joint shall be placed back into service
Table 7.45. If the limits are exceeded, the connection prior to performing any additional refacing repair.
shall be rethreaded.
• The cumulative total material removal from the
f. Bevel Diameter: The bevel diameter on both the primary make-up shoulder for all refacing opera-
box and pin shall be measured and shall meet the tions shall not exceed 3/32 inch before rethreading
requirements shown in Table 7.45. is required.

g. Box Connection Length: The distance between the • Repair by refacing methods shall only remove
primary and secondary make-up shoulders shall be sufficient material to repair the damage. However,

95
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

when damage is less than 1/32 inch deep, all “reblanked,” however all torque shoulders, seal surfaces,
damage shall be removed from the primary make- and thread elements must be machined to 100% “bright
up shoulder. metal.” This is not necessary for cylindrical diameters.
• After the maximum reface allowance is met, After rethreading, the connection must be phosphate
any remaining damage on the primary make-up coated. Copper sulfate is not an acceptable substitute
shoulder shall not be deeper than 1/64 inch and for phosphate coating on rethreaded connections.
shall meet all other requirements of this procedure.
• If the connection cannot be brought back within 7.17  Blacklight Connection Inspection
the acceptable limits outlined in this procedure
without removing more than 1/32 inch of material 7.17.1  Scope
from the primary shoulder, then rethreading shall This procedure covers examination of all ferromagnetic
be required. midbody and end connections for transverse surface flaws
using the wet fluorescent magnetic particle (blacklight)
• Both the primary make-up shoulder and secondary technique.
make-up shoulder shall be skimmed/machined
during a refacing operation for all double shoulder 7.17.2  Inspection Apparatus
connections. The following inspection equipment shall be used:
• Machine refacing in a lathe is the preferred a. Particle Bath Mediums.
method.
• If the portable field refacing unit method is used, • Petroleum-based mediums which exhibit natural
the variability of face flatness and squareness fluorescence under blacklight shall not be used.
introduced shall be monitored by taking the Diesel fuel and gasoline are not acceptable.
connection length measurements in a minimum • Water-based mediums are acceptable if they wet
of four locations, equally spaced around the the surface without visible gaps. If incomplete
circumference. Each measurement shall be within coverage occurs, additional cleaning, a new particle
the limits of the “Field Inspection Dimensions” bath, or the addition of more wetting agents may
drawing, latest revision. be necessary.
• GPMark™ + Benchmark: After refacing repair, a b. Blacklight Equipment. A blacklight source and a
minimum length of 1/16 inch (0.063 inch) shall calibrated blacklight intensity meter are required.
remain on the box refacing benchmark, and 3/16 See section 1.7 for calibration requirements for the
inch maximum (0.188 inch) shall remain on the blacklight intensity meter.
pin refacing benchmark. Rethreading is required if
excess material is removed. See Figure 7.34. c. An ASTM centrifuge tube and stand are required.
• Xmark™ + Benchmarks: After refacing repair, a d. Coil. A DC coil with a rated capability to induce a
visible step on the benchmark shall remain on the longitudinal magnetic field of at least 1200 amp-turns
primary shoulder. The step is a necessary indicator per inch of connection OD is required.
that a benchmark is still present. Rethreading
is required if there is no visible benchmark. See e. Required magnetic particle field indicators (MPFI)
Figure 7.35. include a pocket magnetometer and either a magnetic
flux indicator strip or a magnetic penetrameter (pie
l. Rethreading: This method shall be used to repair con- gauge).
nections that fail to meet the requirements stipulated in
this inspection procedure after field repair is completed. f. A calibrated light meter to verify illumination. See
Performance of this operation requires cropping the section 1.7 for calibration requirements.
connection behind any fatigue crack. Complete removal
of the thread profile is not necessary if the connection g. A mirror shall be used for examination of box thread
has no fatigue cracks and if sufficient material can be roots. It may also be used for examination of pin ID.
removed to comply with the NEW product require- h. Booths (or tarps) shall be used to darken the area if
ments. In this case, the connection does not have to be necessary.

96
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

7.17.3  Preparation indicator strip or the magnetic penetrameter placed


All surfaces to be inspected shall be cleaned such that no on the internal surface of the connection while the
traces of grease, thread dope, corrosion products, or other solution is being applied and the power is activated.
contaminants are detected by wiping with a dry, unused This shall be performed:
white paper towel or tissue. Surfaces to be cleaned and • At the start of each inspection.
inspected include the entire machined areas of both pin
and box, including the entire pin ID from the pin tip to • After every 25 connections.
the pin shoulder, a minimum of 1 inch beyond the last • Whenever the component diameter, thickness, or
thread in a non-stress relieved box, and a minimum of 1 length changes.
inch beyond the last scratch thread in a box with boreback • When the inspector changes.
stress relief feature.
• Any time the inspector or customer representative
7.17.4  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria desires to confirm proper magnetization.
a. Particle Concentration shall range from 0.1 to 0.4 • Upon completion of the inspection.
mL/100 mL when measured using an ASTM 100
mL centrifuge tube, with a minimum settling time f. The inspection surfaces of each connection shall be
of 30 minutes in water-based carriers or 1 hour in examined under blacklight. Unless the pipe is vertical,
oil-based carriers. each length shall be rolled to allow 360 degree exami-
nation and to allow areas under solution “puddles” to
b. Blacklight Intensity shall be measured with an be inspected. A mirror shall be used to examine box
ultraviolet light meter each time the light is turned thread roots. Particular attention should be given to
on, after every 8 hours of operation, and at the the last engaged thread roots of pin and box.
completion of the job. The minimum intensity shall be
1000 microwatts/cm2 at fifteen inches from the light g. Any crack shall be cause for rejection. Grinding
source or at the distance to be used for inspection, to remove cracks is not permitted, but areas with
whichever is greater. questionable indications may be recleaned with a
nonmetallic and nonabrasive buffing wheel and
c. The intensity of ambient visible light, measured at the reinspected. If the indication reappears, the connec-
inspection surface, during wet fluorescent magnetic tion shall be rejected. Rejected connections must be
particle inspection shall not exceed 2 foot-candles. cropped behind the crack during the repair process as
The inspector shall allow time for his or her eyes to cracks shall not be removed by grinding, re-cutting,
adjust properly to the low light level. chase and face, or any other repair operation.
d. Determine the polarity of the existing magnetic field h. Thread Compound and Protectors. All acceptable
(if any) in each end of the test piece using the pocket connections shall be thoroughly cleaned of all inspec-
magnetometer. Mark each end “+” (positive) or “-” tion materials and coated with an acceptable tool
(negative), whichever applies. The magnetizing coil joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces,
shall be placed on the connection so as to reinforce including the end of the pin. Thread protectors shall
(not oppose) any field already present. Magnetizing be applied and secured using approximately 50 to
current activation and magnetic particle solution 100 ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be
application shall be performed simultaneously. The free of any debris. --`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

solution shall be distributed over the area described


in paragraph 7.17.3. The magnetizing current shall
remain on for at least 2 seconds after the solution 7.18  Liquid Penetrant Inspection
has been distributed before removing the field. The
solution shall be agitated before each application. 7.18.1  Scope
This procedure covers examination of midbody and end
Note: For tools racked in close proximity, the solution shall connections and external surfaces of specialty tool compo-
be agitated within 3 minute intervals during application. nents made from nonmagnetic material for surface flaws.
Visible water-washable, solvent-removable, or fluorescent
e. Proper field magnitude and orientation shall be veri- water-washable, self-developing penetrant techniques may
fied under blacklight with either the magnetic flux be employed.

97
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.18.2  Inspection Apparatus exempt from being inspected. If any bleed-back of


a. Penetrant and developer shall be from the same residue from imperfections is noted, the inspection
manufacturer. The labeling on the penetrant materials area shall be recleaned.
shall specify that the materials meet the sulfur and
halogen requirements of ASTM E165. b. Cleaning shall be accomplished by one of the fol-
lowing methods.
b. Solvent-based (aqueous and non-aqueous) developers • Steam or hot water and detergent
may be used for the visible techniques.
• Mineral spirits
c. The quality of the penetrant materials and inspection • Commercial penetrant solvent
procedure shall be verified by testing a cracked test
piece. The test piece may be a Liquid Penetrant c. After cleaning, the inspection surface shall be dried
Comparator as described in Section V, ASME Boiler to a degree that a dry, unused paper towel or tissue
and Pressure Vessel Code or a quench-cracked 3/8 rubbed on the surface does not absorb any moisture.
inch thick block of 2024-T3 aluminum alloy plate. If other than commercial penetrant solvent is used,
the surfaces shall receive final cleaning with acetone,
d. A calibrated light meter to verify illumination. See methyl-ethyl ketone, or an equivalent solvent.
section 1.7 for calibration requirements.
d. The same cleaning and process steps shall be
e. Blacklight Equipment. A blacklight source and a performed on the component and the test piece.
calibrated blacklight intensity meter are required. The test piece temperature shall be within 5 degrees
See section 1.7 for calibration requirements for the Fahrenheit of the temperature of the parts to be
blacklight intensity meter. Blacklight intensity shall inspected.
be measured each time the light is turned on, after
every 8 hours of operation, and at the completion 7.18.4  Penetrant Application
of the job. The minimum intensity shall be 1000 a. The test piece shall be inspected before the compo-
microwatts/cm2 at fifteen inches from the light source nent, under the same environmental conditions and
or at the distance to be used for inspection, whichever with the same dwell times as the component. If the
is greater. cracks in the test piece are not visible, the inspection
shall not be performed on the component. The cause
f. A mirror is required for examination of box threads of the failure must be corrected and the test piece
and pin ID. successfully retested before proceeding.
g. An intensive light source is required for the visible b. The penetrant shall be applied over the areas to be
techniques which is capable of producing a visible inspected, including the areas identified in 7.18.3a.
light intensity of at least 50 ft-candles at the inspec-
tion surface. c. A mirror shall be used to check for complete coverage
on box threads.
7.18.3  Preparation
a. All surfaces to be inspected (including the test piece) d. The penetrant shall not be allowed to dry. Additional
shall be cleaned such that no traces of grease, thread penetrant may be applied to prevent drying but the
dope, corrosion products, or other contaminants are part shall be re-cleaned if the penetrant dries.
detected by wiping with a dry, unused white paper
towel or tissue. Surfaces to be cleaned and inspected e. The dwell time (length of time the penetrant remains
include the entire machined areas of both pin and box, on the surface of the pipe) shall be a minimum of 10
including the entire pin ID from the pin tip to the minutes and a maximum of 60 minutes unless the
pin shoulder, a minimum of 1 inch beyond the last penetrant manufacturer’s recommendations are in
thread in a non-stress relieved box, and a minimum conflict. If this is the case, the manufacturer’s recom-
of 1 inch beyond the last scratch thread in a box mendation shall be used. For ambient temperatures
with boreback stress relief feature. Internal surfaces between 40 degrees and 50 degrees Fahrenheit,
on equipment with a pin ID 2 inches or smaller are the dwell time shall be a minimum of 20 minutes.
Penetrant testing shall not be performed if the

98
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

ambient temperature or component temperature b. Final examination shall be made after full developing
is less than 40 degrees or greater than 125 degrees time.
Fahrenheit.
c. For visible penetrant. The minimum illumination level
7.18.5  Excess Penetrant Removal at the inspection surface shall be 50 foot-candles.
a. Water Washable Systems. The excess penetrant shall Inspector’s compliance with training and visual acuity
be removed with a low-pressure water spray or flow requirements shall be per the competency section
(maximum 40 psi). The part shall be air dried or 1.6 and 3.4.3. Light intensity level at the inspection
dried by blotting with dry, lint-free cloths. If forced surface must be verified:
warm air is used for drying the part, the forced air
temperature at the part surface shall not exceed 120 • At the start of each inspection job.
degrees Fahrenheit. Regulated air nozzles may be used • When light fixtures change positions or intensity.
for drying, but the air pressure shall be regulated to • At any change in relative position of the inspected
25 psi or less. For fluorescent penetrant, to prevent surface with respect to the light fixture.
over-washing, a blacklight shall be used and the spray
terminated immediately after the background has • When requested by the customer or its designated
been removed. representative.
• Upon completion of the inspection job.
b. Visible Solvent Removable Systems. The part surface
shall first be wiped with a dry, lint-free cloth. Solvent The requirements do not apply to direct sunlight
shall then be sprayed on a similar cloth and the cloth conditions. If adjustments are required to the light
used to remove the remaining surface penetrant. This intensity level at the inspection surface, all compo-
step may have to be repeated. Finally, the part surface nents inspected since the last light intensity level
shall be wiped with a dry, lint-free cloth. Note: Solvent verification shall be re-inspected.
shall not be sprayed or otherwise applied directly to the d. For fluorescent penetrant. The intensity of ambient
test surface. visible light, measured at the inspection surface,
c. An intensive light source capable of producing a during fluorescent liquid penetrant inspection, shall
visible light intensity of at least 50 foot-candles at not exceed 2 ft-candles.
the inspection surface, and a mirror shall be used to e. All areas of interest shall be examined for cracks or
check for complete removal of excess penetrant from crack-like indications. The last engaged thread roots
box threads and pin ID. Penetrant removal on all of pins and boxes should receive particular attention.
surfaces shall stop immediately after the penetrant A mirror shall be used to inspect surfaces in boxes.
is completely removed from those surfaces.
f. Cracks. Any crack shall be cause for rejection.
7.18.6  Developer Application Rejected connections must be cropped behind the
a. The developer shall be applied within five minutes crack during the repair process as cracks shall not be
after completion of the post-rinse drying operation. removed by grinding, re-cutting, chase and face, or
b. The method of application of developer shall provide any other repair operation.
visually uniform coverage as thin as practical over the g. Indications. Parts with questionable indications shall
surface being examined. be re-cleaned and re-inspected. A repeatable indica-
c. The developing time shall be one half of the allowed tion shall be cause for rejection. Grinding or buffing
penetrant dwell time, but not less than 7 nor more of indications is prohibited.
than 30 minutes. h. After inspection, penetrant and developer shall be
7.18.7  Examination and Acceptance Criteria removed with water or solvent spray. With fluorescent
a. Initial examination to detect gross imperfections and penetrant, a blacklight shall be used to check for
contamination on the surface shall be made within one complete removal.
minute after developer application. A blacklight shall i. Thread compound and protectors. All acceptable
be used during inspections using fluorescent penetrant. connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool

99
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces, • The maximum pole spacing during inspection shall
including the end of the pin. Thread protectors shall not exceed the distance between the poles when all
be applied and secured using 50 to 100 ft-lb of torque. segments of the yoke are perpendicular to the grip.
The thread protectors shall be free of any debris. • The minimum pole spacing during inspection shall
be 2 inches.
7.19  MPI Body Inspection d. A calibrated light meter to verify illumination. See
7.19.1  Scope section 1.7 for calibration requirements.
This procedure covers inspection of external surfaces for e. Required magnetic particle field indicators (MPFI)
transverse and three-dimensional flaws, using either the include a pocket magnetometer and either a magnetic
dry magnetic particle technique with an active AC field flux indicator strip or a magnetic penetrameter (pie
or the wet fluorescent magnetic particle technique with an gage).
active AC or DC field.
7.19.3  Preparation
7.19.2  Inspection Apparatus All surfaces to be inspected shall be cleaned to a degree that
a. For dry powder inspection. The component surface the metal surfaces are visible. For dry powder inspection,
shall be magnetized with an AC yoke or an AC coil. the surfaces shall also be dry to the touch.
The dry magnetic particles shall be of contrasting
color to the inspection surface and shall be free from 7.19.4  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria
rust, grease, paint, dirt, and/or any other contaminants a. The external surfaces shall be inspected using a
that may interfere with the particle characteristics. longitudinal field. Each component shall be rolled
to allow 360 degree examination. The field shall be
b. For wet fluorescent inspection. continuously activated during particle application.
• A DC coil, AC yoke, or AC coil may be used for b. The magnetic particle field indicator (MPFI) shall be
magnetizing the component surface. used to verify proper field magnitude and orientation
• Petroleum-based mediums which exhibit natural at the beginning of each shift.
fluorescence under blacklight shall not be used.
Diesel fuel and gasoline are not acceptable. c. For dry particle inspection. Apply the dry particles by
spraying or dusting directly onto the inspection areas.
• Water-based mediums are acceptable if they wet The minimum illumination level at the inspection
the surface without visible gaps. If incomplete surface shall be 50 foot-candles. Inspector’s compliance
wetting occurs, additional cleaning, a new particle with training and visual acuity requirements shall
bath, or the addition of more wetting agents may be per the competency section 1.6 and 3.4.3. Light
be necessary. intensity level at the inspection surface must be verified:
• Other Equipment. A calibrated blacklight inten-
sity meter, an ASTM centrifuge tube and stand, • At the start of each inspection job.
and a blacklight source are required. See section • When light fixtures change positions or intensity.
1.7 for calibration requirements for the blacklight • At any change in relative position of the inspected
intensity meter. If a DC coil is used for inspection, surface with respect to the light fixture.
the coil shall have a rated capability to induce a
longitudinal magnetic field of at least 1200 amp- • When requested by the customer or its designated
turns per inch of component OD. representative.
• Upon completion of the inspection job.
c. If an AC yoke is used for either process, the capacity
of the yoke to lift a ten pound weight shall have been The requirements do not apply to direct sunlight
demonstrated in the last six months. See section 1.7 conditions. If adjustments are required to the light
for calibration requirements for yoke and the weight. intensity level at the inspection surface, all compo-
For AC yokes with adjustable poles: nents inspected since the last light intensity level
verification shall be re-inspected.

100
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

d. For wet fluorescent inspection: fluorescent residual magnetic particle technique or the dry
visible residual magnetic particle technique.
• Particle concentration shall range from 0.1 to 0.4
mL/100 mL when measured using an ASTM 100 7.20.2  Inspection Apparatus
mL centrifuge tube, with a minimum settling time 7.20.2.1 General Apparatus
of 30 minutes in water-based carriers or 1 hour in a. A direct current (DC) source and conductor are
oil-based carriers. required to magnetize the inspection surfaces.
• Blacklight intensity shall be measured with an
ultraviolet light meter each time the light is turned b. Required magnetic particle field indicators (MPFI)
on, after every 8 hours of operation, and at the include a pocket magnetometer (Figure 7.54) and
completion of the job. The minimum intensity either a magnetic flux indicator strip or a magnetic
shall be 1000 microwatts/cm2 at fifteen inches penetrameter (pie gauge).
from the light source or at the distance to be used c. A mirror is required for examination of concealed
for inspection, whichever is greater. surfaces.
• The intensity of ambient visible light, measured
at the inspection surface during wet fluorescent d. A calibrated light meter to verify illumination. See
magnetic particle inspection, shall not exceed 2 section 1.7 for calibration requirements.
ft-candles.
7.20.2.2 Wet Fluorescent Method
e. Areas with questionable indications shall be re- The following apparatus is required if the wet fluorescent
cleaned and re-inspected. method is used.
f. Any crack is cause for rejection except that hairline a. An ASTM centrifuge tube with stand.
cracks in hardbanding are acceptable so long as they
do not extend into the base metal. Grinding to remove b. Particle bath medium and fluorescent particles.
cracks is not permitted. • Petroleum base mediums which exhibit natural
g. Other imperfections shall not exceed 10% of the fluorescence under blacklight shall not be used.
adjacent wall thickness in depth. Diesel fuel and gasoline are not acceptable.
• Water base mediums are acceptable if they wet
the surface without visible gaps. If incomplete
7.20  Residual Magnetic Particle coverage occurs, additional cleaning, a new particle
Inspection Method bath, or the addition of more wetting agents may
be necessary.
7.20.1  Scope and Purpose
This procedure is intended only for inspection of ferromag- c. A blacklight intensity meter that has been calibrated
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

netic surfaces on which an active field cannot practically be in the past six months. See section 1.7 for calibration
used. The purpose of this procedure is to detect transverse, requirements.
longitudinal, and oblique flaws using either the wet
d. A dark room, portable booth, or tarp shall be avail-
able to control the ambient light, if the inspection is
performed during daylight hours.

7.20.2.3 Dry Visible Method


If the dry visible method is used, the dry magnetic
particles shall be of contrasting color to the inspection
surface and shall be free from rust, grease, paint, dirt,
and/or other contaminants that may interfere with the
particle characteristics.
Figure 7.54 A pocket magnetometer.

101
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.20.3  Preparation level at the inspection surface, all components inspected


7.20.3.1 Cleaning since the last light intensity level verification shall be
All surfaces to be inspected shall be clean to a degree that re-inspected.
the metal surfaces are visible and be free of contaminants 7.20.4  Magnetizing the Component
(such as dirt, oil, grease, loose rust, sand, scale, and paint) Magnetizing a component shall be accomplished in the
that will restrict particle movement. Contaminants that same manner, whether the wet fluorescent or dry visible
are detectable by wiping with a dry, unused white paper method is used.
towel or tissue on the surface shall be removed. For dry
powder inspection, the surfaces shall also be dry to the 7.20.4.1 Check for Preexisting Fields
touch. Check the inspection surfaces for the presence and
direction of residual magnetic fields using a pocket
7.20.3.2 Wet Fluorescent Method magnetometer.
If the wet magnetic particle method is used, verify
particle concentration and blacklight intensity as follows: 7.20.4.2 Induce First Field
a. Particle concentration test. Particle concentration If a residual field was detected in the previous step, wrap
shall range from 0.1 to 0.4 ml/100 ml when measured the magnetizing conductor in such a way as to reinforce
using a 100 ml ASTM centrifuge tube, using a the existing field and apply magnetizing current. (If no
minimum settling time of 30 minutes in water-based residual field is present in the part, it is generally prefer-
carriers or 1 hour in oil-based carriers. Repeat this test able to wrap the conductors so that the first field will
whenever the solution is diluted or particles are added. be aligned with the circular or transverse direction.) The
Agitate the solution thoroughly before each test. number of wraps, the amount of current, and the number of
pulses required to induce a residual field of proper direction
b. Blacklight intensity test. Measure the blacklight in- and adequate strength will vary with part size, part shape,
tensity with an ultraviolet light meter. The minimum and material properties.
intensity shall be 1000 microwatts/cm2 at fifteen
inches from the light source or at the distance to be 7.20.4.3 Verify First Field
used for inspection, whichever is greater. Repeat this Verify the residual magnetic field magnitude and
test each time the light is turned on, after every 8 orientation using either a magnetic flux indicator strip
hours of operation, and at the completion of the job. or a magnetic penetrameter. Verify the field in areas least
c. The intensity of ambient visible light, measured at the likely to have been magnetized (such as areas furthest
inspection surface, shall not exceed 2 foot-candles. from the conductor and/or with the least favorable
conductor orientation). If the proper field is not present
7.20.3.3 Dry Particle Inspection on any inspection surface, re-magnetize the part using
The minimum illumination level at the inspection surface different current settings, more pulses, or relocated
shall be 50 foot-candles. Visual acuity requirements shall conductors. Recheck for the presence of the proper
be per the competency section 3.4.3. Light intensity level field before continuing. When using the wet fluorescent
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

at the inspection surface must be verified: method, it may be necessary to use a booth or tarp to
darken the area if the amount of ambient light prevents
• At the start of each inspection job clear visibility of the artificial indications on a MPFI.
• When light fixtures change positions or intensity If so, the area shall be darkened to the same degree for
examination.
• At any change in relative position of the inspected
surface with respect to the light fixture 7.20.4.4 First Particle Application and
• When requested by the customer or its designated Examination
representative a. Wet fluorescent particle application. Apply the wet
• Upon completion of the inspection job. fluorescent particle solution by spraying or flowing the
solution over the inspection areas. Agitate the solution
The requirements do not apply to direct sunlight condi- prior to use to ensure even particle distribution. After
tions. If adjustments are required to the light intensity the application of the wet fluorescent solution, the

102
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

inspection surface shall have a continuous and even 7.21  UT Connection Inspection
film of solution.
7.21.1  Scope
b. Dry particle application. Apply the dry particles by This procedure covers examination of rotary-shouldered
spraying or dusting directly onto the inspection areas. midbody and end connections for transverse flaws using
the ultrasonic compression wave technique.
c. Examination. Pay particular attention to stress
concentration areas (such as the base of stabilizer 7.21.2  Inspection Apparatus
blades, thru-wall holes, grooves, and welds). Use a a. Ultrasonic instruments shall be the pulse-echo type
mirror to inspect areas where visibility is restricted. with an A-scan presentation.
• Wet fluorescent examination. Examine the b. Linearity Calibration. See section 1.7 for calibration
inspection surfaces under blacklight after the requirements for the instrument.
wet fluorescent particles have been applied. The
inspector’s eyes shall be allowed to adapt to the c. A wedge may be used to angle the transducer beam
dark area for at least one minute prior to examining to the angle of the thread taper.
the part(s). Avoid contact between the portable
d. The same type couplant shall be used for both
booth or tarp and the surface being inspected. If
standardization and inspection. Thread compound

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
particle bath puddles are evident in recess areas,
shall not be used as couplant.
the part shall be repositioned to allow the puddles
to drain and then the areas shall be inspected. 7.21.3  Preparation
• Dry visible examination. Examine the inspection a. The box shoulders and pin tips shall be clean to a
surfaces during dry particle application. degree that the entire metal surface is visible.

7.20.4.5 Induce Second Field b. Contact surfaces with pits, gouges, or metal protru-
Wrap the conductors so as to induce a field perpendicular sions may hinder the inspection. Filing of the pin
to the first field. If the inspection surface is irregularly tip or refacing of the box shoulder may be necessary
shaped, achieving magnetic field orientations perpen- prior to inspection, provided dimensional tolerances
dicular to one another may prove difficult. However, the are maintained.
orientation of the second magnetic field shall be at least
7.21.4  Field Standardization
60 degrees from the first.
a. The ultrasonic unit shall be field standardized for
distance and sensitivity using reference standards that
7.20.4.6 Second Particle Application and
are made from a material of similar acoustic properties
Examination
as the part being tested.
Repeat steps 7.20.4.3 (field verification) and 7.20.4.4
(powder application and examination) with the second b. Distance Reference Standard. The distance reference
residual field in the part. standard may be in any form which allows setup of
the instrument to display a minimum distance equal
7.20.5  Acceptance Criteria
to the pin length plus 1 inch.
Acceptance criteria for cracks and crack-like indications
are specific to the part being inspected. They are given in c. Sensitivity Reference Standard.
the individual equipment inspection procedures.
• Two sensitivity reference standards shall be used
7.20.6  Post-Inspection Steps for standardization. One standard shall be all or
Thoroughly remove all solution and dry powder from part of a pin connection of the same connection
the part. Pay particular attention to threads and seals, type as the pin connection being tested. The other
as powder residue may cause corrosion damage in these standard shall be all or part of a box connection of
areas if left unattended. Reapply thread compound and the same connection type as the box connection
thread protectors if these were removed from the part in being tested.
preparation for inspection.
• The sensitivity reference standard shall contain
a transverse notch. The notch shall be placed in

103
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

the standard in the last full thread groove closest c. Each connection shall be scanned a full 360 degrees.
to the shoulder on the pin and farthest from the Scanning speed shall not exceed one inch per second.
shoulder on the box. The notch shall meet the
following requirements: d. Indications detected during scanning shall be evalu-
ated at the standardization gain setting.
Depth = 0.080 inch ±0.005 inch
Width = 0.040 inch max e. Indications that exceed the reference level shall be
Length = 0.500 inch +0.500 inch, -0.125 inch rejected without further evaluation.
d. The distance and sensitivity reference standards may f. Indications between 50-100% of the reference level
be incorporated into a single piece for convenience. shall receive Blacklight Connection Inspection
e. The reject control and electronic distance amplitude (paragraph 7.17) for ferromagnetic connections or
correction (DAC) shall be turned off for standardiza- Liquid Penetrant Inspection (paragraph 7.18) for
tion and scanning. non-ferromagnetic connections, or the part shall be
rejected. Any crack or crack-like indication shown by
f. Distance Standardization. The A-scan display shall these methods is cause for rejection.
be standardized so the horizontal baseline displays a
distance equal to the pin length plus 1 inch minimum, g. Thread Compound and Protectors. All acceptable
plus 3 inches maximum. connections shall be coated with an acceptable tool
joint compound over all thread and shoulder surfaces,
g. Sensitivity Standardization. The signal amplitude including the end of the pin. Thread protectors shall
produced by scanning the notch shall be adjusted to be applied and secured using approximately 50 to
at least 80% full screen height (FSH) with a minimum 100 ft-lb of torque. The thread protectors shall be
signal to noise ratio of 3 to 1. This signal amplitude free of any debris.
shall be used as the reference level for further
inspection.
7.22  Wet Visible Contrast Inspection
h. The unit shall be field standardized:
7.22.1  Scope
• At the start of inspection. This procedure covers inspection of external surfaces for
transverse and three-dimensional flaws, using wet visible
• After each 25 connections.
contrast technique with an active AC field or with an
• Each time the instrument is turned on. active DC field.
• When the instrument or transducer are suspected
7.22.2  Inspection Apparatus
of having been damaged in any way.
a. Magnetic Particles. Magnetic particles shall be either
• When the transducer, cable, operator, or material black concentrate or red concentrate. The selection is
to be inspected are changed. based on securing the best possible contrast with the
• When the validity of the last standardization is background when viewed in various kinds of light.
questionable.
b. A white paint is required for contrast with the
• Upon completion of the inspection job. magnetic particles. The white contrast paint shall
be nonmagnetic and easily removable. White
i. All connections inspected since the last valid field
contrast paint and the testing media (black or red
standardization shall be reinspected when instrument
magnetic particle concentrate) shall be from the
signal amplitude adjustments of more than 2 dB are
same manufacturer, or specified as compatible by the
necessary during re-standardization.
product manufacturer and used in accordance with
7.21.5  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria the manufacturer’s requirements.
a. Couplant shall be distributed on the contact surfaces.
c. A spray or a hand brush is required for application of
b. Gain may be increased above reference level for the white contrast paint.
scanning.
d. A DC coil or an AC yoke may be used for magnetiz-
ing the component surface.
104
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

e. If an AC yoke is used for inspection, the capacity of • At the start of each inspection job.
the yoke to lift a ten pound weight shall have been • When light fixtures change positions or intensity.
demonstrated in the last six months. See section 1.7
for calibration requirements for the yoke and the • At any change in relative position of the inspected
weight. For AC yokes with adjustable poles: surface with respect to the light fixture.
• When requested by the customer or its designated
• The maximum pole spacing during inspection shall representative.
not exceed the distance between the poles when all
segments of the yoke are perpendicular to the grip. • Upon completion of the inspection job.
• The minimum pole spacing during inspection shall The requirements do not apply to direct sunlight
be 2 inches. conditions. If adjustments are required to the light
intensity level at the inspection surface, all compo-
f. If a DC coil is used for inspection, the coil shall nents inspected since the last light intensity level
have a rated capability to induce a longitudinal verification shall be re-inspected.
magnetic field of at least 1200 amp-turns per inch
of component OD. b. Magnetic particle concentration shall range from 1.2
to 2.4 ml/100 ml when measured using an ASTM
g. The suspension medium for the magnetic particles 100 ml centrifuge tube, with a minimum settling time
shall be either petroleum distillate or water. Water of 30 minutes in water-based carriers or 1 hour in
base mediums are acceptable if they wet the surface oil-based carriers. These requirements do not apply
without visible gaps. If incomplete wetting occurs, ad- to pre-mixed bath available in aerosol containers.
ditional cleaning, a new particle bath, or the addition
of more wetting agents may be necessary. c. If pre-mixed bath available in aerosol container is used
for inspection, the inspection fluid shall spray freely
h. A calibrated light meter to verify illumination. See from the container and the container shall be used
section 1.7 for calibration requirements. only up to the shelf life date listed by the manufacturer
on the container.
i. An ASTM centrifuge tube and stand are required.
d. The external surface (all 360 degrees) shall be
j. Required magnetic particle field indicators (MPFI) inspected using a longitudinal field as follows:
include a pocket magnetometer and either a magnetic
flux indicator strip or a magnetic penetrameter (pie • White contrast paint shall be applied on the
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

gage). external surface which is to be inspected. Paint


shall be applied using a spray or a hand brush.
k. A thickness gage is required to measure the thick- Paint coating thickness shall be verified on each
ness of paint coating. See section 1.7 for calibration joint using the thickness gage defined in paragraph
requirements. The calibration and operation for the 7.22.2k of this procedure. Paint coating shall be
thickness gage shall be such that the coating thickness smooth and shall have a thickness equal to or
can be determined within ±10% of its true thickness less than 0.002 inch (2 mil). White paint coating
or to within ±0.0001 inch (±0.1 mil), whichever is shall not be damaged during handling, until the
greater. inspection is complete.
7.22.3  Preparation • The magnetic particle field indicator (MPFI)
All surfaces to be inspected shall be cleaned to a degree defined in paragraph 7.22.2j shall be used to verify
that the metal surfaces are visible. proper field magnitude and orientation at the
beginning of each shift.
7.22.4  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria
a. The minimum illumination level at the inspection • Black or red colored magnetic particle solution
surface shall be 50 foot-candles. Inspector’s compliance shall be sprayed on the white contrast paint. The
with training and visual acuity requirements shall field shall be continuously activated during particle
be per the competency section 1.6 and 3.4.3. Light application. The magnetizing current shall remain
intensity level at the inspection surface must be verified: on for at least 2 seconds after the solution has been

105
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

distributed. The solution shall be agitated before 7.23.2.2 API Specification 14B
each application. API Spec 14B includes requirements for the SSSV
e. Areas with questionable indications shall be re- system design, installation, operation, testing, redress,
cleaned and re-inspected. support activities, documentation, and failure reporting.
Redress only pertains to the replacement of seals which
f. Any crack is cause for rejection except that hairline do not require disassembly of the body joint connections.
cracks in hardfacing are acceptable so long as they do If disassembly is required, then the process is classified
not extend into the base metal. Grinding to remove as repair and is included in API Spec 14A.
cracks is not permitted.
7.23.2.3 API Specification 14L
g. Other imperfections shall not exceed 10% of the API Spec 14L provides requirements for landing nipples
adjacent wall thickness in depth. and lock mandrels within the production/injection
7.22.5  Post Cleaning conduit for the installation of flow control and other
Post-inspection cleaning is necessary where magnetic equipment. This also includes requirements for the
particles could interfere with subsequent processing or with interface connections to the flow control equipment,
service requirements. Suitable post-inspection cleaning along with other completions equipment as well as test-
techniques shall be used which shall not interfere with ing requirements for landing nipples and lock mandrels.
subsequent requirements. The white coating paint applied 7.23.3  Inspection Requirements
during inspection shall be stripped from the pipe surface The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for the
in order to facilitate post inspection markings. inspection of sub-surface safety valves shall include the
following procedural requirements and common inspection
7.23  Specific Requirements for Shop methods.
Qualification of Sub-Surface Safety 7.23.3.1 Apparatus
Valves A paint marker, a calibrated pit depth gauge, a light
capable of illuminating the entire internal surface of
7.23.1  Scope
the valve, a metal ruler, a tape measure, a flat file or disk
This section provides additional specific requirements
grinder, and a borescope are required for the inspection.
for shop inspection and assembly of Sub-Surface Safety
See section 1.7 for calibration requirements for the pit
Valves (SSSV).
depth gauge. All apparatus requirements specified in the
7.23.2  Requirements from API Specifications applicable common inspection methods are also required.
Three specifications developed by API already exist regard-
ing sub-surface safety valves. The procedures, parameters 7.23.3.2 Preparation
and acceptance criteria included in the latest revisions Record the serial number and tool description. Reject
of these API specifications shall be followed during the the tool if no serial number can be located unless the
inspection, assembly, and testing processes, as applicable. customer waives this requirement.
In addition to any applicable requirements from the API
specifications, the requirements included in Section 7.23.3, 7.23.3.3 Common Inspection Methods Required
7.23.4, and 7.23.5 shall also be followed. A summary of the • Visual API Round Connection Inspection (7.25)
information from each API specification is included below. • Dimensional API Round Connection Inspection
(7.26)
7.23.2.1 API Specification 14A
• Drift Testing (7.27)
API Spec 14A is intended to provide guidelines for the
design, qualification, and repair of SSSVs and includes • Blacklight Connection Inspection (7.17) for
minimum requirements with which suppliers and manu- connections made from ferromagnetic material
facturers must comply. It also includes recommendations • Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18) for tool
for additional requirements, which are not mandatory. components made from nonmagnetic material

106
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

• MPI Body Inspection (7.19) for tool components 7.23.4  Assembly Requirements
made from ferromagnetic material The Assembly Procedure developed by the vendor for
SSSVs shall include the following items:
7.23.3.4 Drift Testing for Surface Controlled Sub-
Surface Safety Valves 7.23.4.1 Seals
As mentioned in section 7.23.3.3, the Inspection Any sealing element, such as an O-ring or a soft seal, that
Program requires drift testing of the ID of the SSSV. In is present in the SSSV shall be new during each assembly.
addition to the requirements included in Drift Testing
(7.27), the minimum drift OD used to measure the ID of 7.23.4.2 Connection Make-Up
a surface controlled SSSV shall be no less than 0.030 inch The vendor’s Assembly Procedure shall specify the correct
smaller than the nominal ID of the surface controlled method for the make-up of midbody connections, such
SSSV. For example, if the nominal ID of an SSSV is 3 as a torque value, make-up position, torque-turns, torque
inches, then the minimum acceptable OD of the drift position, or torque shape to ensure proper make-up. See
mandrel shall be 2.970 inches and the maximum OD of section 7.30 for the required shop makeup procedure.
the drift shall not exceed the nominal ID.
7.23.5  Post-Qualification Requirements
7.23.3.5 MPI Body Inspection and Liquid Purge the inside of the valve with compressed air to

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Penetrant Inspection Coverage remove the testing liquid. Clean and dry and entire valve,
When performing the MPI Body Inspection (7.19) or including the threaded end connections. Apply thread
the Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18), special attention compound and thread protectors to the end connections.
shall be given to any sharp changes in geometry, such Place a 2 inch wide (±1/4 inch) white paint band around
as shoulders, ledges, or portholes. If performing an an accepted component. The paint band should be 6 inches
MPI, recheck all components with the magnetic field ±1 inch from the pin shoulder. The paint band should be
oriented perpendicular to the first (longitudinal) scan 12 inches ±2 inches from the box shoulder for box by box
in order to identify any longitudinal indications. If the components. Using a permanent paint maker on the outer
transversely-oriented scan is performed with a Direct surface of the tool, write or stencil the applicable DS-1
Current (DC) source and conductor, then the Residual qualification class, the date, and the name of the company
Magnetic Particle Inspection Method (7.20) may be that performed the inspection.
used. Any crack shall be cause for rejection.
7.24  Specific Requirements for Shop
7.23.3.6 Visual Body Inspection
Examine the outside surface of the tool body, between the
Qualification of Frac Sleeves
end connections, for mechanical damage. Any cut, gouge, or 7.24.1  Scope
similar imperfection shall be measured using the pit depth This section provides additional specific requirements for
gauge. The adjacent wall thickness shall then be measured shop inspection, assembly, and testing of frac sleeves.
following requirements in Ultrasonic Wall Thickness
Inspection (7.28). If the imperfection is deeper than 10% 7.24.2  Inspection Requirements
of the adjacent wall thickness, it shall be cause for rejection. The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for
the inspection of frac sleeves shall include the following
7.23.3.7 Borescope Inspection of the Hydraulic procedural requirements and common inspection methods.
Piston Bore
A borescope shall be inserted in the piston bore(s) of the 7.24.2.1 Apparatus
hydraulic system to visually inspect the bore for scarring, A paint marker, a calibrated pit depth gauge, a metal
pitting, or any other imperfection that could affect the ruler, a tape measure, a flat file or disk grinder, and a
ability of the seal(s) in the bore to properly seal. If no calibrated micrometer or caliper with precision to the
specific acceptance criteria are included in the Inspection thousandths are required for the inspection. All ap-
Program, then any scarring, pitting, or other damage shall paratus requirements specified in the applicable common
be cause for rejection. inspection methods are also required. See section 1.7 for
calibration requirements for the pit depth gauge and the
micrometer or caliper.

107
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.24.2.2 Preparation shall be measured with the micrometers or calipers. If


Record the serial number and tool description. Reject the OD of the activating mechanism is measured as a
the tool if no serial number can be located unless the critical dimension, such as for a ball, it shall be measured
customer waives this requirement. in two locations 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart. If any
activating mechanism has a critical dimension that does
7.24.2.3 Common inspection methods required not meet requirements included in the vendor’s inspec-
• Visual API Round Connection Inspection (7.25) tion procedures, then the activating mechanism shall be
• Dimensional API Round Connection Inspection rejected and replaced with another applicable mechanism,
(7.26) the critical dimensions of which shall also be measured
prior to acceptance.
• Blacklight Connection Inspection (7.17) for
connections made from ferromagnetic material 7.24.3  Assembly Requirements
• Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18) for tool The Assembly Procedure developed by the vendor for frac
components made from nonmagnetic material sleeves shall include the following items:

• MPI Body Inspection (7.19) for tool components 7.24.3.1 Seals


made from ferromagnetic material Any sealing element, such as an O-ring or a soft seal,
that is present in the frac sleeve shall be new during
7.24.2.4 Visual Body Inspection each assembly.
Examine the outside surface of the tool body, between
the end connections for mechanical damage. Any cut, 7.24.3.2 Shear Screws and Set Screws
gouge, or similar imperfection shall be measured using Verify that the type, head or body size, quantity, length,
the pit depth gauge. The adjacent wall thickness shall and material of any shear screws or set screws are in-
then be measured following requirements in Ultrasonic cluded in the vendor’s Assembly Check Sheet, required by
Wall Thickness Inspection (7.28). If the imperfection is Chapter 4. Ensure that the correct shear screws and/or set
deeper than 10% of the adjacent wall thickness, it shall screws are installed based on the Assembly Check Sheet.
be cause for rejection.
7.24.3.3 Connection Make-Up
7.24.2.5 MPI Body Inspection and Liquid The vendor’s Assembly Procedure shall specify the correct
Penetrant Inspection Coverage method for the make-up of midbody connections, such
When performing the MPI Body Inspection (7.19) or as a torque value, make-up position, torque-turns, torque
the Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18), special attention position, or torque shape to ensure proper make-up. See
shall be given to any sharp changes in geometry, such as section 7.30 for the required shop makeup procedure.
shoulders, ledges, or portholes. If performing an MPI,
recheck all components with the magnetic field oriented 7.24.4  Testing Requirements
perpendicular to the first (longitudinal) scan in order to The Testing Procedure developed by the vendor for frac
identify any longitudinal indications. If the transversely- sleeves shall include the following items:
oriented scan is performed with a Direct Current (DC)
source and conductor, then the Residual Magnetic 7.24.4.1 Functional Testing
Particle Inspection Method (7.20) may be used. Any All necessary testing parameters, including the frequency of
crack, regardless of orientation, shall be cause for rejection. testing, shall be included in the vendor’s Testing Procedure.

7.24.2.6 Activating Mechanism 7.24.4.2 Testing Apparatus


If an activating mechanism, such as a dart or a ball, is The testing apparatus shall allow for pressure testing
used to activate the frac sleeve, the vendor’s inspection and access from above. The test fixture shall allow for
procedures shall explicitly state the acceptable critical pressure testing of the frac sleeve, access for the activating
dimensions with tolerances of the activating mechanism, mechanism(s), and circulation throughout the test. In
including but not limited to OD and length. In addi- addition, since frac sleeves are often used in horizontal
tion, any critical dimension of the seat(s) that affect(s) or nearly horizontal hole sections, the test fixture shall
the ability of the activating mechanism(s) to function replicate actual field conditions as accurately as possible,
properly shall be measured. Each critical dimension including its orientation.

108
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

7.24.5  Post-Qualification Requirements b. The full-height thread length (minimum length


Clean and dry the entire frac sleeve, including the threaded of full-crest threads), LC, of the pin connection,
end connections. Apply thread compound and thread included in Figure 7.55, shall be measured using
protectors to the end connections. Place a 2 inch wide (±1/4 a metal ruler from the nose of the pin connection
inch) white paint band around an accepted component. to the distance in Table 7.54 for a pin connection
The paint band should be 6 inches ±1 inch from the pin compatible with a box connection from non-upset
shoulder. The paint band should be 6 inches ±2 inches tubing, Table 7.55 for a pin connection compatible
from the box shoulder for box by box components. Using with a box connection from externally upset tubing,
a permanent paint maker on the outer surface of the tool, or Table 7.56 for a pin connection compatible with a
write or stencil the applicable DS-1 qualification class, box connection from integral tubing. The root of the
the date, and the name of the company that performed thread closest to the measured LC but not at a length
the inspection. less than LC shall be identified. This will be used as a
reference point for the visual API round connection
inspection procedure.
7.25  Visual API Round Connection
Inspection c. The effective thread length, L2, of the pin connection,
included in Figure 7.55, shall be measured using
7.25.1  Scope a metal ruler from the nose of the pin connection
This procedure covers visual examination of new and used to the distance in Table 7.54 for a pin connection
API round connections typically found on completions compatible with a box connection from non-upset
equipment that are compatible with tubing connections tubing, Table 7.55 for a pin connection compatible
to evaluate the conditions of the connections. with a box connection from externally upset tubing,
or Table 7.56 for a pin connection compatible with a
7.25.2  Inspection Apparatus box connection from integral tubing. The root of the
a. A 12-inch metal ruler graduated in 1/64 inch thread closest to the measured L2 but not at a length
increments, a calibrated pit depth gauge, a calibrated less than L2 shall be identified. This will be used as a
API round thread profile gauge, an OD caliper, and reference point for the visual API round connection
a calibrated white light intensity meter to verify inspection procedure.
illumination are required.
d. The minimum illumination level at the inspection
b. See section 1.7 for calibration requirements for the surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The white light in-
white light intensity meter, pit depth gauge, and tensity level at the inspection surface shall be verified:
profile gauge.
• At the start of each inspection;
7.25.3  Preparation
a. Connections shall be clean so that no scale, mud, or • When light fixtures change positions or intensity;
lubricant can be wiped from the thread or face surfaces • Where there is a change in relative position of the
with a clean rag. inspected surface with respect to the light fixture;

Total pin length, L4

Effective thread length, L2


Designated
Full-height thread length, LC Designated thread root
thread root for L2
for LC
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Pin nose

Figure 7.55 Thread dimensions of an API round pin connection.

109
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

• When requested by the customer or a designated Table 7.57 for a box connection compatible with a
representative; and pin connection from non-upset tubing, Table 7.58 for
• Upon completion of the inspection. a box connection compatible with a pin connection
from externally upset tubing, or Table 7.59 for a
These requirements do not apply to direct sunlight box connection compatible with a pin from integral
conditions. If adjustments are required to the light tubing. This mathematically determined PTL shall be
intensity level at the inspection surface or if the light measured from the face of the box connection using
intensity is found to be less than 50 foot-candles the metal ruler. The root of the thread that is closest
when measured upon completion of the inspection, to the mathematically determined PTL but not at a
all components inspected since the most recent light length less than the PTL shall be identified. This will
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected. be used as a reference point for the visual API round
7.25.4  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria connection inspection procedure.
a. Cracks: Any cracks shall be cause for rejection for d. Total Length, L4: The total length, L4, of a new or
new and used pin and box connections. Grinding to used pin connection, included in Figure 7.55, shall
remove cracks is not permitted. be measured from the pin nose using the metal ruler
b. Total Length of a Box Connection: The total length and shall meet requirements from Table 7.54 for a pin
of a box connection, included in Figure 7.56, shall connection compatible with a box connection from
be measured from the box face to the last scratch non-upset tubing, Table 7.55 for a pin connection
farthest from the box face using the metal ruler. This compatible with a box connection from externally
measurement shall be recorded as the box length and upset tubing, or Table 7.56 for a pin connection
shall meet requirements From Table 7.57 for a box compatible with a box connection from integral
connection compatible with a pin connection from tubing, or the connection shall be rejected.
non-upset tubing, Table 7.58 for a box connection e. Full-Height Threads of New Connections: All threads
compatible with a pin connection from externally between the nose of a new pin connection and the
upset tubing, or Table 7.59 for a box connection designated thread root at LC, except the thread closest
compatible with a pin connection from integral to the pin nose, shall have full crests or the connection
tubing, or the connection shall be rejected. shall be rejected. All threads between the face of a new
c. Perfect Thread Length (PTL): The Perfect Thread box connection and the designated thread root at the
Length (PTL) of the box connection shall be PTL, except the thread closest to the box face, shall
determined by subtracting Reference Dimension A, have full crests or the connection shall be rejected.
shown in Figure 7.56, from the actual box length that The thread profile gauge shall mesh with the thread
was recorded in accordance with paragraph 7.25.4b. loading and stabbing flanks so that no light is visible
The value for Reference Dimension A is included in at any of the flanks or thread roots. Four thread profile

Box face

Designated
thread root
for PTL

Reference Perfect Thread Length, PTL


Dimension A

Box length

Figure 7.56 Thread dimensions of an API round box connection.

110
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

checks 90 degrees ±10 degrees apart shall be made


on each connection.

f. Full-Height Threads of Used Connections: All


threads between the nose of a used pin connection
and the designated thread root at LC, except the
thread closest to the pin nose, shall have full crests or
the connection shall be rejected. All threads between
the face of a used box connection and the designated
thread root at the PTL, except the thread closest to
the box face, shall have full crests or the connection
shall be rejected. The thread profile gauge shall be
used as a reference to check for major imperfections to
the threads, such as raised metal, torn threads, pulled
threads, or severely sharpened threads. Examples of
acceptable and rejectable thread conditions are shown Figure 7.57 Acceptable thread condition.
in Figures 7.57–7.59. Four thread profile checks 90
degrees ±10 degrees apart shall be made.

g. Damages to Threads of New Connections: All threads


(including those within L4 on a pin connection and
every thread on a box connection) shall be free of
all pitting, or the connection shall be rejected. All
threads shall be free of raised metal, torn threads,
pulled threads, galling, missing threads, and other
imperfections, or the connection shall be rejected.
Raised protrusions shall be removed with a hand file
or “soft” (nonmetallic) buffing wheel.

h. Damages to Threads of Used Connections: All threads


(including those within L4 on a pin connection and
every thread on a box connection) shall be free of all
pitting in the thread roots or the connection shall be
rejected. Threads between the pin nose and the desig- Figure 7.58 Rejectable thread condition due to deformed
nated thread root at LC or between the box face and the threads.
designated thread root at the PTL shall be free of raised
metal, torn threads, pulled threads, or severely sharpened
threads, or the connection shall be rejected. Thread
surfaces within L2 on a pin connection and all threads
on a box connection shall be free of imperfections,
including pits, that appear to either penetrate below
the thread root, occupy more than 3/4 inch in length
along any thread helix, or exceed 1/32 inch in depth
or 1/16 inch in diameter. Raised protrusions must be
removed with a hand file or “soft” (nonmetallic) buffing
wheel. The thread profile gauge shall be checked after
any buffing or cleaning of the threads using the thread
profile gauge. Examples of acceptable and rejectable
thread conditions are shown in Figures 7.57–7.62.

i. Box Connection Dimensions of New and Used Figure 7.59 Rejectable thread condition due to sharpened
Connections: The box connection OD shall be threads.

111
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

measured for new and used connections in two


locations at least 90 ±10 degrees apart using the OD
calipers and the metal ruler. This measurement shall
be recorded and shall meet vendor requirements or, if
applicable, Table 7.60 for a box connection compat-
ible with a pin connection from non-upset tubing
or externally upset tubing or Table 7.61 for a box
connection compatible with a pin connection from
integral tubing. A straightedge shall be placed along
the longitudinal axis of the box connection OD. If a
visible gap exists between the straightedge and the
box connection, the OD shall also be measured in
the location with the gap using the OD calipers and
the metal ruler.

Figure 7.60 Rejectable thread condition due to pitting that j. OD Imperfections of New and Used Box Connections:
exceeds 1/16 inch in diameter. The depth of any pits, gouges, grip marks, or other
imperfections on the OD of a new or used box con-
nection shall be measured using the pit depth gauge.
The vendor shall specify acceptance criteria for the
maximum depth of any imperfections. If the vendor
does not have these acceptance criteria specified,
then the box connection shall be rejected if the
imperfection has a depth greater than the maximum
depth included in Table 7.60 for a box connection
compatible with a pin connection from non-upset
tubing or externally upset tubing or Table 7.61 for
a box connection compatible with a pin connection
from integral tubing. If a gouge has an adjacent metal
protrusion, then the protrusion shall be removed prior

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
to making a depth measurement.

Figure 7.61 Rejectable thread condition due to imperfections k. Pin Nose Chamfer: A pin nose chamfer not present
that occupy more than 3/4 inch in length along a thread for a full (360 degree) circumference is cause for
helix. rejection. A thread root that runs out on the pin nose,
a feather edge, or a knife edge (razor edge) is cause for
rejection. Examples of these scenarios can be found
in Figure 7.63, while a properly machined pin nose
chamfer can be seen in Figure 7.55.

Feather edge

Razor edge

Figure 7.62 Rejectable thread condition due to pitting that Figure 7.63 Rejectable features of an API (8-round) tubing pin
exceeds 1/32 inch in depth. nose.

112
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

l. Dents: Dents or mashes that cause out-of-tolerance • 0.072 inch ±0.002 inch for 8-round threads, or
thread dimensions are cause for rejection. Any dents • 0.057 inch ±0.002 inch for 10-round threads.
on the nose of a new pin connection or face of a new
box connection shall be cause for rejection. Any dents See section 1.7 for calibration requirements for the
on the nose of a used pin connection of face of a used gauge as well as the micrometer or caliper.
box connection shall be measured using the pit depth c. A calibrated thread height gauge is required. Either a
gauge. The depth of the imperfection shall not exceed balanced-dial type gauge or a continuous-reading type
1/8 inch for a used connection, or the connection gauge shall be used. If a balanced-dial type gauge is
shall be rejected. used, it shall be placed on a calibrated setting standard
with the gauge ball within the notch and be set so
7.26  Dimensional API Round that the dial registers zero. If a continuous-reading
type gauge is used, it too shall be placed on a setting
Connection Inspection standard with the gauge ball within the notch so that
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7.26.1  Scope the dial registers the appropriate thread height of:
This procedure covers dimensional examination of new
• 0.071 inch ±0.001 inch for 8-round threads; or
and used API round connections typically found on
completions equipment that are compatible with tubing • 0.056 inch ±0.001 inch for 10-round threads.
connections to evaluate the condition of the connections. It is also acceptable to place the gauge ball of the
continuous-reading type gauge on a flat machined
7.26.2  Inspection Apparatus
surface so that the dial registers zero. See section 1.7
a. A calibrated lead gauge and calibrated lead setting
for calibration requirements for the gauge and the
standards are required. The accuracy of the lead gauge
standard.
shall be verified by applying the gauge to the ap-
propriate lead setting standard. Prior to adjusting the d. Both a calibrated external thread pitch diameter gauge
lead gauge, the gauge ball diameter (shown in Figure and a calibrated internal thread pitch diameter gauge
7.64) shall be checked with a calibrated micrometer or are required to measure pitch diameters unless this is
caliper with precision to the thousandths and shall be: done using taper gauges. The pitch diameter gauges
shall be zeroed using appropriate calibrated standards,
• 0.072 inch ±0.002 inch for 8-round threads, or
such as rod standards or frame standards. See section
• 0.057 inch ±0.002 inch for 10-round threads. 1.7 for calibration requirements.
See section 1.7 for calibration requirements for
e. Each gauge shall be standardized:
the gauge and each setting standard as well as the
micrometer or caliper. • At the start of each inspection;
b. Both a calibrated external thread taper gauge and a • After inspecting 50 connections with that gauge;
calibrated internal thread taper gauge are required. and
The gauge ball diameter (shown in Figure 7.64) of the • Upon completion of the inspection.
taper gauges shall be checked with a micrometer or
If upon completion of the inspection the most
caliper with precision to the thousandths and shall be:
recent standardization accuracy cannot be verified,
then all connections inspected since the most recent
standardization shall be re-inspected.

f. A calibrated white light intensity meter shall be used


to verify illumination. See section 1.7 for calibration
requirements.

7.26.3  Preparation
a. Connections shall be clean so that no scale, mud, or
lubricant can be wiped from the threads or any other
Figure 7.64 Example of a gauge ball diameter. surface with a clean rag.

113
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

b. The full-height thread length (minimum length from externally upset tubing, or Table 7.59 for a
of full-crest threads), LC, of the pin connection, box connection compatible with a pin from integral
included in Figure 7.55, shall be measured using tubing. This mathematically determined PTL shall be
a metal ruler from the nose of the pin connection measured from the face of the box connection using
to the distance in Table 7.54 for a pin connection the metal ruler. The root of the thread that is closest
compatible with a box connection from non-upset to the mathematically determined PTL but not at a
tubing, Table 7.55 for a pin connection compatible length less than the PTL shall be identified. This will
with a box connection from externally upset tubing, be used as a reference point for the visual API round
or Table 7.56 for a pin connection compatible with connection inspection procedure.
a box connection from integral tubing. The root of
the thread closest to the measured LC but not at a f. If the nominal OD of the tubing with which the
length less than LC shall be identified. This will be connection is compatible is at least 2-7/8 inches,
used as a reference point for the dimensional API the connection shall be divided into 1 inch intervals
round connection inspection procedure. starting with the full-height thread root closest to the
nose of a pin connection or face of a box connection.
c. The effective thread length, L2, of the pin connection, The final inspection interval shall coincide with the
included in Figure 7.55, shall be measured using designated thread root at LC for a pin connection or
a metal ruler from the nose of the pin connection at the PTL for a box connection, or an overlapping
to the distance in Table 7.54 for a pin connection interval shall be provided. An overlapping interval
compatible with a box connection from non-upset is provided by starting at the designated thread root
tubing, Table 7.55 for a pin connection compatible at LC or at the PTL and identifying thread roots
with a box connection from externally upset tubing, towards the pin nose or box face until the new interval
or Table 7.56 for a pin connection compatible with a overlaps the previously designated interval.
box connection from integral tubing. The root of the
g. If the nominal OD of the tubing with which the
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

thread closest to the measured L2 but not at a length


less than L2 shall be identified. This will be used as connection is compatible is less than 2-7/8 inches,
a reference point for the dimensional API round the connection shall be divided into 1/2 inch intervals
connection inspection procedure. starting with the full-height thread root closest to the
nose of a pin connection or face of a box connection.
d. Total Length of a Box Connection: The total length The final inspection interval shall coincide with the
of a box connection, included in Figure 7.56, shall designated thread root at LC for a pin connection or
be measured from the box face to the last scratch at the PTL for a box connection, or an overlapping
farthest from the box face using the metal ruler. This interval shall be provided. An overlapping interval
measurement shall be recorded as the box length and is provided by starting at the designated thread root
shall meet requirements From Table 7.57 for a box at LC or at the PTL and identifying thread roots
connection compatible with a pin connection from towards the pin nose or box face until the new interval
non-upset tubing, Table 7.58 for a box connection overlaps the previously designated interval.
compatible with a pin connection from externally
upset tubing, or Table 7.59 for a box connection h. The minimum illumination level at the inspection
compatible with a pin connection from integral surface shall be 50 foot-candles. The white light in-
tubing, or the connection shall be rejected. tensity level at the inspection surface must be verified:

e. Perfect Thread Length (PTL): The Perfect Thread • At the start of each inspection;
Length (PTL) of the box connection shall be • When light fixtures change positions or intensity;
determined by subtracting Reference Dimension A, • Where there is a change in relative position of the
shown in Figure 7.56, from the actual box length that inspected surface with respect to the light fixture;
was recorded in accordance with Paragraph 7.26.3.d.
The value for Reference Dimension A is included in • When requested by the customer or a designated
Table 7.57 for a box connection compatible with a representative;
pin connection from non-upset tubing, Table 7.58 for • Upon completion of the inspection.
a box connection compatible with a pin connection

114
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

These requirements do not apply to direct sunlight the tubing with which the connection is compatible
conditions. If adjustments are required to the light is less than 2-7/8 inches until the full-height thread
intensity level at the inspection surface or the light farthest from the pin nose is measured and the overlap
intensity is found to be less than 50 foot-candles interval is measured (if applicable). The taper shall be:
when measured upon completion of the inspection,
all components inspected since the most recent light • 0.063 inch per inch, + 0.005 inch per inch, - 0.003
intensity level verification shall be re-inspected. inch per inch for new connections; and
• 0.063 inch per inch, + 0.005 inch per inch, - 0.005
7.26.4  Procedure and Acceptance Criteria inch per inch for used connections.
a. Thread Lead: The thread lead shall be measured using
a lead gauge. Only threads between the pin nose and c. Box Connection Taper: The internal thread taper
the designated thread root at L2 for a pin connection gauge shall be used to measure the taper of a box con-
or between the box face and the designated thread root nection. The gauge shall be placed with the fixed gauge
at the PTL for a box connection shall be subjected ball on the fifth thread from the center for 8-round
to a lead measurement. Lead measurements shall be connections and on the sixth thread from the center
made starting at the full-height thread closest to the for 10-round connections. The movable contact shall
nose of a pin connection or face of a box connection be placed on the bottom thread that is diametrically
and continued at 1 inch intervals if the nominal OD opposite the fixed gauge ball. The dial pointer should
of the tubing with which the connection is compatible indicate zero at this position as the moveable gauge
is at least 2-7/8 inches or 1/2 inch intervals if the ball is oscillated through an arc within the thread root.
nominal OD of the tubing with which the connec- The gauge shall be applied at 1 inch intervals past
tion is compatible is less than 2-7/8 inches until the the starting thread if the nominal OD of the tubing
full-height thread farthest from the pin nose or box with which the connection is compatible is at least
face is measured and the overlap interval is measured 2-7/8 inches or 1/2 inch intervals past the starting
(if applicable). If a seal-ring groove is present in a thread if the nominal OD of the tubing with which
box connection, lead measurements shall be taken the connection is compatible is less than 2-7/8 inches
with all gauge balls placed where the full thread from the original location until the full-height thread
forms are on each side of the gauge balls. The partial farthest from the box face is measured. The taper shall
threads adjacent to the groove shall be avoided when be 0.063 inch per inch, + 0.005 inch per inch, - 0.003
measuring lead. The thread lead shall be: inch per inch for new and used connections
• ±0.003 inch per inch for 1 inch intervals on new d. Thread Height: The thread height gauge shall be used
and used connections; and to measure the thread height of all threads between
• ±0.0015 inch per inch for 1/2 inch intervals on the pin nose and the designated thread root at LC,
new and used connections. except the thread closest to the pin nose, or between
the box face and the designated thread root at the
b. Pin Connection Taper: The external thread taper PTL, except the thread closest to the box face. The
gauge shall be used to measure the taper of a pin con- tip of the thread height gauge shall be placed in the
nection. The movable gauge ball shall be diametrically thread root with the anvil of the gauge resting on the
opposite the fixed gauge ball. The gauge shall be crest of the thread. The anvil shall be aligned with the
applied to the full-height thread closest to the nose axis of the threads by oscillating the gauge through an
of the pin connection with the fixed gauge ball held arc about the longitudinal axis of the anvil. The thread
firmly within the thread root while the movable gauge height is indicated correctly when the dial indicator
ball is oscillated through an arc within the thread root. stops moving near the center of the arc. The thread
The dial pointer should indicate zero at the maximum height shall be:
reading and shall be adjusted if the reading is not
zero. The gauge shall be applied at 1 inch intervals • 0.071 inch, +0.002 inch, -0.004 inch for 8-round
past the full-height thread closest to the nose of the threads on new connections;
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

pin connection if the nominal OD of the tubing with • 0.056 inch, +0.002 inch, -0.004 inch for 10 round
which the connection is compatible is at least 2-7/8 threads on new connections;
inches or 1/2 inch intervals if the nominal OD of

115
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

• 0.071 inch, +0.004 inch, -0.004 inch for 8-round also have flat contacts and be capable of measuring
threads on used connections; and to a precision of 0.001 inch.
• 0.056 inch, +0.004 inch, -0.004 inch for 10 round 7.27.3  Preparation
threads on used connections. a. The vendor of the component shall provide a drifting
e. Pitch Diameter and Ovality: For a connection procedure that includes requirements for the OD of
compatible with tubing that has a nominal OD of at the drift mandrel, the length of the drift mandrel, the
least 2-3/8 inches, an external thread pitch diameter material that comprises the drift mandrel, and the
gauge or an external thread taper gauge shall be used depth to which the drift mandrel shall be inserted into
to measure the pitch diameter and ovality of a pin the ID of the component. In addition, the following
connection, while an internal thread pitch diameter procedures are mandatory.
gauge or an internal thread taper gauge shall be used b. The drift mandrel shall be thoroughly clean and
with a box connection. A connection compatible with appropriate for use. The drift mandrel shall also
tubing that has a nominal OD of less than 2-3/8 inches be serialized with a unique identification number.
shall not be measured for pitch diameter or ovality. If It shall be visually inspected for any damages. The
taper gauges are used, procedures (but not acceptance drift mandrel must have a constant OD and be
criteria) from API Technical Report 5TRSR22 shall continuous throughout its specified length. Disk and
be applied. If pitch diameter gauges are used, the barbell-shaped mandrels shall not be used. The ends
external thread pitch diameter gauge shall be placed of the drift mandrel extending beyond the specified
squarely against the nose of the pin connection with cylindrical portion shall be shaped to permit easy
the pivot shoes on the crests of the threads, and the entry into the ID of the component.
internal thread pitch diameter gauge shall be placed
squarely against the face of the box connection. Using c. When measuring dimensions of the drift mandrel,
the lower shoe as a pivot, the pitch diameter gauge shall the mandrel and the measuring device used shall be
be oscillated through an arc to identify the largest and within 10 degrees Fahrenheit of each other after being
smallest readings. The pitch diameter gauge shall then stabilized for at least 30 minutes to ensure accurate
be turned 90 degrees ±10 degrees, ensuring 360 degree measurement.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

coverage of the connection, to identify the largest and


smallest readings. The average pitch diameter variation d. The length of the cylindrical (measuring) portion
and ovality shall be calculated as follows and shall meet of the drift mandrel shall be explicitly stated in the
requirements in Table 7.53 regardless of which gauges vendor’s inspection procedures. The length of the drift
are used to measure the dimensions: cylinder shall be measured to the nearest 1/8 inch.

• Average pitch diameter variation = (largest reading e. The OD of the drift mandrel shall be inspected at a
+ smallest reading) / 2 minimum of four (4) locations: within 1 inch of both
ends of the drift, within 2 inches of the middle of the
• Ovality = largest reading – smallest reading drift and 4 inches from the end that is most likely
to wear. At least two measurements at each location
7.27  Drift Testing shall be obtained 90 degrees apart (for a minimum
of 8 measurements) to a precision of 0.001 inch. The
7.27.1  Scope allowable minimum drift cylinder diameter shall be
This procedure covers the drifting of a component to detect explicitly stated in the vendor’s inspection procedures.
any reduction in the ID.
f. The drift mandrel OD shall be verified at minimum:
7.27.2  Inspection Apparatus
a. A drift mandrel shall be used to perform drift testing. • At the start of each work order;
b. See section 1.7 for calibration requirements for any • After drifting 500 components;
electronic, dial, or Vernier device used to verify the • At the end of every shift;
OD of the drift mandrel. The measuring device shall • When requested by the customer or a designated
representative;

116
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

• At the end of each work order. and shall have at least two thicknesses that meet the
following requirements:
g. The drift mandrel and the component shall be within
10 degrees Fahrenheit of each other when the drift • Thick Section = Nominal wall +0.100, -0.000 inch
enters the ID of the component. • Thin Section = Nominal wall +0.000, -0.100 inch
7.27.4  Procedure f. The field reference standard shall be verified to
Pass the drift mandrel through the entire length of each be within ±0.002 inch of the stated thickness by
joint of tubing. The drift mandrel shall pass through the a calibrated electronic, dial, or Vernier device. See
ID of the tubing freely using a reasonably-exerted force section 1.7 for calibration requirements for this
that does not exceed the weight of the drift mandrel. The verifying device.
drift should be inserted and removed carefully so that the
threads are not damaged. g. After field calibration adjustments, the gauge shall
measure both thicknesses on the standard to an
7.27.5  Acceptance Criteria accuracy of ±0.001 inch.
If the drift mandrel does not pass through the entire length
of tubing, remove and clean the drift mandrel. Attempt h. Field calibration shall be verified at the following
the drift test again starting from the other end of the joint frequency:
of tubing. If the drift mandrel does not pass through the
entire length of the tubing on the second attempt, the • At the start of each inspection
component shall be rejected. • After each 50 inspected components
• When a measurement indicates a rejectable
7.28  Ultrasonic Wall Thickness component
Inspection • Each time the unit is turned on
• When the gauge is suspected of having been
7.28.1  Scope
damaged
This procedure covers the ultrasonic measurement of wall
thickness using compression waves. • When probe, cable, operator, or tubing size or
weight are changed
7.28.2  Inspection Apparatus and Calibration
• Upon completion of each inspection
a. The ultrasonic instrument shall be the pulse-echo
type with a digital display. i. If the previous field calibration accuracy cannot be
verified, all areas tested since the last valid calibration
b. The transducer shall have separate transmitting and
shall be re-gauged after correcting the calibration.
receiving elements. Any transducer worn to a degree
that light is visible under its face when placed on the 7.28.3  Preparation
reference standard without couplant shall be made a. All components shall be sequentially numbered.
flush or replaced.
b. The external surface where the readings are to be taken
c. Linearity Calibration: The instrument shall be shall be cleaned to the bare surface.
calibrated for linearity over an interval of 0.100 inch
to 2.000 inches after any repair of the instrument or at 7.28.4  Procedure
least every six months. See section 1.7 for calibration a. The parting line between the transmitting and
requirements. receiving elements on the two-element transducer
shall be held perpendicular to the longitudinal axis
d. The same type of couplant shall be used for both of the component.
calibration and gauging.
b. The inspector shall scan the surface within a 1-inch
e. The field reference standard shall be of the same radius of the lowest reading to confirm or modify that
acoustic properties as the component being inspected value. The lowest reading shall be recorded.

117
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.29  Specific Requirements for Shop 7.29.3.2 Common Inspection Methods Required
Maintenance of Air Hammer Tools • Sub Inspection (7.12)
• Visual Connection Inspection (7.14)
7.29.1  Scope
This section provides additional specific requirements • Dimensional 3 Inspection (7.16)
for shop inspection, assembly, and function testing of air • Blacklight Connection Inspection (7.17)
hammers.
• MPI Body Inspection (7.19)
7.29.2  Preparation
7.29.3.3 Reference Diagram
The following steps must be performed to prepare for the
To assist the inspector, Figure 7.65 diagrams an example
inspection, assembly, and function testing of air hammers.
air hammer assembly labeled with the component
nomenclature referenced within this standard.
7.29.2.1
Record the tool serial number and tool description.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7.29.3.4 Visual Body and Internal Hardware


Reject the tool if no serial number can be located unless
the customer waives this requirement. Inspection
Examine all outside surfaces including but not limited
to the case, chuck, top sub, piston, bit, and other com-
7.29.2.2
ponents for mechanical damage. A cut, gouge, erosion,
When qualifying the components to the maintenance
corrosion, cavitation, or similar flaw shall be cause for
classification A1, disassemble the tool completely, break-
rejection of the component if the flaw:
ing all midbody connections, removing all inserts, plugs,
seats, seals, and springs. a. Is deeper than 10% of the adjacent wall for tubular
components such as the case and chuck.
7.29.3  Inspection Requirements
The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for b. Is deeper than 10% of the component thickness for
inspection of air hammers must include the following odd-shaped components such as the piston and bit
procedural requirements and common inspection methods. retainer. Thickness for odd-shaped components is de-
fined as the smallest distance between opposite surfaces,
7.29.3.1 Apparatus measured at the thinnest point (see Figure 7.4).
The following equipment must be available for
inspection: paint marker, pit gage, a light capable of c. Is found on any internal or external bearing surface,
illuminating the entire internal surface, metal scale, tape anvil face, or sealing surface including but not limited
measure, flat file or disk grinder, and an inspection mirror. to the outer sealing surface of the piston, the anvil
All apparatus requirements specified in the applicable face of the piston or bit shank, the internal bearing
common inspection methods are also required. surface of the inner cylinder or case, or the splines on
the chuck or bit shank. If a new bit shank is used, a
new chuck shall also be used.

Top Sub Inner Cylinder Case Blow Tube Chuck

Check Valve Air Distributor Piston Bit Retainer Bit Shank


Bit

Figure 7.65 Example air hammer assembly.

118
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

d. Exceeds the limits given in the vendor’s Inspection 7.29.4.1 Seals


Procedure for the tool in question. In cases where Replace old O-rings and soft seals with new ones prior
the flaw size exceeds the limits in a. through c. above, to reassembly.
but does not exceed the specific limits allowed in the
vendor’s Inspection Procedure, or no flaw size limita- 7.29.4.2 Incidental Components
tion is listed in the vendor’s Inspection Procedure, the Visually inspect all incidental components such as
vendor’s engineering department may further evaluate springs, washers, and the like for wear and damage. Any
and propose acceptance of the flawed component, components with evidence of deformation, washing, or
provided it does so in writing with reference to the cracking shall be replaced.
specific flaw(s) in question. If the vendor’s engineering
department evaluates and accepts the flaw in writing 7.29.4.3 Blow Tube
and is agreed upon by the customer, the component If a blow tube is present, it shall be pressed into place
shall be accepted and the written acceptance shall and not hammered. After seating it shall be inspected
become part of the inspection report to the customer. for damage. If the blow tube is found to be damaged it
Otherwise, the part must be rejected. shall be replaced.

7.29.3.5 MPI Body Inspection Coverage 7.29.4.4 Oiling Requirements


When performing the MPI Body Inspection (section All internal surfaces must be sufficiently oiled prior to
7.19) the inspection shall cover the outside surface of all assembly, with the same type of oil to be used on the rig.
components including but not limited to the case from
shoulder to shoulder, the piston, the chuck, and bit shank. 7.29.4.5 Connection Make-Up
Recheck all components except the tool structural case The Assembly Procedure shall specify the connection
with the magnetic field oriented perpendicular to the torques for midbody connections as well as placement
first (longitudinal) scan. locations for the tongs of the torqueing tool. As such, the
torqueing tongs shall be placed at the location specified
7.29.3.6 Ring Gauge Inspection in the Assembly Procedure and made up to the torque
Check the bit diameter by using “go” and “no-go” gauges. numbers specified in the Assembly Procedure. See sec-
For accurate measurement, the temperature of the “go” tion 7.30 for required shop makeup procedure.
and “no-go” gauges shall be within 20 degrees Fahrenheit
of the bit shank after being stabilized for 30 minutes. 7.29.4.6 Air Flow Setup Guidelines
Both the “go” and “no-go” gauges shall be fabricated from Guidelines for airflow setup including but not limited to
steel 1 inch in height with an OD equal to the nominal check valve selection, adjustment, or shimming, choke
bit size plus 1-1/2 inch. The ID of the “go” gauge shall sizing, and hydrocyclone configuration shall be provided
equal the nominal bit size plus 0.002 in clearance with in the Assembly Procedure. The airflow setup must be
a tolerance of +0.003 inch, 0 inch. The ID of the “no-go” traceable to the drilling parameters associated with the
gauge shall be equal to the minimum bit size (nominal expected application.
size less maximum negative tolerance) minus 0.002 inch
interference with a tolerance of 0 inch, -0.003 inch. The 7.29.5  Function Testing Requirements
“go” gauge shall be carefully slid over the over the length The Function Test Procedure developed by the vendor for
of the bit with a force which does not exceed the weight air hammers must include the following items:
of the ring gage. The inside diameter of the ring gage
shall be verified using internal micrometer specified in 7.29.5.1 Test Configurations
paragraph 7.8.2.1. For acceptance, the “go” gage shall Function tests shall be performed in both the off-
pass smoothly over the bit and inserts and bit and inserts bottom (blowing but not firing) and on-bottom (firing)
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

shall not pass through “no-go” gauge. configurations. The air hammers shall be tested within
the specified pressure ranges given in the tool operating
7.29.4  Assembly Requirements manual for both orientations. During the off-bottom test,
The Assembly Procedure developed by the vendor for air the tool shall continuously blow and not fire the hammer
hammers must include the following items: mechanism for at least 10 seconds; any reciprocation of

119
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

the hammer mechanism is cause for rejection. During assemblies shipped to rigs to ensure connections are made
the on-bottom test, the tool shall fire the hammer up correctly.
mechanism continuously for at least 10 seconds; any
interruption in the reciprocation of the hammer mecha- 7.30.2  Determining Optimal MUT
nism shall be cause for rejection. Throughout the entire a. Drilling and Completion Applications: The MUT
test, the air hammer shall remain in a vertical position. applied to API Rotary-Shouldered Connections
Testing equipment shall show evidence of calibration in (RSCs) to be used for drilling applications shall be
accordance with the equipment manufacturer’s require- the API recommended MUT as defined in API RP
ments or annual calibration, whichever is more stringent. 7G unless specifically requested otherwise by the
customer. API MUT values can be calculated using
7.29.5.2 Gage Calibration various programs, including T H Hill Associates’
Pressure measuring devices shall be calibrated to main- Drillstring Toolbox™ app. Some bevel diameters
tain ±2% accuracy of full-scale range. Pressure gauge specified by DS-1 Volume 1 may result in seal stresses
must be able to read at least 150% of the test pressure but that exceed the yield strength of the material when
not more than 500% of the test pressure. See section 1.7 API MUT is applied (see paragraph 7.30.2g).
for calibration requirements for the pressure and airflow b. Landing Applications: The MUT applied to API
gages used for function testing. RSCs to be used for landing applications shall be
7.29.6  Post-Qualification Requirements based on the lower of API MUT or T4 values as
Clean and dry the threaded connections. Visually inspect defined in API RP 7G. T4 MUT values provide
thread and seal surfaces in accordance with paragraphs the maximum tensile capacity without shoulder
7.14.5.2 and 7.14.5.7 to ensure damage did not occur separation. T4 MUTs can be calculated using various
from the test plugs during function test. Apply appropriate programs, including T H Hill Associates’ Drillstring
thread compound. Install thread protectors. Place a 2-inch Toolbox. Some bevel diameters specified by DS-1
wide (±1/4 inch) white paint band around an acceptable Volume 1 may result in seal stresses that exceed the
component. The paint band should be 6 inches ±1 inch from SMYS when T4 MUT is applied (see paragraph
the pin shoulder. The paint band should be 12 inches ±2 7.30.2g).
inches from the box shoulder for box by box components. c. Proprietary Connections: MUTs and makeup
Using a permanent paint marker on the outer surface of requirements for proprietary connections shall be pro-
the tool, write or stencil applicable DS-1 qualification vided by the manufacturer. DS-1 Volume 2 contains
class, the date, and the name of the company performing several tables of recommended makeup torque values,
the inspection. but these must be verified with the manufacturer’s
7.29.7  Storage Requirements recommendations. When used in a landing string
• Before storing an air hammer ensure it has been application, the equipment provider must verify that
thoroughly oiled. the required tensile capacity is fit for purpose.

• After oiling, both ends of the air hammer shall be d. OCTG Connections: MUTs applied to proprietary
covered to keep the internal components clean and OCTG connections shall be obtained from the
moisture free. manufacturer and applied with continuous-turn
equipment using the torque-turn method. If required
• Air hammers shall be stored and transported in a by the customer, a licensed thread representative may
horizontal orientation to prevent oil starvation. be present when making up proprietary connections.
API OCTG connections shall be made up to the API
• Air hammers shall be used within 90 days or returned nominal power-tight position.
to a shop for disassembly, inspection, and rebuild.
e. Fit-for-Purpose MUTs: In the event where a MUT
to be applied does not meet the criteria listed above,
7.30  Shop Makeup Procedure a fit-for-purpose technical justification must be
7.30.1  Scope provided. The written technical justification should at
This procedure covers the proper application of optimal a minimum include the tensile and torsional capacity
makeup torques (MUT) and verification of bucked on as well as the estimated tensile and torsional loads

120
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

to prove the connection’s properties are suitable. material, and application. These connection properties
This technical justification shall be included in the as well as the MUT applied shall be recorded on the
equipment’s Assembly Check Sheet. Assembly Check Sheet.

f. Other Threads: MUTs applied to connections not b. Thread compound shall be applied in a thin, even layer
covered above (ACME threads, proprietary, etc) shall to all contacting surfaces (threads, shoulders, seals,
be obtained from the thread manufacturer. etc) unless the manufacturer’s recommendations state
otherwise. Generally thread lock compounds should
g. MUT and Bevel Diameter: When possible, bevel be applied to the thread surfaces but not seal surfaces;
diameters should be selected to optimize seal typical thread compound should be applied to the

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
stresses (i.e. remain below a max of 100% of specified seal surfaces. In any case, the vendor shall follow the
minimum yield strength, SMYS). If existing bevel manufacturer’s recommendations for coverage.
diameters are not optimal, then fit-for-purpose MUTs
should be used to ensure seal stresses do not exceed c. The friction factor of the thread compound used shall
the SMYS of the connections while still providing be recorded. Unless the vendor specification requires
the needed tensile and torsional capacity (which otherwise, the MUT applied shall be adjusted by
must be confirmed with the customer). These torque the thread-compound friction factor (MUT used =
values and their justifications must be included in the Standard MUT × FF).
Assembly Check Sheet.
d. For any connections on which thread-locking
7.30.3  Preparation compound is applied, the final torque values should
a. Calibration: See section 1.7 for calibration require- be adjusted by multiplying by the corresponding
ments for torque application equipment. friction factor. The friction factor and expiration date
of the thread locking compound should be checked
b. MUT Traceability: All MUT charts shall be labeled prior to application. This information is usually
with the description and serial number of the made up indicated in the packaging of the thread locking
components. Charts and graphs should be included compound. If the information is unavailable, the
in the Assembly Check Sheet. thread locking compound should not be used except
c. Make and Break (M&B): Breaking in newly re-cut when the information is provided in the form of a
connections using M&B is recommended but not Certificate of Conformance (COC) by the compound
required. If a tool provider elects to perform M&B, manufacturer.
it should be performed at least 3 times at the recom- e. Optional (may be required if specified by the cus-
mended MUT. The connections should be made up tomer): On shouldered connections that are made up
slowly to avoid galling the threads. After the M&B is hand tight prior to applying torque, an initial scribe
completed (3 cycles), the connections shall be visually line may be marked across the connection with a
examined. M&B at times may be cost prohibitive and paint marker before applying the final MUT. After
involve extra handling risks. Consideration should be the MUT is applied, the scribe line should be offset.
given to this before proceeding. The MUT should be noted with a paint marker next
d. Cross Torqueing: Cross torqueing is not permitted. to the offset scribe lines. Note: It is acceptable if these
Cross torqueing is the action of putting components markings are later scraped off or covered during the final
in a torque machine with multiple connections need- tool preparation.
ing applied torque, and simultaneously transmitting f. On all connection types, once the final MUT has been
torque across all connections. Cross torqueing is only applied and accepted per the applicable procedures, a
permitted when vendor specifications require a cross torque stripe approximately 1 inch wide × 18 inches
torque. long shall be painted across the tight connection. The
7.30.4  Procedure MUT shall be stenciled or marked near the painted
a. The MUT shall be verified prior to making up the torque stripe as follows: “Torqued to XXXX ft-lb.”
connections as described in section 7.30.2. The basis The torque stripe and MUT shall be clearly visible
for determining the MUT includes the connection on the tool, after all preparations, so it can be verified
type, box OD, pin ID, stress relief features, SMYS of on the rig.

121
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
initial scribe line may be marked across the
connection with a paint marker before applying the
connection with a paint marker before applying the
final MUT. After the MUT is applied, the scribe
final MUT. After the MUT is applied, the scribe
line should be offset. The MUT should be noted
line should be offset. The MUT should be noted
with a paint marker next to the offset scribe
se with a paint marker next T HtoHthe I L Loffset
A S S scribe
O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
se lines. Note: It is acceptable if these markings are
d lines. Note: It is acceptable if these markings are
d later scraped off or covered during the final tool
later scraped off or covered during the final tool
preparation.
Photographs in this section provided by Chevron.
preparation. g. Documentation, including bucking equipment
calibration records, torque graphs, and torque-turn
and torque-time graphs shall be included in the
Assembly Check Sheet.

h. Occasionally, due to operational needs, connections


must be shipped to the rig that are not torqued up.
When this occurs, the words “LOOSE - NOT
TORQUED” must be clearly marked or stenciled
across the connection on two sides, 180 degrees
apart. The rig should always be made aware of the
operational need to ship the connection loose. The
follows: "Torqued to XXXX Ft-Lb”. The torque shipping documentation should also reflect the loose
stripe and MUT shall be clearly visible on the tool, connection.
Figure
Figure 2 –all
7.66
after Initial
Initial Scribeline.
scribe
preparations, Line
Figure 2 – Initial Scribe Lineso it can be verified on the
rig.
7.31  Specific Requirements for Shop
Maintenance of Elevator Links
7.31.1  Scope
This section provides additional specific requirements for
the shop inspection of elevator links.

7.31.2  Preparation
The following steps must be performed to prepare for the
Figure 4 – Final Torque Stripe
n inspection of the elevator links:
n
f. Documentation,
follows: "Torquedincluding
to XXXXbucking
Ft-Lb”. Theequipment
torque
calibration
stripe and MUT records,
shall torque graphs,
be clearly visibleand
on torque-turn
the tool, 7.31.2.1 Verification of Customer Requirements
Figure
and3 –torque-time
after Offset
all Scribe
preparations, Line
so
graphs and
it canMUT
shall be
be verified
included oninthe
the Determine from the customer the required equipment
Figure7.67
Figure 3 – Offset
Offset Scribe Lineand
scribe line and MUT
MUT.
uld rig.
assembly check sheet. tensile ratings and elevator link lengths. If any of the
uld e. On all connection types, once the final MUT has equipment properties do not meet the customer require-
e. On all connection types, once the final MUT has
been applied and
g. Occasionally, dueaccepted per the needs,
to operational applicable
been applied and accepted per the applicable ments, do not proceed with the inspection; notify the
procedures,
connections a torque stripe approximately 1" wide
are ×
procedures, amust torquebestripe
shipped to the rig that
approximately 1" wide ×not customer.
18" long
torqued shall
up. be
Whenpainted
this across
occurs, the tight
the words "LOOSE -
18" long shall be painted across the tight
connection.
NOT TORQUED" The MUTmust shall
be be stenciled
clearly markedor marked
or
connection. The MUT shall be stenciled or marked 7.31.2.2 Preparation of Surfaces for Inspection
near the painted
stenciled across torque stripe as on (2) sides, 180
the connection
near the painted torque stripe as a. Critical area maps for each component shall be
2
degrees apart. The rig should always be made
2
provided by the vendor to the inspector so that the
aware of the operational need to ship the
proper inspection areas can be prepared for inspection.
connection
Figure 4 – Final
Figure 7.68
loose. Stripe
Final Torque
The shipping documentation
torque stripe. If critical area maps are not provided by the vendor,
should also reflect the loose connection.
f. Documentation, including bucking equipment the entire tool shall be treated as critical and inspected
calibration records, torque graphs, and torque-turn on 100% of its area.
and torque-time graphs shall be included in the
b. All foreign material such as paints, coatings, dirt,
assembly check sheet.
grease, oil, scale, etc shall be removed from the critical
g. Occasionally, due to operational needs, areas prior to inspection. A form of grit-blasting is the
connections must be shipped to the rig that are not preferred method for preparing equipment surfaces
torqued up. When this occurs, the words "LOOSE - for inspection. However, other methods capable of
NOT TORQUED" must be clearly marked or completely removing the foreign material from the
stenciled across the connection on (2) sides, 180
degrees apart. The rig should always be made
aware of the operational need to ship the
Figure
Figure 5 – Not
7.69 Torqued
Not torqued
connection Connections
connections.
loose. The shipping documentation
should also reflect the loose connection.
Note: The photographs in this procedure were provided by
122
Chevron.
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

critical areas can be used, such as wire brush wheels, b. Shank diameter (minimum diameter along the shank
soft buffing pads, steam-cleaning, and paint-stripping. length) of each link.

7.31.3  Inspection Requirements c. Overall length from contact points of the eyes. Link
The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for sets up to and including 14 feet in length (as measured
inspection of elevator links must include the following between the contact surfaces) shall match within 1/8
procedural requirements and common inspection methods: inch. Links over 14 feet in length shall match within
1/4 inch.
7.31.3.1 Apparatus
The following equipment must be available for inspec- 7.31.3.6 MPI Body Inspection Coverage
tion: paint marker, metal scale, tape measure, spring When performing the MPI Body Inspection (section
caliper. All apparatus requirements specified in the 7.19) common inspection method, the inspection shall
applicable common inspection methods are also required. cover all of the critical areas for each load bearing
component as defined by the manufacturer’s critical area
7.31.3.2 Traceability maps. If no critical area maps are available, the entire
Record the elevator links pair serial number and tool component shall be considered critical and inspected
description. Reject the components if no serial number over its entire area. Recheck all critical areas with the
can be located unless customer waives this requirement. magnetic field oriented perpendicular to the first field.

7.31.3.3 Common Inspection Methods Required 7.31.3.7 Acceptance Criteria


• MPI Body Inspection (7.19) with coverage as Indications identified by NDT may be relevant or
identified in 7.31.3.6. non-relevant depending on their dimensions, shape and
• Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18) if necessary location, as defined by the manufacturer.
for proving up indications found using MPI Body • Relevant Surface Indications: Relevant surface
Inspection. indications are indications that result from
discontinuities within the component. Relevant
7.31.3.4 Visual Inspection indications are considered those with major
Visually inspect the surfaces of the components to ensure dimensions greater than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) and
no damages are present in the manufacturer-defined associated with a surface rupture.
critical areas. If damages are present, evaluate according
to the acceptance criteria provided by the manufacturer. • Non-Relevant Surface Indications: Non-relevant
Elevator links shall be visually inspected for excessive indications are inherent indications not associated
wear on the shank and eyes. Unacceptable wear (as with a surface rupture that result from excessive
defined by the manufacturer’s acceptance criteria) on a magnetizing current, structural design or perme-
critical area is cause for rejection. ability variances in the component. Any indication
believed to be non-relevant shall be re-examined
to determine whether an actual defect exists. If

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7.31.3.5 Dimensional Inspection
In addition to the vendor’s specified dimensional inspec- magnetic particle indications greater than 1/16 inch
tions, the following dimensional wear checks are required are believed to be non-relevant, they shall either be
for shop qualification of elevator links. Dimensions listed examined by the liquid penetrant method to confirm
below shall be measured, recorded, and compared to the they are non-relevant or they shall be removed and
manufacturer’s allowable tolerances. If any dimension re-inspected to confirm they are non-relevant.
requires de-rating of the equipment, the tool shall be 7.31.4  Assembly Requirements
rejected unless waived by the customer. All warning, certification, and informational plates or signs
a. Upper and lower eye thickness of each link. shall be installed per the manufacturer's requirements for
safe use.

123
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.32  Specific Requirements for Shop caliper. All apparatus requirements specified in the
applicable common inspection methods are also required.
Maintenance of Rotary Table Master
Bushings and Bowls 7.32.3.2 Traceability
7.32.1  Scope Record the serial number and tool description. Reject
This section provides additional specific requirements for the the tool or assembly if no serial number can be located
shop inspection of rotary table master bushings and bowls. unless customer waives this requirement.

7.32.2  Preparation 7.32.3.3 Common Inspection Methods Required


The following steps must be performed to prepare for the • MPI Body Inspection (7.19) with coverage as
inspection of the bushings and bowls: identified in 7.32.3.6.

7.32.2.1 Verification of Customer Requirements • Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18) if necessary


Determine from the customer the required master for proving up indications found using MPI Body

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
bushing sizes. If any of the equipment properties do not Inspection.
meet the customer requirements, do not proceed with
the inspection; notify the customer. 7.32.3.4 Visual Inspection
Visually inspect the surfaces of the components to ensure
7.32.2.2 Application of Alerts no damages are present in manufacturer-defined critical
The inspector shall review any product bulletins and areas of the master bushing and bowls, including the ID,
safety alerts from the manufacturer for the tool inspected. taper, and pins. If damages are present, evaluate with the
All modifications required shall be completed prior to manufacturer’s acceptance criteria. Unacceptable wear
final inspection. or damage (as defined by the manufacturer’s acceptance
criteria) in a critical area is cause for rejection.
7.32.2.3 Preparation of Surfaces for Inspection
a. Critical area maps for each component shall be 7.32.3.5 Dimensional Inspection
provided by the vendor to the inspector so that the In addition to the vendor’s specified dimensional inspec-
proper inspection areas can be prepared for inspection. tions, the following dimensional wear checks are also
If critical area maps are not provided by the vendor, required for shop qualification of a master bushing. The
the entire tool shall be treated as critical and inspected dimensions listed below shall be measured, recorded, and
on 100% of its area. compared to the manufacturer’s allowable tolerances:

b. All foreign material such as paints, coatings, dirt, a. Master bushing ID at the top, 0.016 inch of wear is
grease, oil, scale, etc shall be removed from the critical the maximum allowable unless otherwise specified by
areas prior to inspection. A form of grit-blasting is the the manufacturer’s dimensional requirements.
preferred method for preparing equipment surfaces b. Master bushing ID at the throat, 0.063 inch of wear
for inspection. However, other methods capable of is the maximum allowable unless otherwise specified
completely removing the foreign material from the by the manufacturer’s dimensional requirements.
critical areas can be used, such as wire brush wheels,
soft buffing pads, steam-cleaning, and paint-stripping. c. Pin holes will be measured to verify that they meet
the manufacturer’s dimensional requirements.
7.32.3  Inspection Requirements
The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for the d. When applicable, measure the diameter of the
inspection of master bushings must include the following throat of bowls to verify it meets the manufacturer’s
procedural requirements and common inspection methods: dimensional requirements.

7.32.3.1 Apparatus 7.32.3.6 MPI Body Inspection Coverage


The following equipment must be available for inspec- When performing the MPI Body Inspection (section
tion: paint marker, metal scale, tape measure, and spring 7.19) common inspection method, the inspection shall

124
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

cover all of the critical areas as defined by the manufac- 7.33  Specific Requirements for Shop
turer’s critical area maps as well as the pins over 100% of
Maintenance of Rotary Slips
their area. If no critical area maps are available, the entire
component shall be considered critical and inspected 7.33.1  Scope
over its entire area. Recheck all critical areas with the This section provides additional specific requirements for
magnetic field oriented perpendicular to the first field. the shop inspection of rotary slips.

7.32.3.7 Acceptance Criteria 7.33.2  Preparation


Evaluate visual inspection, dimensional inspection, and The following steps must be performed to prepare for the
NDT results against manufacturer’s acceptance criteria. inspection of the slips:
Indications identified by NDT may be relevant or
non-relevant depending on their dimensions, shape, and 7.33.2.1 Verification of Customer Requirements
location, as defined by the manufacturer. Determine from the customer the required rotary slip
sizes. If any of the equipment properties do not meet
• Relevant Surface Indications: Relevant surface the customer requirements, do not proceed with the
indications are indications that result from discon- inspection; notify the customer.
tinuities within the test part. Relevant indications
are considered those with major dimensions 7.33.2.2 Application of Alerts
greater than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) and associated The inspector shall review any product bulletins and
with a surface rupture. safety alerts from the manufacturer for the tool inspected.
• Non-Relevant Surface Indications: Non-relevant All modifications required shall be completed prior to
indications are indications not associated with final inspection.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

a surface rupture that result from excessive


magnetizing current, structural design, or perme- 7.33.2.3 Disassembly
ability variances in the test parts. Any indication When performing maintenance on the tools to mainte-
believed to be non-relevant shall be re-examined nance classification A1, the tool must be disassembled
to determine whether an actual defect exists. If to the extent necessary that the manufacturer-defined
magnetic particle indications greater than 1/16 critical areas of the load-bearing components can be
inch (1.6 mm) are believed to be non-relevant, they thoroughly inspected.
shall either be examined by the liquid penetrant
method to confirm they are non-relevant or they 7.33.2.4 Preparation of Surfaces for Inspection
shall be removed and re-inspected to confirm they a. Critical area maps for each component shall be
are non-relevant. provided by the vendor to the inspector so that the
proper inspection areas can be prepared for inspection.
7.32.4  Assembly Requirements If critical area maps are not provided by the vendor,
All warning, certification, and informational plates or signs the entire tool shall be treated as critical and inspected
shall be installed per the manufacturer’s requirements for on 100% of its area.
safe use.
b. All foreign material such as paints, coatings, dirt,
7.32.5  Fit Testing Requirements grease, oil, scale, etc shall be removed from the critical
a. Master bushings shall be fit tested by completely areas prior to inspection. A form of grit-blasting is the
assembling all components including installation of preferred method for preparing equipment surfaces
pins. Equipment may be disassembled for shipping for inspection. However, other methods capable of
purposes after a successful fit test has been performed. completely removing the foreign material from the
critical areas can be used, such as wire brush wheels,
b. Bowls shall be fit tested by installing them into an
soft buffing pads, steam-cleaning, and paint-stripping.
appropriate master bushing. It is the responsibility
of the equipment provider to furnish an appropriate
master bushing for testing.

125
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.33.3  Inspection Requirements 7.33.3.5 Dimensional Inspection


The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for In addition to the vendor’s specified dimensional
inspection of rotary slips must include the following inspections, the following dimensional wear checks
procedural requirements and common inspection methods: are also required for shop maintenance of rotary slips.
Dimensions listed below shall be measured, recorded,
7.33.3.1 Apparatus and compared to the manufacturer’s allowable tolerances.
The following equipment must be available for inspec- Unacceptable wear (as defined by the manufacturer’s
tion: paint marker, metal scale, tape measure, spring acceptance criteria) on the critical area is a cause for
caliper, and a ruler. All apparatus requirements specified rejection.
in the applicable common inspection methods are also
required. a. Slip contact length

b. Critical dimensions of body hinges and door (for


7.33.3.2 Traceability powered slips), as defined by the manufacturer
Record the serial number and tool description. Reject the
tool if no serial number can be located unless customer c. Hinge pin diameters
waives this requirement.
d. Internal diameters of the guide plates
7.33.3.3 Common Inspection Methods Required
• MPI Body Inspection (7.19) with coverage as 7.33.3.6 MPI Body Inspection Coverage
identified in 7.33.3.6. When performing the MPI Body Inspection (section
7.19) common inspection method, the inspection
• Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18) if necessary shall cover all of the critical areas as defined by the
for proving up indications found using MPI Body manufacturer’s critical area maps. If no critical area maps
Inspection. are available, the entire component shall be considered
critical and inspected over its entire area. The critical areas
7.33.3.4 Visual Inspection shall include all surfaces of any hinge pins, handles, and
a. Slip Segment Bodies: Visually inspect the surfaces handle pins (excluding inserts, buttons, or cotter pins).
of the slip segment bodies to ensure no damages Recheck all critical areas with the magnetic field oriented
are present in the critical areas. Slip segments or perpendicular to the first field.
carrier segments shall also be visually inspected for
straightness by placing a straight-edge or scale on 7.33.3.7 Acceptance Criteria
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

the tapered back of the segment, confirming that the Evaluate visual inspection, dimensional inspection, and
straight-edge sits flush against the length of the taper NDT results against manufacturer’s acceptance criteria.
and parallel to the axis of the segment. Any visible Indications identified by NDT may be relevant or
deformation shall be cause for rejection. non-relevant depending on their dimensions, shape, and
b. Slip Segment Hinges: Visually inspect the hinges location, as defined by the manufacturer.
and the hinge pins. If bending is present, evaluate • Relevant Surface Indications: Relevant surface
according to the acceptance criteria provided by the indications are indications that result from discon-
manufacturer. Unacceptable damage (as defined by tinuities within the test part. Relevant indications
the manufacturer’s acceptance criteria) on the critical are considered those with major dimensions
area is a cause for rejection. greater than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) and associated
c. Slip Dies / Inserts: Visually inspect slip dies to ensure with a surface rupture.
that all dies are the same type and size, and have the • Non-Relevant Surface Indications: Non-relevant
same orientation when installed in the tool. Dies with indications are indications not associated with
worn, chipped, mashed, or otherwise damaged teeth a surface rupture that result from excessive
shall be replaced. magnetizing current, structural design, or perme-
ability variances in the test parts. Any indication

126
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

believed to be non-relevant shall be re-examined b. The equipment shall be fit tested with a test mandrel
to determine whether an actual defect exists. If that is the same size as the drill pipe or tubulars that
magnetic particle indications greater than 1/16 will be handled. The OD of the test mandrel shall
inch (1.6 mm) are believed to be non-relevant, they be measured with micrometers or calipers in at least
shall either be examined by the liquid penetrant 2 circumferential locations (90 degrees apart) at

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
method to confirm they are non-relevant or they each end and in the middle and be within 3% of the
shall be removed and re-inspected to confirm they nominal OD of the pipe size.
are non-relevant.
c. When fit testing hand slips, the vendor shall provide
7.33.4  Assembly Requirements the appropriate sized bowls for the slip type and
The Assembly Procedure developed by the vendor for rotary tubular size that will be tested.
slips must include the following items when applicable:
d. Fit testing shall ensure that the slips dies make proper
• Seals: Replace old O-rings and soft seals with new contact with the test mandrel and the slip segments
ones prior to reassembly. sit down completely in their bowl or housing.
• Bolts: Measure all bolts used in slips and slip
inserts that are load bearing with a bolt sizing tool 7.34  Specific Requirements for Shop
to confirm that they match the length specified in
the bill of materials.
Maintenance of Tubular Elevator Bodies
• Slip Die Inserts: Ensure the die slot and load
for Drill Pipe and Casing
shoulders (if applicable) are clean before installing 7.34.1  Scope
new slip die inserts. This section will provide additional specific requirements
• Hinge Pins: Ensure that hinge pins are properly for shop inspection of tubular elevator bodies. Elevator
installed with hinge pin retainers to prevent pins inserts and bushings are covered separately in 7.35.
from inadvertently dislodging during use.
7.34.2  Preparation
• Greasing Systems: Grease points and fittings The following steps must be performed to prepare for the
shall be properly installed and the manufacturer- inspection of the tubular elevators:
recommended lubrication applied.
7.34.2.1 Verification of Customer Requirements
• Signage: All warning, certification, and infor-
Determine from the customer the required elevator bore
mational plates or signs shall be installed per the
size and tensile rating. If any of the equipment properties
manufacturer’s requirements for safe use.
do not meet the customer requirements, do not proceed
7.33.5  Function and Fit Testing Requirements with the inspection; notify the customer.
The function and fit Testing Procedure developed by the
vendor for rotary slips must include the following items. 7.34.2.2 Application of Alerts
Once the equipment has been fully assembled as per the The inspector shall review any product bulletins and
vendor’s procedures, a function test is required to ensure safety alerts from the manufacturer for the tool inspected.
that the equipment is operating properly. All modifications required shall be completed prior to
final inspection.
a. Rotary slip assemblies capable of pneumatic or
hydraulic operation shall be hooked up to a power unit 7.34.2.3 Preparation of Surfaces for Inspection
capable of applying the same operating conditions a. Critical area maps for each tool’s components shall
that will be applied to the equipment while being be provided by the vendor to the inspector so that the
operated on the rig. The power slips shall be function proper inspection areas can be prepared for inspection.
tested for a minimum of three (3) consecutive cycles. If critical area maps are not provided by the vendor,
All components must function freely and without the entire tool shall be treated as critical and inspected
excessive play. on 100% of its area.

127
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

b. All foreign material such as paints, coatings, dirt, If any dimension requires de-rating of the equipment,
grease, oil, scale, etc shall be removed from the critical the tool shall be rejected unless waived by the customer.
areas on the concerned parts prior to inspection. Any
method capable of completely removing the foreign a. Hinge and latch pin diameter and the corresponding
material from the critical areas can be used, such as pin hole diameters.
grit blasting, wire brush wheels, soft buffing pads, b. Elevator link ear thickness of each ear
steam-cleaning, and paint-stripping.

7.34.3  Inspection Requirements 7.34.3.6 MPI Body Inspection Coverage


The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for When performing the MPI Body Inspection (section
inspection of tubular elevators must include the following 7.19) common inspection method, the inspection
procedural requirements and common inspection methods: shall cover all of the critical areas as defined by the
manufacturer’s critical area maps. If no critical area maps
7.34.3.1 Apparatus are available, the entire component shall be considered
The following equipment must be available for inspec- critical and inspected over its entire area. The critical areas
tion: paint marker, metal scale, tape measure, spring shall include all surfaces of any hinge pins, handles, and
handle pins (excluding inserts, buttons, or cotter pins).
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

caliper, and a micrometer. All apparatus requirements


specified in the applicable common inspection methods Recheck all critical areas with the magnetic field oriented
are also required. perpendicular to the first field.

7.34.3.2 Traceability 7.34.3.7 Acceptance Criteria


Record the serial number and tool description. Reject the Indications identified by NDT may be relevant or
tool if no serial number can be located unless customer non-relevant depending on their dimensions, shape, and
waives this requirement. location, as defined by the manufacturer.

• Relevant Surface Indications: Relevant surface


7.34.3.3 Common Inspection Methods Required indications are indications with major dimensions
• MPI Body Inspection (7.19) with coverage as greater than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) and associated
identified in 7.34.3.6. with a surface rupture.
• Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18) if necessary • Non-Relevant Surface Indications: Non-relevant
for proving up indications found using MPI Body indications are indications not associated with
Inspection. a surface rupture that result from excessive
magnetizing current, structural design, or perme-
7.34.3.4 Visual Inspection ability variances in the component. Any indication
Visually inspect the surfaces of the components to believed to be non-relevant shall be re-examined
ensure no damages are present in the critical areas of to determine whether an actual defect exists. If
the tubular elevator body, doors, latches, hinges, and magnetic particle indications greater than 1/16
the hinge pins. If damage or wear is present, evaluate inch are believed to be non-relevant, they shall
according to the acceptance criteria provided by the either be examined by the liquid penetrant method
manufacturer. Unacceptable damage or wear (as defined to confirm they are non-relevant or they shall be
by the manufacturer’s acceptance criteria) on the critical removed and re-inspected to confirm they are
area is a cause for rejection. non-relevant.

7.34.3.5 Dimensional Inspection 7.34.4  Assembly Requirements


In addition to the vendor’s specified dimensional The Assembly Procedure developed by the vendor for
inspections, the following dimensional wear checks are tubular elevators must include the following items:
also required for shop maintenance of elevator bodies.
Dimensions listed below shall be measured, recorded, • Seals: Replace old O-rings and soft seals with new
and compared to the manufacturer’s allowable tolerances. ones prior to reassembly.

128
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

• Bolts: All bolts used on equipment that will be 7.35.2  Preparation


operated overhead shall have secondary retention The following steps must be performed to prepare for the
installed and verified prior to function testing. inspection of the elevator insert bushings:
• Hinge and Latch Pins: Hinge and latch pins shall
be verified to be the correct size for the application 7.35.2.1 Verification of Customer Requirements
prior to assembly. Determine from the customer the required elevator
insert bushing sizes and tapers. If any of the equipment
• Greasing Systems: Grease points and fittings properties do not meet the customer requirements, do
shall be properly installed and the manufacturer- not proceed with the inspection; notify the customer.
recommended lubrication applied.
• Signage: All warning, certification, and infor- 7.35.2.2 Application of Alerts
mational plates or signs shall be installed per the The inspector shall review any product bulletins and
manufacturer’s requirements for safe use. safety alerts from the manufacturer for the tool inspected.
All modifications required shall be completed prior to
7.34.5  Function and Fit Testing Requirements final inspection.
The function and fit Testing Procedure developed by the
vendor for tubular elevators must include the following 7.35.2.3 Preparation of Surfaces for Inspection
items. Once the equipment has been fully assembled as a. Critical area maps for each tool’s components shall
per the vendor’s procedures, a function test is required to be provided by the vendor to the inspector so that the
ensure that the equipment is operating properly. proper inspection areas can be prepared for inspection.
a. Tubular elevator assemblies capable of pneumatic or If critical area maps are not provided by the vendor,
hydraulic operation shall be hooked up to a power unit the entire tool shall be treated as critical and inspected
capable of applying the same operating conditions on 100% of its area.
that will be applied to the equipment while being b. All foreign material such as paints, coatings, dirt,
operated on the rig. Mechanically-operated equip- grease, oil, scale, etc shall be removed from the critical
ment shall be operated in the same manner that will areas on the concerned parts prior to inspection. Any
be used on the rig. method capable of completely removing the foreign
b. A function test may consist of any number of cycles material from the critical areas can be used, such as
(as needed) of loads up to, but not exceeding, the rated grit blasting, wire brush wheels, soft buffing pads,
load of the equipment under test. steam-cleaning, and paint-stripping.

c. The equipment shall be fit tested with the proper 7.35.3  Inspection Requirements
elevator inserts or bushings and a tubular mandrel that The Inspection Program developed by the vendor for
is the same size as the tubulars that will be handled. inspection of elevator insert bushings must include the
The OD of the test mandrel shall be measured with following procedural requirements and common inspection
micrometers or calipers in at least 2 circumferential methods:
locations (90 degrees apart) at each end and in the
middle and be within 3% of the nominal OD of the 7.35.3.1 Apparatus
tubular size. The following equipment must be available for inspec-
tion: paint marker, metal scale, tape measure, spring
caliper, and elevator taper gauge (appropriate taper for
7.35  Specific Requirements for Shop bushings to be inspected). All apparatus requirements
Maintenance of Elevator Insert Bushings specified in the applicable common inspection methods
are also required.
7.35.1  Scope
This section will provide additional specific requirements
for shop inspection of elevator insert bushings.

129
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

7.35.3.2 Traceability manufacturer’s critical area maps. If no critical area maps


Record the serial number and tool description for the are available, the entire component shall be considered
set of elevator inserts. Reject the tool if no serial number critical and inspected over its entire area. Recheck all
can be located unless customer waives this requirement. critical areas with the magnetic field oriented perpen-
dicular to the first field.
7.35.3.3 Common Inspection Methods Required
• MPI Body Inspection (7.19) with coverage as 7.35.3.7 Acceptance Criteria
identified in 7.35.3.6. Evaluate visual inspection, dimensional inspection, and
• Liquid Penetrant Inspection (7.18) if necessary NDT results against manufacturer’s acceptance criteria.
for proving up indications found using MPI Body Indications identified by NDT may be relevant or
Inspection. non-relevant depending on their dimensions, shape, and
location, as defined by the manufacturer.
7.35.3.4 Visual Inspection • Relevant Surface Indications: Relevant surface
Visually inspect the surfaces of the components to ensure indications are indications that result from discon-
no damages or defects are present in the critical areas. tinuities within the test part. Relevant indications
If damages or defects are present, evaluate according to are considered those with major dimensions
the acceptance criteria provided by the manufacturer. greater than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) and associated

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Unacceptable wear (as defined by the manufacturer’s with a surface rupture.
acceptance criteria) on the critical area is a cause for
rejection. • Non-Relevant Surface Indications: Non-relevant
indications are indications not associated with
7.35.3.5 Dimensional Inspection a surface rupture that result from excessive
In addition to the vendor’s specified dimensional magnetizing current, structural design, or perme-
inspections, the following dimensional wear checks ability variances in the test parts. Any indication
are also required for shop qualification of rotary slips. believed to be non-relevant shall be re-examined
Dimensions listed below shall be measured, recorded, to determine whether an actual defect exists. If
and compared to the manufacturer’s allowable tolerances. magnetic particle indications greater than 1/16
If any dimension requires de-rating of the equipment, inch (1.6 mm) are believed to be non-relevant, they
the tool shall be rejected unless waived by the customer. shall either be examined by the liquid penetrant
method to confirm they are non-relevant or they
a. Taper angle of the bushing’s load shoulder. Measure shall be removed and re-inspected to confirm they
and evaluate wear in accordance with manufacturer’s are non-relevant.
acceptance criteria.
7.35.4  Assembly Requirements
7.35.3.6 MPI Body Inspection Coverage All warning, certification, and informational plates or signs
When performing the MPI Body Inspection (section shall be installed per the manufacturer’s requirements for
7.19) common inspection method, the inspection safe use.
shall cover all of the critical areas as defined by the

130
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.4 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Ultra Class Premium Class Class 2


Min Min Min Min Min Min Minimum Max
Nominal Min Max Bevel Shoulder Min Max Bevel Shoulder Min Max Bevel Shoulder Tong Space Max Bevel
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD ID Diameter Width OD ID Diameter Width OD ID Diameter Width Pin Box Cbore Diameter

2 3/8 2-3/8 PAC E 2 13/16 1 13/32 2 43/64 11/64 2 25/32 1 3/8 2 21/32 9/64 2 23/32 1 19/32 2 5/8 7/64 4 4 2 15/32 2 23/32
6.65 2-3/8 SL H90 E 3 1/16 2 3/32 2 31/32 7/64 3 1/32 2 3/32 2 15/16 3/32 2 31/32 2 5/32 2 29/32 1/16 4 4 7/16 2 53/64 3 9/64

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2-3/8 OH SW E 3 1/8 2 1/32 3 1/64 1/8 3 1/16 2 1/16 2 63/64 3/32 3 1/32 2 1/8 2 31/32 5/64 4 4 2 55/64 3 5/32
NC26 E 3 7/32 2 1/16 3 9/64 7/64 3 3/16 2 3/32 3 7/64 5/64 3 5/32 2 5/32 3 3/32 1/16 4 4 5/8 3 3 9/32
NC26 X 3 5/16 1 29/32 3 13/64 5/32 3 1/4 2 3 5/32 7/64 3 7/32 2 3/32 3 9/64 3/32 4 4 5/8 3 3 9/32
NC26 G 3 11/32 1 27/32 3 7/32 11/64 3 9/32 1 15/16 3 3/16 1/8 3 1/4 2 1/32 3 5/32 7/64 4 4 5/8 3 3 9/32

2 7/8 2-7/8 OH LW E 3 17/32 2 13/32 3 27/64 1/8 3 1/2 2 7/16 3 13/32 7/64 3 7/16 2 1/2 3 3/8 5/64 4 4 1/8 3 17/64 3 5/8
6.85 2-7/8 SL H90 E 3 17/32 2 9/16 3 27/64 7/64 3 1/2 2 19/32 3 13/32 3/32 3 7/16 2 5/8 3 3/8 1/16 4 4 9/16 3 19/64 3 59/64
NC26 E 3 5/16 1 29/32 3 13/64 5/32 3 9/32 1 31/32 3 11/64 7/64 3 7/32 2 1/16 3 9/64 3/32 4 4 5/8 3 3 9/32
NC31 E 3 23/32 2 19/32 3 21/32 7/64 3 11/16 2 17/32 3 5/8 5/64 3 21/32 2 11/16 3 39/64 1/16 4 5 1/8 3 33/64 3 31/32
2-7/8 XH E 3 21/32 2 1/2 3 37/64 7/64 3 5/8 2 9/16 3 35/64 1/16 3 9/16 2 5/8 3 33/64 3/64 4 5 5/8 3 27/64 4 3/64
2-7/8 XH X 3 3/4 2 3/8 3 5/8 5/32 3 11/16 2 15/32 3 19/32 7/64 3 5/8 2 9/16 3 9/16 5/64 4 5 5/8 3 27/64 4 3/64
2-7/8 XH G 3 25/32 2 5/16 3 41/64 11/64 3 23/32 2 13/32 3 39/64 1/8 3 11/16 2 1/2 3 37/64 3/32 4 5 5/8 3 27/64 4 3/64

2 7/8 2-7/8 SL H90 E 3 5/8 2 13/32 3 1/2 11/64 3 19/32 2 15/32 3 15/32 9/64 3 17/32 2 17/32 3 7/16 7/64 4 4 9/16 3 19/64 3 59/64
10.40 2-7/8 SL H90 X 3 3/4 2 1/4 3 9/16 7/32 3 11/16 2 5/16 3 17/32 3/16 3 5/8 2 13/32 3 31/64 5/32 4 4 9/16 3 19/64 3 59/64
2-7/8 OH SW E 3 21/32 2 3/16 3 33/64 13/64 3 19/32 2 9/32 3 15/32 5/32 3 9/16 2 3/8 3 7/16 7/64 4 4 1/2 3 17/64 3 5/8
NC31 E 3 27/32 2 13/32 3 47/64 11/64 3 13/16 2 1/2 3 45/64 9/64 3 3/4 2 19/32 3 21/32 7/64 4 5 1/8 3 33/64 3 31/32
NC31 X 3 31/32 2 1/4 3 51/64 7/32 3 29/32 2 5/16 3 3/4 3/16 3 27/32 2 7/16 3 23/32 5/32 4 5 1/8 3 33/64 3 31/32
NC31 G 4 2 5/32 3 53/64 1/4 3 15/16 2 1/4 3 25/32 13/64 3 7/8 2 3/8 3 47/64 11/64 4 5 1/8 3 33/64 3 31/32
NC31 S 4 5/32 1 27/32 3 59/64 21/64 4 1/16 2 1/32 3 55/64 17/64 4 2 13/16 3 13/16 15/64 4 5 1/8 3 33/64 3 31/32
2-7/8 XH E 3 25/32 2 5/16 3 21/32 11/64 3 23/32 2 13/32 3 39/64 9/64 3 21/32 2 1/2 3 37/64 7/64 4 5 5/8 3 27/64 4 3/64

3 1/2 NC31 E 4 3/32 2 3 7/8 9/32 4 2 1/8 3 53/64 15/64 3 15/16 2 9/32 3 25/32 13/64 4 5 1/8 3 33/64 3 31/32
13.30 3-1/2 H90 E 4 19/32 3 1/4 4 15/32 11/64 4 17/32 3 5/16 4 7/16 1/8 4 1/2 3 3/8 4 13/32 7/64 4 5 5/8 4 1/4 5
3-1/2 H90 X 4 11/16 3 3/32 4 17/32 7/32 4 5/8 3 5/32 4 31/64 11/64 4 9/16 3 1/4 4 29/64 9/64 4 5 5/8 4 1/4 5
3-1/2 XH E 4 13/32 2 21/32 4 15/64 15/64 4 11/32 2 23/32 4 3/16 9/64 4 1/4 2 29/32 4 9/64 1/8 4 5 1/8 3 15/16 4 35/64
3-1/2 XH X 4 17/32 2 7/16 4 5/16 19/64 4 7/16 2 19/32 4 1/4 13/64 4 3/8 2 23/32 4 13/64 11/64 4 5 1/8 3 15/16 4 35/64
3-1/2 XH G 4 19/32 2 5/16 4 23/64 21/64 4 1/2 2 15/32 4 19/64 15/64 4 13/32 2 21/32 4 1/4 3/16 4 5 1/8 3 15/16 4 35/64
3-1/2 SL H90 X 4 15/32 2 13/16 4 1/4 17/64 4 3/8 2 7/8 4 13/64 13/64 4 5/16 2 31/32 4 11/64 11/64 4 4 5/8 3 15/16 4 29/64
NC38 E 4 9/16 2 31/32 4 13/32 13/64 4 1/2 3 1/16 4 23/64 11/64 4 7/16 3 1/8 4 21/64 9/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
NC38 X 4 11/16 2 3/4 4 31/64 17/64 4 19/32 2 7/8 4 27/64 7/32 4 17/32 3 4 3/8 3/16 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
NC38 G 4 3/4 2 21/32 4 33/64 19/64 4 21/32 2 25/32 4 15/32 1/4 4 19/32 2 7/8 4 27/64 7/32 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
NC38 S 4 29/32 2 5/16 4 35/64 25/64 4 13/16 2 17/32 4 9/16 21/64 4 23/32 2 29/32 4 1/2 9/32 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
NC40 S 5 3/32 2 25/32 4 27/32 11/32 5 2 29/32 4 25/32 9/32 4 29/32 3 1/16 4 23/32 15/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
131

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
132

Table 7.4 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Ultra Class Premium Class Class 2


Min Min Min Min Min Min Minimum Max
Nominal Min Max Bevel Shoulder Min Max Bevel Shoulder Min Max Bevel Shoulder Tong Space Max Bevel
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD ID Diameter Width OD ID Diameter Width OD ID Diameter Width Pin Box Cbore Diameter

3 1/2 NC38 E 4 5/8 2 7/8 4 7/16 15/64 4 17/32 2 31/32 4 25/64 3/16 4 15/32 3 3/32 4 23/64 5/32 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
15.50 NC38 X 4 3/4 2 5/8 4 17/32 5/16 4 21/32 2 25/32 4 15/32 1/4 4 19/32 2 29/32 4 27/64 7/32 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
NC38 G 4 13/16 2 1/2 4 35/64 11/32 4 23/32 2 21/32 4 1/2 9/32 4 5/8 2 13/16 4 29/64 15/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
NC38 1 S 5 2 3/32 4 9/16 7/16 4 29/32 2 11/32 4 9/16 9/32 4 25/32 2 19/32 4 17/32 3/16 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
NC40 G 5 2 15/16 4 25/32 19/64 4 15/16 3 1/16 4 47/64 1/4 4 27/32 3 3/16 4 43/64 13/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
NC40 S 5 3/16 2 19/32 4 29/32 25/64 5 3/32 2 13/16 4 53/64 21/64 4 31/32 2 31/32 4 49/64 17/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32

4 NC46 E 5 1/4 3 31/32 5 5/32 9/64 5 7/32 4 1/32 5 1/8 7/64 5 5/32 4 3/32 5 3/32 5/64 4 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
11.85 4 H90 E 4 15/16 3 11/16 4 13/16 5/32 4 7/8 3 23/32 4 25/32 7/64 4 27/32 3 25/32 4 49/64 3/32 4 5 7/8 4 5/8 5 9/32

4 NC40 E 4 7/8 3 5/32 4 45/64 15/64 4 13/16 3 1/4 4 43/64 3/16 4 3/4 3 11/32 4 5/8 5/32 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
14.00 NC40 X 5 1/32 2 29/32 4 51/64 5/16 4 15/16 3 1/16 4 47/64 1/4 4 27/32 3 3/16 4 11/16 13/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
NC40 G 5 3/32 2 13/16 4 53/64 11/32 5 2 15/16 4 49/64 9/32 4 29/32 3 3/32 4 23/32 15/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
NC40 S 5 9/32 2 13/32 4 61/64 7/16 5 11/64 2 39/64 4 57/64 3/8 5 1/16 2 13/16 4 53/64 5/16 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
NC46 E 5 11/32 3 7/8 5 13/64 3/16 5 9/32 3 15/16 5 5/32 9/64 5 7/32 4 1/32 5 1/8 7/64 4 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
NC46 X 5 7/16 3 23/32 5 17/64 15/64 5 3/8 3 13/16 5 15/64 3/16 5 5/16 3 15/16 5 11/64 5/32 4 1/32 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
NC46 G 5 1/2 3 5/8 5 19/64 17/64 5 7/16 3 3/4 5 1/4 7/32 5 11/32 3 27/32 5 13/64 11/64 4 1/16 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
NC46 S 5 21/32 3 3/8 5 13/32 11/32 5 9/16 3 1/2 5 11/32 9/32 5 1/2 3 21/32 5 19/64 1/4 4 11/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
4 H90 E 5 3 19/32 4 55/64 3/16 4 15/16 3 21/32 4 53/64 9/64 4 7/8 3 23/32 4 25/32 7/64 4 5 7/8 4 5/8 5 9/32
4 H90 X 5 1/8 3 7/16 4 15/16 1/4 5 1/32 3 1/2 4 57/64 3/16 4 31/32 3 19/32 4 27/32 5/32 4 5 7/8 4 5/8 5 9/32
4 H90 G 5 5/32 3 11/32 4 31/32 17/64 5 3/32 3 7/16 4 59/64 7/32 5 1/32 3 15/32 4 7/8 3/16 4 5 7/8 4 5/8 5 9/32
4 SH E 4 17/32 2 7/16 4 5/16 19/64 4 7/16 2 19/32 4 1/4 15/64 4 3/8 2 23/32 4 13/64 13/64 4 5 1/8 3 15/16 4 35/64

4 NC40 E 4 15/16 3 1/16 4 47/64 17/64 4 7/8 3 1/8 4 11/16 7/32 4 25/32 3 9/32 4 41/64 11/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
15.70 NC40 X 5 3/32 2 13/16 4 53/64 11/32 5 2 31/32 4 49/64 9/32 4 29/32 3 3/32 4 23/32 15/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
NC46 E 5 3/8 3 13/16 5 7/32 13/64 5 5/16 3 29/32 5 3/16 5/32 5 1/4 3 31/32 5 5/32 1/8 4 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
NC46 X 5 1/2 3 5/8 5 19/64 17/64 5 7/16 3 3/4 5 1/4 7/32 5 11/32 3 27/32 5 13/64 11/64 4 1/16 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
NC46 G 5 9/16 3 17/32 5 11/32 19/64 5 15/32 3 21/32 5 9/32 15/64 5 13/32 3 25/32 5 15/64 13/64 4 7/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NC46 S 5 3/4 3 1/4 5 29/64 25/64 5 21/32 3 13/32 5 25/64 21/64 5 17/32 3 9/16 5 21/64 17/64 4 15/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
4 H90 E 5 1/32 3 17/32 4 57/64 13/64 4 31/32 3 19/32 4 27/32 5/32 4 29/32 3 21/32 4 13/16 1/8 4 5 7/8 4 5/8 5 9/32
4 H90 X 5 5/32 3 11/32 4 31/32 17/64 5 3/32 3 7/16 4 59/64 7/32 5 1/32 3 17/32 4 7/8 3/16 4 5 7/8 4 5/8 5 9/32
4 H90 G 5 7/32 3 1/4 5 1/64 19/64 5 5/32 3 11/32 4 61/64 1/4 5 1/16 3 15/32 4 29/32 13/64 4 5 7/8 4 5/8 5 9/32

4 1/2 NC46 E 5 15/32 3 11/16 5 9/32 1/4 5 13/32 3 25/32 5 15/64 13/64 5 11/32 3 7/8 5 13/64 11/64 4 3/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
16.60 NC46 X 5 5/8 3 15/32 5 3/8 21/64 5 17/32 3 19/32 5 21/64 17/64 5 7/16 3 23/32 5 17/64 7/32 4 5/32 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
NC46 G 5 11/16 3 11/32 5 27/64 23/64 5 19/32 3 1/2 5 23/64 19/64 5 1/2 3 5/8 5 5/16 1/4 4 13/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
NC46 S 5 29/32 2 31/32 5 35/64 15/32 5 25/32 3 5/32 5 31/64 25/64 5 21/32 3 3/8 5 13/32 21/64 4 11/32 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.4 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Ultra Class Premium Class Class 2


Min Min Min Min Min Min Minimum Max
Nominal Min Max Bevel Shoulder Min Max Bevel Shoulder Min Max Bevel Shoulder Tong Space Max Bevel
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD ID Diameter Width OD ID Diameter Width OD ID Diameter Width Pin Box Cbore Diameter

4 1/2 4-1/2 H90 E 5 13/32 3 27/32 5 15/64 7/32 5 11/32 3 29/32 5 3/16 3/16 5 9/32 4 5 5/32 5/32 4 6 1/8 4 61/64 5 47/64
16.60 4-1/2 H90 X 5 17/32 3 21/32 5 5/16 19/64 5 15/32 3 3/4 5 17/64 1/4 5 3/8 3 27/32 5 7/32 13/64 4 3/32 6 1/8 4 61/64 5 47/64
4-1/2 H90 G 5 19/32 3 9/16 5 23/64 21/64 5 1/2 3 21/32 5 19/64 17/64 5 7/16 3 25/32 5 1/4 15/64 4 1/8 6 1/8 4 61/64 5 47/64
4-1/2 FH E 5 7/16 3 17/32 5 17/64 1/4 5 3/8 3 5/8 5 7/32 13/64 5 9/32 3 23/32 5 11/64 5/32 4 1/64 5 5/8 4 15/16 5 47/64
4-1/2 FH X 5 19/32 3 9/32 5 23/64 21/64 5 1/2 3 13/32 5 5/16 17/64 5 13/32 3 9/16 5 1/4 7/32 4 1/8 5 5/8 4 15/16 5 47/64
4-1/2 FH G 5 21/32 3 5/32 5 13/32 23/64 5 9/16 3 21/32 5 11/32 19/64 5 15/32 3 15/32 5 19/64 1/4 4 11/64 5 5/8 4 15/16 5 47/64
NC50 E 5 25/32 4 7/32 5 41/64 13/64 5 23/32 4 5/16 5 19/32 5/32 5 11/16 4 13/32 5 9/16 9/64 4 19/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
NC50 X 5 15/16 4 1/32 5 23/32 9/32 5 27/32 4 5/32 5 43/64 7/32 5 25/32 4 1/4 5 5/8 3/16 4 25/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
NC50 G 6 3 15/16 5 49/64 5/16 5 29/32 4 1/16 5 23/32 1/4 5 13/16 4 3/16 5 21/32 13/64 4 7/16 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
NC50 S 6 5/32 3 21/32 5 7/8 25/64 6 1/16 3 13/16 5 13/16 21/64 5 31/32 3 31/32 5 3/4 9/32 4 35/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64

4 1/2 NC46 E 5 9/16 3 17/32 5 11/32 19/64 5 1/2 3 5/8 5 19/64 1/4 5 13/32 3 3/4 5 1/4 13/64 4 7/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
20.00 NC46 X 5 3/4 3 1/4 5 29/64 25/64 5 21/32 3 13/32 5 25/64 21/64 5 9/16 3 9/16 5 21/64 9/32 4 15/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
NC46 G 5 13/16 3 3/32 5 33/64 27/64 5 23/32 3 1/4 5 7/16 23/64 5 5/8 3 15/32 5 3/8 5/16 4 19/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
NC46 S 6 1/16 2 19/32 5 21/32 35/64 5 59/64 2 7/8 5 37/64 15/32 5 51/64 3 1/8 5 31/64 13/32 4 7/16 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 27/32
NC50 E 5 7/8 4 3/32 5 45/64 1/4 5 13/16 4 3/16 5 21/32 13/64 5 3/4 4 5/16 5 39/64 3/16 4 23/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
NC50 X 6 1/32 3 7/8 5 51/64 21/64 5 15/16 4 5 47/64 17/64 5 7/8 4 1/8 5 11/16 15/64 4 29/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
NC50 G 6 1/8 3 3/4 5 27/32 3/8 6 1/32 3 29/32 5 25/32 5/16 5 29/32 4 1/32 5 23/32 1/4 4 33/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
NC50 S 6 5/16 3 3/8 5 31/32 15/32 6 7/32 3 19/32 5 57/64 13/32 6 3/32 3 25/32 5 13/16 11/32 4 21/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
4-1/2 H90 E 5 1/2 3 23/32 5 19/64 17/64 5 13/32 3 25/32 5 15/64 7/32 5 11/32 3 7/8 5 13/64 3/16 4 1/16 6 1/8 4 61/64 5 47/64
4-1/2 H90 X 5 21/32 3 15/32 5 25/64 11/32 5 9/16 3 9/16 5 21/64 19/64 5 15/32 3 23/32 5 9/32 1/4 4 5/32 6 1/8 4 61/64 5 47/64
4-1/2 FH E 5 9/16 3 11/32 5 11/32 5/16 5 15/32 3 1/2 5 9/32 1/4 5 3/8 3 5/8 5 15/64 13/64 4 3/32 5 5/8 4 15/16 5 47/64
4-1/2 FH X 5 23/32 3 1/32 5 29/64 25/64 5 5/8 3 7/32 5 3/8 21/64 5 17/32 3 3/8 5 5/16 9/32 4 13/64 5 5/8 4 15/16 5 47/64

5 NC50 E 5 31/32 4 5 47/64 19/64 5 7/8 4 3/32 5 11/16 15/64 5 13/16 4 7/32 5 41/64 13/64 4 13/32 6 1/8 53/8 6 5/64
19.50 NC50 X 6 1/8 3 3/4 5 27/32 3/8 6 1/32 3 7/8 5 25/32 5/16 5 15/16 4 5 23/32 17/64 4 33/64 6 1/8 53/8 6 5/64

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NC50 G 6 3/16 3 19/32 5 57/64 13/32 6 3/32 3 25/32 5 53/64 11/32 6 3 15/16 5 49/64 19/64 4 37/64 6 1/8 53/8 6 5/64
NC50 S 6 7/16 3 3/16 6 1/32 17/32 6 5/16 3 13/32 5 61/64 29/64 6 3/16 3 5/8 5 7/8 25/64 4 23/32 6 1/8 53/8 6 5/64
5 H90 X 5 15/16 3 3/4 5 43/64 23/64 5 27/32 3 27/32 5 5/8 19/64 5 3/4 3 21/32 5 9/16 1/4 4 25/64 6 3/8 5 15/64 6 1/8
5 H90 G 6 1/32 3 5/8 5 23/32 25/64 5 29/32 3 3/4 5 21/32 21/64 5 13/16 3 7/8 5 19/32 9/32 4 7/16 6 3/8 5 15/64 6 1/8
5 1/2 FH E 6 7/16 4 11/16 6 17/64 15/64 6 23/64 4 25/32 6 7/32 3/16 6 5/16 4 27/32 6 11/64 5/32 4 49/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 5/16
5 1/2 FH X 6 19/32 4 1/2 6 11/32 5/16 6 31/64 4 39/64 6 19/64 1/4 6 13/32 4 23/32 6 1/4 13/64 4 55/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 7/16
5 1/2 FH G 6 21/32 4 3/8 6 25/64 11/32 6 35/64 4 33/64 6 21/64 9/32 6 15/32 4 5/8 6 9/32 15/64 4 29/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 1/2
5 1/2 FH S 6 27/32 4 1/16 6 33/64 7/16 6 3/4 4 1/4 6 29/64 3/8 6 5/8 4 13/32 6 3/8 5/16 5 3/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
133

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
134

Table 7.4 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Ultra Class Premium Class Class 2


Min Min Min Min Min Min Minimum Max
Nominal Min Max Bevel Shoulder Min Max Bevel Shoulder Min Max Bevel Shoulder Tong Space Max Bevel
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD ID Diameter Width OD ID Diameter Width OD ID Diameter Width Pin Box Cbore Diameter

5 5 1/2 FH E 6 9/16 4 1/2 6 11/32 19/64 6 1/2 4 5/8 6 19/64 1/4 6 13/32 4 3/4 6 1/4 13/64 4 55/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
25.60 5 1/2 FH X 6 3/4 4 7/32 6 29/64 25/64 6 21/32 4 3/8 6 25/64 21/64 6 9/16 4 17/32 6 21/64 9/32 4 63/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
5 1/2 FH G 6 27/32 4 3/32 6 33/64 7/16 6 23/32 4 9/32 6 7/16 23/64 6 5/8 4 7/16 6 3/8 5/16 5 3/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
5 1/2 FH S 7 1/16 3 21/32 6 43/64 35/64 6 15/16 3 29/32 6 37/64 15/32 6 13/16 4 1/8 6 31/64 13/32 5 13/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
NC50 E 6 1/8 3 3/4 5 27/32 3/8 6 1/32 3 29/32 5 25/32 5/16 5 15/16 4 1/32 5 23/32 17/64 4 33/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
NC50 X 6 5/16 3 13/32 5 31/32 15/32 6 7/32 3 9/16 5 57/64 13/32 6 3/32 3 25/32 5 13/16 11/32 4 21/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
NC50 G 6 13/32 3 7/32 6 1/32 33/64 6 9/32 3 7/16 5 61/64 7/16 6 5/32 3 21/32 5 7/8 3/8 4 23/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64

5 1/2 5 1/2 FH E 6 9/16 4 1/2 6 11/32 19/64 6 15/32 4 5/8 6 9/32 15/64 6 13/32 4 3/4 6 15/64 13/64 4 55/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
21.90 5 1/2 FH X 6 23/32 4 1/4 6 29/64 3/8 6 5/8 4 11/32 6 3/8 5/16 6 17/32 4 17/32 6 21/64 17/64 4 31/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
5 1/2 FH G 6 13/16 4 1/8 6 1/2 27/64 6 23/32 4 9/32 6 7/16 23/64 6 19/32 4 7/16 6 23/64 19/64 5 1/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
5 1/2 FH S 7 1/16 3 23/32 6 41/64 35/64 6 15/16 3 15/16 6 9/16 15/32 6 13/16 4 5/32 6 31/64 13/32 5 3/16 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 7/64
5-1/2 H90 X 6 9/32 3 27/32 6 25/64 6 3/16 3 15/16 5 15/16 21/64 6 3/32 4 5/32 5 7/8 9/32 4 41/64 6 3/8 5 1/2 6 5/8

5 1/2 5 1/2 FH E 6 5/8 4 13/32 6 25/64 21/64 6 9/16 4 17/32 6 21/64 9/32 6 15/32 4 11/16 6 9/32 15/64 4 29/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
24.70 5 1/2 FH X 6 13/16 4 1/8 6 1/2 27/64 6 23/32 4 9/32 6 7/16 23/64 6 19/32 4 7/16 6 23/64 19/64 5 1/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
5 1/2 FH G 6 29/32 3 31/32 6 9/16 15/32 6 25/32 4 5/32 6 31/64 25/64 6 11/16 4 11/32 6 13/32 11/32 5 3/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
5 1/2 FH S 7 5/32 3 15/32 6 23/32 19/32 7 1/32 3 23/32 6 5/8 33/64 6 7/8 4 6 17/32 7/16 5 17/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 7/64

6 5/8 6 5/8 FH E 7 17/32 5 7/16 7 19/64 5/16 7 7/16 5 15/32 7 15/64 1/4 7 3/8 5 9/16 7 3/16 7/32 5 37/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 23/32
25.20 6 5/8 FH X 7 23/32 5 5/32 7 13/32 13/32 7 5/8 5 3/16 7 11/32 11/32 7 1/2 5 3/8 7 9/32 9/32 5 45/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 23/32
6 5/8 FH G 7 13/16 5 1/32 7 15/32 29/64 7 11/16 5 3/32 7 25/64 3/8 7 19/32 5 9/32 7 21/64 21/64 5 49/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 23/32
6 5/8 FH S 8 1/16 4 5/8 7 5/8 37/64 7 29/32 4 11/16 7 17/32 31/64 7 25/32 4 15/16 7 29/64 27/64 5 15/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 23/32

6 5/8 6 5/8 FH E 7 19/32 5 11/32 7 21/64 11/32 7 1/2 5 3/8 7 9/32 9/32 7 13/32 5 1/2 7 7/32 15/64 5 5/8 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 23/32
27.70 6 5/8 FH X 7 25/32 5 1/16 7 29/64 7/16 7 11/16 5 3/32 7 25/64 3/8 7 9/16 5 9/32 7 5/16 5/16 5 3/4 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 23/32
6 5/8 FH G 7 7/8 4 29/32 7 33/64 31/64 7 3/4 4 15/16 7 7/16 13/32 7 21/32 5 1/8 7 23/64 23/64 5 13/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 23/32
6 5/8 FH S 8 5/32 4 15/32 7 43/64 5/8 8 4 17/32 7 19/32 17/32 7 27/32 4 25/32 7 1/2 29/64 6 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 23/32

Note 1: 3-1/2", 15.50#, S135 drill pipe with NC38 connections is not covered in API Spec 5DP for new manufacturing due to the difficulty in meeting typical TSR requirements. API RP 7G-2 for inspection does have this
combination, so those Premium and Class 2 values are given here. However, this pipe configuration is often manufactured with slim tool joints which may require the use of Premium Class - Reduced TSR criteria provided in
Table 7.29.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.5 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

2 3/8 HT 2  3/8 SLH90 G 1.688 2.969 0.094 6 8 3.141 2.984 4.438 4.429 2.263 2.216 2.789 2.727 4.448 4.443
6.65 S 1.688 2.969 0.094 6 8 3.141 2.984 4.438 4.429 2.263 2.216 2.789 2.727 4.448 4.443
V-150 1.563 2.969 0.094 6 8 3.141 2.984 4.438 4.429 2.263 2.216 2.789 2.727 4.448 4.443

2  7/8 G 1.500 2.946 0.188 6 8 3.204 3.047 4.830 4.821 2.014 1.967 2.601 2.539 4.840 4.835
HT PAC S 1.500 2.972 0.188 6 8 3.204 3.047 4.830 4.821 2.014 1.967 2.601 2.539 4.840 4.835

HT 26 G 1.688 3.133 0.188 6 8 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.165 5.156 2.156 2.109 2.969 2.907 5.173 5.168
S 1.688 3.252 0.188 6 8 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.165 5.156 2.156 2.109 2.969 2.907 5.173 5.168
V-150 1.563 3.257 0.188 6 8 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.165 5.156 2.156 2.109 2.969 2.907 5.173 5.168

2 7/8 2 3/8 G 1.844 3.075 0.094 6 8 3.141 2.984 4.438 4.429 2.263 2.216 2.789 2.727 4.448 4.443
6.85 HTSLH90 S 1.844 3.231 0.094 6 8 3.141 2.984 4.438 4.429 2.263 2.216 2.789 2.727 4.448 4.443
V-150 1.750 3.254 0.094 6 8 3.141 2.984 4.438 4.429 2.263 2.216 2.789 2.727 4.448 4.443

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2  7/8 G 1.500 2.987 0.188 6 8 3.204 3.047 4.830 4.821 2.014 1.967 2.601 2.539 4.840 4.835
HTPAC S 1.500 3.125 0.188 6 8 3.204 3.047 4.830 4.821 2.014 1.967 2.601 2.539 4.840 4.835

HT 26 G 1.750 3.313 0.188 6 8 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.165 5.156 2.156 2.109 2.969 2.907 5.173 5.168
S 1.750 3.375 0.188 6 8 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.165 5.156 2.156 2.109 2.969 2.907 5.173 5.168
V-150 1.780 3.375 0.188 6 8 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.165 5.156 2.156 2.109 2.969 2.907 5.173 5.168

HT 31 G 2.000 3.813 0.188 6 8 4.094 3.937 5.343 5.334 2.621 2.574 3.484 3.422 5.356 5.351
S 2.000 3.813 0.188 6 8 4.094 3.937 5.343 5.334 2.621 2.574 3.484 3.422 5.356 5.351
V-150 2.000 3.813 0.188 6 8 4.094 3.937 5.343 5.334 2.621 2.574 3.484 3.422 5.356 5.351

2 7/8 HT 26 G 1.750 3.375 0.188 6 8 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.165 5.156 2.156 2.109 2.969 2.907 5.173 5.168
10.40 S 1.438 3.500 0.188 6 8 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.165 5.156 2.156 2.109 2.969 2.907 5.173 5.168
V-150 1.313 3.638 0.188 6 8 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.165 5.156 2.156 2.109 2.969 2.907 5.173 5.168

HT 31 G 2.000 3.813 0.188 6 8 4.094 3.937 5.343 5.334 2.621 2.574 3.484 3.422 5.356 5.351
S 2.000 3.864 0.188 6 8 4.094 3.937 5.343 5.334 2.621 2.574 3.484 3.422 5.356 5.351
V-150 2.000 3.939 0.188 6 8 4.094 3.937 5.343 5.334 2.621 2.574 3.484 3.422 5.356 5.351
135

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
136

Table 7.5 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

3 1/2 HT 31 G 2.000 3.846 0.188 6 8 4.094 3.937 5.343 5.334 2.621 2.574 3.484 3.422 5.356 5.351
9.50 S 2.000 4.032 0.188 6 8 4.094 3.937 5.343 5.334 2.621 2.574 3.484 3.422 5.356 5.351
V-150 2.000 4.121 0.188 6 8 4.094 3.937 5.343 5.334 2.621 2.574 3.484 3.422 5.356 5.351

HT 38 G 2.688 4.704 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510
S 2.688 4.704 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510
V-150 2.688 4.704 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510

3 1/2 HT 31 G 2.000 4.038 0.188 6 8 4.094 3.937 5.343 5.334 2.621 2.574 3.484 3.422 5.356 5.351
13.30 S 1.975 4.125 0.188 6 8 4.094 3.937 5.343 5.334 2.621 2.574 3.484 3.422 5.356 5.351

HT 38 G 2.625 4.704 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510
S 2.563 4.704 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510
V-150 2.563 4.704 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510

3 1/2 HT 38 G 2.500 4.704 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510
15.50 S 2.500 4.704 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510
V-150 2.313 4.704 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510

4 HT 38 G 2.563 4.704 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510
14.00 S 2.563 4.780 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510
V-150 2.563 4.885 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510

HT 40 G 2.688 4.969 0.313 6 8 5.016 4.859 6.276 6.267 3.353 3.306 4.375 4.313 6.286 6.281
S 2.688 4.969 0.313 6 8 5.016 4.859 6.276 6.267 3.353 3.306 4.375 4.313 6.286 6.281
V-150 2.688 5.045 0.313 6 8 5.016 4.859 6.276 6.267 3.353 3.306 4.375 4.313 6.286 6.281

4 HT 38 G 2.563 4.704 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510
15.70 S 2.563 4.877 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510
V-150 2.500 4.938 0.313 6 8 4.794 4.637 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 4.109 4.047 5.515 5.510

HT 40 G 2.688 4.969 0.313 6 8 5.016 4.859 6.276 6.267 3.353 3.306 4.375 4.313 6.286 6.281
S 2.688 5.038 0.313 6 8 5.016 4.859 6.276 6.267 3.353 3.306 4.375 4.313 6.286 6.281
V-150 2.688 5.143 0.313 6 8 5.016 4.859 6.276 6.267 3.353 3.306 4.375 4.313 6.286 6.281

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.5 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

4 1/2 HT 50 G 3.688 5.938 0.313 6 8 6.281 6.124 6.159 6.150 4.344 4.298 5.344 5.282 6.169 6.164
16.60 S 3.563 5.938 0.313 6 8 6.281 6.124 6.159 6.150 4.344 4.298 5.344 5.282 6.169 6.164
V-150 3.438 5.938 0.313 6 8 6.281 6.124 6.159 6.150 4.344 4.298 5.344 5.282 6.169 6.164

4 1/2 HT 50 G 3.500 5.938 0.313 6 8 6.281 6.124 6.159 6.150 4.344 4.298 5.344 5.282 6.169 6.164
20.00 S 3.250 5.938 0.313 6 8 6.281 6.124 6.159 6.150 4.344 4.298 5.344 5.282 6.169 6.164

5 HT 50 G 3.500 5.938 0.313 6 8 6.281 6.124 6.159 6.150 4.344 4.298 5.344 5.282 6.169 6.164
19.50 S 3.500 5.967 0.313 6 8 6.281 6.124 6.159 6.150 4.344 4.298 5.344 5.282 6.169 6.164
V-150 3.500 6.086 0.313 6 8 6.281 6.124 6.159 6.150 4.344 4.298 5.344 5.282 6.169 6.164

5 HT 50 G 3.500 5.942 0.313 6 8 6.281 6.124 6.159 6.150 4.344 4.298 5.344 5.282 6.169 6.164
25.60 S 3.500 6.236 0.313 6 8 6.281 6.124 6.159 6.150 4.344 4.298 5.344 5.282 6.169 6.164
V-150 3.500 6.250 0.313 6 8 6.281 6.124 6.159 6.150 4.344 4.298 5.344 5.282 6.169 6.164

5 1/2 HT 55 G 3.250 6.531 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
21.90 S 3.250 6.531 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
V-150 3.250 6.531 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352

5 1/2 HT 55 G 3.250 6.531 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
24.70 S 3.250 6.531 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
V-150 3.250 6.571 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5 7/8 HT 55 G 4.000 6.549 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
23.40 S 4.000 6.829 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
V-150 4.000 6.963 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352

5 7/8 HT 55 G 4.000 6.663 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
26.30 S 4.000 6.967 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
V-150 4.000 7.000 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
137

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
138

Table 7.5 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

5 7/8 HT 55 G 4.000 6.821 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
28.70 S 4.000 7.000 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
V-150 3.938 7.000 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352

6 5/8 HT 65 G 5.000 7.469 0.313 6 8.509 7.704 7.547 7.500 7.491 5.613 5.566 6.875 6.813 7.509 7.504
25.20 S 5.000 7.694 0.313 6 8.509 7.704 7.547 7.500 7.491 5.613 5.566 6.875 6.813 7.509 7.504
V-150 5.000 7.821 0.313 6 8.509 7.704 7.547 7.500 7.491 5.613 5.566 6.875 6.813 7.509 7.504

6 5/8 HT 65 G 5.000 7.506 0.313 6 8.509 7.704 7.547 7.500 7.491 5.613 5.566 6.875 6.813 7.509 7.504
27.70 S 5.000 7.785 0.313 6 8.509 7.704 7.547 7.500 7.491 5.613 5.566 6.875 6.813 7.509 7.504
V-150 5.000 7.919 0.313 6 8.509 7.704 7.547 7.500 7.491 5.613 5.566 6.875 6.813 7.509 7.504
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD, and operational capacity of the connection shall the
actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
5 For HT26, bevel diameter varies with tool joint OD.
For OD = 3.375" or 3.438", bevel = 3.453" (max), 3.296" (min).
For OD = 3.5", bevel = 3.547" (max), 3.390" (min).
For OD = 3.625" or 3.565", bevel = 3.672" (max), 3.515" (min).

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.6 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

2 3/8 XT 24 G 1.500 3.000 0.188 6 8 3.141 2.984 3.219 3.210 2.114 2.067 2.655 2.593 3.222 3.217
6.65 S 1.500 3.000 0.188 6 8 3.141 2.984 3.219 3.210 2.114 2.067 2.655 2.593 3.222 3.217
V-150 1.375 3.000 0.188 6 8 3.141 2.984 3.219 3.210 2.114 2.067 2.655 2.593 3.222 3.217

XT 26 G 1.688 3.234 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 3.125 3.116 2.356 2.309 2.893 2.831 3.128 3.123
S 1.688 3.234 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 3.125 3.116 2.356 2.309 2.893 2.831 3.128 3.123
V-150 1.625 3.234 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 3.125 3.116 2.356 2.309 2.893 2.831 3.128 3.123

2 7/8 XT 26 G 1.688 3.234 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 3.125 3.116 2.356 2.309 2.893 2.831 3.128 3.123
6.85 S 1.688 3.234 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 3.125 3.116 2.356 2.309 2.893 2.831 3.128 3.123
V-150 1.688 3.272 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 3.125 3.116 2.356 2.309 2.893 2.831 3.128 3.123

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
XT 31 G 2.000 3.750 0.188 6 8 4.016 3.859 4.000 3.991 2.787 2.740 3.404 3.342 4.003 3.998
S 2.000 3.750 0.188 6 8 4.016 3.859 4.000 3.991 2.787 2.740 3.404 3.342 4.003 3.998
V-150 2.000 3.750 0.188 6 8 4.016 3.859 4.000 3.991 2.787 2.740 3.404 3.342 4.003 3.998

2 7/8 XT 26 G 1.688 3.257 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 3.125 3.116 2.356 2.309 2.893 2.831 3.128 3.123
10.40

XT 31 G 2.000 3.750 0.188 6 8 4.016 3.859 4.000 3.991 2.787 2.740 3.404 3.342 4.003 3.998
S 2.000 3.750 0.188 6 8 4.016 3.859 4.000 3.991 2.787 2.740 3.404 3.342 4.003 3.998
V-150 2.000 3.750 0.188 6 8 4.016 3.859 4.000 3.991 2.787 2.740 3.404 3.342 4.003 3.998

3 1/2 XT 31 G 2.000 3.750 0.188 6 8 4.016 3.859 4.000 3.991 2.787 2.740 3.404 3.342 4.003 3.998
9.50 S 2.000 3.825 0.188 6 8 4.016 3.859 4.000 3.991 2.787 2.740 3.404 3.342 4.003 3.998
V-150 2.000 3.918 0.188 6 8 4.016 3.859 4.000 3.991 2.787 2.740 3.404 3.342 4.003 3.998

XT 38 G 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
S 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
V-150 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623

3 1/2 XT 31 G 2.000 3.830 0.188 6 8 4.016 3.859 4.000 3.991 2.787 2.740 3.404 3.342 4.003 3.998
13.30 S 1.875 4.016 0.188 6 8 4.016 3.859 4.000 3.991 2.787 2.740 3.404 3.342 4.003 3.998
V-150 1.750 4.084 0.188 6 8 4.016 3.859 4.000 3.991 2.787 2.740 3.404 3.342 4.003 3.998

XT 38 G 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
139

S 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
V-150 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
140

Table 7.6 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

3 1/2 XT 34 G 2.000 4.045 0.188 6 8.0 4.266 4.109 4.156 4.147 3.110 3.063 3.700 3.638 4.159 4.154
15.50 S 2.000 4.181 0.188 6 8.0 4.266 4.109 4.156 4.147 3.110 3.063 3.700 3.638 4.159 4.154
V-150 1.975 4.286 0.188 6 8.0 4.266 4.109 4.156 4.147 3.110 3.063 3.700 3.638 4.159 4.154

XT 38 G 2.500 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
S 2.500 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
V-150 2.313 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623

XT 39 G 2.500 4.653 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498
S 2.500 4.653 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498
V-150 2.313 4.653 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498

4 XT 38 G 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
14.00 S 2.563 4.574 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
V-150 2.563 4.684 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623

XT 39 G 2.563 4.653 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498
S 2.563 4.653 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498
V-150 2.563 4.660 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498

4 XT 39 G 2.563 4.653 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498
15.70 S 2.563 4.653 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498
V-150 2.563 4.767 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498

XT 40 G 2.688 4.859 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.386 4.324 4.503 4.498
S 2.688 4.859 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.386 4.324 4.503 4.498
V-150 2.688 4.859 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.386 4.324 4.503 4.498
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

4 1/2 XT 40 G 2.688 4.859 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.386 4.324 4.503 4.498
16.60 S 2.688 4.908 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.386 4.324 4.503 4.498
V-150 2.688 5.034 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.386 4.324 4.503 4.498

XT 43 G 3.125 5.156 0.313 6 8 5.204 5.047 3.656 3.647 3.974 3.927 4.550 4.488 3.659 3.654
S 3.125 5.156 0.313 6 8 5.204 5.047 3.656 3.647 3.974 3.927 4.550 4.488 3.659 3.654
V-150 3.125 5.219 0.313 6 8 5.204 5.047 3.656 3.647 3.974 3.927 4.550 4.488 3.659 3.654

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.6 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

4 1/2 XT 46 G 3.250 5.734 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.368 4.321 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505
16.60 S 3.250 5.734 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.368 4.321 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505
V-150 3.250 5.734 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.368 4.321 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505

XT 50 G 3.688 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.790 4.743 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
S 3.563 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.790 4.743 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
V-150 3.438 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.790 4.743 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305

5 XT 46 G 2.750 5.734 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.368 4.321 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505
19.50 S 2.750 5.734 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.368 4.321 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505
V-150 2.750 5.734 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.368 4.321 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505

XT 50 G 3.750 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.790 4.743 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
S 3.750 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.790 4.743 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
V-150 3.750 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.790 4.743 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305

5 XT 50 G 3.750 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.790 4.743 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
25.60 S 3.563 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.790 4.743 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
V-150 3.375 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.790 4.743 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305

5 1/2 XT 54 G 4.000 6.313 0.313 6 8.010 6.610 6.453 7.000 6.991 5.067 5.020 5.729 5.667 7.010 7.005
21.90 S 4.000 6.313 0.313 6 8.010 6.610 6.453 7.000 6.991 5.067 5.020 5.729 5.667 7.010 7.005
V-150 4.000 6.330 0.313 6 8.010 6.610 6.453 7.000 6.991 5.067 5.020 5.729 5.667 7.010 7.005

XT 57 G 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
S 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
V-150 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 1/2 XT 54 G 4.000 6.313 0.313 6 8.010 6.610 6.453 7.000 6.991 5.067 5.020 5.729 5.667 7.010 7.005
24.70 S 4.000 6.331 0.313 6 8.010 6.610 6.453 7.000 6.991 5.067 5.020 5.729 5.667 7.010 7.005
V-150 4.000 6.472 0.313 6 8.010 6.610 6.453 7.000 6.991 5.067 5.020 5.729 5.667 7.010 7.005

XT 57 G 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
S 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
V-150 4.188 6.565 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
141

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
142

Table 7.6 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

5 7/8 XT 57 G 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
23.40 S 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
V-150 4.250 6.655 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 7/8 XT 57 G 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
26.30 S 4.250 6.659 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
V-150 4.250 6.808 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

6 5/8 XT 65 G 5.000 7.441 0.313 6 9.260 7.860 7.703 8.250 8.241 6.121 6.074 6.846 6.784 8.260 8.255
25.20 S 5.000 7.441 0.313 6 9.260 7.860 7.703 8.250 8.241 6.121 6.074 6.846 6.784 8.260 8.255
V-150 5.000 7.441 0.313 6 9.260 7.860 7.703 8.250 8.241 6.121 6.074 6.846 6.784 8.260 8.255
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6 5/8 XT 65 G 5.000 7.441 0.313 6 9.260 7.860 7.703 8.250 8.241 6.121 6.074 6.846 6.784 8.260 8.255
27.70 S 5.000 7.441 0.313 6 9.260 7.860 7.703 8.250 8.241 6.121 6.074 6.846 6.784 8.260 8.255
V-150 5.000 7.481 0.313 6 9.260 7.860 7.703 8.250 8.241 6.121 6.074 6.846 6.784 8.260 8.255

XT 69 G 5.000 7.816 0.313 6 8.823 7.954 7.797 7.813 7.804 6.523 6.476 7.221 7.159 7.823 7.818
S 5.000 7.816 0.313 6 8.823 7.954 7.797 7.813 7.804 6.523 6.476 7.221 7.159 7.823 7.818
V-150 5.000 7.816 0.313 6 8.823 7.954 7.797 7.813 7.804 6.523 6.476 7.221 7.159 7.823 7.818

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD, and operational capacity of the connection shall the
actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.7 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque-M


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Ref. Max Min Max Min

2 3/8 XT-M24 G 1.500 3.000 0.188 6 8 3.141 2.984 5.063 5.054 1.882 2.655 2.593 5.073 5.068
6.65 S 1.500 3.051 0.188 6 8 3.141 2.984 5.063 5.054 1.882 2.655 2.593 5.073 5.068
V-150 1.375 3.065 0.188 6 8 3.141 2.984 5.063 5.054 1.882 2.655 2.593 5.073 5.068
XT-M26 G 1.688 3.238 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 5.000 4.991 2.124 2.893 2.831 5.010 5.005
S 1.688 3.238 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 5.000 4.991 2.124 2.893 2.831 5.010 5.005
V-150 1.563 3.238 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 5.000 4.991 2.124 2.893 2.831 5.010 5.005

2 7/8 XT-M26 G 1.750 3.238 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 5.000 4.991 2.124 2.893 2.831 5.010 5.005
6.85 S 1.750 3.353 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 5.000 4.991 2.124 2.893 2.831 5.010 5.005
V-150 1.750 3.375 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 5.000 4.991 2.124 2.893 2.831 5.010 5.005

2 7/8 XT-M26 G 1.688 3.381 0.188 6 8 3.360 3.203 5.000 4.991 2.124 2.893 2.831 5.010 5.005
10.40

3 1/2 XT-M38 G 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 6.500 6.491 3.146 4.009 3.947 6.510 6.505
9.50 S 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 6.500 6.491 3.146 4.009 3.947 6.510 6.505
V-150 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 6.500 6.491 3.146 4.009 3.947 6.510 6.505

3 1/2 XT-M38 G 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 6.500 6.491 3.146 4.009 3.947 6.510 6.505
13.30 S 2.563 4.496 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 6.500 6.491 3.146 4.009 3.947 6.510 6.505
V-150 2.563 4.585 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 6.500 6.491 3.146 4.009 3.947 6.510 6.505

3 1/2 XT-M38 G 2.500 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 6.500 6.491 3.146 4.009 3.947 6.510 6.505
15.50 S 2.500 4.566 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 6.500 6.491 3.146 4.009 3.947 6.510 6.505
V-150 2.313 4.581 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 6.500 6.491 3.146 4.009 3.947 6.510 6.505
XT-M39 G 2.438 4.660 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 6.250 6.241 3.360 4.191 4.129 6.260 6.255
S 2.438 4.660 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 6.250 6.241 3.360 4.191 4.129 6.260 6.255
V-150 2.313 4.660 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 6.250 6.241 3.360 4.191 4.129 6.260 6.255

4 XT-M38 G 2.688 4.548 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 6.500 6.491 3.146 4.009 3.947 6.510 6.505
14.00 S 2.688 4.750 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 6.500 6.491 3.146 4.009 3.947 6.510 6.505
XT-M39 G 2.688 4.660 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 6.250 6.241 3.360 4.191 4.129 6.260 6.255
S 2.688 4.753 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 6.250 6.241 3.360 4.191 4.129 6.260 6.255
143

V-150 2.688 4.854 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 6.250 6.241 3.360 4.191 4.129 6.260 6.255

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
144

Table 7.7 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque-M


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Ref. Max Min Max Min

4 XT-M39 G 2.688 4.660 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 6.250 6.241 3.360 4.191 4.129 6.260 6.255
15.70 S 2.688 4.847 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 6.250 6.241 3.360 4.191 4.129 6.260 6.255
V-150 2.688 4.875 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 6.250 6.241 3.360 4.191 4.129 6.260 6.255

XT-M40 G 2.688 4.855 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 6.500 6.491 3.550 4.386 4.324 6.510 6.505
S 2.688 4.860 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 6.500 6.491 3.550 4.386 4.324 6.510 6.505
V-150 2.688 4.967 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 6.500 6.491 3.550 4.386 4.324 6.510 6.505

4 1/2 XT-M40 G 2.688 4.855 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 6.500 6.491 3.550 4.386 4.324 6.510 6.505
16.60 S 2.688 5.052 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 6.500 6.491 3.550 4.386 4.324 6.510 6.505
V-150 2.688 5.172 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 6.500 6.491 3.550 4.386 4.324 6.510 6.505

XT-M46 G 3.000 5.719 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.136 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505
S 3.000 5.719 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.136 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505
V-150 3.000 5.719 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.136 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505

XT-M50 G 3.625 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.558 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
S 3.563 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.558 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
V-150 3.438 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.558 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305

4 1/2 XT-M46 G 3.000 5.719 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.136 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505
20.00 S 3.000 5.719 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.136 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505
V-150 3.000 5.719 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.136 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505

XT-M50 G 3.500 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.558 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
S 3.250 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.558 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
V-150 3.125 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.558 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305

5 XT-M46 G 3.000 5.719 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.136 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505
19.50 S 3.000 5.719 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.136 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505
V-150 3.000 5.791 0.313 6 8.510 6.075 5.918 7.500 7.491 4.136 5.133 5.071 7.510 7.505
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

XT-M50 G 3.750 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.558 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
S 3.750 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.558 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
V-150 3.750 6.106 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.558 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.7 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque-M


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Ref. Max Min Max Min

5 XT-M50 G 3.750 6.065 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.558 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
25.60 S 3.563 6.153 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.558 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305
V-150 3.375 6.200 0.313 6 8.310 6.459 6.302 7.300 7.291 4.558 5.471 5.409 7.310 7.305

5 1/2 XT-M57 G 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.076 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
21.90 S 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.076 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
V-150 4.250 6.624 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.076 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 1/2 XT-M57 G 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.076 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
24.70 S 4.250 6.625 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.076 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
V-150 4.188 6.720 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.076 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 7/8 XT-M57 G 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.076 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
23.40 S 4.250 6.673 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.076 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
V-150 4.250 6.807 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.076 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 7/8 XT-M57 G 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.076 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
26.30 S 4.250 6.811 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.076 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
V-150 4.250 6.955 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.076 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

6 5/8 XT-M65 G 5.000 7.441 0.313 6 9.260 7.860 7.703 8.250 8.241 5.889 6.846 6.784 8.260 8.255
25.20 S 5.000 7.441 0.313 6 9.260 7.860 7.703 8.250 8.241 5.889 6.846 6.784 8.260 8.255
V-150 5.000 7.537 0.313 6 9.260 7.860 7.703 8.250 8.241 5.889 6.846 6.784 8.260 8.255

6 5/8 XT-M65 G 5.000 7.441 0.313 6 9.260 7.860 7.703 8.250 8.241 5.889 6.846 6.784 8.260 8.255
27.70 S 5.000 7.500 0.313 6 9.260 7.860 7.703 8.250 8.241 5.889 6.846 6.784 8.260 8.255
V-150 5.000 7.638 0.313 6 9.260 7.860 7.703 8.250 8.241 5.889 6.846 6.784 8.260 8.255

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection, and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD and operational capacity of the connection should
the actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
145

3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
146

Table 7.8 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco Double Shoulder™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter4 Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

2 3/8 GPDS™ 26 G105 1.625 3.305 0.188 6.000 6.500 3.407 3.250 3.383 3.372 2.068 1.959 3.000 2.899 3.389 3.378
6.65 S135 1.625 3.305 0.188 6.000 6.500 3.407 3.250 3.383 3.372 2.068 1.959 3.000 2.899 3.389 3.378
V150™ 1.563 3.305 0.188 6.000 6.500 3.407 3.250 3.383 3.372 2.068 1.959 3.000 2.899 3.389 3.378

2 7/8 GPDS™ 31 G105 2.000 3.820 0.188 6.000 6.500 4.094 3.937 3.895 3.884 2.491 2.397 3.516 3.414 3.901 3.890
6.85 S135 2.000 3.820 0.188 6.000 6.500 4.094 3.937 3.895 3.884 2.491 2.397 3.516 3.414 3.901 3.890
V150™ 2.000 3.820 0.188 6.000 6.500 4.094 3.937 3.895 3.884 2.491 2.397 3.516 3.414 3.901 3.890

2 7/8 GPDS™ 31 G105 2.000 3.820 0.188 6.000 6.500 4.094 3.937 3.895 3.884 2.491 2.397 3.516 3.414 3.901 3.890
10.40 S135 2.000 3.859 0.188 6.000 6.500 4.094 3.937 3.895 3.884 2.491 2.397 3.516 3.414 3.901 3.890

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
V150™ 2.000 3.929 0.188 6.000 6.500 4.094 3.937 3.895 3.884 2.491 2.397 3.516 3.414 3.901 3.890

3 1/2 GPDS™ 31 G105 1.875 3.820 0.188 6.000 6.500 4.094 3.937 3.895 3.884 2.491 2.397 3.516 3.414 3.901 3.890
9.50 S135 1.875 3.969 0.188 6.000 6.500 4.094 3.937 3.895 3.884 2.491 2.397 3.516 3.414 3.901 3.890
V150™ 1.875 4.053 0.188 6.000 6.500 4.094 3.937 3.895 3.884 2.491 2.397 3.516 3.414 3.901 3.890

GPDS™ 38 G105 2.438 4.570 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.039 4.413 4.402
S135 2.438 4.570 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.039 4.413 4.402
V150™ 2.438 4.570 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.039 4.413 4.402

3 1/2 GPDS™ 38 G105 2.438 4.570 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.039 4.413 4.402
13.30 S135 2.438 4.570 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.039 4.413 4.402
V150™ 2.438 4.632 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.039 4.413 4.402

3 1/2 GPDS™ 38 G105 2.438 4.570 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.039 4.413 4.402
15.50 S135 2.438 4.642 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.039 4.413 4.402
V150™ 2.313 4.732 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.039 4.413 4.402

4 GPDS™ 40 G105 2.438 4.836 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.157 5.000 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.406 4.305 4.927 4.915
14.00 S135 2.438 4.836 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.157 5.000 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.406 4.305 4.927 4.915
V150™ 2.438 4.929 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.157 5.000 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.406 4.305 4.927 4.915

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.8 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco Double Shoulder™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter4 Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

4 GPDS™ 40 G105 2.438 4.836 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.157 5.000 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.406 4.305 4.927 4.915
15.70 S135 2.438 4.922 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.157 5.000 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.406 4.305 4.927 4.915
V150™ 2.438 5.022 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.157 5.000 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.406 4.305 4.927 4.915

4 1/2 GPDS™ 42 G105 2.750 4.913 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.266 5.109 4.755 4.744 3.472 3.425 4.424 4.362 4.760 4.749
16.60 S135 2.750 5.145 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.266 5.109 4.755 4.744 3.472 3.425 4.424 4.362 4.760 4.749
V150™ 2.750 5.256 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.266 5.109 4.755 4.744 3.472 3.425 4.424 4.362 4.760 4.749

GPDS™ 46 G105 3.000 5.523 0.313 6.000 6.500 5.860 5.703 4.918 4.907 3.772 3.662 4.969 4.859 4.927 4.915
S135 3.000 5.523 0.313 6.000 6.500 5.860 5.703 4.918 4.907 3.772 3.662 4.969 4.859 4.927 4.915
V150™ 3.000 5.523 0.313 6.000 6.500 5.860 5.703 4.918 4.907 3.772 3.662 4.969 4.859 4.927 4.915

4 1/2 GPDS™ 46 G105 3.000 5.523 0.313 6.000 6.500 5.860 5.703 4.918 4.907 3.772 3.662 4.969 4.859 4.927 4.915
20.00 S135 3.000 5.586 0.313 6.000 6.500 5.860 5.703 4.918 4.907 3.772 3.662 4.969 4.859 4.927 4.915
V150™ 3.000 5.697 0.313 6.000 6.500 5.860 5.703 4.918 4.907 3.772 3.662 4.969 4.859 4.927 4.915

GPDS™ 50 G105 3.000 5.930 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.274 4.927 4.915
S135 3.000 5.930 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.274 4.927 4.915
V150™ 3.000 5.930 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.274 4.927 4.915

5 GPDS™ 50 G105 3.250 5.930 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.274 4.927 4.915
19.50 S135 3.250 5.930 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.274 4.927 4.915
V150™ 3.250 5.973 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.274 4.927 4.915

5 GPDS™ 50 G105 3.250 5.930 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.274 4.927 4.915
25.60 S135 3.250 6.115 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.274 4.927 4.915
V150™ 3.250 6.248 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.274 4.927 4.915

5 1/2 GPDS™ 55 G105 4.000 6.523 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426
21.90 S135 4.000 6.611 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426
V150™ 4.000 6.722 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--
147

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
148

Table 7.8 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco Double Shoulder™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter4 Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

5 1/2 GPDS™ 55 G105 4.000 6.523 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426
24.70 S135 4.000 6.723 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426
V150™ 4.000 6.843 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426

5  7/8 GPDS™ 55 G105 4.000 6.523 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426
23.40 S135 4.000 6.767 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426

6 5/8 GPDS™ 65 G105 5.000 7.461 0.313 6.000 6.500 7.844 7.687 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 6.906 6.778 5.437 5.426
25.20 S135 5.000 7.625 0.313 6.000 6.500 7.844 7.687 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 6.906 6.778 5.437 5.426
V150™ 5.000 7.742 0.313 6.000 6.500 7.844 7.687 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 6.906 6.778 5.437 5.426

6 5/8 GPDS™ 65 G105 5.000 7.461 0.313 6.000 6.500 7.844 7.687 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 6.906 6.778 5.437 5.426
27.70 S135 5.000 7.709 0.313 6.000 6.500 7.844 7.687 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 6.906 6.778 5.437 5.426
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection, and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD and operational capacity of the connection should
the actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
5 For GPDS55, bevel diameter varies with tool joint OD.
For OD ≤ 7.375", bevel = 6.860" (max), 6.703" (min).
For OD ≥ 7.500", bevel = 7.235" (max), 7.078" (min).

Note: Connections manufactured as VAM CDS connections have been determined by Grant Prideco to be interchangeable with GPDS™ connections. As such, any CDS connections shall be inspected
according to the procedures outlined for GPDS™ connections.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.9 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco TurboTorque™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

3 1/2 TurboTorque™ 380 G 2.500 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 4.688 4.683 3.435 3.388 4.008 3.946 4.691 4.686
9.50 S-135 2.500 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 4.688 4.683 3.435 3.388 4.008 3.946 4.691 4.686
V-150 2.500 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 4.688 4.683 3.435 3.388 4.008 3.946 4.691 4.686

3 1/2 TurboTorque™ 380 G 2.500 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 4.688 4.683 3.435 3.388 4.008 3.946 4.691 4.686
13.30 S-135 2.500 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 4.688 4.683 3.435 3.388 4.008 3.946 4.691 4.686
V-150 2.500 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 4.688 4.683 3.435 3.388 4.008 3.946 4.691 4.686

3 1/2 TurboTorque™ 380 G 2.500 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 4.688 4.683 3.435 3.388 4.008 3.946 4.691 4.686
15.50 S-135 2.500 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 4.688 4.683 3.435 3.388 4.008 3.946 4.691 4.686
V-150 2.313 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 4.688 4.683 3.435 3.388 4.008 3.946 4.691 4.686

4 TurboTorque™ 390 G 2.688 4.577 0.250 6 8 4.832 4.675 4.563 4.558 3.543 3.496 4.108 4.046 4.566 4.561
14.00 S-135 2.688 4.577 0.250 6 8 4.832 4.675 4.563 4.558 3.543 3.496 4.108 4.046 4.566 4.561
V-150 2.688 4.577 0.250 6 8 4.832 4.675 4.563 4.558 3.543 3.496 4.108 4.046 4.566 4.561

4 TurboTorque™ 390 G 2.688 4.577 0.250 6 8 4.832 4.675 4.563 4.558 3.543 3.496 4.108 4.046 4.566 4.561
15.70 S-135 2.688 4.577 0.250 6 8 4.832 4.675 4.563 4.558 3.543 3.496 4.108 4.046 4.566 4.561
V-150 2.688 4.642 0.250 6 8 4.832 4.675 4.563 4.558 3.543 3.496 4.108 4.046 4.566 4.561

4 1/2 TurboTorque™ 435 G 3.125 5.153 0.313 6 8 5.308 5.151 4.625 4.620 3.989 3.942 4.558 4.496 4.628 4.623
16.60 S-135 3.125 5.153 0.313 6 8 5.308 5.151 4.625 4.620 3.989 3.942 4.558 4.496 4.628 4.623
V-150 3.125 5.153 0.313 6 8 5.308 5.151 4.625 4.620 3.989 3.942 4.558 4.496 4.628 4.623

TurboTorque™ 485 G 3.563 5.653 0.313 6 8 5.858 5.701 5.563 5.558 4.430 4.383 5.058 4.996 5.566 5.561
S-135 3.563 5.653 0.313 6 8 5.858 5.701 5.563 5.558 4.430 4.383 5.058 4.996 5.566 5.561
V-150 3.438 5.653 0.313 6 8 5.858 5.701 5.563 5.558 4.430 4.383 5.058 4.996 5.566 5.561

4 1/2 TurboTorque™ 485 G 3.500 5.653 0.313 6 8 5.858 5.701 5.563 5.558 4.430 4.383 5.058 4.996 5.566 5.561
20.00 S-135 3.250 5.653 0.313 6 8 5.858 5.701 5.563 5.558 4.430 4.383 5.058 4.996 5.566 5.561
V-150 3.125 5.653 0.313 6 8 5.858 5.701 5.563 5.558 4.430 4.383 5.058 4.996 5.566 5.561
149

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
150

Table 7.9 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco TurboTorque™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

5 TurboTorque™ 500 G 3.500 5.815 0.313 6 8 6.117 5.960 5.313 5.308 4.499 4.452 5.220 5.158 5.316 5.311

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
19.50 S-135 3.500 5.815 0.313 6 8 6.117 5.960 5.313 5.308 4.499 4.452 5.220 5.158 5.316 5.311
V-150 3.500 5.815 0.313 6 8 6.117 5.960 5.313 5.308 4.499 4.452 5.220 5.158 5.316 5.311

TurboTorque™ 525 G 3.875 6.065 0.313 6 8 6.317 6.160 5.750 5.745 4.712 4.665 5.470 5.408 5.753 5.748
S-135 3.875 6.065 0.313 6 8 6.317 6.160 5.750 5.745 4.712 4.665 5.470 5.408 5.753 5.748
V-150 3.875 6.065 0.313 6 8 6.317 6.160 5.750 5.745 4.712 4.665 5.470 5.408 5.753 5.748

5 TurboTorque™ 525 G 3.875 6.065 0.313 6 8 6.317 6.160 5.750 5.745 4.712 4.665 5.470 5.408 5.753 5.748
25.60 S-135 3.563 6.065 0.313 6 8 6.317 6.160 5.750 5.745 4.712 4.665 5.470 5.408 5.753 5.748
V-150 3.375 6.065 0.313 6 8 6.317 6.160 5.750 5.745 4.712 4.665 5.470 5.408 5.753 5.748

5 1/2 TurboTorque™ 550 G 4.250 6.315 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 4.750 4.745 5.046 4.999 5.720 5.658 4.753 4.748
21.90 S-135 4.250 6.315 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 4.750 4.745 5.046 4.999 5.720 5.658 4.753 4.748
V-150 4.250 6.315 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 4.750 4.745 5.046 4.999 5.720 5.658 4.753 4.748

TurboTorque™ 585 G 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
S-135 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
V-150 4.375 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061

5 1/2 TurboTorque™ 585 G 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
24.70 S-135 4.313 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
V-150 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061

5 7/8 TurboTorque™ 575 G 4.125 6.565 0.313 6 8 6.897 6.740 5.375 5.370 5.244 5.197 5.970 5.908 5.378 5.373
23.40 S-135 4.125 6.565 0.313 6 8 6.897 6.740 5.375 5.370 5.244 5.197 5.970 5.908 5.378 5.373
V-150 4.125 6.565 0.313 6 8 6.897 6.740 5.375 5.370 5.244 5.197 5.970 5.908 5.378 5.373

TurboTorque™ 585 G 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
S-135 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
V-150 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.9 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco TurboTorque™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

5 7/8 TurboTorque™ 575 G 4.125 6.565 0.313 6 8 6.897 6.740 5.375 5.370 5.244 5.197 5.970 5.908 5.378 5.373
26.30 S-135 4.125 6.565 0.313 6 8 6.897 6.740 5.375 5.370 5.244 5.197 5.970 5.908 5.378 5.373
V-150 4.125 6.576 0.313 6 8 6.897 6.740 5.375 5.370 5.244 5.197 5.970 5.908 5.378 5.373

TurboTorque™ 585 G 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
S-135 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
V-150 4.500 6.787 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061

6 5/8 TurboTorque™ 690 5 G 5.500 7.790 0.313 6 8 8.093 7.936 5.438 5.433 6.231 6 6.184 6 7.195 6 7.133 6 5.443 5.438
27.70 S-135 5.500 7.790 0.313 6 8 8.093 7.936 5.438 5.433 6.231 6 6.184 6 7.195 6 7.133 6 5.443 5.438
V-150 5.500 7.830 0.313 6 8 8.093 7.936 5.438 5.433 6.231 6 6.184 6 7.195 6 7.133 6 5.443 5.438

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD, and operational capacity of the connection shall the
actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
5 TurboTorque™ 690 has an internal shoulder gap tolerance of 0.002 inch - 0.008 inch.
6 1.25 inch taper per foot CBore.
151

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
152

Table 7.10 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco TurboTorque-M™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Ref. Max Min Max Min

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3 1/2 TurboTorque-M™ 380 G 2.688 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 5.125 5.120 3.203 4.008 3.946 5.128 5.123
9.50 S-135 2.688 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 5.125 5.120 3.203 4.008 3.946 5.128 5.123
V-150 2.688 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 5.125 5.120 3.203 4.008 3.946 5.128 5.123

3 1/2 TurboTorque-M™ 380 G 2.625 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 5.125 5.120 3.203 4.008 3.946 5.128 5.123
13.30 S-135 2.625 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 5.125 5.120 3.203 4.008 3.946 5.128 5.123
V-150 2.563 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 5.125 5.120 3.203 4.008 3.946 5.128 5.123

3 1/2 TurboTorque-M™ 380 G 2.500 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 5.125 5.120 3.203 4.008 3.946 5.128 5.123
15.50 S-135 2.500 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 5.125 5.120 3.203 4.008 3.946 5.128 5.123
V-150 2.313 4.477 0.250 6 8 4.681 4.524 5.125 5.120 3.203 4.008 3.946 5.128 5.123

4 TurboTorque-M™ 390 G 2.688 4.577 0.250 6 8 4.832 4.675 5.000 4.995 3.311 4.108 4.046 5.003 4.998
14.00 S-135 2.688 4.600 0.250 6 8 4.832 4.675 5.000 4.995 3.311 4.108 4.046 5.003 4.998
V-150 2.688 4.699 0.250 6 8 4.832 4.675 5.000 4.995 3.311 4.108 4.046 5.003 4.998

4 TurboTorque-M™ 390 G 2.688 4.577 0.250 6 8 4.832 4.675 5.000 4.995 3.311 4.108 4.046 5.003 4.998
15.70 S-135 2.688 4.692 0.250 6 8 4.832 4.675 5.000 4.995 3.311 4.108 4.046 5.003 4.998
V-150 2.688 4.798 0.250 6 8 4.832 4.675 5.000 4.995 3.311 4.108 4.046 5.003 4.998

4 1/2 TurboTorque-M™ 435 G 3.125 5.153 0.313 6 8 5.308 5.151 5.063 5.058 3.757 4.558 4.496 5.066 5.061
16.60 S-135 3.125 5.153 0.313 6 8 5.308 5.151 5.063 5.058 3.757 4.558 4.496 5.066 5.061
V-150 3.125 5.221 0.313 6 8 5.308 5.151 5.063 5.058 3.757 4.558 4.496 5.066 5.061

TurboTorque-M™ 485 G 3.563 5.653 0.313 6 8 5.858 5.701 6.000 5.995 4.198 5.058 4.996 6.003 5.998
S-135 3.563 5.653 0.313 6 8 5.858 5.701 6.000 5.995 4.198 5.058 4.996 6.003 5.998
V-150 3.438 5.653 0.313 6 8 5.858 5.701 6.000 5.995 4.198 5.058 4.996 6.003 5.998

4 1/2 TurboTorque-M™ 485 G 3.500 5.653 0.313 6 8 5.858 5.701 6.000 5.995 4.198 5.058 4.996 6.003 5.998
20.00 S-135 3.250 5.653 0.313 6 8 5.858 5.701 6.000 5.995 4.198 5.058 4.996 6.003 5.998
V-150 3.125 5.653 0.313 6 8 5.858 5.701 6.000 5.995 4.198 5.058 4.996 6.003 5.998

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.10 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco TurboTorque-M™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Ref. Max Min Max Min

5 TurboTorque-M™ 500 G 3.500 5.815 0.313 6 8 6.117 5.960 5.750 5.745 4.267 5.220 5.158 5.755 5.750
19.50 S-135 3.500 5.815 0.313 6 8 6.117 5.960 5.750 5.745 4.267 5.220 5.158 5.755 5.750
V-150 3.500 5.827 0.313 6 8 6.117 5.960 5.750 5.745 4.267 5.220 5.158 5.755 5.750

TurboTorque-M™ 525 G 3.875 6.065 0.313 6 8 6.317 6.160 6.188 6.183 4.480 5.470 5.408 6.193 6.188
S-135 3.875 6.065 0.313 6 8 6.317 6.160 6.188 6.183 4.480 5.470 5.408 6.193 6.188
V-150 3.875 6.084 0.313 6 8 6.317 6.160 6.188 6.183 4.480 5.470 5.408 6.193 6.188

5 TurboTorque-M™ 500 G 3.500 5.815 0.313 6 8 6.117 5.960 5.750 5.745 4.267 5.220 5.158 5.755 5.750
25.60 S-135 3.500 5.970 0.313 6 8 6.117 5.960 5.750 5.745 4.267 5.220 5.158 5.755 5.750
V-150 3.375 6.035 0.313 6 8 6.117 5.960 5.750 5.745 4.267 5.220 5.158 5.755 5.750

TurboTorque-M™ 525 G 3.875 6.065 0.313 6 8 6.317 6.160 6.188 6.183 4.480 5.470 5.408 6.193 6.188
S-135 3.563 6.065 0.313 6 8 6.317 6.160 6.188 6.183 4.480 5.470 5.408 6.193 6.188
V-150 3.375 6.065 0.313 6 8 6.317 6.160 6.188 6.183 4.480 5.470 5.408 6.193 6.188

5 1/2 TurboTorque-M™ 550 G 4.250 6.315 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 5.188 5.183 4.814 5.720 5.658 5.193 5.188
21.90 S-135 4.250 6.364 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 5.188 5.183 4.814 5.720 5.658 5.193 5.188
V-150 4.250 6.479 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 5.188 5.183 4.814 5.720 5.658 5.193 5.188
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

TurboTorque-M™ 585 G 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
S-135 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
V-150 4.375 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500

5 1/2 TurboTorque-M™ 550 G 4.250 6.315 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 5.188 5.183 4.814 5.720 5.658 5.193 5.188
24.70 S-135 4.250 6.480 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 5.188 5.183 4.814 5.720 5.658 5.193 5.188
V-150 4.188 6.564 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 5.188 5.183 4.814 5.720 5.658 5.193 5.188

TurboTorque-M™ 585 G 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
S-135 4.313 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
V-150 4.188 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500

5 1/2 TurboTorque-M™ 585 G 4.375 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
26.72 S-135 4.063 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
V-150 3.875 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
153

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
154

Table 7.10 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco TurboTorque-M™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Ref. Max Min Max Min

5 7/8 TurboTorque-M™ 585 G 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
23.40 S-135 4.500 6.697 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
V-150 4.500 6.817 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500

5 7/8 TurboTorque-M™ 585 G 4.500 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
26.30 S-135 4.500 6.821 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
V-150 4.500 6.951 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD, and operational capacity of the connection shall the
actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.11 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco uXT™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
3 1/2 uXT 38 G 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
9.50 S 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
V-150 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623

3 1/2 uXT 38 G 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
13.30 S 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
V-150 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623

3 1/2 uXT 38 G 2.500 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
15.50 S 2.500 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
V-150 2.313 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623

4 uXT 38 G 2.563 4.478 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
14.00 S 2.563 4.496 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623
V-150 2.563 4.600 0.250 6 8 4.704 4.547 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.009 3.947 4.628 4.623

uXT 39 G 2.563 4.653 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498
S 2.563 4.653 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498
V-150 2.563 4.653 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498

4 uXT39 G 2.563 4.653 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498
15.70 S 2.563 4.653 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498
V-150 2.563 4.679 0.250 6 8 4.927 4.770 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.183 4.121 4.503 4.498

uXT40 G 2.688 4.859 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.386 4.324 4.503 4.498
S 2.688 4.859 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.386 4.324 4.503 4.498
V-150 2.688 4.859 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.386 4.324 4.503 4.498

4 1/2 uXT40 G 2.688 4.859 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.386 4.324 4.503 4.498
16.60 S 2.688 4.859 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.386 4.324 4.503 4.498
V-150 2.688 4.938 0.250 6 8 5.157 5.000 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.386 4.324 4.503 4.498

uXT43 G 2.875 5.156 0.313 6 8 5.204 5.047 3.656 3.647 3.974 3.927 4.550 4.488 3.659 3.654
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

S 2.875 5.156 0.313 6 8 5.204 5.047 3.656 3.647 3.974 3.927 4.550 4.488 3.659 3.654
V-150 2.875 5.156 0.313 6 8 5.204 5.047 3.656 3.647 3.974 3.927 4.550 4.488 3.659 3.654
155

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
156

Table 7.11 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco uXT™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

5 1/2 uXT57 G 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
21.90 S 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
V-150 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 1/2 uXT57 G 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
24.70 S 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
V-150 4.188 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 7/8 uXT57 G 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
23.40 S 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
V-150 4.250 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD, and operational capacity of the connection shall the
actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.


3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.12 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco uGPDS™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter4 Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

3 1/2 uGPDS 38 G 2.438 4.570 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.041 4.413 4.402
13.30 S 2.438 4.570 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.041 4.413 4.402
V-150 2.438 4.576 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.041 4.413 4.402

3 1/2 uGPDS 38 G 2.438 4.570 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.041 4.413 4.402
15.50 S 2.438 4.585 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.041 4.413 4.402
V-150 2.250 4.597 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.719 4.562 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.141 4.041 4.413 4.402

4 uGPDS 40 G 2.438 4.836 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.157 5.000 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.406 4.305 4.927 4.915
14.00 S 2.438 4.836 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.157 5.000 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.406 4.305 4.927 4.915
V-150 2.438 4.858 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.157 5.000 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.406 4.305 4.927 4.915

4 uGPDS 40 G 2.438 4.836 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.157 5.000 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.406 4.305 4.927 4.915
15.70 S 2.438 4.851 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.157 5.000 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.406 4.305 4.927 4.915
V-150 2.438 4.945 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.157 5.000 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.406 4.305 4.927 4.915

4 1/2 uGPDS 42 G 2.750 4.893 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.266 5.109 4.755 4.744 3.472 3.425 4.424 4.362 4.760 4.749
16.60 S 2.750 5.067 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.266 5.109 4.755 4.744 3.472 3.425 4.424 4.362 4.760 4.749
V-150 2.750 5.171 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.266 5.109 4.755 4.744 3.472 3.425 4.424 4.362 4.760 4.749

4 1/2 uGPDS 42 G 2.750 4.993 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.266 5.109 4.755 4.744 3.472 3.425 4.424 4.362 4.760 4.749
20.00 S 2.750 5.242 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.266 5.109 4.755 4.744 3.472 3.425 4.424 4.362 4.760 4.749
V-150 2.500 5.267 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.266 5.109 4.755 4.744 3.472 3.425 4.424 4.362 4.760 4.749

5 uGPDS 50 G 3.250 5.930 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.275 4.927 4.915
19.50 S 3.250 5.930 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.275 4.927 4.915
V-150 3.250 5.930 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.275 4.927 4.915

5 uGPDS 50 G 3.250 5.930 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.275 4.927 4.915
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

25.60 S 3.250 6.027 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.275 4.927 4.915
V-150 3.250 6.152 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.204 6.047 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 5.375 5.275 4.927 4.915
157

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
158

Table 7.12 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco uGPDS™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter4 Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

5 1/2 uGPDS 55 G 4.000 6.523 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426
21.90 S 4.000 6.532 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426
V-150 4.000 6.637 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426

5 1/2 uGPDS 55 G 4.000 6.523 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426
24.70 S 4.000 6.637 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426
V-150 4.000 6.751 0.313 6.000 6.500 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.969 5.850 5.437 5.426

6 5/8 uGPDS 65 G 5.000 7.461 0.313 6.000 6.500 7.844 7.687 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 6.906 6.778 5.437 5.426
25.20 S 5.000 7.542 0.313 6.000 6.500 7.844 7.687 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 6.906 6.778 5.437 5.426
V-150 5.000 7.652 0.313 6.000 6.500 7.844 7.687 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 6.906 6.778 5.437 5.426

6 5/8 uGPDS 65 G 5.000 7.461 0.313 6.000 6.500 7.844 7.687 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 6.906 6.778 5.437 5.426
27.70 S 5.000 7.621 0.313 6.000 6.500 7.844 7.687 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 6.906 6.778 5.437 5.426
V-150 5.000 7.737 0.313 6.000 6.500 7.844 7.687 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 6.906 6.778 5.437 5.426

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection, and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD and operational capacity of the connection should
the actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
5 For uGPDS55, bevel diameter varies with tool joint OD.
For OD ≤ 7.375", bevel = 6.860" (max), 6.703" (min).
For OD ≥ 7.500", bevel = 7.235" (max), 7.078" (min).
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.13 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco Express™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min CBore Tong Space3 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Max Min Max Min
2 7/8 VX™ 24 G105 1.563 3.125 0.188 6 8 3.172 2.984 5.003 4.997 2.027 2.649 2.582 5.005 4.999
10.40 S135 1.563 3.125 0.188 6 8 3.172 3.047 5.003 4.997 2.027 2.649 2.582 5.005 4.999

VX™ 26 G105 1.563 3.25 0.188 6 8 3.516 3.172 5.253 5.247 2.242 2.887 2.82 5.254 5.248
S135 1.563 3.375 0.188 6 8 3.516 3.203 5.253 5.247 2.242 2.887 2.82 5.254 5.248

3 1/2 VX™ 38 G105 2.813 4.375 0.188 6 8 4.734 4.297 6.004 5.996 3.288 4.005 3.938 6.007 5.999
13.30

4 VX™ 38 S135 2.5 4.5 0.188 6 8 4.734 4.297 6.004 5.996 3.288 4.005 3.938 6.007 5.999
14.00
VX™ 39 G105 2.875 4.563 0.188 6 8 4.953 4.484 5.755 5.747 3.519 4.212 4.145 5.755 5.747
S135 2.875 4.688 0.188 6 8 4.953 4.484 5.755 5.747 3.519 4.212 4.145 5.755 5.747

VX™ 40 S135 3.063 4.969 0.250 6 8 5.234 4.891 6.254 6.247 3.735 4.476 4.409 6.254 6.247

4 VX™ 39 G105 2.875 4.563 0.188 6 8 4.953 4.484 5.755 5.747 3.519 4.212 4.145 5.755 5.747
15.70 S135 2.813 4.719 0.188 6 8 4.953 4.484 5.755 5.747 3.519 4.212 4.145 5.755 5.747

4 1/2 VX™ 46 G105 3.813 5.625 0.250 6 8 5.953 5.547 6.755 6.747 4.368 5.157 5.090 6.754 6.746
16.60 S135 3.563 5.625 0.250 6 8 5.953 5.547 6.755 6.747 4.368 5.157 5.090 6.754 6.746

4 1/2 VX™ 43 S135 3.063 5.031 0.250 6 8 5.391 4.953 6.253 6.245 3.825 4.566 4.499 6.254 6.248
20.00
VX™ 46 G105 3.563 5.625 0.250 6 8 5.953 5.547 6.755 6.747 4.368 5.157 5.090 6.754 6.746
S135 3.063 5.625 0.250 6 8 5.953 5.547 6.755 6.747 4.368 5.157 5.090 6.754 6.746

5 VX™ 50 G105 4.063 6.031 0.250 6 8.001 6.516 5.953 7.005 6.996 4.742 5.555 5.488 7.005 6.996
19.50 S135 3.813 6.031 0.250 6 8.001 6.516 5.953 7.005 6.996 4.742 5.555 5.488 7.005 6.996

5 VX™ 50 G105 3.813 6.031 0.250 6 8.001 6.516 5.953 7.005 6.996 4.742 5.555 5.488 7.005 6.996
25.60
159

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
160

Table 7.13 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco Express™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Max Min Max Min
5 1/2 VX™ 54 S135 4.063 6.219 0.250 6 8.379 6.859 6.141 6.381 6.370 4.996 5.749 5.682 6.384 6.373
21.90
VX™ 57 G105 4.563 6.469 0.313 6 8.003 6.922 6.391 7.006 6.997 5.177 5.990 5.923 7.006 6.997

5 1/2 VX™ 54 S135 4.063 6.344 0.250 6 8.379 6.859 6.141 6.381 6.370 4.996 5.749 5.682 6.384 6.373
24.70
VX™ 57 G105 4.563 6.469 0.313 6 8.003 6.922 6.391 7.006 6.997 5.177 5.990 5.923 7.006 6.997
S135 4.313 6.531 0.313 6 8.003 6.922 6.391 7.006 6.997 5.177 5.990 5.923 7.006 6.997

5 7/8 VX™ 57 G105 4.563 6.469 0.313 6 8.003 6.922 6.391 7.006 6.997 5.177 5.990 5.923 7.006 6.997
23.40 S135 4.313 6.563 0.313 6 8.003 6.922 6.391 7.006 6.997 5.177 5.990 5.923 7.006 6.997
0.361 wall

5 7/8 VX™ 57 G105 4.563 6.563 0.313 6 8.003 6.922 6.391 7.006 6.997 5.177 5.990 5.923 7.006 6.997
26.30 S135 4.313 6.688 0.313 6 8.003 6.922 6.391 7.006 6.997 5.177 5.990 5.923 7.006 6.997
0.415 wall

6 5/8 VX™ 65 G105 5.563 7.5 0.313 6 8.375 7.922 7.422 7.379 7.371 6.166 7.016 6.949 7.379 7.371
25.20 S135 5.563 7.625 0.313 6 8.375 7.922 7.422 7.379 7.371 6.166 7.016 6.949 7.379 7.371
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6 5/8 VX™ 65 G105 5.563 7.5 0.313 6 8.375 7.922 7.422 7.379 7.371 6.166 7.016 6.949 7.379 7.371
27.70 S135 5.313 7.531 0.313 6 8.375 7.922 7.422 7.379 7.371 6.166 7.016 6.949 7.379 7.371

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD, and operational capacity of the connection shall the
actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.14 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco EIS™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter4 Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Max Min Max Min
2 7/8 NC26 Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 1.500 3.344 0.188 6.000 6.500 3.313 3.25 3.627 3.620 2.074 3.000 2.921 3.632 3.625
10.40 S135 1.500 3.511 0.188 6.000 6.500 3.313 3.281 3.627 3.620 2.074 3.000 2.921 3.632 3.625

NC31 Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 2.000 3.797 0.188 6.000 6.500 4.000 3.906 4.127 4.120 2.531 3.516 3.414 4.132 4.125
S135 2.000 3.827 0.188 6.000 6.500 4.000 3.906 4.127 4.120 2.531 3.516 3.414 4.132 4.125

3 1/2 NC38 Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 2.563 4.421 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.625 4.531 4.627 4.620 3.047 4.141 4.039 4.632 4.625
13.30 S135 2.563 4.569 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.625 4.531 4.627 4.620 3.047 4.141 4.039 4.632 4.625

3 1/2 NC38 Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 2.438 4.426 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.625 4.531 4.627 4.620 3.047 4.141 4.039 4.632 4.625
15.50 S135 2.438 4.602 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.625 4.531 4.627 4.620 3.047 4.141 4.039 4.632 4.625

4 NC38 Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 2.563 4.559 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.625 4.531 4.627 4.620 3.047 4.141 4.039 4.632 4.625
14.00 S135 2.438 4.698 0.250 6.000 6.500 4.625 4.531 4.627 4.620 3.047 4.141 4.039 4.632 4.625

NC40 Grant Prideco EIS™ S135 2.688 4.9 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.063 4.813 5.127 5.120 3.227 4.406 4.305 5.132 5.125

4 NC40 Grant Prideco EIS™ S135 2.563 4.927 0.250 6.000 6.500 5.063 4.813 5.127 5.120 3.227 4.406 4.305 5.132 5.125
15.70

4 1/2 NC46 Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 3.000 5.375 0.313 6.000 6.500 5.766 5.375 5.127 5.120 3.781 4.969 4.859 5.132 5.125
16.60 S135 3.000 5.375 0.313 6.000 6.500 5.766 5.375 5.127 5.120 3.781 4.969 4.859 5.132 5.125

NC50 Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 3.500 5.782 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.109 5.781 5.127 5.120 4.197 5.375 5.274 5.132 5.125
S135 3.500 5.782 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.109 5.781 5.127 5.120 4.197 5.375 5.274 5.132 5.125

4 1/2 NC46 Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 3.000 5.375 0.313 6.000 6.500 5.766 5.375 5.127 5.120 3.781 4.969 4.859 5.132 5.125
20.00 S135 3.000 5.528 0.313 6.000 6.500 5.766 5.375 5.127 5.120 3.781 4.969 4.859 5.132 5.125

NC50 Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 3.500 5.782 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.109 5.781 5.127 5.120 4.197 5.375 5.274 5.132 5.125
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

S135 3.500 5.815 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.109 5.781 5.127 5.120 4.197 5.375 5.274 5.132 5.125

5 NC50 Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 3.500 5.782 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.109 5.781 5.127 5.120 4.197 5.375 5.274 5.132 5.125
161

19.50 S135 3.500 5.92 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.109 5.781 5.127 5.120 4.197 5.375 5.274 5.132 5.125

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
162

Table 7.14 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco EIS™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter4 Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Max Min Max Min

5 NC50 Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 3.500 5.898 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.109 5.781 5.127 5.120 4.197 5.375 5.274 5.132 5.125
25.60 S135 3.250 6.045 0.313 6.000 6.500 6.109 5.781 5.127 5.120 4.197 5.375 5.274 5.132 5.125

5 1/2 5 1/2 FH Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 4.000 6.375 0.313 6.000 6.626 6.766 6.375 5.627 5.620 4.637 5.969 5.850 5.632 5.625
21.90 S135 4.000 6.555 0.313 6.000 6.626 6.766 6.375 5.627 5.620 4.637 5.969 5.850 5.632 5.625

5 1/2 5 1/2 FH Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 4.000 6.425 0.313 6.000 6.626 6.766 6.375 5.627 5.620 4.637 5.969 5.850 5.632 5.625
24.70 S135 3.750 6.543 0.313 6.000 6.626 6.766 6.375 5.627 5.620 4.637 5.969 5.850 5.632 5.625

5 7/8 5 1/2 FH Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 4.000 6.46 0.313 6.000 6.626 6.766 6.375 5.627 5.620 4.637 5.969 5.850 5.632 5.625
23.40 S135 3.750 6.586 0.313 6.000 6.626 6.766 6.375 5.627 5.620 4.637 5.969 5.850 5.632 5.625

5 7/8 5 1/2 FH Grant Prideco EIS™ S135 3.750 6.879 0.313 6.000 6.626 6.766 6.375 5.627 5.620 4.637 5.969 5.850 5.632 5.625
28.70

6 5/8 6 5/8 FH Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 5.000 7.331 0.313 6.000 6.626 7.75 7.313 5.627 5.620 5.566 6.906 6.778 5.632 5.625
25.20 S135 4.750 7.423 0.313 6.000 6.626 7.75 7.313 5.627 5.620 5.566 6.906 6.778 5.632 5.625
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6 5/8 6 5/8 FH Grant Prideco EIS™ G105 5.000 7.395 0.313 6.000 6.626 7.75 7.313 5.627 5.620 5.566 6.906 6.778 5.632 5.625
27.70 S135 4.750 7.504 0.313 6.000 6.626 7.75 7.313 5.627 5.620 5.566 6.906 6.778 5.632 5.625

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection, and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD and operational capacity of the connection should
the actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.15 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco TM2™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min CBore Tong Space Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Max Max Min
6 5/8 TM2-6 5/8 FH E 5.063 7.344 0.203 5.500 6.500 7.750 7.266 5.503 5.497 5.587 6.906 5.517 5.500
25.20 X 5.063 7.344 0.203 5.500 6.500 7.750 7.266 5.503 5.497 5.587 6.906 5.517 5.500
G 5.063 7.344 0.203 5.500 6.500 7.750 7.266 5.503 5.497 5.587 6.906 5.517 5.500
S 5.063 7.594 0.328 5.500 6.500 7.750 7.359 5.503 5.497 5.587 6.906 5.517 5.500

6 5/8 TM2-6 5/8 FH E 5.063 7.344 0.203 5.500 6.500 7.750 7.266 5.503 5.497 5.587 6.906 5.517 5.500
27.70 X 5.063 7.344 0.203 5.500 6.500 7.750 7.266 5.503 5.497 5.587 6.906 5.517 5.500
G 5.063 7.406 0.234 5.500 6.500 7.750 7.266 5.503 5.497 5.587 6.906 5.517 5.500
S 4.813 7.531 0.297 5.500 6.500 7.750 7.297 5.503 5.497 5.587 6.906 5.517 5.500

1 For pipe where the ID has exceeded the maximum ID listed, the product is not necessarily rejectable. The recommended torque must be revalued by the manufacturer. The maximum ID is
1/16 inch over the New Nominal ID.
2 The sizes and designs listed do not reflect all of the acceptable designs. Other combinations of diameters, bevels, tong lengths etc. may be allowed by agreement between the manufacturer
and original purchaser.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
163

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
164

Table 7.16 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco Delta™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
2  3/8 Delta 243 G 1.500 2.970 0.188 6 6.5 3.211 2.991 3.625 3.616 2.037 1.990 2.641 2.578 3.630 3.623
6.65 S 1.500 2.970 0.188 6 6.5 3.211 2.991 3.625 3.616 2.037 1.990 2.641 2.578 3.630 3.623
V-150 1.500 2.970 0.188 6 6.5 3.211 2.991 3.625 3.616 2.037 1.990 2.641 2.578 3.630 3.623

2  7/8 Delta 259 G 1.500 3.129 0.188 6 6.5 3.442 3.222 3.938 3.929 3.163 3.116 2.800 2.737 3.943 3.936
6.85 S 1.500 3.129 0.188 6 6.5 3.442 3.222 3.938 3.929 3.163 3.116 2.800 2.737 3.943 3.936
V-150 1.500 3.129 0.188 6 6.5 3.442 3.222 3.938 3.929 3.163 3.116 2.800 2.737 3.943 3.936

Delta 321 G 2.000 3.756 0.188 6 6.5 4.164 3.944 4.313 4.304 2.751 2.704 3.427 3.364 4.318 4.311
S 2.000 3.756 0.188 6 6.5 4.164 3.944 4.313 4.304 2.751 2.704 3.427 3.364 4.318 4.311
V-150 2.000 3.756 0.188 6 6.5 4.164 3.944 4.313 4.304 2.751 2.704 3.427 3.364 4.318 4.311

2 7/8 Delta 259 G 1.500 3.129 0.188 6 6.5 3.442 3.222 3.938 3.929 3.163 3.116 2.800 2.737 3.943 3.936
10.40 S 1.438 3.280 0.188 6 6.5 3.442 3.222 3.938 3.929 3.163 3.116 2.800 2.737 3.943 3.936
V-150 1.250 3.302 0.188 6 6.5 3.442 3.222 3.938 3.929 3.163 3.116 2.800 2.737 3.943 3.936

Delta 321 G 2.000 3.756 0.188 6 6.5 4.164 3.944 4.313 4.304 2.751 2.704 3.427 3.364 4.318 4.311
S 2.000 3.756 0.188 6 6.5 4.164 3.944 4.313 4.304 2.751 2.704 3.427 3.364 4.318 4.311
V-150 2.000 3.756 0.188 6 6.5 4.164 3.944 4.313 4.304 2.751 2.704 3.427 3.364 4.318 4.311

3 1/2 Delta 377 G 2.563 4.433 0.250 6 6.5 4.746 4.526 4.375 4.366 3.299 3.252 3.981 3.918 4.380 4.373
9.50 S 2.563 4.433 0.250 6 6.5 4.746 4.526 4.375 4.366 3.299 3.252 3.981 3.918 4.380 4.373
V-150 2.563 4.433 0.250 6 6.5 4.746 4.526 4.375 4.366 3.299 3.252 3.981 3.918 4.380 4.373

3 1/2 Delta 377 G 2.563 4.433 0.250 6 6.5 4.746 4.526 4.375 4.366 3.299 3.252 3.981 3.918 4.380 4.373
13.30 S 2.563 4.433 0.250 6 6.5 4.746 4.526 4.375 4.366 3.299 3.252 3.981 3.918 4.380 4.373
V-150 2.563 4.433 0.250 6 6.5 4.746 4.526 4.375 4.366 3.299 3.252 3.981 3.918 4.380 4.373

3 1/2 Delta 377 G 2.500 4.433 0.250 6 6.5 4.746 4.526 4.375 4.366 3.299 3.252 3.981 3.918 4.380 4.373
15.50 S 2.500 4.433 0.250 6 6.5 4.746 4.526 4.375 4.366 3.299 3.252 3.981 3.918 4.380 4.373
V-150 2.375 4.433 0.250 6 6.5 4.746 4.526 4.375 4.366 3.299 3.252 3.981 3.918 4.380 4.373

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.16 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco Delta™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
4 Delta 391 G 2.688 4.575 0.250 6 6.5 4.901 4.681 4.438 4.429 3.433 3.386 4.122 4.059 4.443 4.436
14.00 S 2.688 4.575 0.250 6 6.5 4.901 4.681 4.438 4.429 3.433 3.386 4.122 4.059 4.443 4.436
V-150 2.688 4.634 0.250 6 6.5 4.901 4.681 4.438 4.429 3.433 3.386 4.122 4.059 4.443 4.436

4 Delta 391 G 2.688 4.575 0.250 6 6.5 4.901 4.681 4.438 4.429 3.433 3.386 4.122 4.059 4.443 4.436
15.70 S 2.688 4.626 0.250 6 6.5 4.901 4.681 4.438 4.429 3.433 3.386 4.122 4.059 4.443 4.436
V-150 2.688 4.735 0.250 6 6.5 4.901 4.681 4.438 4.429 3.433 3.386 4.122 4.059 4.443 4.436

4 1/2 Delta 425 G 3.000 4.914 0.250 6 6.5 5.268 5.048 4.563 4.554 3.759 3.712 4.461 4.398 4.568 4.561
16.60 S 3.000 4.983 0.250 6 6.5 5.268 5.048 4.563 4.554 3.759 3.712 4.461 4.398 4.568 4.561
V-150 3.000 5.097 0.250 6 6.5 5.268 5.048 4.563 4.554 3.759 3.712 4.461 4.398 4.568 4.561

Delta 494 G 3.250 5.737 0.313 6 6.5 6.202 5.982 5.625 5.616 4.346 4.299 5.158 5.095 5.630 5.623
S 3.250 5.737 0.313 6 6.5 6.202 5.982 5.625 5.616 4.346 4.299 5.158 5.095 5.630 5.623
V-150 3.250 5.737 0.313 6 6.5 6.202 5.982 5.625 5.616 4.346 4.299 5.158 5.095 5.630 5.623

4 1/2 Delta 425 G 3.000 4.914 0.250 6 6.5 5.268 5.048 4.563 4.554 3.759 3.712 4.461 4.398 4.568 4.561
20.00 S 3.000 5.173 0.250 6 6.5 5.268 5.048 4.563 4.554 3.759 3.712 4.461 4.398 4.568 4.561
V-150 2.875 5.232 0.250 6 6.5 5.268 5.048 4.563 4.554 3.759 3.712 4.461 4.398 4.568 4.561

Delta 494 G 3.250 5.737 0.313 6 6.5 6.202 5.982 5.625 5.616 4.346 4.299 5.158 5.095 5.630 5.623
S 3.250 5.737 0.313 6 6.5 6.202 5.982 5.625 5.616 4.346 4.299 5.158 5.095 5.630 5.623
V-150 3.125 5.737 0.313 6 6.5 6.202 5.982 5.625 5.616 4.346 4.299 5.158 5.095 5.630 5.623

5 Delta 527 G 3.750 6.065 0.250 6 6.5 6.468 6.248 5.250 5.241 4.713 4.666 5.486 5.423 5.255 5.248
19.50 S 3.750 6.065 0.250 6 6.5 6.468 6.248 5.250 5.241 4.713 4.666 5.486 5.423 5.255 5.248
V-150 3.750 6.065 0.250 6 6.5 6.468 6.248 5.250 5.241 4.713 4.666 5.486 5.423 5.255 5.248

Delta 544 G 4.000 6.232 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123
S 4.000 6.232 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123
V-150 4.000 6.232 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123
165

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
166

Table 7.16 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco Delta™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
5 Delta 527 G 3.750 6.065 0.250 6 6.5 6.468 6.248 5.250 5.241 4.713 4.666 5.486 5.423 5.255 5.248

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
25.60 S 3.750 6.065 0.250 6 6.5 6.468 6.248 5.250 5.241 4.713 4.666 5.486 5.423 5.255 5.248
V-150 3.750 6.135 0.250 6 6.5 6.468 6.248 5.250 5.241 4.713 4.666 5.486 5.423 5.255 5.248

5 1/2 Delta 544 G 4.000 6.232 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123
21.90 S 4.000 6.232 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123
V-150 4.000 6.243 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123

Delta 576 G 4.250 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
S 4.250 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
V-150 4.250 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311

5 1/2 Delta 544 G 4.000 6.232 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123
24.70 S 4.000 6.244 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123
V-150 4.000 6.378 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123

Delta 576 G 4.250 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
S 4.250 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
V-150 4.250 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311

5 1/2 Delta 544 G 4.000 6.232 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123
26.72 S 4.000 6.415 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123
V-150 3.875 6.488 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123

Delta 576 G 4.250 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
S 4.000 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
V-150 3.875 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311

5 7/8 Delta 576 G 4.250 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
23.40 S 4.250 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
V-150 4.250 6.577 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.16 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco Delta™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
5 7/8 Delta 576 G 4.250 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
26.30 S 4.250 6.580 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
V-150 4.250 6.721 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311

6 5/8 Delta 663 G 5.000 7.427 0.313 6 6.627 7.936 7.716 5.625 5.616 6.036 5.989 6.848 6.785 5.630 5.623
25.20 S 5.000 7.427 0.313 6 6.627 7.936 7.716 5.625 5.616 6.036 5.989 6.848 6.785 5.630 5.623
V-150 5.000 7.427 0.313 6 6.627 7.936 7.716 5.625 5.616 6.036 5.989 6.848 6.785 5.630 5.623

6 5/8 Delta 663 G 5.000 7.427 0.313 6 6.627 7.936 7.716 5.625 5.616 6.036 5.989 6.848 6.785 5.630 5.623
27.70 S 5.000 7.427 0.313 6 6.627 7.936 7.716 5.625 5.616 6.036 5.989 6.848 6.785 5.630 5.623
V-150 5.000 7.427 0.313 6 6.627 7.936 7.716 5.625 5.616 6.036 5.989 6.848 6.785 5.630 5.623

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD, and operational capacity of the connection shall the
actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
167

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
168

Table 7.17 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco X-Force™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min CBore Tong Space Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID OD Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Max Min Max Min
2 7/8 X-Force™ XF™ 24 G105 1.563 3.063 0.172 4 6 3.172 2.922 5.000 4.994 2.028 2.649 2.555 5.005 4.999
10.40 S135 1.563 3.219 0.250 4 6 3.172 3.047 5.000 4.994 2.028 2.649 2.555 5.005 4.999

X-Force™ XF™ 26 G105 1.563 3.219 0.141 4 6.250 3.516 3.141 5.250 5.244 2.242 2.887 2.793 5.254 5.248
S135 1.563 3.281 0.172 4 6.250 3.516 3.141 5.250 5.244 2.242 2.887 2.793 5.254 5.248

X-Force™ XF™ 31 G105 2.219 3.75 0.141 4 7.250 4.109 3.672 6.250 6.244 2.661 3.402 3.308 6.255 6.249
S135 2.063 3.75 0.141 4 7.250 4.109 3.672 6.250 6.244 2.661 3.402 3.308 6.255 6.249

3 1/2 X-Force™ XF™ 38 G105 2.813 4.344 0.141 4 7 4.734 4.266 6.000 5.994 3.288 4.005 3.911 6.006 6.000
13.30 S135 2.813 4.344 0.141 4 7 4.734 4.266 6.000 5.994 3.288 4.005 3.911 6.006 6.000

X-Force™ XF™ 39 G105 2.875 4.563 0.141 4 6.75 4.953 4.484 5.750 5.744 3.519 4.212 4.118 5.755 5.749
S135 2.75 4.563 0.141 4 6.75 4.953 4.484 5.750 5.744 3.519 4.212 4.118 5.755 5.749

3 1/2 X-Force™ XF™ 38 G105 2.75 4.344 0.141 4 7 4.734 4.266 6.000 5.994 3.288 4.005 3.911 6.006 6.000
15.50
X-Force™ XF™ 39 G105 2.875 4.563 0.141 4 6.75 4.953 4.484 5.750 5.744 3.519 4.212 4.118 5.755 5.749

4 X-Force™ XF™ 38 S135 2.500 4.375 0.156 4 7 4.734 4.266 6.000 5.994 3.288 4.005 3.911 6.006 6.000
14.00
X-Force™ XF™ 39 G105 2.875 4.563 0.141 4 6.75 4.953 4.484 5.750 5.744 3.519 4.212 4.118 5.755 5.749
S135 2.875 4.563 0.141 4 6.75 4.953 4.484 5.750 5.744 3.519 4.212 4.118 5.755 5.749

X-Force™ XF™ 40 G105 3.063 4.938 0.203 4 7.250 5.234 4.859 6.250 6.244 3.735 4.476 4.382 6.254 6.248
S135 3.063 4.938 0.203 4 7.250 5.234 4.859 6.250 6.244 3.735 4.476 4.382 6.254 6.248

4 X-Force™ XF™ 38 S135 2.500 4.438 0.188 4 7 4.734 4.391 6.000 5.994 3.288 4.005 3.911 6.006 6.000
15.70
X-Force™ XF™ 39 G105 2.875 4.688 0.203 4 6.75 4.953 4.609 5.750 5.744 3.519 4.212 4.118 5.755 5.749

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
S135 2.813 4.594 0.156 4 6.75 4.953 4.609 5.750 5.744 3.519 4.212 4.118 5.755 5.749

X-Force™ XF™ 40 G105 3.063 4.938 0.203 4 7.250 5.234 4.859 6.250 6.244 3.735 4.476 4.382 6.254 6.248
S135 2.938 4.938 0.203 4 7.250 5.234 4.859 6.250 6.244 3.735 4.476 4.382 6.254 6.248

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.17 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco X-Force™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min CBore Tong Space Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID OD Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Max Min Max Min
4 1/2 X-Force™ XF™ 46 G105 3.813 5.625 0.203 4.375 7.75 5.953 5.547 6.750 6.744 4.368 5.157 5.063 6.754 6.748
16.60 S135 3.563 5.625 0.203 4.375 7.75 5.953 5.547 6.750 6.744 4.368 5.157 5.063 6.754 6.748

4 1/2 X-Force™ XF™ 43 S135 3.313 5.219 0.297 4 7.250 5.266 5.016 6.250 6.244 3.826 4.565 4.471 6.254 6.248
20.00
X-Force™ XF™ 46 G105 3.563 5.625 0.203 4.375 7.75 5.953 5.547 6.750 6.744 4.368 5.157 5.063 6.754 6.748
S135 3.313 5.625 0.203 4.375 7.75 5.953 5.547 6.750 6.744 4.368 5.157 5.063 6.754 6.748

5 X-Force™ XF™ 50 G105 4.063 6.031 0.203 4.625 8 6.516 5.953 7.000 6.994 4.742 5.555 5.461 7.004 6.998
19.50 S135 3.813 6.031 0.203 4.625 8 6.516 5.953 7.000 6.994 4.742 5.555 5.461 7.004 6.998
V150™ 3.813 6.031 0.203 4.625 8 6.516 5.953 7.000 6.994 4.742 5.555 5.461 7.004 6.998

5 X-Force™ XF™ 50 G105 3.813 6.031 0.203 4.625 8 6.516 5.953 7.000 6.994 4.742 5.555 5.461 7.004 6.998
25.60 S135 3.563 6.031 0.203 4.625 8 6.516 5.953 7.000 6.994 4.742 5.555 5.461 7.004 6.998

5 1/2 X-Force™ XF™ 54 S135 4.063 6.219 0.203 5.250 7.375 6.859 6.141 6.375 6.369 4.996 5.749 5.655 6.382 6.373
21.90

X-Force™ XF™ 57 G105 4.563 6.469 0.203 5.250 8 6.922 6.391 7.000 6.994 5.177 5.990 5.896 7.006 7.000
S135 4.563 6.469 0.203 5.250 8 6.922 6.391 7.000 6.994 5.177 5.990 5.896 7.006 7.000

5 1/2 X-Force™ XF™ 54 S135 4.063 6.219 0.203 5.250 7.375 6.859 6.141 6.375 6.369 4.996 5.749 5.655 6.382 6.373
24.70
X-Force™ XF™ 57 G105 4.563 6.469 0.203 5.250 8 6.922 6.391 7.000 6.994 5.177 5.990 5.896 7.006 7.000
S135 4.313 6.469 0.203 5.250 8 6.922 6.391 7.000 6.994 5.177 5.990 5.896 7.006 7.000
V150™ 4.313 6.469 0.203 5.250 8 6.922 6.391 7.000 6.994 5.177 5.990 5.896 7.006 7.000
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5 7/8 X-Force™ XF™ 57 G105 4.563 6.469 0.203 5.250 8 6.922 6.391 7.000 6.994 5.177 5.990 5.896 7.006 7.000
23.40 S135 4.313 6.469 0.203 5.250 8 6.922 6.391 7.000 6.994 5.177 5.990 5.896 7.006 7.000

5 7/8 X-Force™ XF™ 57 G105 4.563 6.469 0.203 5.250 8 6.922 6.391 7.000 6.994 5.177 5.990 5.896 7.006 7.000
26.30 S135 4.313 6.500 7/32 5.250 8 6.922 6.391 7.000 6.994 5.177 5.990 5.896 7.006 7.000
169

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
170

Table 7.17 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco X-Force™


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min CBore Tong Space Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID OD Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Max Min Max Min
6 5/8 X-Force™ XF™ 65 G105 5.563 7.469 0.203 5.500 8.375 7.922 7.391 7.375 7.369 6.167 7.016 6.922 7.378 7.372
25.20 S135 5.563 7.469 0.203 5.500 8.375 7.922 7.391 7.375 7.369 6.167 7.016 6.922 7.378 7.372

X-Force™ XF™ 69 G105 5.938 7.813 0.203 5.500 8.125 8.203 7.734 7.125 7.119 6.538 7.363 7.269 7.127 7.121
S135 5.813 7.813 0.203 5.500 8.125 8.203 7.734 7.125 7.119 6.538 7.363 7.269 7.127 7.121

6 5/8 X-Force™ XF™ 65 G105 5.563 7.469 0.203 5.500 8.375 7.922 7.391 7.375 7.369 6.167 7.016 6.922 7.378 7.372
27.70 S135 5.313 7.469 0.203 5.500 8.375 7.922 7.391 7.375 7.369 6.167 7.016 6.922 7.378 7.372

X-Force™ XF™ 69 G105 5.938 7.813 0.203 5.500 8.125 8.203 7.734 7.125 7.119 6.538 7.363 7.269 7.127 7.121
S135 5.688 7.813 0.203 5.500 8.125 8.203 7.734 7.125 7.119 6.538 7.363 7.269 7.127 7.121

1 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.18 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

NK DSTJ™
Premium Class Class 2 Minimum Max
Nominal Min Max Min Bevel Min Shoulder Min Max Min Bevel Min Shoulder Tong Space Max Bevel
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD ID Diameter Width OD ID Diameter Width Pin Box Cbore Diameter

3 1/2 DSTJ NC38 E 4 31/64 3 3/64 4 23/64 9/64 4 27/64 3 9/64 4 21/64 9/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
13.30 DSTJ NC38 X 4 19/32 2 7/8 4 27/64 13/64 4 33/64 3 4 3/8 12/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
  DSTJ NC38 G 4 21/32 2 25/32 4 15/32 15/64 4 37/64 2 29/32 4 27/64 14/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
  DSTJ NC38 S 4 13/16 2 1/2 4 9/16 5/16 4 45/64 2 45/64 4 1/2 18/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
  DSTJ NC40 S 5 2 59/64 4 25/32 17/64 4 29/32 3 5/64 4 23/32 16/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
                           
                           
3 1/2 DSTJ NC38 E 4 17/32 2 31/32 4 25/64 11/64 4 15/32 3 1/16 4 23/64 11/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
15.50 DSTJ NC38 X 4 21/32 2 25/32 4 15/32 15/64 4 37/64 2 29/32 4 27/64 14/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
  DSTJ NC38 G 4 23/32 2 43/64 4 1/2 17/64 4 5/8 2 53/64 4 29/64 16/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32
  DSTJ NC40 G 4 59/64 3 1/16 4 47/64 15/64 4 53/64 3 13/64 4 43/64 14/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
  DSTJ NC40 S 5 5/64 2 51/64 4 53/64 5/16 4 31/32 2 63/64 4 49/64 18/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
                             
                             
4 DSTJ NC46 E 5 13/64 4 1/32 5 1/8 3/32 5 5/32 4 3/32 5 3/32 6/64 4 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
11.85                            
                           
                           
4 DSTJ NC40 E 4 13/16 3 15/64 4 43/64 11/64 4 47/64 3 11/32 4 5/8 11/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
14.00 DSTJ NC40 X 4 59/64 3 1/16 4 47/64 15/64 4 27/32 3 3/16 4 11/16 14/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
  DSTJ NC40 G 4 63/64 2 61/64 4 49/64 17/64 4 29/32 3 5/64 4 23/32 16/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
  DSTJ NC40 S 5 11/64 2 39/64 4 57/64 23/64 5 1/16 2 13/16 4 53/64 21/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/8
  DSTJ NC46 E 5 17/64 3 61/64 5 5/32 1/8 5 7/32 4 1/64 5 1/8 8/64 4 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
  DSTJ NC46 X 5 3/8 3 51/64 5 15/64 11/64 5 19/64 3 29/32 5 11/64 11/64 4 1/32 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
  DSTJ NC46 G 5 27/64 3 47/64 5 1/4 13/64 5 11/32 3 27/32 5 13/64 12/64 4 1/16 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
  DSTJ NC46 S 5 9/16 3 33/64 5 11/32 17/64 5 31/64 3 41/64 5 19/64 17/64 4 11/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
                           
                           
4 DSTJ NC40 E 4 55/64 3 5/32 4 11/16 13/64 4 25/32 3 17/64 4 41/64 12/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
15.70 DSTJ NC40 X 4 63/64 2 61/64 4 49/64 17/64 4 29/32 3 5/64 4 23/32 16/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32
  DSTJ NC46 E 5 5/16 3 57/64 5 3/16 9/64 5 1/4 3 31/32 5 5/32 9/64 4 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
  DSTJ NC46 X 5 27/64 3 47/64 5 1/4 13/64 5 11/32 3 27/32 5 13/64 12/64 4 1/16 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
  DSTJ NC46 G 5 15/32 3 43/64 5 9/32 7/32 5 25/64 3 25/32 5 15/64 14/64 4 7/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
  DSTJ NC46 S 5 41/64 3 25/64 5 25/64 5/16 5 17/32 3 37/64 5 21/64 18/64 4 15/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
                           
171

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
172

Table 7.18 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

NK DSTJ™
Premium Class Class 2 Minimum Max
Nominal Min Max Min Bevel Min Shoulder Min Max Min Bevel Min Shoulder Tong Space Max Bevel
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD ID Diameter Width OD ID Diameter Width Pin Box Cbore Diameter
                           
4 1/2 DSTJ NC46 E 5 25/64 3 25/32 5 15/64 3/16 5 21/64 3 55/64 5 13/64 12/64 4 3/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
16.60 DSTJ NC46 X 5 17/32 3 37/64 5 21/64 1/4 5 7/16 3 23/32 5 17/64 15/64 4 5/32 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
  DSTJ NC46 G 5 19/32 3 15/32 5 23/64 9/32 5 1/2 3 5/8 5 5/16 17/64 4 13/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
  DSTJ NC46 S 5 25/32 3 5/32 5 31/64 3/8 5 21/32 3 3/8 5 13/32 22/64 4 11/32 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
  DSTJ NC50 E 5 23/32 4 5/16 5 19/32 11/64 5 43/64 4 3/8 5 9/16 10/64 4 19/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
  DSTJ NC50 X 5 27/32 4 9/64 5 43/64 15/64 5 49/64 4 1/4 5 5/8 13/64 4 25/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
  DSTJ NC50 G 5 29/32 4 3/64 5 23/32 17/64 5 13/16 4 3/16 5 21/32 14/64 4 7/16 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
  DSTJ NC50 S 6 1/16 3 13/16 5 13/16 11/32 5 31/32 3 31/32 5 3/4 19/64 4 35/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
                           
                           
4 1/2 DSTJ NC46 E 5 31/64 3 41/64 5 19/64 17/64 5 13/32 3 3/4 5 1/4 14/64 4 7/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
20.00 DSTJ NC46 X 5 41/64 3 25/64 5 25/64 11/32 5 35/64 3 35/64 5 21/64 19/64 4 15/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
  DSTJ NC46 G 5 23/32 3 17/64 5 7/16 3/8 5 39/64 3 29/64 5 3/8 21/64 4 19/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64
  DSTJ NC46 S 5 59/64 2 7/8 5 37/64 31/64 5 51/64 3 1/8 5 31/64 27/64 4 7/16 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 27/32
  DSTJ NC50 E 5 13/16 4 3/16 5 21/32 7/32 5 47/64 4 19/64 5 39/64 12/64 4 23/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
  DSTJ NC50 X 5 15/16 4 1/64 5 47/64 9/32 5 55/64 4 1/8 5 11/16 16/64 4 29/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
  DSTJ NC50 G 6 1/64 3 57/64 5 25/32 21/64 5 29/32 4 3/64 5 23/32 17/64 4 33/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
  DSTJ NC50 S 6 13/64 3 37/64 5 57/64 27/64 6 5/64 3 51/64 5 13/16 23/64 4 21/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
                           
                           
5 DSTJ NC50 E 5 7/8 4 3/32 5 11/16 1/4 5 51/64 4 13/64 5 41/64 14/64 4 13/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
19.50 DSTJ NC50 X 6 1/64 3 57/64 5 25/32 21/64 5 59/64 4 1/32 5 23/32 18/64 4 33/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
  DSTJ NC50 G 6 3/32 3 49/64 5 53/64 23/64 5 63/64 3 15/16 5 49/64 20/64 4 37/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
  DSTJ NC50 S 6 19/64 3 27/64 5 61/64 15/32 6 11/64 3 41/64 5 7/8 26/64 4 23/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
  DSTJ 5 1/2 FH E 6 23/64 4 25/32 6 7/32 13/64 6 19/64 4 55/64 6 11/64 11/64 4 49/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 5/16
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

  DSTJ 5 1/2 FH X 6 31/64 4 39/64 6 19/64 17/64 6 13/32 4 23/32 6 1/4 14/64 4 55/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 7/16
  DSTJ 5 1/2 FH G 6 35/64 4 33/64 6 21/64 19/64 6 15/32 4 5/8 6 9/32 16/64 4 29/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 1/2
  DSTJ 5 1/2 FH S 6 47/64 4 15/64 6 29/64 25/64 6 5/8 4 13/32 6 3/8 21/64 5 3/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
                           
                           
5 DSTJ 5 1/2 FH E 6 31/64 4 39/64 6 19/64 17/64 6 13/32 4 23/32 6 1/4 14/64 4 55/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
25.60 DSTJ 5 1/2 FH X 6 41/64 4 3/8 6 25/64 11/32 6 35/64 4 33/64 6 21/64 19/64 4 63/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
  DSTJ 5 1/2 FH G 6 23/32 4 17/64 6 7/16 3/8 6 39/64 4 27/64 6 3/8 21/64 5 3/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
  DSTJ 5 1/2 FH S 6 15/16 3 57/64 6 37/64 31/64 6 51/64 4 9/64 6 31/64 27/64 5 13/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
  DSTJ NC50 E 6 1/64 3 57/64 5 25/32 21/64 5 59/64 4 1/32 5 23/32 18/64 4 33/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
  DSTJ NC50 X 6 13/64 3 37/64 5 57/64 27/64 6 5/64 3 51/64 5 13/16 23/64 4 21/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
  DSTJ NC50 G 6 9/32 3 29/64 5 61/64 29/64 6 5/32 3 43/64 5 7/8 25/64 4 23/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64
                           

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.18 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

NK DSTJ™
Premium Class Class 2 Minimum Max
Nominal Min Max Min Bevel Min Shoulder Min Max Min Bevel Min Shoulder Tong Space Max Bevel
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD ID Diameter Width OD ID Diameter Width Pin Box Cbore Diameter
                           
5 1/2 DSTJ 5 1/2 FH E 6 15/32 4 5/8 6 9/32 1/4 6 25/64 4 47/64 6 15/64 14/64 4 55/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
21.90 DSTJ 5 1/2 FH X 6 5/8 4 13/32 6 3/8 21/64 6 17/32 4 35/64 6 21/64 18/64 4 31/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
  DSTJ 5 1/2 FH G 6 45/64 4 9/32 6 7/16 3/8 6 19/32 4 29/64 6 23/64 20/64 5 1/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
  DSTJ 5 1/2 FH S 6 59/64 3 59/64 6 9/16 31/64 6 51/64 4 9/64 6 31/64 27/64 5 3/16 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 7/64
                           
                           
5 1/2 DSTJ 5 1/2 FH E 6 35/64 4 33/64 6 21/64 19/64 6 29/64 4 21/32 6 9/32 16/64 4 29/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
24.70 DSTJ 5 1/2 FH X 6 45/64 4 9/32 6 7/16 3/8 6 19/32 4 29/64 6 23/64 20/64 5 1/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
  DSTJ 5 1/2 FH G 6 25/32 4 5/32 6 31/64 13/32 6 43/64 4 21/64 6 13/32 23/64 5 3/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64
  DSTJ 5 1/2 FH S 7 1/64 3 3/4 6 5/8 17/32 6 7/8 4 6 17/32 29/64 5 17/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 7/64

1 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply. Minimum OD's smaller than those listed in this table are acceptable
if torque limitations are followed. Please contact the manufacturer for applicable charts for torque limitations.
173

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
174

Table 7.19 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hilong HLIDS
Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Cylinder Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min Cbore Tong Space4 Diameter5 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade1 ID2 OD3 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
2 3/8 HLIDS23 HL95SS 1.438 3.000 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.142 2.984 2.453 2.421 3.498 3.490 1.744 1.697 2.657 2.609 3.504 3.496
6.65 / IU HL105SS 1.438 3.000 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.142 2.984 2.453 2.421 3.498 3.490 1.744 1.697 2.657 2.609 3.504 3.496
G105 / HL105AS 1.438 3.000 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.142 2.984 2.453 2.421 3.498 3.490 1.744 1.697 2.657 2.609 3.504 3.496
HL120S 1.438 3.000 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.142 2.984 2.453 2.421 3.498 3.490 1.744 1.697 2.657 2.609 3.504 3.496
S135 / HL135AS 1.438 3.000 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.142 2.984 2.453 2.421 3.498 3.490 1.744 1.697 2.657 2.609 3.504 3.496
2 3/8 HLIDS26 HL95SS 1.750 3.313 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.407 3.250 2.766 2.734 3.384 3.376 2.066 2.034 2.969 2.922 3.390 3.382
6.65 / EU HL105SS 1.750 3.313 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.407 3.250 2.766 2.734 3.384 3.376 2.066 2.034 2.969 2.922 3.390 3.382
G105/HL105AS 1.750 3.313 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.407 3.250 2.766 2.734 3.384 3.376 2.066 2.034 2.969 2.922 3.390 3.382
HL120S 1.750 3.313 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.407 3.250 2.766 2.734 3.384 3.376 2.066 2.034 2.969 2.922 3.390 3.382
S135 / HL135AS 1.750 3.313 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.407 3.250 2.766 2.734 3.384 3.376 2.066 2.034 2.969 2.922 3.390 3.382
2 7/8 HLIDS26 HL95SS 1.688 3.438 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.407 3.250 2.766 2.734 3.384 3.376 2.066 2.034 2.969 2.922 3.390 3.382
10.40 / IU HL105SS 1.625 3.469 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.407 3.250 2.766 2.734 3.384 3.376 2.066 2.034 2.969 2.922 3.390 3.382
G105 / HL105AS 1.688 3.438 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.407 3.250 2.766 2.734 3.384 3.376 2.066 2.034 2.969 2.922 3.390 3.382
HL120S 1.563 3.469 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.407 3.250 2.766 2.734 3.384 3.376 2.066 2.034 2.969 2.922 3.390 3.382
S135 / HL135AS 1.469 3.531 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.407 3.250 2.766 2.734 3.384 3.376 2.066 2.034 2.969 2.922 3.390 3.382
2 7/8 HLIDS31 HL95SS 2.063 3.844 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.095 3.937 3.282 3.250 3.894 3.886 2.496 2.465 3.485 3.437 3.900 3.892
10.40 / EU HL105SS 2.063 3.844 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.095 3.937 3.282 3.250 3.894 3.886 2.496 2.465 3.485 3.437 3.900 3.892
G105 / HL105AS 2.063 3.844 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.095 3.937 3.282 3.250 3.894 3.886 2.496 2.465 3.485 3.437 3.900 3.892
HL120S 2.063 3.844 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.095 3.937 3.282 3.250 3.894 3.886 2.496 2.465 3.485 3.437 3.900 3.892
S135 / HL135AS 2.063 3.875 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.095 3.937 3.282 3.250 3.894 3.886 2.496 2.465 3.485 3.437 3.900 3.892
3 1/2 HLIDS31 HL95SS 2.094 4.031 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.095 3.937 3.282 3.250 3.894 3.886 2.496 2.465 3.485 3.437 3.900 3.892
13.30 / IU HL105SS 2.000 4.094 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.095 3.937 3.282 3.250 3.894 3.886 2.496 2.465 3.485 3.437 3.900 3.892
G105 / HL105AS 2.063 4.031 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.095 3.937 3.282 3.250 3.894 3.886 2.496 2.465 3.485 3.437 3.900 3.892
HL120S 1.969 4.125 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.095 3.937 3.282 3.250 3.894 3.886 2.496 2.465 3.485 3.437 3.900 3.892
S135 / HL135AS 1.813 4.156 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.095 3.937 3.282 3.250 3.894 3.886 2.496 2.465 3.485 3.437 3.900 3.892
3 1/2 HLIDS38 HL95SS 2.688 4.578 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
13.30 / EU HL105SS 2.688 4.578 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
G105 / HL105AS 2.688 4.578 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
HL120S 2.688 4.578 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
S135 / HL135AS 2.688 4.656 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
3 1/2 HLIDS38 HL95SS 2.531 4.578 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
15.50 / EU HL105SS 2.531 4.578 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
G105 / HL105AS 2.531 4.578 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
HL120S 2.531 4.594 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
S135 / HL135AS 2.531 4.688 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
4 HLIDS38 HL95SS 2.750 4.656 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
14.00 / IU HL105SS 2.688 4.719 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
G105 / HL105AS 2.750 4.688 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
HL120S 2.656 4.750 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
S135 / HL135AS 2.563 4.781 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404
V150 2.531 4.813 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.720 4.562 3.907 3.875 4.406 4.398 3.035 3.004 4.109 4.062 4.411 4.404

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.19 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hilong HLIDS
Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Cylinder Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min Cbore Tong Space4 Diameter5 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade1 ID2 OD3 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
4 HLIDS40 HL95SS 2.813 4.906 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
14.00 / IU HL105SS 2.813 4.906 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
G105 / HL105AS 2.813 4.906 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
HL120S 2.813 4.906 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
S135 / HL135AS 2.813 5.000 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
V150 2.813 5.031 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
4 HLIDS40 HL95SS 2.781 5.094 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
15.70 / IU HL105SS 2.813 4.938 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
G105 / HL105AS 2.813 4.906 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
HL120S 2.813 4.969 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
S135 / HL135AS 2.813 5.063 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
V150 2.781 5.094 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
4 1/2 HLIDS40 HL95SS 2.813 5.000 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
16.60 / IEU HL105SS 2.781 5.063 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
G105 / HL105AS 2.813 5.031 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
HL120S 2.750 5.094 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
S135 / HL135AS 2.625 5.188 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
V150 2.594 5.188 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.157 5.000 4.172 4.140 4.917 4.909 3.216 3.184 4.375 4.328 4.923 4.915
HLIDS46 HL95SS 3.375 5.469 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.860 5.703 4.725 4.693 4.917 4.909 3.766 3.734 4.938 4.891 4.923 4.915
HL105SS 3.375 5.469 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.860 5.703 4.725 4.693 4.917 4.909 3.766 3.734 4.938 4.891 4.923 4.915
G105 / HL105AS 3.375 5.469 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.860 5.703 4.725 4.693 4.917 4.909 3.766 3.734 4.938 4.891 4.923 4.915
HL120S 3.375 5.500 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.860 5.703 4.725 4.693 4.917 4.909 3.766 3.734 4.938 4.891 4.923 4.915
S135 / HL135AS 3.375 5.594 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.860 5.703 4.725 4.693 4.917 4.909 3.766 3.734 4.938 4.891 4.923 4.915
V150 3.375 5.625 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.860 5.703 4.725 4.693 4.917 4.909 3.766 3.734 4.938 4.891 4.923 4.915
4 1/2 HLIDS46 HL95SS 3.375 5.531 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.860 5.703 4.725 4.693 4.917 4.909 3.766 3.734 4.938 4.891 4.923 4.915
20.00 / IEU HL105SS 3.375 5.594 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.860 5.703 4.725 4.693 4.917 4.909 3.766 3.734 4.938 4.891 4.923 4.915
G105 / HL105AS 3.375 5.531 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.860 5.703 4.725 4.693 4.917 4.909 3.766 3.734 4.938 4.891 4.923 4.915
HL120S 3.375 5.625 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.860 5.703 4.725 4.693 4.917 4.909 3.766 3.734 4.938 4.891 4.923 4.915
S135 / HL135AS 3.281 5.719 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.860 5.703 4.725 4.693 4.917 4.909 3.766 3.734 4.938 4.891 4.923 4.915
V150 3.281 5.719 0.281 6.0 6.0 5.860 5.703 4.725 4.693 4.917 4.909 3.766 3.734 4.938 4.891 4.923 4.915
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5 HLIDS50 HL95SS 3.781 5.938 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.204 6.047 5.151 5.119 4.917 4.909 4.186 4.154 5.344 5.297 4.923 4.915
19.50 / IEU HL105SS 3.781 5.969 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.204 6.047 5.151 5.119 4.917 4.909 4.186 4.154 5.344 5.297 4.923 4.915
G105 / HL105AS 3.781 5.938 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.204 6.047 5.151 5.119 4.917 4.909 4.186 4.154 5.344 5.297 4.923 4.915
HL120S 3.781 6.000 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.204 6.047 5.151 5.119 4.917 4.909 4.186 4.154 5.344 5.297 4.923 4.915
S135 / HL135AS 3.750 6.094 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.204 6.047 5.151 5.119 4.917 4.909 4.186 4.154 5.344 5.297 4.923 4.915
V150 3.750 6.125 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.204 6.047 5.151 5.119 4.917 4.909 4.186 4.154 5.344 5.297 4.923 4.915
5 HLIDS50 HL95SS 3.781 6.063 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.204 6.047 5.151 5.119 4.917 4.909 4.186 4.154 5.344 5.297 4.923 4.915
25.60 / IEU HL105SS 3.719 6.156 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.204 6.047 5.151 5.119 4.917 4.909 4.186 4.154 5.344 5.297 4.923 4.915
G105 / HL105AS 3.781 6.094 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.204 6.047 5.151 5.119 4.917 4.909 4.186 4.154 5.344 5.297 4.923 4.915
HL120S 3.656 6.156 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.204 6.047 5.151 5.119 4.917 4.909 4.186 4.154 5.344 5.297 4.923 4.915
175

S135 / HL135AS 3.531 6.250 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.204 6.047 5.151 5.119 4.917 4.909 4.186 4.154 5.344 5.297 4.923 4.915
V150 3.500 6.250 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.204 6.047 5.151 5.119 4.917 4.909 4.186 4.154 5.344 5.297 4.923 4.915

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
176

Table 7.19 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hilong HLIDS
Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Cylinder Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min Cbore Tong Space4 Diameter5 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade1 ID2 OD3 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
5 1/2 HLIDS5-1/2FH HL95SS 4.219 6.531 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.860 6.703 5.731 5.699 5.429 5.421 4.626 4.594 5.938 5.891 5.435 5.427
21.90 / IEU HL105SS 4.219 6.563 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.860 6.703 5.731 5.699 5.429 5.421 4.626 4.594 5.938 5.891 5.435 5.427
G105 / HL105AS 4.219 6.531 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.860 6.703 5.731 5.699 5.429 5.421 4.626 4.594 5.938 5.891 5.435 5.427
HL120S 4.219 6.594 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.860 6.703 5.731 5.699 5.429 5.421 4.626 4.594 5.938 5.891 5.435 5.427
S135 / HL135AS 4.219 6.719 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.860 6.703 5.731 5.699 5.429 5.421 4.626 4.594 5.938 5.891 5.435 5.427
V150 4.219 6.750 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.860 6.703 5.731 5.699 5.429 5.421 4.626 4.594 5.938 5.891 5.435 5.427
5 1/2 HLIDS5-1/2FH HL95SS 4.219 6.563 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.860 6.703 5.731 5.699 5.429 5.421 4.626 4.594 5.938 5.891 5.435 5.427
24.70 / IEU HL105SS 4.219 6.656 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.860 6.703 5.731 5.699 5.429 5.421 4.626 4.594 5.938 5.891 5.435 5.427
G105 / HL105AS 4.219 6.594 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.860 6.703 5.731 5.699 5.429 5.421 4.626 4.594 5.938 5.891 5.435 5.427
HL120S 4.219 6.719 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.860 6.703 5.731 5.699 5.429 5.421 4.626 4.594 5.938 5.891 5.435 5.427
S135 / HL135AS 4.156 6.781 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.860 6.703 5.731 5.699 5.429 5.421 4.626 4.594 5.938 5.891 5.435 5.427
V150 4.125 6.813 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.860 6.703 5.731 5.699 5.429 5.421 4.626 4.594 5.938 5.891 5.435 5.427
6 5/8 HLIDS6-5/8FH HL95SS 5.156 7.469 0.313 6.0 6.0 7.845 7.687 6.659 6.627 5.429 5.421 5.508 5.476 6.875 6.828 5.435 5.427
25.20 / IEU HL105SS 5.156 7.531 0.313 6.0 6.0 7.845 7.687 6.659 6.627 5.429 5.421 5.508 5.476 6.875 6.828 5.435 5.427
G105 / HL105AS 5.156 7.469 0.313 6.0 6.0 7.845 7.687 6.659 6.627 5.429 5.421 5.508 5.476 6.875 6.828 5.435 5.427
HL120S 5.156 7.594 0.313 6.0 6.0 7.845 7.687 6.659 6.627 5.429 5.421 5.508 5.476 6.875 6.828 5.435 5.427
S135 / HL135AS 5.156 7.719 0.313 6.0 6.0 7.845 7.687 6.659 6.627 5.429 5.421 5.508 5.476 6.875 6.828 5.435 5.427
V150 5.156 7.719 0.313 6.0 6.0 7.845 7.687 6.659 6.627 5.429 5.421 5.508 5.476 6.875 6.828 5.435 5.427
6 5/8 HLIDS6-5/8FH HL95SS 5.156 7.531 0.313 6.0 6.0 7.845 7.687 6.659 6.627 5.429 5.421 5.508 5.476 6.875 6.828 5.435 5.427
27.70 / IEU HL105SS 5.156 7.625 0.313 6.0 6.0 7.845 7.687 6.659 6.627 5.429 5.421 5.508 5.476 6.875 6.828 5.435 5.427
G105 / HL105AS 5.156 7.531 0.313 6.0 6.0 7.845 7.687 6.659 6.627 5.429 5.421 5.508 5.476 6.875 6.828 5.435 5.427
HL120S 5.156 7.656 0.313 6.0 6.0 7.845 7.687 6.659 6.627 5.429 5.421 5.508 5.476 6.875 6.828 5.435 5.427
S135 / HL135AS 5.094 7.750 0.313 6.0 6.0 7.845 7.687 6.659 6.627 5.429 5.421 5.508 5.476 6.875 6.828 5.435 5.427
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

V150 5.063 7.781 0.313 6.0 6.0 7.845 7.687 6.659 6.627 5.429 5.421 5.508 5.476 6.875 6.828 5.435 5.427
1. HL105AS and HL135AS are Hilong proprietary grade for Antarctic Service drill pipe. HL95SS, HL105SS and HL120S are Hilong proprietary grade for sour service drill pipe.
2. The maximum ID of Premium Class for most RSC types are based on the pin nose, pipe ID and torsional capacity (TSR not less than 0.8).
3. The minimum OD of Premium Class is based on ID max ,and torsional capacity (TSR not less than 0.8). If the tool joint ID is smaller than ID max, the OD of Premium Class can be even smaller
than stated above.
4. The minimium tong space exclude hardbanding which is from seal shoulder to the edge of hardbanding.
5. If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/32 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
6. When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.20 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hilong HLMT
Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Cylinder Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min Cbore Tong Space4 Diameter5 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade1 ID2 OD3 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
2 3/8 HLMT2-3/8PAC HL95SS 1.438 2.807 0.188 6.0 7.5 2.782 2.687 2.333 2.303 4.631 4.623 1.859 1.814 2.431 2.381 4.641 4.633
6.65 / IU HL105SS 1.438 2.807 0.188 6.0 7.5 2.782 2.687 2.333 2.303 4.631 4.623 1.859 1.814 2.431 2.381 4.641 4.633
G105 / HL105AS 1.438 2.807 0.188 6.0 7.5 2.782 2.687 2.333 2.303 4.631 4.623 1.859 1.814 2.431 2.381 4.641 4.633
2 7/8 HLMT2-7/8PAC HL95SS 1.592 2.971 0.188 6.0 7.5 3.142 3.047 2.452 2.422 4.830 4.822 2.013 1.968 2.595 2.545 4.840 4.832
10.40 / IU HL105SS 1.592 2.971 0.188 6.0 7.5 3.142 3.047 2.452 2.422 4.830 4.822 2.013 1.968 2.595 2.545 4.840 4.832
G105 / HL105AS 1.592 2.971 0.188 6.0 7.5 3.142 3.047 2.452 2.422 4.830 4.822 2.013 1.968 2.595 2.545 4.840 4.832
3 1/2 HLMT38 HL95SS 2.688 4.603 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
13.30 / EU HL105SS 2.688 4.603 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
G105 / HL105AS 2.688 4.603 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
HL120S 2.688 4.603 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
S135 / HL135AS 2.688 4.603 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
V150 2.688 4.603 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
3 1/2 HLMT38 HL95SS 2.531 4.603 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
15.50 / EU HL105SS 2.531 4.603 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
G105 / HL105AS 2.531 4.603 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
HL120S 2.531 4.603 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
S135 / HL135AS 2.531 4.603 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
V150 2.531 4.603 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
4 HLMT38 HL95SS 2.781 4.625 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
14.00 / IU HL105SS 2.781 4.656 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
G105 / HL105AS 2.781 4.625 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
HL120S 2.750 4.688 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
S135 / HL135AS 2.656 4.750 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
V150 2.625 4.750 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.732 4.637 3.906 3.876 5.505 5.497 3.218 3.173 4.103 4.053 5.515 5.507
HLMT40 HL95SS 2.932 4.932 0.281 6.0 7.5 4.954 4.859 4.171 4.141 6.276 6.268 3.352 3.307 4.369 4.319 6.286 6.278
HL105SS 2.932 4.932 0.281 6.0 7.5 4.954 4.859 4.171 4.141 6.276 6.268 3.352 3.307 4.369 4.319 6.286 6.278
G105 / HL105AS 2.932 4.932 0.281 6.0 7.5 4.954 4.859 4.171 4.141 6.276 6.268 3.352 3.307 4.369 4.319 6.286 6.278
HL120S 2.932 4.932 0.281 6.0 7.5 4.954 4.859 4.171 4.141 6.276 6.268 3.352 3.307 4.369 4.319 6.286 6.278
S135 / HL135AS 2.932 4.969 0.281 6.0 7.5 4.954 4.859 4.171 4.141 6.276 6.268 3.352 3.307 4.369 4.319 6.286 6.278
V150 2.932 5.000 0.281 6.0 7.5 4.954 4.859 4.171 4.141 6.276 6.268 3.352 3.307 4.369 4.319 6.286 6.278
4 HLMT40 HL95SS 2.932 4.932 0.281 6.0 7.5 4.954 4.859 4.171 4.141 6.276 6.268 3.352 3.307 4.369 4.319 6.286 6.278
15.70 / IU HL105SS 2.932 4.938 0.281 6.0 7.5 4.954 4.859 4.171 4.141 6.276 6.268 3.352 3.307 4.369 4.319 6.286 6.278
G105 / HL105AS 2.932 4.932 0.281 6.0 7.5 4.954 4.859 4.171 4.141 6.276 6.268 3.352 3.307 4.369 4.319 6.286 6.278
HL120S 2.932 4.969 0.281 6.0 7.5 4.954 4.859 4.171 4.141 6.276 6.268 3.352 3.307 4.369 4.319 6.286 6.278
S135 / HL135AS 2.875 5.031 0.281 6.0 7.5 4.954 4.859 4.171 4.141 6.276 6.268 3.352 3.307 4.369 4.319 6.286 6.278
V150 2.875 5.063 0.281 6.0 7.5 4.954 4.859 4.171 4.141 6.276 6.268 3.352 3.307 4.369 4.319 6.286 6.278
4 1/2 HLMT46 HL95SS 3.485 5.494 0.281 6.0 7.5 5.924 5.829 4.724 4.694 6.291 6.283 3.905 3.860 4.931 4.881 6.301 6.293
16.60 / IEU HL105SS 3.485 5.494 0.281 6.0 7.5 5.924 5.829 4.724 4.694 6.291 6.283 3.905 3.860 4.931 4.881 6.301 6.293
G105 / HL105AS 3.485 5.494 0.281 6.0 7.5 5.924 5.829 4.724 4.694 6.291 6.283 3.905 3.860 4.931 4.881 6.301 6.293
HL120S 3.485 5.500 0.281 6.0 7.5 5.924 5.829 4.724 4.694 6.291 6.283 3.905 3.860 4.931 4.881 6.301 6.293
177

S135 / HL135AS 3.485 5.594 0.281 6.0 7.5 5.924 5.829 4.724 4.694 6.291 6.283 3.905 3.860 4.931 4.881 6.301 6.293
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,

V150 3.469 5.594 0.281 6.0 7.5 5.924 5.829 4.724 4.694 6.291 6.283 3.905 3.860 4.931 4.881 6.301 6.293

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
178

Table 7.20 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hilong HLMT
Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Cylinder Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min Cbore Tong Space4 Diameter5 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade1 ID2 OD3 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
4 1/2 HLMT46HL95SS 3.485 5.500 0.281 6.0 7.5 5.924 5.829 4.724 4.694 6.291 6.283 3.905 3.860 4.931 4.881 6.301 6.293
20.00 / IEU HL105SS 3.485 5.594 0.281 6.0 7.5 5.924 5.829 4.724 4.694 6.291 6.283 3.905 3.860 4.931 4.881 6.301 6.293
G105 / HL105AS 3.485 5.531 0.281 6.0 7.5 5.924 5.829 4.724 4.694 6.291 6.283 3.905 3.860 4.931 4.881 6.301 6.293
HL120S 3.469 5.625 0.281 6.0 7.5 5.924 5.829 4.724 4.694 6.291 6.283 3.905 3.860 4.931 4.881 6.301 6.293
S135 / HL135AS 3.344 5.656 0.281 6.0 7.5 5.924 5.829 4.724 4.694 6.291 6.283 3.905 3.860 4.931 4.881 6.301 6.293
V150 3.344 5.688 0.281 6.0 7.5 5.924 5.829 4.724 4.694 6.291 6.283 3.905 3.860 4.931 4.881 6.301 6.293
5 HLMT50 HL95SS 3.923 5.964 0.313 6.0 7.5 6.219 6.124 5.150 5.120 6.159 6.151 4.343 4.298 5.338 5.288 6.169 6.161
19.50 / IEU HL105SS 3.923 5.969 0.313 6.0 7.5 6.219 6.124 5.150 5.120 6.159 6.151 4.343 4.298 5.338 5.288 6.169 6.161
G105 / HL105AS 3.923 5.964 0.313 6.0 7.5 6.219 6.124 5.150 5.120 6.159 6.151 4.343 4.298 5.338 5.288 6.169 6.161
HL120S 3.923 6.000 0.313 6.0 7.5 6.219 6.124 5.150 5.120 6.159 6.151 4.343 4.298 5.338 5.288 6.169 6.161
S135 / HL135AS 3.844 6.063 0.313 6.0 7.5 6.219 6.124 5.150 5.120 6.159 6.151 4.343 4.298 5.338 5.288 6.169 6.161
V150 3.813 6.063 0.313 6.0 7.5 6.219 6.124 5.150 5.120 6.159 6.151 4.343 4.298 5.338 5.288 6.169 6.161
5 HLMT50 HL95SS 3.875 6.031 0.313 6.0 7.5 6.219 6.124 5.150 5.120 6.159 6.151 4.343 4.298 5.338 5.288 6.169 6.161
25.60 / IEU HL105SS 3.781 6.094 0.313 6.0 7.5 6.219 6.124 5.150 5.120 6.159 6.151 4.343 4.298 5.338 5.288 6.169 6.161
G105 / HL105AS 3.875 6.063 0.313 6.0 7.5 6.219 6.124 5.150 5.120 6.159 6.151 4.343 4.298 5.338 5.288 6.169 6.161
HL120S 3.750 6.125 0.313 6.0 7.5 6.219 6.124 5.150 5.120 6.159 6.151 4.343 4.298 5.338 5.288 6.169 6.161
S135 / HL135AS 3.625 6.188 0.313 6.0 7.5 6.219 6.124 5.150 5.120 6.159 6.151 4.343 4.298 5.338 5.288 6.169 6.161
V150 3.594 6.219 0.313 6.0 7.5 6.219 6.124 5.150 5.120 6.159 6.151 4.343 4.298 5.338 5.288 6.169 6.161
5 1/2 HLMT5-1/2FH HL95SS 4.281 6.557 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.952 6.857 5.730 5.700 7.347 7.339 4.712 4.667 5.931 5.881 7.357 7.349
21.90 / IEU HL105SS 4.281 6.563 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.952 6.857 5.730 5.700 7.347 7.339 4.712 4.667 5.931 5.881 7.357 7.349
G105 / HL105AS 4.281 6.557 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.952 6.857 5.730 5.700 7.347 7.339 4.712 4.667 5.931 5.881 7.357 7.349
HL120S 4.281 6.594 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.952 6.857 5.730 5.700 7.347 7.339 4.712 4.667 5.931 5.881 7.357 7.349
S135 / HL135AS 4.281 6.719 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.952 6.857 5.730 5.700 7.347 7.339 4.712 4.667 5.931 5.881 7.357 7.349
V150 4.250 6.719 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.952 6.857 5.730 5.700 7.347 7.339 4.712 4.667 5.931 5.881 7.357 7.349
5 1/2 HLMT5-1/2FH HL95SS 4.281 6.563 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.952 6.857 5.730 5.700 7.347 7.339 4.712 4.667 5.931 5.881 7.357 7.349
24.70 / IEU HL105SS 4.281 6.656 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.952 6.857 5.730 5.700 7.347 7.339 4.712 4.667 5.931 5.881 7.357 7.349
G105 / HL105AS 4.281 6.563 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.952 6.857 5.730 5.700 7.347 7.339 4.712 4.667 5.931 5.881 7.357 7.349
HL120S 4.281 6.719 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.952 6.857 5.730 5.700 7.347 7.339 4.712 4.667 5.931 5.881 7.357 7.349
S135 / HL135AS 4.188 6.781 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.952 6.857 5.730 5.700 7.347 7.339 4.712 4.667 5.931 5.881 7.357 7.349
V150 4.156 6.781 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.952 6.857 5.730 5.700 7.347 7.339 4.712 4.667 5.931 5.881 7.357 7.349
1. HL105AS and HL135AS are Hilong proprietary grade for Antarctic Service drill pipe. HL95SS, HL105SS and HL120S are Hilong proprietary grade for Sour Service drill pipe.
2. The maximum ID of Premium Class for most RSC types are based on the pin nose, pipe ID and torsional capacity (TSR not less than 0.8).
3. The minimum OD of Premium Class is based on ID max ,and torsional capacity (TSR not less than 0.8). If the tool joint ID is smaller than ID max, the OD of Premium Class can be even smaller

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
than stated above.
4. The minimium tong space exclude hardbanding which is from seal shoulder to the edge of hardbanding.
5. If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/32 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
6. When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.21 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hilong HLST
Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Cylinder Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min Cbore Tong Space4 Diameter5 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade1 ID2 OD3 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2 3/8 HLST26 HL105SS 1.750 3.281 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.449 3.291 2.784 2.753 3.504 3.496 2.268 2.236 2.903 2.856 3.508 3.500
6.65 / EU G105 / HL105AS 1.750 3.281 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.449 3.291 2.784 2.753 3.504 3.496 2.268 2.236 2.903 2.856 3.508 3.500
HL120S 1.750 3.281 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.449 3.291 2.784 2.753 3.504 3.496 2.268 2.236 2.903 2.856 3.508 3.500
S135 / HL135AS 1.750 3.281 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.449 3.291 2.784 2.753 3.504 3.496 2.268 2.236 2.903 2.856 3.508 3.500
2 7/8 HLST26 HL105SS 1.750 3.344 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.449 3.291 2.784 2.753 3.504 3.496 2.268 2.236 2.903 2.856 3.508 3.500
10.40 / IU G105 / HL105AS 1.813 3.344 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.449 3.291 2.784 2.753 3.504 3.496 2.268 2.236 2.903 2.856 3.508 3.500
HL120S 1.719 3.375 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.449 3.291 2.784 2.753 3.504 3.496 2.268 2.236 2.903 2.856 3.508 3.500
S135 / HL135AS 1.625 3.438 0.188 6.0 6.0 3.449 3.291 2.784 2.753 3.504 3.496 2.268 2.236 2.903 2.856 3.508 3.500
2 7/8 HLST31 HL105SS 2.063 3.781 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.047 3.890 3.307 3.276 4.000 3.992 2.780 2.748 3.435 3.388 4.006 3.998
10.40 / EU G105 / HL105AS 2.063 3.781 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.047 3.890 3.307 3.276 4.000 3.992 2.780 2.748 3.435 3.388 4.006 3.998
HL120S 2.063 3.781 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.047 3.890 3.307 3.276 4.000 3.992 2.780 2.748 3.435 3.388 4.006 3.998
S135 / HL135AS 2.063 3.781 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.047 3.890 3.307 3.276 4.000 3.992 2.780 2.748 3.435 3.388 4.006 3.998
3 1/2 HLST31 HL105SS 2.188 3.969 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.047 3.890 3.307 3.276 4.000 3.992 2.780 2.748 3.435 3.388 4.006 3.998
13.30 / IU G105 / HL105AS 2.250 3.938 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.047 3.890 3.307 3.276 4.000 3.992 2.780 2.748 3.435 3.388 4.006 3.998
HL120S 2.156 4.000 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.047 3.890 3.307 3.276 4.000 3.992 2.780 2.748 3.435 3.388 4.006 3.998
S135 / HL135AS 2.031 4.031 0.188 6.0 6.0 4.047 3.890 3.307 3.276 4.000 3.992 2.780 2.748 3.435 3.388 4.006 3.998
3 1/2 HLST36 HL105SS 2.688 4.282 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
13.30 / EU G105 / HL105AS 2.688 4.282 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
HL120S 2.688 4.313 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
S135 / HL135AS 2.688 4.406 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
V150 2.656 4.406 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
HLST39 HL105SS 2.688 4.648 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
G105 / HL105AS 2.688 4.648 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
HL120S 2.688 4.648 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
S135 / HL135AS 2.688 4.648 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
V150 2.688 4.648 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
3 1/2 HLST36 HL105SS 2.531 4.282 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
15.50 / EU G105 / HL105AS 2.531 4.282 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
HL120S 2.531 4.313 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
S135 / HL135AS 2.531 4.406 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
V150 2.531 4.438 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
HLST39 HL105SS 2.531 4.648 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
G105 / HL105AS 2.531 4.648 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
HL120S 2.531 4.648 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
S135 / HL135AS 2.531 4.648 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
V150 2.531 4.648 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
4 HLST36 HL105SS 2.625 4.438 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
14.00 / IU G105 / HL105AS 2.688 4.375 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
HL120S 2.594 4.438 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
S135 / HL135AS 2.469 4.500 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252
179

V150 2.469 4.531 0.219 6.0 6.0 4.563 4.406 3.735 3.703 4.254 4.246 3.165 3.134 3.861 3.814 4.260 4.252

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
180

Table 7.21 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hilong HLST
Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Cylinder Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min Cbore Tong Space4 Diameter5 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade1 ID2 OD3 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
HLST39 HL105SS 3.063 4.688 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
G105 / HL105AS 3.094 4.648 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
HL120S 3.031 4.688 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
S135 / HL135AS 2.938 4.750 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
V150 2.938 4.750 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
4 HLST39 HL105SS 3.000 4.719 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
15.70 / IU G105 / HL105AS 3.063 4.688 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
HL120S 2.969 4.750 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
S135 / HL135AS 2.875 4.781 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
V150 2.844 4.813 0.250 6.0 6.0 4.921 4.756 4.053 4.022 4.504 4.496 3.492 3.461 4.179 4.132 4.508 4.500
4 1/2 HLST40 HL105SS 3.125 4.969 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.204 5.047 4.269 4.222 4.504 4.496 3.692 3.661 4.379 4.332 4.508 4.500
16.60 / IEU G105 / HL105AS 3.188 4.906 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.204 5.047 4.269 4.222 4.504 4.496 3.692 3.661 4.379 4.332 4.508 4.500
HL120S 3.094 4.969 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.204 5.047 4.269 4.222 4.504 4.496 3.692 3.661 4.379 4.332 4.508 4.500
S135 / HL135AS 3.000 5.031 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.204 5.047 4.269 4.222 4.504 4.496 3.692 3.661 4.379 4.332 4.508 4.500
V150 2.969 5.063 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.204 5.047 4.269 4.222 4.504 4.496 3.692 3.661 4.379 4.332 4.508 4.500
HLST46 HL105SS 3.750 5.430 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
G105 / HL105AS 3.750 5.430 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
HL120S 3.750 5.438 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
S135 / HL135AS 3.750 5.531 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
V150 3.719 5.531 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
4 1/2 HLST46 HL105SS 3.563 5.438 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
20.00 / IEU G105 / HL105AS 3.563 5.430 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
HL120S 3.563 5.469 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
S135 / HL135AS 3.563 5.594 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
V150 3.563 5.594 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
5 HLST46 HL105SS 3.656 5.594 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
19.50 / IEU G105 / HL105AS 3.719 5.531 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
HL120S 3.625 5.625 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
S135 / HL135AS 3.500 5.688 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
V150 3.469 5.688 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
HLST52 HL105SS 4.188 5.957 0.250 6.0 6.0 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
G105 / HL105AS 4.188 5.957 0.250 6.0 6.0 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
HL120S 4.188 5.969 0.250 6.0 6.0 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
S135 / HL135AS 4.188 6.063 0.250 6.0 6.0 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

V150 4.188 6.094 0.250 6.0 6.0 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.21 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hilong HLST
Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Cylinder Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min Cbore Tong Space4 Diameter5 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade1 ID2 OD3 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
5 HLST46 HL105SS 3.469 5.719 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
25.60 / IEU G105 / HL105AS 3.531 5.656 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
HL120S 3.406 5.750 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
S135 / HL135AS 3.250 5.813 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
V150 3.219 5.844 0.250 6.0 6.0 5.969 5.811 4.820 4.789 5.004 4.996 4.189 4.157 4.947 4.900 5.010 5.002
HLST52 HL105SS 3.938 6.000 0.250 6.0 6.0 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
G105 / HL105AS 3.938 5.957 0.250 6.0 6.0 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
HL120S 3.938 6.031 0.250 6.0 6.0 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
S135 / HL135AS 3.938 6.156 0.250 6.0 6.0 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
V150 3.938 6.188 0.250 6.0 6.0 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
5 1/2 HLST52 HL105SS 4.219 6.125 0.250 6.0 6.5 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
21.90 / IEU G105 / HL105AS 4.250 6.063 0.250 6.0 6.5 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
HL120S 4.156 6.156 0.250 6.0 6.5 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
S135 / HL135AS 4.063 6.219 0.250 6.0 6.5 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
V150 4.031 6.219 0.250 6.0 6.5 6.449 6.291 5.368 5.336 5.004 4.996 4.750 4.718 5.488 5.441 5.012 5.004
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

HLST54 HL105SS 4.500 6.385 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.614 6.535 5.597 5.565 5.004 4.996 4.965 4.933 5.725 5.678 5.010 5.002
G105 / HL105AS 4.563 6.385 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.614 6.535 5.597 5.565 5.004 4.996 4.965 4.933 5.725 5.678 5.010 5.002
HL120S 4.469 6.406 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.614 6.535 5.597 5.565 5.004 4.996 4.965 4.933 5.725 5.678 5.010 5.002
S135 / HL135AS 4.375 6.469 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.614 6.535 5.597 5.565 5.004 4.996 4.965 4.933 5.725 5.678 5.010 5.002
V150 4.375 6.500 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.614 6.535 5.597 5.565 5.004 4.996 4.965 4.933 5.725 5.678 5.010 5.002
HLST57 HL105SS 4.688 6.599 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
G105 / HL105AS 4.688 6.599 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
HL120S 4.688 6.599 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
S135 / HL135AS 4.688 6.625 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
V150 4.688 6.656 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
5 1/2 HLST54 HL105SS 4.438 6.438 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.614 6.535 5.597 5.565 5.004 4.996 4.965 4.933 5.725 5.678 5.010 5.002
24.70 / IEU G105 / HL105AS 4.500 6.406 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.614 6.535 5.597 5.565 5.004 4.996 4.965 4.933 5.725 5.678 5.010 5.002
HL120S 4.406 6.469 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.614 6.535 5.597 5.565 5.004 4.996 4.965 4.933 5.725 5.678 5.010 5.002
S135 / HL135AS 4.281 6.531 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.614 6.535 5.597 5.565 5.004 4.996 4.965 4.933 5.725 5.678 5.010 5.002
V150 4.250 6.531 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.614 6.535 5.597 5.565 5.004 4.996 4.965 4.933 5.725 5.678 5.010 5.002
HLST57 HL105SS 4.594 6.599 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
G105 / HL105AS 4.594 6.599 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
HL120S 4.594 6.599 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
S135 / HL135AS 4.594 6.688 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
V150 4.594 6.719 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
181

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
182

Table 7.21 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hilong HLST
Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Cylinder Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min Cbore Tong Space4 Diameter5 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade1 ID2 OD3 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
5 7/8 HLST57 HL105SS 4.719 6.625 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
23.40 / IEU G105 / HL105AS 4.781 6.599 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
HL120S 4.688 6.656 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
S135 / HL135AS 4.594 6.750 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
V150 4.563 6.750 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
5 7/8 HLST57 HL105SS 4.656 6.719 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
26.30 / IEU G105 / HL105AS 4.719 6.656 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
HL120S 4.594 6.719 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
S135 / HL135AS 4.500 6.813 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
V150 4.469 6.813 0.313 6.0 6.0 6.906 6.748 5.874 5.843 5.504 5.496 5.189 5.157 6.006 5.959 5.512 5.504
1. HL105AS and HL135AS are Hilong proprietary grade for Antarctic Service drill pipe. HL95SS, HL105SS and HL120S are Hilong proprietary grade for Sour Service drill pipe.
2. The maximum ID of Premium Class for most RSC types are based on the pin nose, pipe ID and torsional capacity (TSR not less than 0.8).
3. The minimum OD of Premium Class is based on ID max ,and torsional capacity (TSR not less than 0.8). If the tool joint ID is smaller than ID max, the OD of Premium Class can be even smaller
than stated above.
4. The minimium tong space exclude hardbanding which is from seal shoulder to the edge of hardbanding.
5. If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/32 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
6. When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.22 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hilong HLIST
Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Cylinder Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min Cbore Tong Space4 Diameter5 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade1 ID2 OD3 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
3 1/2 HLIST38 HL95SS 2.688 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
13.30 / EU HL105SS 2.688 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
G105 / HL105AS 2.688 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
HL120S 2.688 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
S135 / HL135AS 2.688 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
V150 2.688 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
3 1/2 HLIST38 HL95SS 2.531 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
15.50 / EU HL105SS 2.531 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
G105 / HL105AS 2.531 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
HL120S 2.531 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
S135 / HL135AS 2.531 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
V150 2.531 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
HLIST39 HL95SS 2.531 4.667 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
HL105SS 2.531 4.667 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
G105 / HL105AS 2.531 4.667 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
HL120S 2.531 4.667 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
S135 / HL135AS 2.531 4.667 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
V150 2.531 4.667 0.250 6.0 7.0 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
4 HLIST38 HL95SS 2.906 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
14.00 / IU HL105SS 2.844 4.531 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
G105 / HL105AS 2.906 4.509 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
HL120S 2.813 4.531 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
S135 / HL135AS 2.719 4.594 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
V150 2.719 4.625 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.673 4.548 3.890 3.860 4.625 4.617 3.368 3.337 4.009 3.962 4.628 4.623
HLIST39 HL95SS 3.156 4.667 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
HL105SS 3.094 4.688 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
G105 / HL105AS 3.156 4.667 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
HL120S 3.063 4.667 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
S135 / HL135AS 3.000 4.719 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
V150 2.969 4.750 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
4 HLIST39 HL95SS 3.094 4.667 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
15.70 / IU HL105SS 3.031 4.688 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
G105 / HL105AS 3.094 4.667 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
HL120S 3.000 4.719 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
S135 / HL135AS 2.938 4.781 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
V150 2.906 4.781 0.250 6.0 7.5 4.896 4.771 4.072 4.042 4.500 4.492 3.568 3.537 4.167 4.120 4.503 4.498
4 1/2 HLIST46 HL95SS 3.750 5.680 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
16.60 / IEU HL105SS 3.750 5.680 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
G105 / HL105AS 3.750 5.680 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
HL120S 3.750 5.680 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
183

S135 / HL135AS 3.750 5.680 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
V150 3.750 5.680 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
184

Table 7.22 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hilong HLIST
Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Cylinder Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min Cbore Tong Space4 Diameter5 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade1 ID2 OD3 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
4 1/2 HLIST46 HL95SS 3.563 5.680 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
20.00 / IU HL105SS 3.563 5.680 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
G105 / HL105AS 3.563 5.680 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
HL120S 3.563 5.680 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
S135 / HL135AS 3.563 5.680 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
V150 3.563 5.680 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
5 HLIST46 HL95SS 3.906 5.688 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
19.50 / IEU HL105SS 3.844 5.750 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
G105 / HL105AS 3.906 5.688 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
HL120S 3.813 5.781 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
S135 / HL135AS 3.719 5.813 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
V150 3.688 5.844 0.281 6.0 8.5 6.074 5.949 4.966 4.936 7.500 7.492 4.358 4.327 5.117 5.070 7.510 7.505
HLIST50 HL95SS 4.188 6.080 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.428 6.303 5.352 5.322 7.300 7.292 4.780 4.749 5.455 5.408 7.310 7.305
HL105SS 4.188 6.080 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.428 6.303 5.352 5.322 7.300 7.292 4.780 4.749 5.455 5.408 7.310 7.305
G105 / HL105AS 4.188 6.080 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.428 6.303 5.352 5.322 7.300 7.292 4.780 4.749 5.455 5.408 7.310 7.305
HL120S 4.188 6.080 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.428 6.303 5.352 5.322 7.300 7.292 4.780 4.749 5.455 5.408 7.310 7.305
S135 / HL135AS 4.188 6.080 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.428 6.303 5.352 5.322 7.300 7.292 4.780 4.749 5.455 5.408 7.310 7.305
V150 4.188 6.080 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.428 6.303 5.352 5.322 7.300 7.292 4.780 4.749 5.455 5.408 7.310 7.305
5 HLIST50 HL95SS 3.938 6.080 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.428 6.303 5.352 5.322 7.300 7.292 4.780 4.749 5.455 5.408 7.310 7.305
25.60 / EU HL105SS 3.938 6.080 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.428 6.303 5.352 5.322 7.300 7.292 4.780 4.749 5.455 5.408 7.310 7.305
G105 / HL105AS 3.938 6.080 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.428 6.303 5.352 5.322 7.300 7.292 4.780 4.749 5.455 5.408 7.310 7.305
HL120S 3.938 6.080 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.428 6.303 5.352 5.322 7.300 7.292 4.780 4.749 5.455 5.408 7.310 7.305
S135 / HL135AS 3.938 6.156 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.428 6.303 5.352 5.322 7.300 7.292 4.780 4.749 5.455 5.408 7.310 7.305
V150 3.938 6.188 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.428 6.303 5.352 5.322 7.300 7.292 4.780 4.749 5.455 5.408 7.310 7.305
5 1/2 HLIST54 HL95SS 4.594 6.338 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.579 6.454 5.610 5.580 7.000 6.992 5.057 5.026 5.713 5.666 7.010 7.005
21.90 / IEU HL105SS 4.531 6.338 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.579 6.454 5.610 5.580 7.000 6.992 5.057 5.026 5.713 5.666 7.010 7.005
G105 / HL105AS 4.594 6.338 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.579 6.454 5.610 5.580 7.000 6.992 5.057 5.026 5.713 5.666 7.010 7.005
HL120S 4.500 6.338 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.579 6.454 5.610 5.580 7.000 6.992 5.057 5.026 5.713 5.666 7.010 7.005
S135 / HL135AS 4.438 6.406 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.579 6.454 5.610 5.580 7.000 6.992 5.057 5.026 5.713 5.666 7.010 7.005
V150 4.406 6.406 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.579 6.454 5.610 5.580 7.000 6.992 5.057 5.026 5.713 5.666 7.010 7.005
HLIST57 HL95SS 4.688 6.580 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
HL105SS 4.688 6.580 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
G105 / HL105AS 4.688 6.580 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
HL120S 4.688 6.580 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
S135 / HL135AS 4.688 6.580 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
V150 4.688 6.594 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
5 1/2 HLIST54 HL95SS 4.531 6.338 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.579 6.454 5.610 5.580 7.000 6.992 5.057 5.026 5.713 5.666 7.010 7.005
24.70 / IEU HL105SS 4.469 6.375 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.579 6.454 5.610 5.580 7.000 6.992 5.057 5.026 5.713 5.666 7.010 7.005
G105 / HL105AS 4.531 6.338 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.579 6.454 5.610 5.580 7.000 6.992 5.057 5.026 5.713 5.666 7.010 7.005
HL120S 4.438 6.406 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.579 6.454 5.610 5.580 7.000 6.992 5.057 5.026 5.713 5.666 7.010 7.005
S135 / HL135AS 4.344 6.469 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.579 6.454 5.610 5.580 7.000 6.992 5.057 5.026 5.713 5.666 7.010 7.005
V150 4.313 6.469 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.579 6.454 5.610 5.580 7.000 6.992 5.057 5.026 5.713 5.666 7.010 7.005

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.22 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hilong HLIST
Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Cylinder Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal Max Min Cbore Tong Space4 Diameter5 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade1 ID2 OD3 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
5 1/2 HLIST57 HL95SS 4.594 6.580 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
24.70 / IEU HL105SS 4.594 6.580 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
G105 / HL105AS 4.594 6.580 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
HL120S 4.594 6.580 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
S135 / HL135AS 4.594 6.625 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
V150 4.594 6.656 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
5 7/8 HLIST57 HL95SS 4.813 6.580 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
23.40 / IEU HL105SS 4.750 6.594 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
G105 / HL105AS 4.813 6.580 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
HL120S 4.719 6.594 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
S135 / HL135AS 4.625 6.688 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
V150 4.594 6.688 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
5 7/8 HLIST57 HL95SS 4.750 6.594 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
26.30 / IEU HL105SS 4.656 6.625 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
G105 / HL105AS 4.719 6.594 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
HL120S 4.625 6.656 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
S135 / HL135AS 4.531 6.750 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255
V150 4.500 6.781 0.313 6.0 8.5 6.831 6.706 5.852 5.822 7.250 7.242 5.299 5.268 5.955 5.908 7.260 7.255

1. HL105AS and HL135AS are Hilong proprietary grade for Antarctic Service drill pipe. HL95SS, HL105SS and HL120S are Hilong proprietary grade for Sour Service drill pipe.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2. The maximum ID of Premium Class is based on the pin nose, pipe ID and torsional capacity (TSR not less than 0.8).
3. The minimum OD of Premium Class is based on ID max ,and torsional capacity (TSR not less than 0.8). If the tool joint ID is smaller than ID max, the OD of Premium Class can be even smaller
than stated above.
4. The minimium tong space exclude hardbanding which is from seal shoulder to the edge of hardbanding.
5. If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/32 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
6. When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
185

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table 7.23 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hydril Wedge Thread™

Nominal Minimum Tong Box CBore Box CBore


Nominal Tool Joint Space Diameter - D1 Diameter - D2
Size/Wt. Conn. Grade Box OD Pin ID Pin Box Maximum Maximum
2 3/8 WT 14 S X 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1 15/16 4 5 3.090 NA
4.85 G 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1 15/16 4 5 3.090 NA

2 3/8 WT 14 S X 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1 3/4 4 5 3.090 NA


6.65 G 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1 3/4 4 5 3.090 NA

WT 23 X 3 1/8 1 1/2 4 6 1/4 2.765 2.415


G 3 1/8 1 1/2 4 6 1/4 2.765 2.415

WT 26 X 3 3/8 1 3/4 4 6 1/4 2.980 2.630


G 3 3/8 1 3/4 4 6 1/4 2.980 2.630

2 7/8 WT 14 S X 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1 31/32 4 5 3.090 NA


6.85 G 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1 31/32 4 5 3.090 NA
S 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1 31/32 4 5 3.090 NA

2 7/8 WT 14 S X 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1 31/32 4 5 3.090 NA


10.40 G 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1 31/32 4 5 3.090 NA
S 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1 31/32 4 5 3.090 NA

WT 23 X 3 1/8 1 1/2 4 6 1/4 2.765 2.415


G 3 1/8 1 1/2 4 6 1/4 2.765 2.415
S 3 1/8 1 1/2 4 6 1/4 2.765 2.415

WT 26 X 3 3/8 1 3/4 4 6 1/4 2.980 2.630


G 3 3/8 1 3/4 4 6 1/4 2.980 2.630
S 3 3/8 1 3/4 4 6 1/4 2.980 2.630

WT 31 X 4 1/8 2 4 8 1/4 3.685 3.145


G 4 1/8 2 4 8 1/4 3.685 3.145
S 4 1/8 2 4 8 1/4 3.685 3.145

3 1/2 WT 14 S X 3 9/16 1 31/32 4 5 3.090 NA


13.30 G 3 9/16 1 31/32 4 5 3.090 NA
S 3 9/16 1 31/32 4 5 3.090 NA

WT 31 X 4 1/8 2 4 8 1/4 3.685 3.145


G 4 1/8 2 4 8 1/4 3.685 3.145
S 4 1/8 2 4 8 1/4 3.685 3.145

WT 38 X 4 3/4 - 5 2 9/16 4 8 1/4 4.295 3.755


G 4 3/4 - 5 2 9/16 4 8 1/4 4.295 3.755
S 4 3/4 - 5 2 9/16 4 8 1/4 4.295 3.755

3 1/2 WT 31 X 4 1/8 2 4 8 1/4 3.685 3.145


15.50 G 4 1/8 2 4 8 1/4 3.685 3.145
S 4 1/8 2 4 8 1/4 3.685 3.145

WT 38 X 4 3/4 - 5 2 1/2 4 8 1/4 4.295 3.755


G 4 3/4 - 5 2 1/2 4 8 1/4 4.295 3.755
S 4 3/4 - 5 2 1/2 4 8 1/4 4.295 3.755

186
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.23 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hydril Wedge Thread™

Nominal Minimum Tong Box CBore Box CBore


Nominal Tool Joint Space Diameter - D1 Diameter - D2
Size/Wt. Conn. Grade Box OD Pin ID Pin Box Maximum Maximum

4 WT 31 X 4 1/8 2 4 8 1/4 3.685 3.145


14.00 G 4 1/8 2 4 8 1/4 3.685 3.145
15.70 S 4 1/8 2 4 8 1/4 3.685 3.145
17.00
WT 38 X 4 3/4 - 5 2 9/16 4 8 1/4 4.295 3.755
G 4 3/4 - 5 2 9/16 4 8 1/4 4.295 3.755
S 4 3/4 - 5 2 9/16 4 8 1/4 4.295 3.755

WT 39 X 5 - 5 1/8 2 13/16 4 8 1/4 4.510 3.970


G 5 - 5 1/8 2 13/16 4 8 1/4 4.510 3.970
S 5 - 5 1/8 2 13/16 4 8 1/4 4.510 3.970

WT 40 X 5 1/2 5 1/8 4 8 1/4 4.820 4.280


G 5 1/2 5 1/8 4 8 1/4 4.820 4.280
S 5 1/2 5 1/8 4 8 1/4 4.820 4.280

4 1/2 WT 38 X 4 3/4 2 9/16 4 8 1/4 4.295 3.755


16.60 G 4 3/4 2 9/16 4 8 1/4 4.295 3.755
20.00 S 4 3/4 2 9/16 4 8 1/4 4.295 3.755

WT 39 X 5 1/8 2 13/16 4 8 1/4 4.510 3.970


G 5 1/8 2 13/16 4 8 1/4 4.510 3.970
S 5 1/8 2 13/16 4 8 1/4 4.510 3.970

WT 40 X 5 1/2 5 1/8 4 8 1/4 4.820 4.280


G 5 1/2 5 1/8 4 8 1/4 4.820 4.280
S 5 1/2 5 1/8 4 8 1/4 4.820 4.280
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WT 46 X 6 - 6 1/4 3 1/2 4 1/2 8 1/4 5.390 4.850


G 6 - 6 1/4 3 1/2 4 1/2 8 1/4 5.390 4.850
S 6 - 6 1/4 3 1/2 4 1/2 8 1/4 5.390 4.850

5 WT 39 X 5 1/8 2 13/16 4 8 1/4 4.510 3.970


19.50 G 5 1/8 2 13/16 4 8 1/4 4.510 3.970
25.60 S 5 1/8 2 13/16 4 8 1/4 4.510 3.970

WT 40 X 5 3/8 5 1/8 4 8 1/4 4.820 4.280


G 5 3/8 5 1/8 4 8 1/4 4.820 4.280
S 5 3/8 5 1/8 4 8 1/4 4.820 4.280

WT 46 X 6 3 1/2 4 1/2 8 1/4 5.390 4.850


G 6 3 1/2 4 1/2 8 1/4 5.390 4.850
S 6 3 1/2 4 1/2 8 1/4 5.390 4.850

WT 50 X 6 3/4 - 7 4 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360


(5 EU) 19.50 G 6 3/4 - 7 4 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360
S 6 3/4 - 7 4 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360

WT 50 X 6 3/4 - 7 3 7/8 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360


(5 EU) 25.60 G 6 3/4 - 7 3 7/8 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360
S 6 3/4 - 7 3 7/8 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360

187
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table 7.23 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Hydril Wedge Thread™

Nominal Minimum Tong Box CBore Box CBore


Nominal Tool Joint Space Diameter - D1 Diameter - D2
Size/Wt. Conn. Grade Box OD Pin ID Pin Box Maximum Maximum
5 WT 50 X 6 5/8 3 7/8 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360
19.50 (5 IEU) 19.50 G 6 5/8 3 7/8 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360
25.60 S 6 5/8 3 7/8 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360

WT 50 X 6 5/8 3 5/8 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360


(5 IEU) 25.60 G 6 5/8 3 5/8 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360
S 6 5/8 3 5/8 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360

5 1/2 WT 46 X 5 7/8 3 1/2 4 1/2 8 1/4 5.390 4.850


21.90 G 5 7/8 3 1/2 4 1/2 8 1/4 5.390 4.850
24.70 S 5 7/8 3 1/2 4 1/2 8 1/4 5.390 4.850

WT 50 X 6 3/4 - 7 4 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360


(IEU) G 6 3/4 - 7 4 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360
S 6 3/4 - 7 4 5 1/4 9 5.940 5.360

WT 54 X 7 4 3/8 5 1/4 9 6.180 5.600


G 7 4 3/8 5 1/4 9 6.180 5.600

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
S 7 4 3/8 5 1/4 9 6.180 5.600

WT 56 X 7 - 7 1/4 4 5/8 5 1/2 9 6.430 5.850


(EU) G 7 - 7 1/4 4 5/8 5 1/2 9 6.430 5.850
S 7 - 7 1/4 4 5/8 5 1/2 9 6.430 5.850

WT 56 X 7 - 7 1/4 4 3/8 5 1/2 9 6.430 5.850


(IEU) G 7 - 7 1/4 4 3/8 5 1/2 9 6.430 5.850
S 7 - 7 1/4 4 3/8 5 1/2 9 6.430 5.850

5 7/8 WT 54 X 7 4 3/8 5 1/4 9 6.180 5.600


23.40 G 7 4 3/8 5 1/4 9 6.180 5.600
27.00 S 7 4 3/8 5 1/4 9 6.180 5.600

WT 56 X 7 4 5/8 5 1/2 9 6.430 5.850


G 7 4 5/8 5 1/2 9 6.430 5.850
S 7 4 5/8 5 1/2 9 6.430 5.850

6 5/8 WT 56 X 7 4 5/8 5 1/2 9 6.430 5.850


25.20 G 7 4 5/8 5 1/2 9 6.430 5.850
27.70 S 7 4 5/8 5 1/2 9 6.430 5.850

WT 66 X 8 5 3/8 6 9 7.155 6.575


G 8 5 3/8 6 9 7.155 6.575
S 8 5 3/8 6 9 7.155 6.575

1 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.

188
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.24 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

DP-Master DPM-DS
Premium Class Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum
Nominal Min Max Min Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Tong Space3
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD2 ID Cbore Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Pin Box
2 7/8 DPM-DS31 G105 3.984 2.140 0.188 3.937 4.094 3.884 3.892 2.422 2.440 3.420 3.486 3.890 3.898 6.000 8.000
6.85 DPM-DS31 S135 3.984 2.140 0.188 3.937 4.094 3.884 3.892 2.422 2.440 3.420 3.486 3.890 3.898 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS31 DPM 140 3.984 2.140 0.188 3.937 4.094 3.884 3.892 2.422 2.440 3.420 3.486 3.890 3.898 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS31 DPM 150 3.984 2.140 0.188 3.937 4.094 3.884 3.892 2.422 2.440 3.420 3.486 3.890 3.898 6.000 8.000

2 7/8 DPM-DS31 G105 3.984 2.140 0.188 3.937 4.094 3.884 3.892 2.422 2.440 3.420 3.486 3.890 3.898 6.000 8.000
10.40 DPM-DS31 S135 3.984 2.140 0.188 3.937 4.094 3.884 3.892 2.422 2.440 3.420 3.486 3.890 3.898 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS31 DPM 140 3.984 2.140 0.188 3.937 4.094 3.884 3.892 2.422 2.440 3.420 3.486 3.890 3.898 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS31 DPM 150 3.984 2.140 0.188 3.937 4.094 3.884 3.892 2.422 2.440 3.420 3.486 3.890 3.898 6.000 8.000

3 1/2 DPM-DS38 G105 4.593 2.578 0.250 4.562 4.719 4.399 4.407 2.954 3.002 4.042 4.108 4.405 4.413 6.000 8.000
13.30 DPM-DS38 S135 4.593 2.578 0.250 4.562 4.719 4.399 4.407 2.954 3.002 4.042 4.108 4.405 4.413 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS38 DPM 140 4.593 2.578 0.250 4.562 4.719 4.399 4.407 2.954 3.002 4.042 4.108 4.405 4.413 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS38 DPM 150 4.593 2.578 0.250 4.562 4.719 4.399 4.407 2.954 3.002 4.042 4.108 4.405 4.413 6.000 8.000

3 1/2 DPM-DS38 G105 4.593 2.578 0.250 4.562 4.719 4.399 4.407 2.954 3.002 4.042 4.108 4.405 4.413 6.000 8.000
15.50 DPM-DS38 S135 4.593 2.578 0.250 4.562 4.719 4.399 4.407 2.954 3.002 4.042 4.108 4.405 4.413 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS38 DPM 140 4.593 2.578 0.250 4.562 4.719 4.399 4.407 2.954 3.002 4.042 4.108 4.405 4.413 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS38 DPM 150 4.593 2.578 0.250 4.562 4.719 4.399 4.407 2.954 3.002 4.042 4.108 4.405 4.413 6.000 8.000

4 DPM-DS38 G105 4.593 2.578 0.250 4.562 4.719 4.399 4.407 2.954 3.002 4.042 4.108 4.405 4.413 6.000 8.000
14.00 DPM-DS38 S135 4.593 2.578 0.250 4.562 4.719 4.399 4.407 2.954 3.002 4.042 4.108 4.405 4.413 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS38 DPM 140 4.593 2.578 0.250 4.562 4.719 4.399 4.407 2.954 3.002 4.042 4.108 4.405 4.413 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS38 DPM 150 4.593 2.578 0.250 4.562 4.719 4.399 4.407 2.954 3.002 4.042 4.108 4.405 4.413 6.000 8.000

4 DPM-DS40 G105 5.031 2.703 0.250 5.000 5.157 4.910 4.918 3.145 3.193 4.304 4.370 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
14.00 DPM-DS40 S135 5.031 2.703 0.250 5.000 5.157 4.910 4.918 3.145 3.193 4.304 4.370 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS40 DPM 140 5.031 2.703 0.250 5.000 5.157 4.910 4.918 3.145 3.193 4.304 4.370 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS40 DPM 150 5.031 2.703 0.250 5.000 5.157 4.910 4.918 3.145 3.193 4.304 4.370 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000

4 DPM-DS40 G105 5.031 2.703 0.250 5.000 5.157 4.910 4.918 3.145 3.193 4.304 4.370 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
15.70 DPM-DS40 S135 5.031 2.703 0.250 5.000 5.157 4.910 4.918 3.145 3.193 4.304 4.370 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS40 DPM 140 5.031 2.703 0.250 5.000 5.157 4.910 4.918 3.145 3.193 4.304 4.370 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS40 DPM 150 5.031 2.703 0.250 5.000 5.157 4.910 4.918 3.145 3.193 4.304 4.370 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000

4 1/2 DPM-DS46 G105 5.734 3.515 0.313 5.703 5.860 4.910 4.918 3.685 3.733 4.866 4.932 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
16.60 DPM-DS46 S135 5.734 3.515 0.313 5.703 5.860 4.910 4.918 3.685 3.733 4.866 4.932 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS46 DPM 140 5.734 3.515 0.313 5.703 5.860 4.910 4.918 3.685 3.733 4.866 4.932 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
189

DPM-DS46 DPM 150 5.734 3.515 0.313 5.703 5.860 4.910 4.918 3.685 3.733 4.866 4.932 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
190

Table 7.24 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

DP-Master DPM-DS
Premium Class Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum
Nominal Min Max Min Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Tong Space3
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD2 ID Cbore Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Pin Box
4 1/2 DPM-DS46 G105 5.734 3.515 0.313 5.703 5.860 4.910 4.918 3.685 3.733 4.866 4.932 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
20.00 DPM-DS46 S135 5.734 3.515 0.313 5.703 5.860 4.910 4.918 3.685 3.733 4.866 4.932 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS46 DPM 140 5.734 3.515 0.313 5.703 5.860 4.910 4.918 3.685 3.733 4.866 4.932 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS46 DPM 150 5.734 3.515 0.313 5.703 5.860 4.910 4.918 3.685 3.733 4.866 4.932 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000

5 DPM-DS50 G105 6.078 3.765 0.313 6.047 6.204 4.910 4.918 4.110 4.158 5.273 5.338 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
19.50 DPM-DS50 S135 6.078 3.765 0.313 6.047 6.204 4.910 4.918 4.110 4.158 5.273 5.338 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS50 DPM 140 6.078 3.765 0.313 6.047 6.204 4.910 4.918 4.110 4.158 5.273 5.338 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS50 DPM 150 6.078 3.765 0.313 6.047 6.204 4.910 4.918 4.110 4.158 5.273 5.338 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000

5 DPM-DS50 G105 6.078 3.765 0.313 6.047 6.204 4.910 4.918 4.110 4.158 5.273 5.338 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
25.60 DPM-DS50 S135 6.078 3.765 0.313 6.047 6.204 4.910 4.918 4.110 4.158 5.273 5.338 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS50 DPM 140 6.078 3.765 0.313 6.047 6.204 4.910 4.918 4.110 4.158 5.273 5.338 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS50 DPM 150 6.078 3.765 0.313 6.047 6.204 4.910 4.918 4.110 4.158 5.273 5.338 4.916 4.924 6.000 8.000

5 1/2 DPM-DS55 G105 6.734 4.015 0.313 6.703 6.860 5.423 5.431 4.545 4.593 5.862 5.928 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000
21.90 DPM-DS55 S135 6.734 4.015 0.313 6.703 6.860 5.423 5.431 4.545 4.593 5.862 5.928 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS55 DPM 140 6.734 4.015 0.313 6.703 6.860 5.423 5.431 4.545 4.593 5.862 5.928 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS55 DPM 150 6.734 4.015 0.313 6.703 6.860 5.423 5.431 4.545 4.593 5.862 5.928 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000

5 1/2 DPM-DS55 G105 6.734 4.015 0.313 6.703 6.860 5.423 5.431 4.545 4.593 5.862 5.928 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000
24.70 DPM-DS55 S135 6.734 4.015 0.313 6.703 6.860 5.423 5.431 4.545 4.593 5.862 5.928 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS55 DPM 140 6.734 4.015 0.313 6.703 6.860 5.423 5.431 4.545 4.593 5.862 5.928 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS55 DPM 150 6.734 4.015 0.313 6.703 6.860 5.423 5.431 4.545 4.593 5.862 5.928 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000

6 5/8 DPM-DS65 G105 7.718 5.015 0.313 7.687 7.844 5.423 5.431 5.466 5.514 6.800 6.866 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000
25.20 DPM-DS65 S135 7.718 5.015 0.313 7.687 7.844 5.423 5.431 5.466 5.514 6.800 6.866 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS65 DPM 140 7.718 5.015 0.313 7.687 7.844 5.423 5.431 5.466 5.514 6.800 6.866 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS65 DPM 150 7.718 5.015 0.313 7.687 7.844 5.423 5.431 5.466 5.514 6.800 6.866 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000

6 5/8 DPM-DS65 G105 7.718 5.015 0.313 7.687 7.844 5.423 5.431 5.466 5.514 6.800 6.866 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000
27.70 DPM-DS65 S135 7.718 5.015 0.313 7.687 7.844 5.423 5.431 5.466 5.514 6.800 6.866 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS65 DPM 140 7.718 5.015 0.313 7.687 7.844 5.423 5.431 5.466 5.514 6.800 6.866 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000
DPM-DS65 DPM 150 7.718 5.015 0.313 7.687 7.844 5.423 5.431 5.466 5.514 6.800 6.866 5.429 5.437 6.000 8.000

1 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
2 Premium Class Min OD is the recommended minimum acceptable box OD for the connection.
3 T
ong space excludes hardbanding.
4 Dimensions listed are recommended dimensions. Should End User requires a more stringent dimensional inspection to be applied, then End User requirements shall apply.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.25 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

DP-Master DPM-MT®
Premium Class Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum
Nominal Min Max Min Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Tong Space3
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD2 ID Cbore Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Pin Box
2 3/8 DPM-MT24 G105 2.847 1.516 0.188 2.816 2.973 2.797 2.805 1.789 1.803 2.511 2.563 2.801 2.806 6.000 8.000
6.65 DPM-MT24 S135 2.847 1.516 0.188 2.816 2.973 2.797 2.805 1.789 1.803 2.511 2.563 2.801 2.806 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT24 DPM 140 2.847 1.516 0.188 2.816 2.973 2.797 2.805 1.789 1.803 2.511 2.563 2.801 2.806 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT24 DPM 150 2.847 1.516 0.188 2.816 2.973 2.797 2.805 1.789 1.803 2.511 2.563 2.801 2.806 6.000 8.000

2 7/8 DPM-MT26 G105 3.315 1.766 0.188 3.284 3.541 3.377 3.385 1.977 2.053 2.918 2.970 3.381 3.386 6.000 8.000
10.40 DPM-MT26 S135 3.315 1.766 0.188 3.284 3.541 3.377 3.385 1.977 2.053 2.918 2.970 3.381 3.386 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT26 DPM 140 3.315 1.766 0.188 3.284 3.541 3.377 3.385 1.977 2.053 2.918 2.970 3.381 3.386 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT26 DPM 150 3.315 1.766 0.188 3.284 3.541 3.377 3.385 1.977 2.053 2.918 2.970 3.381 3.386 6.000 8.000

2 7/8 DPM-MT26SP G105 3.315 1.831 0.188 3.284 3.541 3.177 3.185 2.095 2.109 2.918 2.970 3.181 3.186 6.000 8.000
10.40 DPM-MT26SP S135 3.315 1.831 0.188 3.284 3.541 3.177 3.185 2.095 2.109 2.918 2.970 3.181 3.186 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT26SP DPM 140 3.315 1.831 0.188 3.284 3.541 3.177 3.185 2.095 2.109 2.918 2.970 3.181 3.186 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT26SP DPM 150 3.315 1.831 0.188 3.284 3.541 3.177 3.185 2.095 2.109 2.918 2.970 3.181 3.186 6.000 8.000

2 7/8 DPM-MT31 G105 3.915 2.141 0.188 3.884 4.141 3.666 3.674 2.639 2.653 3.481 3.533 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
10.40 DPM-MT31 S135 3.915 2.141 0.188 3.884 4.141 3.666 3.674 2.639 2.653 3.481 3.533 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT31 DPM 140 3.915 2.141 0.188 3.884 4.141 3.666 3.674 2.639 2.653 3.481 3.533 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT31 DPM 150 3.915 2.141 0.188 3.884 4.141 3.666 3.674 2.639 2.653 3.481 3.533 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000

3 1/2 DPM-MT31 G105 3.915 2.141 0.188 3.884 4.141 3.666 3.674 2.639 2.653 3.481 3.533 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
13.30 DPM-MT31 S135 3.915 2.141 0.188 3.884 4.141 3.666 3.674 2.639 2.653 3.481 3.533 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT31 DPM 140 3.915 2.141 0.188 3.884 4.141 3.666 3.674 2.639 2.653 3.481 3.533 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT31 DPM 150 3.915 2.141 0.188 3.884 4.141 3.666 3.674 2.639 2.653 3.481 3.533 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000

3 1/2 DPM-MT34 G105 4.505 2.516 0.250 4.474 4.631 3.666 3.674 2.895 2.978 3.934 3.986 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
13.30 DPM-MT34 S135 4.505 2.516 0.250 4.474 4.631 3.666 3.674 2.895 2.978 3.934 3.986 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DPM-MT34 DPM 140 4.505 2.516 0.250 4.474 4.631 3.666 3.674 2.895 2.978 3.934 3.986 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT34 DPM 150 4.505 2.516 0.250 4.474 4.631 3.666 3.674 2.895 2.978 3.934 3.986 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000

3 1/2 DPM-MT34 G105 4.505 2.516 0.250 4.474 4.631 3.666 3.674 2.895 2.978 3.934 3.986 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
15.50 DPM-MT34 S135 4.505 2.516 0.250 4.474 4.631 3.666 3.674 2.895 2.978 3.934 3.986 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT34 DPM 140 4.505 2.516 0.250 4.474 4.631 3.666 3.674 2.895 2.978 3.934 3.986 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT34 DPM 150 4.505 2.516 0.250 4.474 4.631 3.666 3.674 2.895 2.978 3.934 3.986 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
191

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
192

Table 7.25 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

DP-Master DPM-MT®
Premium Class Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum
Nominal Min Max Min Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Tong Space3
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD2 ID Cbore Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Pin Box

3 1/2 DPM-MT38 G105 4.635 2.454 0.250 4.604 4.761 3.666 3.674 3.029 3.043 3.998 4.050 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
13.30 DPM-MT38 S135 4.635 2.454 0.250 4.604 4.761 3.666 3.674 3.029 3.043 3.998 4.050 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT38 DPM 140 4.635 2.454 0.250 4.604 4.761 3.666 3.674 3.029 3.043 3.998 4.050 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT38 DPM 150 4.635 2.454 0.250 4.604 4.761 3.666 3.674 3.029 3.043 3.998 4.050 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000

3 1/2 DPM-MT38 G105 4.635 2.454 0.250 4.604 4.761 3.666 3.674 3.029 3.043 3.998 4.050 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
15.50 DPM-MT38 S135 4.635 2.454 0.250 4.604 4.761 3.666 3.674 3.029 3.043 3.998 4.050 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT38 DPM 140 4.635 2.454 0.250 4.604 4.761 3.666 3.674 3.029 3.043 3.998 4.050 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT38 DPM 150 4.635 2.454 0.250 4.604 4.761 3.666 3.674 3.029 3.043 3.998 4.050 3.670 3.675 6.000 8.000

4 DPM-MT39 G105 4.765 2.704 0.250 4.734 5.016 3.991 3.999 3.152 3.247 4.201 4.253 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
14.00 DPM-MT39 S135 4.765 2.704 0.250 4.734 5.016 3.991 3.999 3.152 3.247 4.201 4.253 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT39 DPM 140 4.765 2.704 0.250 4.734 5.016 3.991 3.999 3.152 3.247 4.201 4.253 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT39 DPM 150 4.765 2.704 0.250 4.734 5.016 3.991 3.999 3.152 3.247 4.201 4.253 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000

4 DPM-MT39 G105 4.765 2.704 0.250 4.734 5.016 3.991 3.999 3.152 3.247 4.201 4.253 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
15.70 DPM-MT39 S135 4.765 2.704 0.250 4.734 5.016 3.991 3.999 3.152 3.247 4.201 4.253 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT39 DPM 140 4.765 2.704 0.250 4.734 5.016 3.991 3.999 3.152 3.247 4.201 4.253 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT39 DPM 150 4.765 2.704 0.250 4.734 5.016 3.991 3.999 3.152 3.247 4.201 4.253 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000

4 DPM-MT40 G105 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
14.00 DPM-MT40 S135 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT40 DPM 140 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DPM-MT40 DPM 150 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000

4 DPM-MT40 G105 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
15.70 DPM-MT40 S135 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT40 DPM 140 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT40 DPM 150 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000

4 1/2 DPM-MT40 G105 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
16.60 DPM-MT40 S135 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT40 DPM 140 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT40 DPM 150 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000

4 1/2 DPM-MT40 G105 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
20.00 DPM-MT40 S135 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT40 DPM 140 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT40 DPM 150 5.105 2.616 0.250 5.074 5.231 3.991 3.999 3.370 3.384 4.394 4.446 3.995 4.000 6.000 8.000

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.25 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

DP-Master DPM-MT®
Premium Class Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum
Nominal Min Max Min Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Tong Space3
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD2 ID Cbore Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Pin Box
4 1/2 DPM-MT50 G105 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000
16.60 DPM-MT50 S135 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT50 DPM 140 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT50 DPM 150 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000

4 1/2 DPM-MT50 G105 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000
20.00 DPM-MT50 S135 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT50 DPM 140 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT50 DPM 150 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000

5 DPM-MT50 G105 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000
19.50 DPM-MT50 S135 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT50 DPM 140 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT50 DPM 150 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000

5 DPM-MT50 G105 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000
25.60 DPM-MT50 S135 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT50 DPM 140 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT50 DPM 150 6.235 3.766 0.313 6.204 6.551 4.912 4.920 4.354 4.368 5.531 5.583 4.916 4.921 6.000 8.000

5 DPM-MT54 G105 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
19.50 DPM-MT54 S135 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT54 DPM 140 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT54 DPM 150 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000

5 DPM-MT54 G105 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
25.60 DPM-MT54 S135 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT54 DPM 140 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT54 DPM 150 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000

5 1/2 DPM-MT54 G105 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
21.90 DPM-MT54 S135 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT54 DPM 140 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT54 DPM 150 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000

5 1/2 DPM-MT54 G105 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
24.70 DPM-MT54 S135 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT54 DPM 140 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT54 DPM 150 6.355 4.266 0.313 6.324 6.681 4.991 4.999 4.486 4.581 5.702 5.754 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
193

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
194

Table 7.25 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

DP-Master DPM-MT®
Premium Class Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum
Nominal Min Max Min Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Tong Space3
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD2 ID Cbore Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Pin Box
5 1/2 DPM-MT57 G105 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
21.90 DPM-MT57 S135 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT57 DPM 140 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT57 DPM 150 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000

5 1/2 DPM-MT57 G105 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
24.70 DPM-MT57 S135 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT57 DPM 140 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT57 DPM 150 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000

5 7/8 DPM-MT57 G105 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
23.40 DPM-MT57 S135 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT57 DPM 140 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT57 DPM 150 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000

5 7/8 DPM-MT57 G105 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
26.40 DPM-MT57 S135 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT57 DPM 140 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000
DPM-MT57 DPM 150 6.805 4.266 0.313 6.774 7.041 4.991 4.999 4.786 4.881 6.002 6.054 4.995 5.000 6.000 8.000

1 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
2 Premium Class Min OD is the recommended minimum acceptable box OD for the connection.
3 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
4 Dimensions listed are recommended dimensions. Should End User requires a more stringent dimensional inspection to be applied, then End User requirements shall apply.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.26 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

DP-Master DPM-ST®
Premium Class Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum
Nominal Min Max Min Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Tong Space3
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD2 ID Cbore Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Pin Box
3 1/2 DPM-ST38 G105 4.578 2.703 0.250 4.547 4.704 4.616 4.625 3.252 3.378 3.947 4.089 4.623 4.628 6.000 8.000
13.30 DPM-ST38 S135 4.578 2.703 0.250 4.547 4.704 4.616 4.625 3.252 3.378 3.947 4.089 4.623 4.628 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST38 DPM 140 4.578 2.703 0.250 4.547 4.704 4.616 4.625 3.252 3.378 3.947 4.089 4.623 4.628 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST38 DPM 150 4.578 2.703 0.250 4.547 4.704 4.616 4.625 3.252 3.378 3.947 4.089 4.623 4.628 6.000 8.000

3 1/2 DPM-ST38 G105 4.578 2.703 0.250 4.547 4.704 4.616 4.625 3.252 3.378 3.947 4.089 4.623 4.628 6.000 8.000
15.50 DPM-ST38 S135 4.578 2.703 0.250 4.547 4.704 4.616 4.625 3.252 3.378 3.947 4.089 4.623 4.628 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST38 DPM 140 4.578 2.703 0.250 4.547 4.704 4.616 4.625 3.252 3.378 3.947 4.089 4.623 4.628 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST38 DPM 150 4.578 2.703 0.250 4.547 4.704 4.616 4.625 3.252 3.378 3.947 4.089 4.623 4.628 6.000 8.000

4 DPM-ST39 G105 4.801 2.890 0.250 4.770 4.927 4.491 4.500 3.432 3.578 4.121 4.283 4.498 4.503 6.000 8.000
14.00 DPM-ST39 S135 4.801 2.890 0.250 4.770 4.927 4.491 4.500 3.432 3.578 4.121 4.283 4.498 4.503 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST39 DPM 140 4.801 2.890 0.250 4.770 4.927 4.491 4.500 3.432 3.578 4.121 4.283 4.498 4.503 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST39 DPM 150 4.801 2.890 0.250 4.770 4.927 4.491 4.500 3.432 3.578 4.121 4.283 4.498 4.503 6.000 8.000

4 DPM-ST39 G105 4.801 2.890 0.250 4.770 4.927 4.491 4.500 3.432 3.578 4.121 4.283 4.498 4.503 6.000 8.000
15.70 DPM-ST39 S135 4.801 2.890 0.250 4.770 4.927 4.491 4.500 3.432 3.578 4.121 4.283 4.498 4.503 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST39 DPM 140 4.801 2.890 0.250 4.770 4.927 4.491 4.500 3.432 3.578 4.121 4.283 4.498 4.503 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST39 DPM 150 4.801 2.890 0.250 4.770 4.927 4.491 4.500 3.432 3.578 4.121 4.283 4.498 4.503 6.000 8.000

5 DPM-ST50 G105 6.349 3.765 0.313 6.302 6.459 7.291 7.300 4.548 4.790 5.409 5.541 7.305 7.310 6.000 8.000
19.50 DPM-ST50 S135 6.349 3.765 0.313 6.302 6.459 7.291 7.300 4.548 4.790 5.409 5.541 7.305 7.310 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST50 DPM 140 6.349 3.765 0.313 6.302 6.459 7.291 7.300 4.548 4.790 5.409 5.541 7.305 7.310 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST50 DPM 150 6.349 3.765 0.313 6.302 6.459 7.291 7.300 4.548 4.790 5.409 5.541 7.305 7.310 6.000 8.000

5 DPM-ST50 G105 6.349 3.765 0.313 6.302 6.459 7.291 7.300 4.548 4.790 5.409 5.541 7.305 7.310 6.000 8.000
25.60 DPM-ST50 S135 6.349 3.765 0.313 6.302 6.459 7.291 7.300 4.548 4.790 5.409 5.541 7.305 7.310 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST50 DPM 140 6.349 3.765 0.313 6.302 6.459 7.291 7.300 4.548 4.790 5.409 5.541 7.305 7.310 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST50 DPM 150 6.349 3.765 0.313 6.302 6.459 7.291 7.300 4.548 4.790 5.409 5.541 7.305 7.310 6.000 8.000

5 1/2 DPM-ST52ZAD G105 6.295 3.765 0.313 6.248 6.437 4.613 4.622 4.815 4.862 5.453 5.561 4.621 4.626 6.000 8.000
21.90 DPM-ST52ZAD S135 6.295 3.765 0.313 6.248 6.437 4.613 4.622 4.815 4.862 5.453 5.561 4.621 4.626 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST52ZAD DPM 140 6.295 3.765 0.313 6.248 6.437 4.613 4.622 4.815 4.862 5.453 5.561 4.621 4.626 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST52ZAD DPM 150 6.295 3.765 0.313 6.248 6.437 4.613 4.622 4.815 4.862 5.453 5.561 4.621 4.626 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST52ZAD DPM-CY105 6.295 3.765 0.313 6.248 6.437 4.613 4.622 4.815 4.862 5.453 5.561 4.621 4.626 6.000 8.000
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

DPM-ST52ZAD DPM-CY120 6.295 3.765 0.313 6.248 6.437 4.613 4.622 4.815 4.862 5.453 5.561 4.621 4.626 6.000 8.000
195

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
196

Table 7.26 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

DP-Master DPM-ST®
Premium Class Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum
Nominal Min Max Min Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Tong Space3
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD2 ID Cbore Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Pin Box
5 1/2 DPM-ST52ZAD G105 6.295 3.765 0.313 6.248 6.437 4.613 4.622 4.815 4.862 5.453 5.561 4.621 4.626 6.000 8.000
24.70 DPM-ST52ZAD S135 6.295 3.765 0.313 6.248 6.437 4.613 4.622 4.815 4.862 5.453 5.561 4.621 4.626 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST52ZAD DPM 140 6.295 3.765 0.313 6.248 6.437 4.613 4.622 4.815 4.862 5.453 5.561 4.621 4.626 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST52ZAD DPM 150 6.295 3.765 0.313 6.248 6.437 4.613 4.622 4.815 4.862 5.453 5.561 4.621 4.626 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST52ZAD DPM-CY105 6.295 3.765 0.313 6.248 6.437 4.613 4.622 4.815 4.862 5.453 5.561 4.621 4.626 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST52ZAD DPM-CY120 6.295 3.765 0.313 6.248 6.437 4.613 4.622 4.815 4.862 5.453 5.561 4.621 4.626 6.000 8.000

5 1/2 DPM-ST54 G105 6.500 4.015 0.313 6.453 6.610 6.991 7.000 4.901 5.067 5.667 5.849 7.005 7.010 6.000 8.000
21.90 DPM-ST54 S135 6.500 4.015 0.313 6.453 6.610 6.991 7.000 4.901 5.067 5.667 5.849 7.005 7.010 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST54 DPM 140 6.500 4.015 0.313 6.453 6.610 6.991 7.000 4.901 5.067 5.667 5.849 7.005 7.010 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST54 DPM 150 6.500 4.015 0.313 6.453 6.610 6.991 7.000 4.901 5.067 5.667 5.849 7.005 7.010 6.000 8.000

5 1/2 DPM-ST54 G105 6.500 4.015 0.313 6.453 6.610 6.991 7.000 4.901 5.067 5.667 5.849 7.005 7.010 6.000 8.000
24.70 DPM-ST54 S135 6.500 4.015 0.313 6.453 6.610 6.991 7.000 4.901 5.067 5.667 5.849 7.005 7.010 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST54 DPM 140 6.500 4.015 0.313 6.453 6.610 6.991 7.000 4.901 5.067 5.667 5.849 7.005 7.010 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST54 DPM 150 6.500 4.015 0.313 6.453 6.610 6.991 7.000 4.901 5.067 5.667 5.849 7.005 7.010 6.000 8.000

5 1/2 DPM-ST57 G105 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000
21.90 DPM-ST57 S135 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST57 DPM 140 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST57 DPM 150 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000

5 1/2 DPM-ST57 G105 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000
24.70 DPM-ST57 S135 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST57 DPM 140 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST57 DPM 150 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000

5 7/8 DPM-ST57 G105 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000
23.40 DPM-ST57 S135 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST57 DPM 140 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST57 DPM 150 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000

5 7/8 DPM-ST57 G105 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000
26.40 DPM-ST57 S135 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST57 DPM 140 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000
DPM-ST57 DPM 150 6.736 4.265 0.313 6.705 6.862 7.241 7.250 5.063 5.309 5.909 6.171 7.255 7.260 6.000 8.000

1 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
2 Premium Class Min OD is the recommended minimum acceptable box OD for the connection.
3 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`

4 Dimensions listed are recommended dimensions. Should End User requires a more stringent dimensional inspection to be applied, then End User requirements shall apply.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.27 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

DP-Master DPM-HighTorque
Premium Class Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum Tong
Nominal Min Max Min Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Space3
Size/Wt Conn Grade OD2 ID Cbore Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Pin Box

2 3/8 DPM 2-3/8 HighTorque PAC G105 2.716 1.265 0.188 2.685 2.844 4.622 4.631 1.813 1.860 2.375 2.437 4.636 4.641 6.000 8.000
6.65 DPM 2-3/8 HighTorque PAC S135 2.716 1.265 0.188 2.685 2.844 4.622 4.631 1.813 1.860 2.375 2.437 4.636 4.641 6.000 8.000
DPM 2-3/8 HighTorque PAC DPM 140 2.716 1.265 0.188 2.685 2.844 4.622 4.631 1.813 1.860 2.375 2.437 4.636 4.641 6.000 8.000
DPM 2-3/8 HighTorque PAC DPM 150 2.716 1.265 0.188 2.685 2.844 4.622 4.631 1.813 1.860 2.375 2.437 4.636 4.641 6.000 8.000

2 7/8 DPM 2-7/8 HighTorque PAC G105 3.015 1.625 0.188 2.984 3.204 4.821 4.830 1.967 2.014 2.539 2.601 4.835 4.840 6.000 8.000
10.40 DPM 2-7/8 HighTorque PAC S135 3.015 1.625 0.188 2.984 3.204 4.821 4.830 1.967 2.014 2.539 2.601 4.835 4.840 6.000 8.000
DPM 2-7/8 HighTorque PAC DPM 140 3.015 1.625 0.188 2.984 3.204 4.821 4.830 1.967 2.014 2.539 2.601 4.835 4.840 6.000 8.000
DPM 2-7/8 HighTorque PAC DPM 150 3.015 1.625 0.188 2.984 3.204 4.821 4.830 1.967 2.014 2.539 2.601 4.835 4.840 6.000 8.000

3 1/2 DPM-HighTorque38 G105 4.684 2.578 0.250 4.637 4.794 5.497 5.507 3.172 3.219 4.047 4.109 5.507 5.517 6.000 8.000
13.3 DPM-HighTorque38 S135 4.684 2.578 0.250 4.859 5.016 5.497 5.507 3.172 3.219 4.047 4.109 5.507 5.517 6.000 8.000
DPM-HighTorque38 DPM 140 4.684 2.578 0.250 4.859 5.016 5.497 5.507 3.172 3.219 4.047 4.109 5.507 5.517 6.000 8.000
DPM-HighTorque38 DPM 150 4.684 2.578 0.250 4.859 5.016 5.497 5.507 3.172 3.219 4.047 4.109 5.507 5.517 6.000 8.000
3 1/2 DPM-HighTorque38 G105 4.684 2.578 0.250 4.637 4.794 5.497 5.507 3.172 3.219 4.047 4.109 5.507 5.517 6.000 8.000
15.5 DPM-HighTorque38 S135 4.684 2.578 0.250 4.859 5.016 5.497 5.507 3.172 3.219 4.047 4.109 5.507 5.517 6.000 8.000
DPM-HighTorque38 DPM 140 4.684 2.578 0.250 4.859 5.016 5.497 5.507 3.172 3.219 4.047 4.109 5.507 5.517 6.000 8.000
DPM-HighTorque38 DPM 150 4.684 2.578 0.250 4.859 5.016 5.497 5.507 3.172 3.219 4.047 4.109 5.507 5.517 6.000 8.000

4 DPM-HighTorque40 G105 4.906 2.703 0.250 4.859 5.016 6.268 6.278 3.306 3.353 4.313 4.375 6.278 6.288 6.000 8.000
14.0 DPM-HighTorque40 S135 4.906 2.703 0.250 4.859 5.016 6.268 6.278 3.306 3.353 4.313 4.375 6.278 6.288 6.000 8.000
DPM-HighTorque40 DPM 140 4.906 2.703 0.250 4.859 5.016 6.268 6.278 3.306 3.353 4.313 4.375 6.278 6.288 6.000 8.000
DPM-HighTorque40 DPM 150 4.906 2.703 0.250 4.859 5.016 6.268 6.278 3.306 3.353 4.313 4.375 6.278 6.288 6.000 8.000

5 DPM-HighTorque50 G105 6.171 3.515 0.313 6.124 6.281 6.151 6.161 4.297 4.344 5.282 5.344 6.161 6.171 6.000 8.000
19.50 DPM-HighTorque50 S135 6.171 3.515 0.313 6.124 6.281 6.151 6.161 4.297 4.344 5.282 5.344 6.161 6.171 6.000 8.000
DPM-HighTorque50 DPM 140 6.171 3.515 0.313 6.124 6.281 6.151 6.161 4.297 4.344 5.282 5.344 6.161 6.171 6.000 8.000
DPM-HighTorque50 DPM 150 6.171 3.515 0.313 6.124 6.281 6.151 6.161 4.297 4.344 5.282 5.344 6.161 6.171 6.000 8.000

5 1/2 DPM-HighTorque55 G105 6.904 4.015 0.313 6.857 7.014 7.339 7.349 4.667 4.713 5.875 5.937 7.349 7.359 6.000 8.000
21.90 DPM-HighTorque55 S135 6.904 4.015 0.313 6.857 7.014 7.339 7.349 4.667 4.713 5.875 5.937 7.349 7.359 6.000 8.000
DPM-HighTorque55 DPM 140 6.904 4.015 0.313 6.857 7.014 7.339 7.349 4.667 4.713 5.875 5.937 7.349 7.359 6.000 8.000
DPM-HighTorque55 DPM 150 6.904 4.015 0.313 6.857 7.014 7.339 7.349 4.667 4.713 5.875 5.937 7.349 7.359 6.000 8.000

5 1/2 DPM-HighTorque55 G105 6.904 4.015 0.313 6.857 7.014 7.339 7.349 4.667 4.713 5.875 5.937 7.349 7.359 6.000 8.000
24.70 DPM-HighTorque55 S135 6.904 4.015 0.313 6.857 7.014 7.339 7.349 4.667 4.713 5.875 5.937 7.349 7.359 6.000 8.000
DPM-HighTorque55 DPM 140 6.904 4.015 0.313 6.857 7.014 7.339 7.349 4.667 4.713 5.875 5.937 7.349 7.359 6.000 8.000
DPM-HighTorque55 DPM 150 6.904 4.015 0.313 6.857 7.014 7.339 7.349 4.667 4.713 5.875 5.937 7.349 7.359 6.000 8.000
1 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
197

2 Premium Class Min OD is the minimum acceptable box OD for the connection.
3 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
4 Dimensions listed are recommended dimensions. Should End User requires a more stringent dimensional inspection to be applied, then End User requirements shall apply.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,`````

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
198

Table 7.28 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Command Tubular Products CET™


Premium Min Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum Tong
Nominal Nominal Min Max Cbore Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Space4
Size Weight Conn Grade OD2 ID3 Wall Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Pin Box
2.375 6.65 CET20 SS-105 2.855 1.863 0.144 2.991 2.834 3.018 3.005 2.106 2.071 2.617 2.560 3.022 3.008 4.000 6.000
CET20 G-105 2.782 1.863 0.108 2.991 2.834 3.018 3.005 2.106 2.071 2.617 2.560 3.022 3.008 4.000 6.000
CET20 S-135 2.761 1.863 0.097 2.991 2.834 3.018 3.005 2.106 2.071 2.617 2.560 3.022 3.008 4.000 6.000
6.65 CET21 SS-105 2.681 1.563 0.125 2.966 2.809 3.318 3.305 1.976 1.941 2.482 2.425 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
CET21 G-105 2.681 1.563 0.125 2.966 2.809 3.318 3.305 1.976 1.941 2.482 2.425 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
CET21 S-135 2.703 1.563 0.136 2.966 2.809 3.318 3.305 1.976 1.941 2.482 2.425 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000

2.875 6.85 CET22 SS-105 3.383 2.313 0.131 3.591 3.434 3.018 3.005 2.595 2.555 3.171 3.114 3.022 3.008 4.000 6.000
CET22 G-105 3.309 2.313 0.094 3.591 3.434 3.018 3.005 2.595 2.555 3.171 3.114 3.022 3.008 4.000 6.000
CET22 S-135 3.425 2.313 0.152 3.591 3.434 3.018 3.005 2.595 2.555 3.171 3.114 3.022 3.008 4.000 6.000
6.85 CET23 SS-105 3.067 1.963 0.160 3.203 3.046 3.318 3.305 2.278 2.243 2.798 2.741 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
CET23 G-105 2.984 1.963 0.118 3.203 3.046 3.318 3.305 2.278 2.243 2.798 2.741 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
CET23 S-135 3.114 1.963 0.183 3.203 3.046 3.318 3.305 2.278 2.243 2.798 2.741 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
6.85 CET24 SS-105 3.253 2.063 0.137 3.579 3.422 3.318 3.305 2.518 2.483 3.029 2.972 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
CET24 G-105 3.253 2.063 0.137 3.579 3.422 3.318 3.305 2.518 2.483 3.029 2.972 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
CET24 S-135 3.253 2.063 0.137 3.579 3.422 3.318 3.305 2.518 2.483 3.029 2.972 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
6.85 CET31 SS-105 3.730 2.063 0.170 4.021 3.864 3.505 3.492 2.648 2.598 3.441 3.369 3.509 3.495 4.000 6.000
CET31 G-105 3.730 2.063 0.170 4.021 3.864 3.505 3.492 2.648 2.598 3.441 3.369 3.509 3.495 4.000 6.000
CET31 S-135 3.730 2.063 0.170 4.021 3.864 3.505 3.492 2.648 2.598 3.441 3.369 3.509 3.495 4.000 6.000
8.85 CET22 SS-105 3.335 2.322 0.107 3.591 3.434 3.018 3.005 2.595 2.555 3.171 3.114 3.022 3.008 4.000 6.000
CET22 G-105 3.425 2.322 0.152 3.591 3.434 3.018 3.005 2.595 2.555 3.171 3.114 3.022 3.008 4.000 6.000
CET22 S-135 3.335 2.322 0.107 3.591 3.434 3.018 3.005 2.595 2.555 3.171 3.114 3.022 3.008 4.000 6.000
10.40 CET22 SS-105 3.196 2.188 0.038 3.591 3.434 3.018 3.005 2.595 2.555 3.171 3.114 3.022 3.008 4.000 6.000
CET22 G-105 3.403 2.188 0.141 3.591 3.434 3.018 3.005 2.595 2.555 3.171 3.114 3.022 3.008 4.000 6.000
CET22 S-135 3.196 2.188 0.038 3.591 3.434 3.018 3.005 2.595 2.555 3.171 3.114 3.022 3.008 4.000 6.000
10.40 CET23 SS-105 2.978 1.963 0.115 3.203 3.046 3.318 3.305 2.278 2.243 2.798 2.741 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
CET23 G-105 2.978 1.963 0.115 3.203 3.046 3.318 3.305 2.278 2.243 2.798 2.741 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
CET23 S-135 2.978 1.963 0.115 3.203 3.046 3.318 3.305 2.278 2.243 2.798 2.741 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
10.40 CET24 SS-105 3.320 2.063 0.171 3.579 3.422 3.318 3.305 2.518 2.483 3.029 2.972 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

CET24 G-105 3.253 2.063 0.137 3.579 3.422 3.318 3.305 2.518 2.483 3.029 2.972 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
CET24 S-135 3.376 2.063 0.199 3.579 3.422 3.318 3.305 2.518 2.483 3.029 2.972 3.322 3.308 4.000 6.000
10.40 CET31 SS-105 3.730 2.063 0.170 4.021 3.864 3.505 3.492 2.648 2.598 3.441 3.369 3.509 3.495 4.000 6.000
CET31 G-105 3.730 2.063 0.170 4.021 3.864 3.505 3.492 2.648 2.598 3.441 3.369 3.509 3.495 4.000 6.000
CET31 S-135 3.730 2.063 0.170 4.021 3.864 3.505 3.492 2.648 2.598 3.441 3.369 3.509 3.495 4.000 6.000

3.500 13.30 CET31 SS-105 3.941 2.063 0.275 4.021 3.864 3.505 3.492 2.648 2.598 3.441 3.369 3.509 3.495 4.000 6.000
CET31 G-105 3.805 2.063 0.207 4.021 3.864 3.505 3.492 2.648 2.598 3.441 3.369 3.509 3.495 4.000 6.000
CET31 S-135 4.016 2.063 0.313 4.021 3.864 3.505 3.492 2.648 2.598 3.441 3.369 3.509 3.495 4.000 6.000

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.28 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Command Tubular Products CET™


Premium Min Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum Tong
Nominal Nominal Min Max Cbore Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Space4
Size Weight Conn Grade OD2 ID3 Wall Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Pin Box
3.500 13.30 CET38 SS-105 4.520 2.626 0.255 4.641 4.484 4.005 3.992 3.206 3.156 4.061 3.989 4.009 3.995 4.000 6.000
CET38 G-105 4.520 2.626 0.255 4.641 4.484 4.005 3.992 3.206 3.156 4.061 3.989 4.009 3.995 4.000 6.000
CET38 S-135 4.520 2.626 0.255 4.641 4.484 4.005 3.992 3.206 3.156 4.061 3.989 4.009 3.995 4.000 6.000
15.50 CET38 SS-105 4.520 2.626 0.255 4.641 4.484 4.005 3.992 3.206 3.156 4.061 3.989 4.009 3.995 4.000 6.000
CET38 G-105 4.520 2.626 0.255 4.641 4.484 4.005 3.992 3.206 3.156 4.061 3.989 4.009 3.995 4.000 6.000
CET38 S-135 4.520 2.626 0.255 4.641 4.484 4.005 3.992 3.206 3.156 4.061 3.989 4.009 3.995 4.000 6.000

4.000 14.00 CET39 SS-105 4.650 2.751 0.255 4.766 4.609 4.005 3.992 3.348 3.298 4.191 4.119 4.009 3.995 6.000 6.000
CET39 G-105 4.650 2.751 0.255 4.766 4.609 4.005 3.992 3.348 3.298 4.191 4.119 4.009 3.995 6.000 6.000
CET39 S-135 4.650 2.751 0.255 4.766 4.609 4.005 3.992 3.348 3.298 4.191 4.119 4.009 3.995 6.000 6.000
14.00 CET40 SS-105 4.950 2.751 0.255 5.156 4.999 4.505 4.492 3.552 3.502 4.491 4.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET40 G-105 4.950 2.751 0.255 5.156 4.999 4.505 4.492 3.552 3.502 4.491 4.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET40 S-135 4.950 2.751 0.255 5.156 4.999 4.505 4.492 3.552 3.502 4.491 4.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
15.70 CET39 SS-105 4.650 2.751 0.255 4.766 4.609 4.005 3.992 3.348 3.298 4.191 4.119 4.009 3.995 6.000 6.000
CET39 G-105 4.650 2.751 0.255 4.766 4.609 4.005 3.992 3.348 3.298 4.191 4.119 4.009 3.995 6.000 6.000
CET39 S-135 4.713 2.751 0.286 4.766 4.609 4.005 3.992 3.348 3.298 4.191 4.119 4.009 3.995 6.000 6.000
15.70 CET40 SS-105 4.950 2.751 0.255 5.156 4.999 4.505 4.492 3.552 3.502 4.491 4.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET40 G-105 4.950 2.751 0.255 5.156 4.999 4.505 4.492 3.552 3.502 4.491 4.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET40 S-135 4.950 2.751 0.255 5.156 4.999 4.505 4.492 3.552 3.502 4.491 4.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000

4.500 16.60 CET40 SS-105 4.950 2.751 0.255 5.156 4.999 4.505 4.492 3.552 3.502 4.491 4.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET40 G-105 4.950 2.751 0.255 5.156 4.999 4.505 4.492 3.552 3.502 4.491 4.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET40 S-135 4.979 2.751 0.269 5.156 4.999 4.505 4.492 3.552 3.502 4.491 4.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
16.60 CET43 SS-105 5.117 3.063 0.255 5.266 5.109 4.505 4.492 3.911 3.861 4.658 4.586 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET43 SS-105 5.117 3.313 0.255 5.266 5.109 4.505 4.492 3.911 3.861 4.658 4.586 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET43 G-105 5.117 3.063 0.255 5.266 5.109 4.505 4.492 3.911 3.861 4.658 4.586 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET43 G-105 5.117 3.313 0.255 5.266 5.109 4.505 4.492 3.911 3.861 4.658 4.586 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET43 S-135 5.117 3.063 0.255 5.266 5.109 4.505 4.492 3.911 3.861 4.658 4.586 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET43 S-135 5.138 3.313 0.265 5.266 5.109 4.505 4.492 3.911 3.861 4.658 4.586 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
16.60 CET46 SS-150 5.590 3.313 0.255 5.842 5.685 4.505 4.492 4.177 4.127 5.131 5.059 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET46 G-105 5.590 3.313 0.255 5.842 5.685 4.505 4.492 4.177 4.127 5.131 5.059 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET46 S-135 5.590 3.313 0.255 5.842 5.685 4.505 4.492 4.177 4.127 5.131 5.059 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
20.00 CET40 SS-150 5.066 2.751 0.313 5.156 4.999 4.505 4.492 3.552 3.502 4.491 4.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET40 G-105 4.950 2.751 0.255 5.156 4.999 4.505 4.492 3.552 3.502 4.491 4.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET40 S-135 5.158 2.751 0.359 5.156 4.999 4.505 4.492 3.552 3.502 4.491 4.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
20.00 CET43 SS-105 5.117 3.063 0.255 5.266 5.109 4.505 4.492 3.911 3.861 4.658 4.586 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET43 SS-105 5.222 3.313 0.307 5.266 5.109 4.505 4.492 3.911 3.861 4.658 4.586 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
199

CET43 G-105 5.117 3.063 0.255 5.266 5.109 4.505 4.492 3.911 3.861 4.658 4.586 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,`````

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
200

Table 7.28 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Command Tubular Products CET™


Premium Min Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum Tong
Nominal Nominal Min Max Cbore Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Space4
Size Weight Conn Grade OD2 ID3 Wall Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Pin Box
4.500 20.00 CET43 G-105 5.117 3.313 0.255 5.266 5.109 4.505 4.492 3.911 3.861 4.658 4.586 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET43 S-135 5.184 3.063 0.288 5.266 5.109 4.505 4.492 3.911 3.861 4.658 4.586 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET43 S-135 5.307 3.313 0.350 5.266 5.109 4.505 4.492 3.911 3.861 4.658 4.586 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
20.00 CET46 SS-105 5.590 3.313 0.255 5.842 5.685 4.505 4.492 4.177 4.127 5.131 5.059 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET46 G-105 5.590 3.313 0.255 5.842 5.685 4.505 4.492 4.177 4.127 5.131 5.059 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET46 S-135 5.590 3.313 0.255 5.842 5.685 4.505 4.492 4.177 4.127 5.131 5.059 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000

5.000 19.50 CET46 G-105 5.590 3.313 0.255 5.842 5.685 4.505 4.492 4.177 4.127 5.131 5.059 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET46 G-105 5.590 3.563 0.255 5.842 5.685 4.505 4.492 4.177 4.127 5.131 5.059 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET46 G-105 5.590 3.313 0.255 5.842 5.685 4.505 4.492 4.177 4.127 5.131 5.059 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET46 S-135 5.590 3.313 0.255 5.842 5.685 4.505 4.492 4.177 4.127 5.131 5.059 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET46 S-135 5.590 3.563 0.255 5.842 5.685 4.505 4.492 4.177 4.127 5.131 5.059 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET46 S-135 5.590 3.313 0.255 5.842 5.685 4.505 4.492 4.177 4.127 5.131 5.059 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
19.50 CET50 SS-150 5.950 3.813 0.255 6.156 5.999 4.505 4.492 4.552 4.502 5.491 5.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET50 G-105 5.950 3.813 0.255 6.156 5.999 4.505 4.492 4.552 4.502 5.491 5.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET50 S-135 5.950 3.813 0.255 6.156 5.999 4.505 4.492 4.552 4.502 5.491 5.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
25.60 CET50 SS-105 6.003 3.813 0.281 6.156 5.999 4.505 4.492 4.552 4.502 5.491 5.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET50 G-150 5.950 3.813 0.255 6.156 5.999 4.505 4.492 4.552 4.502 5.491 5.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000
CET50 S-135 6.094 3.813 0.327 6.156 5.999 4.505 4.492 4.552 4.502 5.491 5.419 4.509 4.495 6.000 6.000

5.500 21.90 CET54 SS-105 6.200 4.063 0.264 6.422 6.265 5.005 4.992 4.701 4.651 5.723 5.651 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CET54 G-105 6.200 4.063 0.264 6.422 6.265 5.005 4.992 4.701 4.651 5.723 5.651 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET54 S-135 6.239 4.063 0.283 6.422 6.265 5.005 4.992 4.701 4.651 5.723 5.651 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
24.70 CET54 SS-105 6.260 4.063 0.294 6.422 6.265 5.005 4.992 4.701 4.651 5.723 5.651 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET54 G-105 6.200 4.063 0.264 6.422 6.265 5.005 4.992 4.701 4.651 5.723 5.651 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET54 S-135 6.347 4.063 0.337 6.422 6.265 5.005 4.992 4.701 4.651 5.723 5.651 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000

5.875 23.40 CET57 SS-105 6.500 4.063 0.255 6.860 6.703 5.005 4.992 5.019 4.969 6.041 5.969 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET57 SS-150 6.510 4.313 0.260 6.860 6.703 5.005 4.992 5.019 4.969 6.041 5.969 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET57 G-105 6.500 4.063 0.255 6.860 6.703 5.005 4.992 5.019 4.969 6.041 5.969 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET57 G-105 6.500 4.313 0.255 6.860 6.703 5.005 4.992 5.019 4.969 6.041 5.969 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET57 S-135 6.500 4.063 0.255 6.860 6.703 5.005 4.992 5.019 4.969 6.041 5.969 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET57 S-135 6.597 4.313 0.303 6.860 6.703 5.005 4.992 5.019 4.969 6.041 5.969 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
26.30 CET57 SS-105 6.500 4.063 0.255 6.860 6.703 5.005 4.992 5.019 4.969 6.041 5.969 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET57 SS-105 6.623 4.313 0.316 6.860 6.703 5.005 4.992 5.019 4.969 6.041 5.969 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET57 G-150 6.500 4.063 0.255 6.860 6.703 5.005 4.992 5.019 4.969 6.041 5.969 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET57 G-105 6.500 4.313 0.255 6.860 6.703 5.005 4.992 5.019 4.969 6.041 5.969 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET57 S-135 6.591 4.063 0.300 6.860 6.703 5.005 4.992 5.019 4.969 6.041 5.969 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET57 S-135 6.719 4.313 0.364 6.860 6.703 5.005 4.992 5.019 4.969 6.041 5.969 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.28 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Command Tubular Products CET™


Premium Min Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection Minimum Tong
Nominal Nominal Min Max Cbore Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length Space4
Size Weight Conn Grade OD2 ID3 Wall Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Pin Box
6.625 25.20 CET65 SS-105 7.350 4.813 0.255 7.816 7.659 5.005 4.992 5.869 5.819 6.891 6.819 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET65 SS-150 7.350 5.063 0.255 7.816 7.659 5.005 4.992 5.869 5.819 6.891 6.819 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET65 G-105 7.350 4.813 0.255 7.816 7.659 5.005 4.992 5.869 5.819 6.891 6.819 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET65 G-150 7.350 5.063 0.255 7.816 7.659 5.005 4.992 5.869 5.819 6.891 6.819 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET65 S-135 7.350 4.813 0.255 7.816 7.659 5.005 4.992 5.869 5.819 6.891 6.819 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET65 S-135 7.350 5.063 0.255 7.816 7.659 5.005 4.992 5.869 5.819 6.891 6.819 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
25.20 CET69 SS-105 7.730 5.063 0.255 8.316 8.159 5.005 4.992 6.249 6.199 7.271 7.199 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET69 SS-150 7.730 5.563 0.255 8.316 8.159 5.005 4.992 6.249 6.199 7.271 7.199 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET69 G-105 7.730 5.313 0.255 8.316 8.159 5.005 4.992 6.249 6.199 7.271 7.199 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET69 S-135 7.730 5.063 0.255 8.316 8.159 5.005 4.992 6.249 6.199 7.271 7.199 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET69 S-135 7.730 5.313 0.255 8.316 8.159 5.005 4.992 6.249 6.199 7.271 7.199 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
27.70 CET65 SS-105 7.350 5.063 0.255 7.816 7.659 5.005 4.992 5.869 5.819 6.891 6.819 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET65 SS-105 7.350 5.063 0.255 7.816 7.659 5.005 4.992 5.869 5.819 6.891 6.819 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET65 G-150 7.350 5.063 0.255 7.816 7.659 5.005 4.992 5.869 5.819 6.891 6.819 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET65 G-105 7.350 5.063 0.255 7.816 7.659 5.005 4.992 5.869 5.819 6.891 6.819 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET65 S-135 7.375 4.813 0.267 7.816 7.659 5.005 4.992 5.869 5.819 6.891 6.819 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET65 S-135 7.375 5.063 0.267 7.816 7.659 5.005 4.992 5.869 5.819 6.891 6.819 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
27.70 CET69 SS-105 7.730 5.063 0.255 8.316 8.159 5.005 4.992 6.249 6.199 7.271 7.199 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET69 SS-105 7.730 5.313 0.255 8.316 8.159 5.005 4.992 6.249 6.199 7.271 7.199 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET69 G-105 7.730 5.313 0.255 8.316 8.159 5.005 4.992 6.249 6.199 7.271 7.199 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000
CET69 S-135 7.730 5.063 0.255 8.316 8.159 5.005 4.992 6.249 6.199 7.271 7.199 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
CET69 S-135 7.730 5.313 0.255 8.316 8.159 5.005 4.992 6.249 6.199 7.271 7.199 5.009 4.995 6.000 6.000

1 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
2 Premium Min OD is the CET minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and premium class pipe, whichever is greater.
3 Premium Min OD and Max Pin ID of some connection might be different from this chart if manufactured to a non-standard OD/ID, check CTP drill pipe data sheet or consult CTP.
4 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
201

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table 7.29 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria for Reduced Torsional Strength Ratio
(Premium Class-Reduced TSR)
Note: The industry has for many years been using certain drill pipe and tool joint combinations that do not meet the
torsional strength ratio (TSR)* of approximately 0.8 that is recommended for API RP7G-2 and DS-1 Premium Class con-
dition. For low-torsion drilling, this practice offers the advantage being able to use pipe with adequate tensile capacity
while maintaining good fishing clearances. Unless operating torsion exceeds make-up torque on these connections,
there is no technical reason to prohibit the practice, although users should be aware that such pipe cannot properly
be called API RP7G-2 or DS-1 “Premium Class.”

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
To recognize this long-standing practice for certain drill pipe and tool joint combinations, the category “Premium
Class-Reduced TSR” is designated by this supplement. If the buyer of inspection services specifies “Premium Class-
Reduced TSR” as the acceptance criteria in effect, the inspection company shall apply all criteria for “Premium Class”
found elsewhere in this standard, except for tool joint diameters. The tool joint diameters specified below shall replace
those applicable to “Premium Class.” Users are cautioned that, while a “Premium Class-Reduced TSR” drill string may
be adequate for low-torsion drilling, it is not as strong in torsion as a true “Premium Class” drill string as defined in API
RP7G-2 and DS-1.
Premium Class - Reduced TSR - E, X, G, and S Grade Drill Pipe Assemblies
Min Max Max Torsional Strength
Max Min Min Bevel Min Tong Space CBore Bevel Prem Class Tool
Size Weight Pin ID Box OD Shoulder Diam Pin Box Diam Diam Tube Joint TSR
(in) (lb/ft) Conn Grade (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (ft-lb) (ft-lb)

2 7/8 10.40 PAC E 1 9/16 3 11/64 2 57/64 4 4 2 41/64 2 61/64 8858 5259 0.59
NC26 E 1 63/64 3 1/4 1/8 3 3/16 4 4 5/8 3 3 9/32 8858 5008 0.57

3 1/2 13.30 NC38 G 2 11/16 4 5/8 15/64 4 31/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32 20106 15580 0.77
NC38 S 2 11/16 4 5/8 15/64 4 31/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32 25850 15580 0.60

15.50 NC38 X 2 11/16 4 5/8 15/64 4 31/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32 20452 15580 0.76
NC38 G 2 11/16 4 5/8 15/64 4 31/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32 22605 15580 0.69
NC38 S 2 11/16 4 5/8 15/64 4 31/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32 29063 15580 0.54

4 14.00 4SH X 2 7/16 4 5/8 21/64 4 11/32 4 5 1/8 3 15/16 4 35/64 23048 16867 0.73
4SH G 2 7/16 4 5/8 21/64 4 11/32 4 5 1/8 3 15/16 4 35/64 25474 16867 0.66
4SH S 2 7/16 4 5/8 21/64 4 11/32 4 5 1/8 3 15/16 4 35/64 32753 16867 0.52
NC40 S 2 59/64 5 19/64 4 27/32 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32 32753 20948 0.64

5 25.60 NC50 S 3 1/4 6 3/8 31/64 6 4 25/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64 72980 50484 0.69

202
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.29 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria for Reduced Torsional Strength Ratio
(Premium Class-Reduced TSR)
continued
Premium Class - Reduced TSR - V Grade Drill Pipe Assemblies

Min Max Max Torsional Strength


Max Min Min Bevel Min Tong Space CBore Bevel Prem Class Tool
Size Weight Pin ID Box OD Shoulder Diam Pin Box Diam Diam Tube Joint TSR
(in) (lb/ft) Conn Grade (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (ft-lb) (ft-lb)

2 7/8 10.40 NC31 V 2 1/32 4 1/16 17/64 3 55/64 4 5 1/8 3 33/64 3 31/32 17716 12823 0.72

3 1/2 13.30 NC38 V 2 17/32 4 13/16 21/64 4 9/16 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32 28723 21023 0.73

NC40 V 2 29/32 5 9/32 4 25/32 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32 28723 20948 0.73

3 1/2 15.50 NC38 V 2 11/16 4 5/8 15/64 4 31/64 4 5 5/8 4 9/64 4 19/32 32292 15580 0.48

NC40 V 2 13/16 5 3/32 21/64 4 53/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32 32292 23280 0.72

4 14.00 NC40 V 2 39/64 5 11/64 3/8 4 57/64 4 6 1/8 4 13/32 5 1/32 36392 26666 0.73

NC46 V 3 1/2 5 9/16 9/32 5 11/32 4 11/64 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64 36392 26312 0.72

4 1/2 16.60 NC46 V 3 5/32 5 25/32 25/64 5 31/64 4 11/32 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 47/64 48278 35384 0.73

NC50 V 3 13/16 6 1/16 21/64 5 13/16 4 35/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64 48278 35029 0.73

4 1/2 20.00 NC46 V 2 7/8 5 59/64 15/32 5 37/64 4 7/16 6 1/8 4 31/32 5 27/32 57367 41487 0.72

NC50 V 3 19/32 6 7/32 13/32 5 57/64 4 21/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64 57367 41810 0.73

5 19.50 NC50 V 3 13/32 6 5/16 29/64 5 61/64 4 23/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64 64571 47042 0.73

5-1/2 FH V 4 1/4 6 3/4 3/8 6 29/64 5 3/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64 64571 46724 0.72

5 25.60 NC50 V 3 1/4 6 3/8 31/64 6 4 25/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 5/64 81088 50484 0.62

5-1/2 FH V 3 29/32 6 15/16 15/32 6 37/64 5 13/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64 81088 58930 0.73

5 1/2 21.90 5-1/2 FH V 3 15/16 6 15/16 15/32 6 9/16 5 3/16 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 7/64 79727 57856 0.73

5 1/2 24.70 5-1/2 FH V 3 23/32 7 1/32 33/64 6 5/8 5 17/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 7/64 88641 64836 0.73

6 5/8 25.20 6-5/8 FH V 4 11/16 7 29/32 31/64 7 17/32 5 15/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 23/32 111532 80341 0.72

6 5/8 27.70 6-5/8 FH V 4 17/32 8 17/32 7 19/32 6 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 23/32 120383 87856 0.73

*TSR = (Tool Joint Torsional Strength)/(Tube Torsional Strength) = 0.8 for API “Standard” and “Premium Class” conditions.

203
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
204

Table 7.30 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria8


(All dimensions in inches)

Thick-Walled Drill Pipe

Nominal Max Pin ID2 for Max Pin ID2 for API MUT
Dimensions & MUT Min E, X, G & S Grade Pipe V Grade Pipe Min OD Min Max Max
Nominal Box Pin API Box 95% 90% 80% 95% 90% 80% and Min Bevel Min Tong Space5 Cbore Bevel
Size/ OD ID MUT OD1 Nom Wall Nom Wall Nom Wall Nom Wall Nom Wall Nom Wall Max ID Shoulder3 Diam4 Pin Box Diam6 Diam7
Wall Conn. (in) (in) (ft-lb) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (ft-lb) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
5 NC 50 6 7/8 2 3/4 38036 6 15/32 2 15/16 3 1/32 3 5/64 2 25/32 2 7/8 3 1/16 33205 33/64 6 1/4 4 55/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 27/64
0.713

5 NC 50 6 5/8 2 3/4 38036 6 15/32 2 57/64 2 31/32 3 5/64 2 3/4 2 13/16 3 1/64 33205 33/64 6 1/4 4 55/64 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 27/64
0.750 6 5/8 3 34520 6 3/8 3 3 1/16 3 15/64 3 3 3 7/64 30290 15/32 6 11/64 4 25/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 21/64
6 5/8 3 1/4 30730 6 9/32 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 21/64 3 1/4 3 1/4 3 1/4 27437 27/64 6 3/32 4 23/32 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 15/64

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6 5/8 3 1/2 26674 6 11/64 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 1/2 24186 3/8 6 4 5/8 6 1/8 5 3/8 6 1/8

5 1/2 5 1/2 FH 7 1/2 3 52059 7 3/16 3 13/32 3 13/32 3 13/32 3 13/32 3 13/32 3 13/32 44812 37/64 6 61/64 5 25/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 9/64
0.500 7 1/2 3 1/16 51035 7 11/64 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 7/16 44212 37/64 6 15/16 5 3/8 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 1/8
7 1/2 3 3/16 48928 7 1/8 3 35/64 3 35/64 3 35/64 3 35/64 3 35/64 3 35/64 42425 35/64 6 57/64 5 11/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 5/64
7 1/2 3 7/8 35998 6 27/32 4 3/64 4 1/16 4 1/16 3 61/64 4 4 1/16 32058 13/32 6 21/32 5 9/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 51/64
7 1/4 3 1/4 47230 7 3/32 3 39/64 3 39/64 3 39/64 3 39/64 3 39/64 3 39/64 41243 17/32 6 7/8 5 21/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 3/64
7 1/4 3 1/2 43328 7 3 25/32 3 25/32 3 25/32 3 25/32 3 25/32 3 25/32 37742 31/64 6 51/64 5 1/4 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 61/64
7 1/4 3 3/4 38513 6 29/32 3 61/64 3 61/64 3 61/64 3 57/64 3 61/64 3 61/64 34309 7/16 6 45/64 5 3/16 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 55/64
7 1/8 3 1/8 42425 6 63/64 3 13/16 3 13/16 3 13/16 3 13/16 3 13/16 3 13/16 37165 31/64 6 25/32 5 15/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 15/16
7 3 1/2 37742 6 57/64 3 31/32 3 31/32 3 31/32 3 29/32 3 31/32 3 31/32 33743 7/16 6 11/16 5 11/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 27/32
7 3 3/4 37742 6 57/64 3 31/32 3 31/32 3 31/32 3 29/32 3 31/32 3 31/32 33743 7/16 6 11/16 5 11/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 27/32
7 4 33412 6 25/32 4 3/32 4 9/64 4 5/32 4 4 3/64 4 5/32 29836 3/8 6 39/64 5 3/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64

5 1/2 5 1/2 FH 7 1/2 3 52059 7 3/16 3 21/64 3 13/32 3 13/32 3 11/64 3 17/64 3 13/32 44812 37/64 6 61/64 5 25/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 9/64
0.750 7 1/2 3 1/16 51035 7 11/64 3 11/32 3 7/16 3 7/16 3 3/16 3 9/32 3 7/16 44212 37/64 6 15/16 5 3/8 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 1/8
7 1/2 3 3/16 48928 7 1/8 3 13/32 3 31/64 3 35/64 3 15/64 3 21/64 3 33/64 42425 35/64 6 57/64 5 11/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 5/64
7 1/2 3 7/8 35998 6 27/32 3 7/8 3 7/8 3 57/64 3 7/8 3 7/8 3 7/8 32058 13/32 6 21/32 5 9/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 51/64
7 1/4 3 1/4 47230 7 3/32 3 27/64 3 33/64 3 39/64 3 17/64 3 23/64 3 35/64 41243 17/32 6 7/8 5 21/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 7 3/64
7 1/4 3 1/2 43328 7 3 33/64 3 39/64 3 49/64 3 1/2 3 1/2 3 41/64 37742 31/64 6 51/64 5 1/4 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 61/64
7 1/4 3 3/4 38513 6 29/32 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 27/32 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 34309 7/16 6 45/64 5 3/16 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 55/64
7 1/8 3 1/8 42425 6 63/64 3 17/32 3 5/8 3 25/32 3 23/64 3 15/32 3 21/32 37165 31/64 6 25/32 5 15/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 15/16
7 3 1/2 37742 6 57/64 3 39/64 3 45/64 3 55/64 3 1/2 3 35/64 3 47/64 33743 7/16 6 11/16 5 11/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 27/32
7 3 3/4 37742 6 57/64 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 55/64 3 3/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 33743 7/16 6 11/16 5 11/64 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 27/32
7 4 33412 6 25/32 4 4 4 4 4 4 29836 3/8 6 39/64 5 3/32 6 5/8 5 31/32 6 47/64

6 5/8 6 5/8 FH 8 1/2 3 1/2 78092 8 9/32 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 66712 21/32 8 1/64 6 7/32 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 15/64
0.500 8 1/2 4 71377 8 11/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 61184 39/64 7 15/16 6 1/8 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/8
8 1/2 4 1/4 65012 8 5/64 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/2 4 1/2 58309 7 31/32 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 47/64 4 3/4 4 3/4 51202 1/2 7 3/4 5 63/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 59/64
8 1/4 4 65122 8 5/64 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/4 4 1/4 65012 8 5/64 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.30 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria8


(All dimensions in inches)

Thick-Walled Drill Pipe

Nominal Max Pin ID2 for Max Pin ID2 for API MUT
Dimensions & MUT Min E, X, G & S Grade Pipe V Grade Pipe Min OD Min Max Max
Nominal Box Pin API Box 95% 90% 80% 95% 90% 80% and Min Bevel Min Tong Space5 Cbore Bevel
Size/ OD ID MUT OD1 Nom Wall Nom Wall Nom Wall Nom Wall Nom Wall Nom Wall Max ID Shoulder3 Diam4 Pin Box Diam6 Diam7
Wall Conn. (in) (in) (ft-lb) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (ft-lb) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
6 5/8 6 5/8 FH 8 1/4 4 1/2 58309 7 31/32 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 47/64 4 3/4 4 3/4 51202 1/2 7 3/4 5 63/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 59/64
0.500 8 1/4 4 3/4 51280 7 27/32 4 15/16 4 61/64 4 61/64 4 27/32 4 57/64 4 61/64 45241 7/16 7 21/32 5 57/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 51/64
8 4 3/4 51280 7 27/32 4 15/16 4 61/64 4 61/64 4 27/32 4 57/64 4 61/64 45241 7/16 7 21/32 5 57/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 51/64
8 5 43934 7 23/32 5 1/32 5 5/64 5 9/64 5 5 5 3/32 39417 3/8 7 35/64 5 51/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 43/64

6 5/8 6 5/8 FH 8 1/2 3 1/2 78092 8 9/32 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 66712 21/32 8 1/64 6 7/32 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 15/64
0.522 8 1/2 4 71377 8 11/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 61184 39/64 7 15/16 6 1/8 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/8
8 1/2 4 1/4 65012 8 5/64 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/2 4 1/2 58309 7 31/32 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 45/64 4 3/4 4 3/4 51202 1/2 7 3/4 5 63/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 59/64
8 1/4 4 65122 8 5/64 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/4 4 1/4 65012 8 5/64 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 9/16 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/4 4 1/2 58309 7 31/32 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 45/64 4 3/4 4 3/4 51202 1/2 7 3/4 5 63/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 59/64
8 1/4 4 3/4 51280 7 27/32 4 57/64 4 61/64 4 61/64 4 51/64 4 55/64 4 61/64 45241 7/16 7 21/32 5 57/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 51/64
8 4 3/4 51280 7 27/32 4 57/64 4 61/64 4 61/64 4 51/64 4 55/64 4 61/64 45241 7/16 7 21/32 5 57/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 51/64
8 5 43934 7 23/32 5 5 3/64 5 9/64 5 5 5 1/16 39417 3/8 7 35/64 5 51/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 43/64

6 5/8 6 5/8 FH 8 1/2 3 1/2 78092 8 9/32 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 66712 21/32 8 1/64 6 7/32 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 15/64
0.625 8 1/2 4 71377 8 11/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 4 21/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 61184 39/64 7 15/16 6 1/8 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/8
8 1/2 4 1/4 65012 8 5/64 4 35/64 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 27/64 4 31/64 4 9/16 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/2 4 1/2 58309 7 31/32 4 41/64 4 45/64 4 3/4 4 1/2 4 37/64 4 23/32 51202 1/2 7 3/4 5 63/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 59/64
8 1/4 4 65122 8 5/64 4 35/64 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 27/64 4 31/64 4 9/16 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/4 4 1/4 65012 8 5/64 4 35/64 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 27/64 4 31/64 4 9/16 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/4 4 1/2 58309 7 31/32 4 41/64 4 45/64 4 3/4 4 1/2 4 37/64 4 23/32 51202 1/2 7 3/4 5 63/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 59/64
8 1/4 4 3/4 51280 7 27/32 4 3/4 4 51/64 4 59/64 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 53/64 45241 7/16 7 21/32 5 57/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 51/64
8 4 3/4 51280 7 27/32 4 3/4 4 51/64 4 59/64 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 53/64 45241 7/16 7 21/32 5 57/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 51/64
8 5 43934 7 23/32 5 5 5 1/64 5 5 5 39417 3/8 7 35/64 5 51/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 43/64

6 5/8 6 5/8 FH 8 1/2 3 1/2 78092 8 9/32 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 4 11/64 66712 21/32 8 1/64 6 7/32 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 15/64
0.640 8 1/2 4 71377 8 11/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 4 25/64 4 19/64 4 3/8 4 25/64 61184 39/64 7 15/16 6 1/8 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/8
8 1/2 4 1/4 65012 8 5/64 4 33/64 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 25/64 4 15/32 4 9/16 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/2 4 1/2 58309 7 31/32 4 39/64 4 43/64 4 3/4 4 1/2 4 9/16 4 45/64 51202 1/2 7 3/4 5 63/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 59/64
8 1/4 4 65122 8 5/64 4 33/64 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 25/64 4 15/32 4 9/16 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/4 4 1/4 65012 8 5/64 4 33/64 4 9/16 4 9/16 4 25/64 4 15/32 4 9/16 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/4 4 1/2 58309 7 31/32 4 39/64 4 43/64 4 3/4 4 1/2 4 9/16 4 45/64 51202 1/2 7 3/4 5 63/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 59/64
8 1/4 4 3/4 51280 7 27/32 4 3/4 4 25/32 4 29/32 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 51/64 45241 7/16 7 21/32 5 57/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 51/64
8 4 3/4 51280 7 27/32 4 3/4 4 25/32 4 29/32 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 51/64 45241 7/16 7 21/32 5 57/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 51/64
205

8 5 43934 7 23/32 5 5 5 5 5 5 39417 3/8 7 35/64 5 51/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 43/64

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
206

Table 7.30 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria8


(All dimensions in inches)

Thick-Walled Drill Pipe

Nominal Max Pin ID2 for Max Pin ID2 for API MUT
Dimensions & MUT Min E, X, G & S Grade Pipe V Grade Pipe Min OD Min Max Max
Nominal Box Pin API Box 95% 90% 80% 95% 90% 80% and Min Bevel Min Tong Space5 Cbore Bevel
Size/ OD ID MUT OD1 Nom Wall Nom Wall Nom Wall Nom Wall Nom Wall Nom Wall Max ID Shoulder3 Diam4 Pin Box Diam6 Diam7
Wall Conn. (in) (in) (ft-lb) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (ft-lb) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in)
6 5/8 6 5/8 FH 8 1/2 4 7/16 60016 8 4 33/64 4 37/64 4 11/16 4 7/16 4 29/64 4 39/64 52714 33/64 7 25/32 6 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 61/64
0.688

6 5/8 6 5/8 FH 8 1/2 3 1/2 78092 8 9/32 4 5/32 4 11/64 4 11/64 3 63/64 4 3/32 4 11/64 66712 21/32 8 1/64 6 7/32 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 15/64
0.750 8 1/2 4 71377 8 11/64 4 1/4 4 11/32 4 25/64 4 3/32 4 3/16 4 3/8 61184 39/64 7 15/16 6 1/8 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/8
8 1/2 4 1/4 65012 8 5/64 4 11/32 4 27/64 4 9/16 4 1/4 4 9/32 4 29/64 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/2 4 1/2 58309 7 31/32 4 1/2 4 33/64 4 43/64 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 35/64 51202 1/2 7 3/4 5 63/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 59/64
8 1/4 4 65122 8 5/64 4 11/32 4 27/64 4 9/16 4 11/64 4 9/32 4 29/64 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/4 4 1/4 65012 8 5/64 4 11/32 4 27/64 4 9/16 4 1/4 4 9/32 4 29/64 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/4 4 1/2 58309 7 31/32 4 1/2 4 33/64 4 43/64 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 35/64 51202 1/2 7 3/4 5 63/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 59/64
8 1/4 4 3/4 51280 7 27/32 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 49/64 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 45241 7/16 7 21/32 5 57/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 51/64
8 4 3/4 51280 7 27/32 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 49/64 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 45241 7/16 7 21/32 5 57/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 51/64
8 5 43934 7 23/32 5 5 5 5 5 5 39417 3/8 7 35/64 5 51/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 43/64

6 5/8 6 5/8 FH 8 3/4 3 1/2 83062 8 23/64 3 31/32 4 1/64 4 1/64 3 25/32 3 57/64 4 1/64 70727 45/64 8 3/32 6 17/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 5/16
0.813 8 11/16 3 1/2 83062 8 23/64 3 31/32 4 1/64 4 1/64 3 25/32 3 57/64 4 1/64 70727 45/64 8 3/32 6 17/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 5/16
8 1/2 3 1/2 78092 8 9/32 4 3/64 4 9/64 4 11/64 3 55/64 3 31/32 4 11/64 66712 21/32 8 1/64 6 7/32 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 15/64
8 1/2 4 71377 8 11/64 4 5/32 4 1/4 4 25/64 4 4 5/64 4 9/32 61184 39/64 7 15/16 6 1/8 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/8
8 1/2 4 1/4 65012 8 5/64 4 1/4 4 21/64 4 1/2 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 3/8 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/2 4 1/2 58309 7 31/32 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 19/32 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 51202 1/2 7 3/4 5 63/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 59/64
8 1/4 4 65122 8 5/64 4 15/64 4 21/64 4 1/2 4 3/64 4 5/32 4 3/8 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/4 4 1/4 65012 8 5/64 4 1/4 4 21/64 4 1/2 4 1/4 4 1/4 4 3/8 56531 9/16 7 27/32 6 1/16 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 1/32
8 1/4 4 1/2 58309 7 31/32 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 19/32 4 1/2 4 1/2 4 1/2 51202 1/2 7 3/4 5 63/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 59/64
8 1/4 4 3/4 51280 7 27/32 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 45241 7/16 7 21/32 5 57/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 51/64
8 4 3/4 51280 7 27/32 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 4 3/4 45241 7/16 7 21/32 5 57/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 51/64
8 5 43934 7 23/32 5 5 5 5 5 5 39417 3/8 7 35/64 5 51/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 7 43/64

6 5/8 6 5/8 FH 8 3/4 3 1/2 83062 8 23/64 3 3/4 3 7/8 4 1/64 3 33/64 3 43/64 3 59/64 70727 45/64 8 3/32 6 17/64 6 5/8 6 29/32 8 5/16

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
0.9375

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.30 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria8


(All dimensions in inches)

Thick-Walled Drill Pipe

NOTES:
1 Minimum box OD is determined by adding 3/64 inch to the maximum bevel diameter, which allows for the minimum 1/32-inch wide, 45 degree bevel.
2 Maximum pin ID is limited such that the connection is box weak in torsion and the thick-walleddrill pipe assembly is tube weak in tension.*
*Maximum pin ID values in bold text (equal to the nominal pin ID) indicate that the nominal pin neck tensile capacities at the specified connection makeup torques (for minimum OD and
maximum ID connections) are less than the tensile capacities of the drill pipe tubes with the specified grade and remaining wall thickness. In such case, the tensile capacity of the thick-walleddrill
pipe assembly must be based on the pin neck tensile capacity and not the tube tensile capacity.
3 Minimum shoulder width is determined by subtracting 1/32 inch from half of the difference between the minimum box OD and the maximum allowable counterbore diameter per API Specification
7-2, Latest Edition.
4 Minimum bevel diameter is determined from the seal area that gives a connection seal stress equal to 90% MYS (108 ksi) at nominal API MUT.
5 Minimum pin tong space is 4 inches or 75% of the minimum OD, whichever is larger. The minimum box tong space is determined by adding 1 inch to the length of the box.
6 Maximum counterbore diameter is determined by adding 1/32 inch to the nominal counterbore diameter (in addition to the machining tolerance).
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7 Maximum bevel diameter is determined from the maximum seal area that gives a connection seal stress equal to 75% MYS (90 ksi) at nominal API MUT.
8 Existing bevel diameters on thick-walled drill pipe (TWDP) connections are known to be cut in accordance with API Specification 5DP requirements for the corresponding normal weight drill pipe
(NWDP) connections. For a given connection type, a TWDP tool joint will often have a larger OD and/or smaller ID than the corresponding NWDP tool joint. Therefore, the API MUT is higher for
most TWDP connections and the seal widths should be modified to prevent seal stresses in excess of the connection's yield strength, which could cause seal damage. The acceptance criteria in
this table has been set to ensure that the seal stress will not exceed the connection yield strength at API MUT. Because TWDP connection bevel diameters are currently based on API requirements
for NWDP connections, existing TWDP connections may not be in compliance with the dimensional criteria in this table.
207

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
208

Table 7.31 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™ - Thick-Walled Drill Pipe


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
5 HT 55 G 3.375 6.531 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
0.750

5 1/2 HT 55 G 3.250 6.601 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352
0.750 S 3.250 6.985 0.313 6 8.357 7.014 6.857 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 5.937 5.875 7.357 7.352

Table 7.32 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque - Thick-Walled Drill Pipe


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
5 1/2 XT 57 G 3.875 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
0.750 S 3.813 6.775 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 1/2 XT 57 G 3.750 6.563 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
0.813 S 3.688 6.783 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 7/8 XT 57 G 4.250 6.707 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
0.625 S 4.000 6.961 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5 7/8 XT 57 G 4.125 6.794 0.313 6 8.260 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
0.750

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD, and operational capacity of the connection shall the
actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.33 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco TurboTorque™ - Thick-Walled Drill Pipe


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
5 1/2 TurboTorque™ 550 G 3.875 6.315 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 4.750 4.745 5.046 4.999 5.720 5.658 4.753 4.748
0.750 S 3.625 6.459 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 4.750 4.745 5.046 4.999 5.720 5.658 4.753 4.748

5 1/2 TurboTorque™ 585 G 3.875 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
0.750 S 3.875 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061

5 1/2 TurboTorque™ 585 G 3.750 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
0.813 S 3.750 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061

5 7/8 TurboTorque™ 585 G 4.500 6.695 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
0.625 S 4.125 6.810 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
V-150 3.875 6.842 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061

5 7/8 TurboTorque™ 585 G 4.250 6.671 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
0.750 S 3.750 6.778 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061

5 7/8 TurboTorque™ 585 G 4.125 6.665 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.063 5.058 5.370 5.323 6.070 6.008 5.066 5.061
0.813

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD, and operational capacity of the connection shall the
actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
209

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
210

Table 7.34 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco TurboTorque-M™ - Thick-Walled Drill Pipe


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nomi-
New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
nal
Size/Wt Connection Grade ID1
OD1
Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Ref. Max Min Max Min
5 1/2 TurboTorque-M™ 550 G 3.875 6.395 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 5.188 5.183 4.814 5.720 5.658 5.193 5.188
0.750 S 3.625 6.62 0.313 6 8 6.510 6.353 5.188 5.183 4.814 5.720 5.658 5.193 5.188

5 7/8 TurboTorque-M™ 585 G 4.500 6.862 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
0.625 S 4.125 6.973 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
V-150 3.875 7.004 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500

5 7/8 TurboTorque-M™ 585 G 4.250 6.839 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
0.750 S 3.625 6.942 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500

5 7/8 TurboTorque-M™ 585 G 4.125 6.822 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500
0.813 S 3.500 7.015 0.313 6 8 6.923 6.766 5.500 5.495 5.138 6.070 6.008 5.505 5.500

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD, and operational capacity of the connection shall the
actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.35 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco uXT™ - Thick-Walled Drill Pipe


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
5 1/2 uXT 57 G 3.875 6.563 0.313 6 8.26 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
0.750 S 3.875 6.676 0.313 6 8.26 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 1/2 uXT 57 G 3.750 6.563 0.313 6 8.26 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
0.813 S 3.750 6.677 0.313 6 8.26 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 7/8 uXT 57 G 4.438 6.711 0.313 6 8.26 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
0.625 S 4.125 6.894 0.313 6 8.26 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
V-150 3.875 6.944 0.313 6 8.26 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 7/8 uXT 57 G 4.250 6.745 0.313 6 8.26 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

0.750 S 3.750 6.888 0.313 6 8.26 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

5 7/8 uXT 57 G 4.125 6.737 0.313 6 8.26 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255
0.813 S 3.500 6.854 0.313 6 8.26 6.862 6.705 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 5.971 5.909 7.260 7.255

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD, and operational capacity of the connection shall the
actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
211

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
212

Table 7.36 Used Tool Joint Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)

Grant Prideco Delta™ - Thick-Walled Drill Pipe


Premium Class Min Minimum Bevel Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Cbore Box Connection
Nominal New Min CBore Tong Space2 Diameter Length Diameter Diameter Length
Size/Wt Conn Grade ID1 OD1 Wall Pin Box Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
5 Delta 527 G-105 3.125 6.065 0.25 6 6.5 6.468 6.248 5.250 5.241 4.713 4.666 5.486 5.423 5.255 5.248
0.750 S-135 3.125 6.092 0.25 6 6.5 6.468 6.248 5.250 5.241 4.713 4.666 5.486 5.423 5.255 5.248

Delta 544 G-105 3.375 6.232 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123
S-135 3.375 6.232 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123

5 1/2 Delta 544 G-105 3.875 6.330 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123
0.750 S-135 3.563 6.538 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123

Delta 576 G-105 3.875 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
S-135 3.875 6.684 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
V-150 3.625 6.726 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311

5 1/2 Delta 544 G-105 3.75 6.311 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123
0.813 S-135 3.438 6.542 0.313 6 6.5 6.601 6.381 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.653 5.590 5.130 5.123

Delta 576 G-105 3.75 6.549 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
S-135 3.75 6.679 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5 7/8 Delta 576 G-105 4.5 6.789 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
0.625 S-135 4.125 6.914 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
V-150 3.875 6.952 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311

5 7/8 Delta 576 G-105 4.25 6.772 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311
0.750 S-135 3.688 6.859 0.313 6 6.5 6.963 6.743 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.970 5.907 5.318 5.311

1 Premium Class Min OD is the Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection or the box OD which generates a 0.8 TSR between the connection and the Premium Class tube,
whichever is greater. The values in the table are based on one tool joint reference ID. For other IDs, the value may vary. The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in
increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the Grant Prideco online performance calculator shall be used to determine premium OD, and operational capacity of the connection shall the
actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
2 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
3 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
4 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC23 1 1/8 2 58/64 3 9/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/8 2 61/64 3 4/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
1 1/4 2 56/64 3 7/64 -- -- -- -- Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
1 1/2 2 51/64 3 -- -- -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 2 11/16
1 3/4 2 42/64 2 53/64 -- -- -- -- Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC26 1 1/2 3 17/64 3 34/64 -- -- -- -- 3 3/8 3 19/64 3 22/647 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
1 3/4 3 12/64 3 27/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/2 3 20/64 3 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 2/64 3 15/64 -- -- -- -- 3 5/8 3 20/64 3 30/647 Max C'Bore Diameter 3
3 3/4 3 20/64 3 30/647 Boreback Diameter N/A
3 7/8 3 20/64 3 42/647 Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC31 1 1/2 3 63/64 4 20/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/8 3 63/64 4 5/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
1 3/4 3 60/64 4 16/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/4 3 63/64 4 13/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 55/64 4 10/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/8 3 63/64 4 21/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 33/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC35 2 4 23/64 4 46/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/2 4 21/64 4 29/64 Max Pin Length 3 13/16
2 1/4 4 18/64 4 39/64 -- -- -- -- 4 5/8 4 21/64 4 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 4 10/64 4 30/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/4 4 21/64 4 43/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 7/8
Boreback Diameter 3 15/64 - 3 16/64
Pin Relief Diameter 3.200 - 3.231
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 6 3/4 - 7 13/16
NC38 2 1/4 4 44/64 5 4/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/4 4 39/64 4 45/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
2 1/2 4 38/64 4 61/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 39/64 4 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 4 39/64 4 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 9/64
5 1/8 4 39/64 5 5/64 Boreback Diameter 3 30/64 - 3 31/64
5 1/4 4 39/64 5 5/64 Pin Relief Diameter 3.477 - 3.508
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 - 8 1/16
213

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
214

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC40 2 5 6/64 5 34/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/4 5 2/64 5 13/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1/4 5 3/64 5 29/64 -- -- -- -- 5 3/8 5 2/64 5 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 4 62/64 5 24/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/2 5 2/64 5 27/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 13/32
2 13/16 4 53/64 5 13/64 -- -- -- -- 5 5/8 5 2/64 5 27/64 Boreback Diameter 3 42/64 - 3 43/64
5 3/4 5 2/64 5 27/64 Pin Relief Diameter 3.741 - 3.772
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 9/16
NC44 2 1/4 5 35/64 5 63/64 8 68 6 10/64 -- -- 5 1/2 5 27/64 5 29/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1/2 5 31/64 5 60/64 68 6 5/64 -- -- 5 5/8 5 27/64 5 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 5 24/64 5 52/64 -- -- -- -- 5 3/4 5 27/64 5 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 3/4
3 5 19/64 5 45/64 -- -- -- -- 5 7/8 5 27/64 5 53/64 Boreback Diameter 4 - 4 1/64
6 5 27/64 5 56/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.086 - 4.117
6 1/8 5 27/64 5 56/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 1/4 5 27/64 5 57/64 7 Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 9/16
NC46 2 1/4 5 54/64 5 63/64 8 6 10/64 6 31/64 -- -- 6 5 45/64 5 61/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1/2 5 51/64 5 63/64 8 6 7/64 6 27/64 -- -- 6 1/8 5 45/64 6 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 5 45/64 5 63/64 8 6 6 20/64 -- -- 6 1/4 5 45/64 6 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 31/32
3 5 41/64 5 63/64 8 68 6 14/64 -- -- 6 3/8 5 45/64 6 19/64 Boreback Diameter 4 13/64 - 4 7/32
6 1/2 5 45/64 6 19/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.295 - 4.326
6 5/8 5 45/64 6 19/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 3/4 5 45/64 6 19/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 9/16
6 7/8 5 45/64 6 19/64
NC50 2 1/4 -- -- 6 50/64 7 9/64 -- -- 6 1/4 6 11/64 6 13/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1/2 -- -- 6 47/64 7 6/64 -- -- 6 3/8 6 19/64 6 23/64 7 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- 6 43/64 7 1/64 -- -- 6 1/2 6 21/64 6 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 3/8
3 -- -- 6 39/64 6 60/64 -- -- 6 5/8 6 21/64 6 37/64 Boreback Diameter 4 40/64 - 4 41/64
3 1/4 -- -- 6 32/64 6 53/64 -- -- 6 3/4 6 21/64 6 45/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.711 - 4.742
3 1/2 -- -- 6 24/64 6 44/64 -- -- 6 7/8 6 21/64 6 51/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
7 6 21/64 6 51/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 9/16
7 1/8 6 21/64 6 51/64
7 1/4 6 21/64 6 51/64
NC56 2 1/2 -- -- 7 28/64 7 55/64 88 8 13/64 7 1/4 7 4/64 7 13/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
2 13/16 -- -- 7 24/64 7 51/64 88 8 8/64 7 3/8 7 4/64 7 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 -- -- 7 21/64 7 48/64 88 8 5/64 7 1/2 7 4/64 7 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6
3 1/4 -- -- 7 17/64 7 42/64 -- -- 7 5/8 7 4/64 7 37/64 Boreback Diameter 4 51/64 - 4 52/64
3 1/2 -- -- 7 10/64 7 35/64 -- -- 7 3/4 7 4/64 7 45/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5.246 - 5.277
7 7/8 7 4/64 7 53/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
8 7 4/64 7 58/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC61 2 13/16 -- -- 7 10/64 7 35/64 -- -- 8 7 47/64 7 61/64 Max Pin Length 5 9/16
3 -- -- -- -- 8 27/64 9 2/64 8 1/8 7 47/64 8 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 8 24/64 8 63/64 8 1/4 7 47/64 8 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 9/16
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 21/64 8 59/64 8 3/8 7 47/64 8 21/64 Boreback Diameter 5 15/64 - 5 16/64
8 1/2 7 47/64 8 29/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5.808 - 5.839
8 5/8 7 47/64 8 37/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
8 3/4 7 47/64 8 45/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 1/2 - 9 9/16
8 7/8 7 47/64 8 53/64
9 7 47/64 8 54/64

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NC70 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 45/64 10 26/64 9 1/4 8 57/64 9 13/64 Max Pin Length 6 1/16
3 -- -- -- -- 9 43/64 10 24/64 9 3/8 8 57/64 9 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 9 41/64 10 22/64 9 1/2 8 57/64 9 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 7/16
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 9 38/64 10 18/64 9 5/8 8 57/64 9 37/64 Boreback Diameter 5 63/64 - 6
9 3/4 8 57/64 9 45/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.683 - 6.714
9 7/8 8 57/64 9 53/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
10 8 57/64 9 61/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 9 - 10 1/16
2 3/8 REG 1 7/16 2 47/64 2 62/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/8 2 62/64 3 5/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
1 1/2 2 45/64 2 60/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/4 2 62/64 3 13/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 3/8 2 62/64 3 19/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 3/4
3 1/2 2 62/64 3 19/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2 7/8 REG 1 5/16 3 18/64 3 37/64 -- -- -- -- 3 7/8 3 31/64 3 51/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
1 1/2 3 15/64 3 34/64 -- -- -- -- Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
1 3/4 3 9/64 3 27/64 -- -- -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 3 1/8
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3 1/2 REG 1 1/2 3 60/64 4 19/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/8 4 6/64 4 21/64 Max Pin Length 3 13/16
1 3/4 3 56/64 4 15/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/2 4 6/64 4 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 51/64 4 9/64 -- -- -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 3 5/8
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
215

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
216

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
4 1/2 REG 2 1/4 5 23/64 5 53/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/2 5 25/64 5 29/64 Max Pin Length 4 5/16
2 1/2 5 19/64 5 49/64 -- -- -- -- 5 5/8 5 25/64 5 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 3/4 5 25/64 5 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 3/4
5 7/8 5 25/64 5 53/64 Boreback Diameter 3 46/64 - 3 47/64
6 5 25/64 5 58/64 Pin Relief Diameter 3.982 - 4.013
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 3/8 - 8 5/16
5 1/2 REG 2 1/2 -- -- 6 55/64 7 16/64 -- -- 6 5/8 6 35/64 6 37/64 Max Pin Length 4 13/16
2 13/16 -- -- 6 51/64 7 11/64 -- -- 6 3/4 6 36/64 6 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 -- -- 6 47/64 7 7/64 -- -- 6 7/8 6 36/64 6 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 41/64
3 1/4 -- -- 6 41/64 7 -- -- 7 6 36/64 6 61/64 Boreback Diameter 4 32/64 - 4 33/64
3 1/2 -- -- 6 33/64 6 55/64 -- -- 7 1/8 6 36/64 7 5/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.838 - 4.869
7 1/4 6 36/64 7 12/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
7 3/8 6 36/64 7 12/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 13/16
7 1/2 6 36/64 7 12/64
6 5/8 REG 2 13/16 -- -- 7 45/64 7 56/64 8 88 8 29/64 7 1/2 7 10/64 7 29/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
3 -- -- 7 43/64 7 56/64 8
88 8 26/64 7 5/8 7 10/64 7 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- 7 39/64 7 56/64 8 88 8 21/64 7 3/4 7 10/64 7 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 1/8
3 1/2 -- -- 7 33/64 7 56/64 8
88 8 14/64 7 7/8 7 10/64 7 53/64 Boreback Diameter 5 18/64 - 5 19/64
8 7 10/64 7 61/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5.386 - 5.417
8 1/8 7 10/64 8 5/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
8 1/4 7 10/64 8 8/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
7 5/8 REG FF 3 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 14/64 9 32/64 3 8 5/8 8 31/64 8 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 5/16
3 -- -- -- -- 9 13/64 9 32/64 3 8 3/4 8 31/64 8 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 9 10/64 9 32/64 3 8 7/8 8 31/64 8 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 5/32 (Full Fc)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 9 6/64 9 32/64 3 9 8 31/64 8 61/64 Boreback Diameter 5 55/64 - 5 56/64
9 1/8 8 31/64 9 5/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.318 - 6.349
9 1/4 8 31/64 9 13/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
9 3/8 8 31/64 9 21/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 3/8 - 9 5/16
9 1/2 8 31/64 9 29/64
7 5/8 REG LT 4 2 1/2 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 59/64 9 1/2 8 60/64 9 29/64 Max Pin Length 5 5/16
2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 56/64 Min C'Bore Depth 1/4
3 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 54/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 13/16 (Low Tq.)
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 51/64 Boreback Diameter 5 55/64 - 5 56/64
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 9 32/64 4 9 47/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.318 - 6.349
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 8 3/8 - 9 5/16

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
8 5/8 REG FF 3 3 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 5/8 9 35/64 9 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 7/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- N/A 5
N/A 5 9 3/4 9 43/64 9 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 7/8 9 45/64 9 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 8 7/64 (Full Fc)
10 9 45/64 9 61/64 Boreback Diameter 6 50/64 - 6 51/64
10 1/8 9 45/64 10 5/64 Pin Relief Diameter 7.270 - 7.301
10 1/4 9 45/64 10 13/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
10 3/8 9 45/64 10 21/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 1/2 - 9 7/16
10 1/2 9 45/64 10 29/64
8 5/8 REG LT 4 2 -- -- -- -- 10 44/64 11 28/64 10 5/8 10 6/64 10 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 7/16
2 1/4 -- -- -- -- 10 43/64 11 28/64 Min C'Bore Depth 1/4
2 1/2 -- -- -- -- 10 42/64 11 27/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 9 1/16 (Low Tq.)
2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 10 41/64 11 25/64 Boreback Diameter 6 50/64 - 6 51/64
3 -- -- -- -- 10 40/64 11 24/64 Pin Relief Diameter 7.270 - 7.301
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 10 38/64 11 22/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 10 36/64 11 19/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 1/2 - 9 7/16
5 1/2 FH 2 1/2 -- -- 7 33/64 7 56/64 8 -- 8 15/64 6 7/8 6 51/64 6 53/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
2 13/16 -- -- 7 29/64 7 54/64 -- 8 11/64 7 6 59/64 6 61/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 -- -- 7 27/64 7 51/64 -- 8 8/64 7 1/8 7 1/64 7 5/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 31/32
3 1/4 -- -- 7 22/64 7 46/64 -- 8 2/64 7 1/4 7 1/64 7 13/64 Boreback Diameter 5 7/64 - 5 8/64
7 3/8 7 1/64 7 21/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5 7/32 - 5 8/32
7 1/2 7 1/64 7 28/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
7 5/8 7 1/64 7 28/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
7 3/4 7 1/64 7 28/64
7 7/8 7 1/64 7 28/64
8 7 1/64 7 31/64 7
6 5/8 FH 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 5/64 9 44/64 8 7 59/64 7 61/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3 -- -- -- -- 9 3/64 9 42/64 8 1/8 8 3/64 8 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16


3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 9 9 39/64 8 1/4 8 11/64 8 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 29/32
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 61/64 9 35/64 8 3/8 8 12/64 8 21/64 Boreback Diameter 6 3/64 - 6 4/64
8 1/2 8 12/64 8 29/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.148 - 6.179
8 5/8 8 12/64 8 37/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
8 3/4 8 12/64 8 42/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
8 7/8 8 12/64 8 42/64
9 8 12/64 8 42/64
9 1/8 8 12/64 8 42/64
9 1/4 8 12/64 8 42/64
217

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
218

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC77 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 10 44/64 11 30/64 10 1/2 9 51/64 10 29/64 Max Pin Length 6 9/16
3 -- -- -- -- 10 43/64 11 29/64 10 5/8 9 51/64 10 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 10 41/64 11 27/64 10 3/4 9 51/64 10 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 8 1/8
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 10 39/64 11 24/64 10 7/8 9 51/64 10 53/64 Boreback Diameter 6 35/64 - 6 36/64
11 9 51/64 10 61/64 Pin Relief Diameter 7.371 - 7.402
11 1/8 9 51/64 11 5/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 9 1/2 - 10 9/16
3-1/2 FH 2 4 35/64 4 60/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 40/64 4 53/64 Max Pin Length 3 13/16
2 1/4 4 30/64 4 55/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 40/64 4 61/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 4 23/64 4 47/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/8 4 40/64 5 4/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 7/64
5 1/4 4 40/64 5 4/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
4-1/2 FH 2 1/2 5 36/64 5 63/64 8 68 6 13/64 -- -- 5 3/4 5 37/64 5 45/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
2 13/16 5 30/64 5 60/64 68 6 5/64 -- -- 5 7/8 5 37/64 5 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 5 25/64 5 53/64 -- -- -- -- 6 5 37/64 5 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 15/16
3 1/4 5 16/64 5 43/64 -- -- -- -- 6 1/8 5 37/64 5 63/64 Boreback Diameter 3 61/64 - 3 62/64
6 1/4 5 37/64 5 63/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.149 - 4.180
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 - 8 1/16
2-3/8 OH 1 15/16 3 5/64 3 17/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/8 3 2/64 3 5/64 Max Pin Length 2 9/16
2 3 2/64 3 14/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/4 3 2/64 3 13/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 3/8 3 2/64 3 19/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 55/64
3 1/2 3 2/64 3 19/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 OH 1 3/4 3 48/64 4 3/64 -- -- -- -- 3 3/4 3 40/64 3 45/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
2 3 43/64 3 60/64 -- -- -- -- 3 7/8 3 40/64 3 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
4 3 40/64 3 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 17/64
4 1/8 3 40/64 4 1/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
2-3/8 PAC 1 3/8 2 46/64 2 59/64 -- -- -- -- 2 3/4 2 43/64 2 46/64 7 Max Pin Length 2 7/16
1 1/2 2 43/64 2 55/64 -- -- -- -- 2 7/8 2 44/64 2 49/64 Min C'Bore Depth 5/16
1 3/4 2 33/64 2 42/64 -- -- -- -- 3 2 44/64 2 49/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 15/32
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 PAC 1 1/2 2 60/64 3 9/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/8 2 56/64 3 5/64 Max Pin Length 2 7/16
1 3/4 2 52/64 2 63/64 -- -- -- -- Min C'Bore Depth 5/16
Max C'Bore Diameter 2 41/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3-1/2 PAC 1 1/2 3 41/64 3 60/64 -- -- -- -- 3 3/4 3 36/64 3 45/64 Max Pin Length 3 5/16
1 3/4 3 37/64 3 55/64 -- -- -- -- 3 7/8 3 36/64 3 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 31/64 3 47/64 -- -- -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 3 11/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-3/8 SH 1 7/16 2 40/64 2 53/64 -- -- -- -- 3 2 47/64 2 61/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
1 1/2 2 39/64 2 51/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/16 2 47/64 3 1/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/8 2 47/64 3 1/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 9/16
3 3/16 2 47/64 3 1/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 XH 1 1/2 3 55/64 4 12/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/8 3 56/64 4 5/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
1 3/4 3 51/64 4 7/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/4 3 56/64 4 13/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 3 46/64 4 1/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/8 3 56/64 4 16/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 27/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
219

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
220

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
3-1/2 XH 1 5/8 4 36/64 4 60/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/4 4 32/64 4 45/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
1 3/4 4 35/64 4 58/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 32/64 4 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 4 31/64 4 54/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 32/64 4 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 15/16
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3-1/2 H90 2 4 60/64 5 23/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 50/64 4 61/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
2 1/4 4 57/64 5 18/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/8 4 50/64 5 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 4 51/64 5 12/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/4 4 50/64 5 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 1/4
5 3/8 4 50/64 5 17/64 Boreback Diameter 3 36/64 - 3 37/64
5 1/2 4 50/64 5 17/64 Pin Relief Diameter 3 39/64 - 3 41/64
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 - 8 1/16
4 H90 2 5 29/64 5 59/64 68 6 5/64 -- -- 5 1/2 5 17/64 5 29/64 Max Pin Length 4 5/16
2 1/4 5 27/64 5 56/64 68 6 1/64 -- -- 5 5/8 5 17/64 5 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 5 23/64 5 51/64 -- -- -- -- 5 3/4 5 17/64 5 45/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 5/8
2 13/16 5 16/64 5 42/64 -- -- -- -- 5 7/8 5 17/64 5 47/64 Boreback Diameter 3 56/64 - 3 57/64
6 5 17/64 5 47/64 Pin Relief Diameter 3 61/64 - 4 1/64
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6 1/8 5 17/64 5 49/64 7 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)


6 1/4 5 17/64 5 49/64 7 Boreback Cylinder Length 7 3/8 - 8 5/16
4-1/2 H90 2 5 58/64 5 63/64 8 6 16/64 6 37/64 -- -- 6 5 44/64 5 61/64 Max Pin Length 4 9/16
2 1/4 5 56/64 5 63/64 8 6 13/64 6 35/64 -- -- 6 1/8 5 44/64 6 2/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 5 53/64 5 63/64 8 6 10/64 6 31/64 -- -- 6 1/4 5 44/64 6 2/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 61/64
2 13/16 5 47/64 5 63/64 8 6 3/64 6 24/64 -- -- 6 3/8 5 44/64 6 2/64 Boreback Diameter 4 12/64 - 4 13/64
3 5 43/64 5 63/64 8 68 6 18/64 -- -- 6 1/2 5 44/64 6 2/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4.319 - 4.350
3 1/4 5 35/64 5 63/64 68 6 8/64 -- -- 6 5/8 5 44/64 6 17/64 7 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
6 3/4 5 44/64 6 17/64 7 Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 9/16
5 H90 2 1/4 -- -- 6 38/64 6 61/64 -- -- 6 1/2 6 4/64 6 29/64 Max Pin Length 4 13/16
2 1/2 -- -- 6 35/64 6 58/64 -- -- 6 5/8 6 4/64 6 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- 6 30/64 6 52/64 -- -- 6 3/4 6 4/64 6 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 15/64
3 -- -- 6 26/64 6 47/64 -- -- 6 7/8 6 4/64 6 29/64 Boreback Diameter 4 26/64 - 4 27/64
3 1/4 5 62/64 5 63/64 8 6 19/64 6 39/64 -- -- 7 6 4/64 6 29/64 Pin Relief Diameter 4 19/32 - 4 5/8
3 1/2 5 54/64 5 63/64 8 6 9/64 6 29/64 -- -- Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 13/16

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
5-1/2 H90 2 1/4 -- -- 7 7 24/64 -- -- 6 3/4 6 15/64 6 45/64 Max Pin Length 4 13/16
2 1/2 -- -- 6 61/64 7 21/64 -- -- 6 7/8 6 15/64 6 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- 6 57/64 7 16/64 -- -- Max C'Bore Diameter 5 1/2
3 -- -- 6 53/64 7 12/64 -- -- Boreback Diameter 4 44/64 - 4 45/64
3 1/4 -- -- 6 47/64 7 6/64 -- -- Pin Relief Diameter 4 55/64 - 4 57/64
3 1/2 -- -- 6 40/64 6 61/64 -- -- Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 1/2 - 8 13/16
6-5/8 H90 2 13/16 -- -- 7 53/64 7 56/64 8 8 2/64 8 38/64 7 5/8 7 6/64 7 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
3 -- -- 7 50/64 7 56/64 8 8 8 35/64 7 3/4 7 6/64 7 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- 7 46/64 7 56/64 8 88 8 30/64 7 7/8 7 6/64 7 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 1/8
3 1/2 -- -- 7 41/64 7 56/64 8 88 8 24/64 8 7 6/64 7 61/64 Boreback Diameter 5 17/64 - 5 18/64
8 1/8 7 6/64 8 3/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5 31/64 - 5 33/64
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

8 1/4 7 6/64 8 3/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)


Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
7 H90 FF 3 2 1/2 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 8 1/4 7 48/64 8 13/64 Max Pin Length 5 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- -- -- N/A 5
N/A 5 8 3/8 7 48/64 8 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 8 1/2 7 48/64 8 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 5/8 (Full Fc)
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 8 30/64 8 32/64 3 Boreback Diameter 5 17/64 - 5 18/64
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 26/64 8 32/64 3 Pin Relief Diameter 5.914 - 5.945
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 8 1/2 - 9 9/16
7 H90 LT 4 2 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 38/64 9 15/64 8 5/8 8 17/64 8 37/64 Max Pin Length 5 9/16
2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 8 36/64 9 12/64 8 3/4 8 17/64 8 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/32
3 -- -- -- -- 8 34/64 9 9/64 8 7/8 8 17/64 8 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 3/16 (Low Tq.)
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 8 32/64 4 9 5/64 9 8 17/64 8 61/64 Boreback Diameter 5 17/64 - 5 18/64
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 32/64 4 9 Pin Relief Diameter 5.914 - 5.945
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 8 1/2 - 9 9/16
7-5/8 H90 FF 3 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 3/8 8 50/64 9 21/64 Max Pin Length 6 3/16
3 -- -- -- -- N/A 5
N/A 5 9 1/2 8 50/64 9 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 9 5/8 8 50/64 9 37/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 33/64 (Full Fc)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 Boreback Diameter 6 - 6 1/64
Pin Relief Diameter 6.803 - 6.834
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 9 - 10 3/16
221

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
222

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
7-5/8 H90 LT 4 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 9 55/64 10 37/64 9 3/4 9 21/64 9 45/64 Max Pin Length 6 3/16
3 -- -- -- -- 9 53/64 10 35/64 9 7/8 9 21/64 9 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/32
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 9 51/64 10 33/64 10 9 21/64 9 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 8 1/16 (Low Tq.)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 9 48/64 10 29/64 10 1/8 9 21/64 10 5/64 Boreback Diameter 6 - 6 1/64
10 1/4 9 21/64 10 13/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.803 - 6.834
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 9 - 10 3/16
8-5/8 H90 FF 3 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 10 1/2 9 47/64 10 29/64 Max Pin Length 6 11/16
3 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 10 5/8 9 47/64 10 37/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- N/A 5
N/A 5
Max C'Bore Diameter 8 25/64 (Full Fc)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- N/A 5 N/A 5 Boreback Diameter 6 3/4 - 6 49/64
Pin Relief Diameter 7.678 - 7.709
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 9 1/2 - 10 11/16
8-5/8 H90 LT 4 2 13/16 -- -- -- -- 11 8/64 11 60/64 10 3/4 10 43/64 10 45/64 Max Pin Length 6 11/16
3 -- -- -- -- 11 7/64 11 59/64 10 7/8 10 43/64 10 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/32
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 11 5/64 11 57/64 11 10 43/64 10 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 9 7/16 (Low Tq.)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 11 3/64 11 55/64 11 1/8 10 43/64 11 5/64 Boreback Diameter 6 3/4 - 6 49/64
11 1/4 10 43/64 11 13/64 Pin Relief Diameter 7.678 - 7.709
11 3/8 10 43/64 11 21/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
11 1/2 10 43/64 11 24/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 9 1/2 - 10 11/16
NC10 23/32 1 18/64 1 23/64 -- -- -- -- 1 3/8 1 19/64 1 21/64 Max Pin Length 1 9/16
Min C'Bore Depth 3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter 1 17/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Pin Relief Diameter N/A


Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC12 29/32 1 31/64 1 38/64 -- -- -- -- 1 5/8 1 33/64 1 38/64 7 Max Pin Length 1 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth 3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter 1 15/32
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
NC13 15/16 1 44/64 1 51/64 -- -- -- -- 1 13/16 1 44/64 1 50/64 7 Max Pin Length 1 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth 3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter 1 19/32
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
NC16 1 2 2 9/64 -- -- -- -- 2 1/8 1 61/64 2 6/64 7 Max Pin Length 1 13/16
Min C'Bore Depth 3/8
Max C'Bore Diameter 1 13/16
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 FH 2 1/8 3 62/64 4 20/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/4 4 7/64 4 13/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
2 1/4 3 58/64 4 15/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/8 4 7/64 4 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 3 48/64 4 3/64 -- -- -- -- 4 1/2 4 7/64 4 25/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 3/4
4 5/8 4 7/64 4 25/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
5-1/2 IF 2 1/8 -- -- -- -- 8 43/64 9 17/64 7 7/8 7 51/64 7 53/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
2 1/4 -- -- -- -- 8 43/64 9 17/64 8 7 53/64 7 7 61/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 41/64 9 15/64 8 1/8 7 53/64 7 8 5/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 6 33/64
2 3/4 -- -- -- -- 8 39/64 9 13/64 8 1/4 7 53/64 7 8 13/64 Boreback Diameter 5 44/64 - 5 45/64
3 -- -- -- -- 8 36/64 9 9/64 8 3/8 7 54/64 8 21/64 Pin Relief Diameter 5.858 - 5.889
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 8 33/64 9 5/64 8 1/2 7 54/64 8 29/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 8 28/64 9 8 5/8 7 54/64 8 37/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
8 3/4 7 54/64 8 41/64
8 7/8 7 54/64 8 41/64
6-5/8 IF 2 1/4 -- -- -- -- 10 15/64 10 60/64 9 3/4 9 13/64 9 45/64 Max Pin Length 5 1/16
2 1/2 -- -- -- -- 10 15/64 10 59/64 9 7/8 9 13/64 9 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2 3/4 -- -- -- -- 10 13/64 10 58/64 10 9 13/64 9 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 7 37/64


3 -- -- -- -- 10 12/64 10 56/64 10 1/8 9 13/64 10 5/64 Boreback Diameter 6 48/64 - 6 49/64
3 1/4 -- -- -- -- 10 10/64 10 53/64 10 1/4 9 13/64 10 13/64 Pin Relief Diameter 6.920 - 6.951
3 1/2 -- -- -- -- 10 7/64 10 50/64 10 3/8 9 13/64 10 21/64 Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
3 3/4 -- -- -- -- 10 4/64 10 47/64 Boreback Cylinder Length 8 - 9 1/16
223

4 -- -- -- -- 10 10 42/64

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
224

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
3-1/2 OH 2 1/8 4 47/64 5 7/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 34/64 4 53/64 Max Pin Length 3 5/16
2 1/4 4 45/64 5 4/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 34/64 4 61/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 4 39/64 4 61/64 -- -- -- -- 5 1/8 4 34/64 5 2/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 1/64
5 1/4 4 34/64 5 2/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
4 OH SW 2 1/2 5 39/64 -- -- 6 13/64 -- -- 5 5/8 5 22/64 5 37/64 Max Pin Length 4 1/16
2 3/4 5 34/64 5 62/64 -- 6 7/64 -- -- 5 3/4 5 22/64 5 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 7/8 5 22/64 5 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 45/64
6 5 22/64 5 61/64 Boreback Diameter 4 10/64 - 4 11/64
Pin Relief Diameter 4.135 - 4.166
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 7 - 8 1/16
4 OH LW 2 1/2 5 41/64 -- -- 6 15/64 -- -- 5 5/8 5 22/64 5 37/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
2 3/4 5 36/64 -- -- 6 9/64 -- -- 5 3/4 5 22/64 5 45/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 7/8 5 22/64 5 53/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 4 45/64
6 5 22/64 5 61/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
4-1/2 OH 2 1/8 -- -- 6 32/64 6 54/64 -- -- 6 3/8 5 54/64 6 21/64 Max Pin Length 3 13/16
2 1/4 -- -- 6 31/64 6 52/64 -- -- 6 1/2 5 54/64 6 29/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
2 1/2 -- -- 6 28/64 6 49/64 -- -- 6 5/8 5 54/64 6 32/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 5 1/64
2 3/4 -- -- 6 24/64 6 44/64 -- -- 6 3/4 5 54/64 6 32/64 Boreback Diameter 4 34/64 - 4 35/64
Pin Relief Diameter 4.471 - 4.502
Pin Relief Width 3/4 (+9/32, -1/32)
Boreback Cylinder Length 6 3/4 - 7 13/16
2-3/8 WO 1 13/16 3 7/64 3 20/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/4 3 7/64 3 13/64 Max Pin Length 2 7/16
3 3/8 3 7/64 3 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
3 1/2 3 7/64 3 29/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 2 59/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Nom

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
2-7/8 WO 1 1/2 3 60/64 4 16/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3 55/64 7 3 61/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/16
4 1/8 3 55/64 7 4 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
4 1/4 3 57/64 4 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 7/16
4 3/8 3 57/64 4 20/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3-1/2 WO 1 13/16 4 53/64 5 14/64 -- -- -- -- 5 4 46/64 4 61/64 Max Pin Length 3 9/16
5 1/8 4 46/64 5 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter 4 9/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-3/8 SL H90 1 1/4 3 20/64 3 36/64 -- -- -- -- 3 1/4 3 7/64 3 13/64 Max Pin Length 2 7/8
3 3/8 3 7/64 3 21/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
Max C'Bore Diameter 2 53/64
Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
2-7/8 SL H90 1 1/2 3 60/64 4 15/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3 45/64 3 61/64 Max Pin Length 3
4 1/8 3 45/64 4 5/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
4 1/4 3 45/64 4 13/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 19/64
4 3/8 3 45/64 4 14/64 Boreback Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
3-1/2 SL H90 1 7/8 4 49/64 5 9/64 -- -- -- -- 4 3/4 4 28/64 4 45/64 Max Pin Length 3 1/4
2 4 48/64 5 7/64 -- -- -- -- 4 7/8 4 28/64 4 53/64 Min C'Bore Depth 9/16
5 4 28/64 4 61/64 Max C'Bore Diameter 3 15/16
5 1/8 4 28/64 5 Boreback Diameter N/A
5 1/4 4 28/64 5 Pin Relief Diameter N/A
Pin Relief Width N/A
Boreback Cylinder Length N/A
225

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
226

Table 7.37 Used BHA Connection Dimensional Acceptance Criteria


(All dimensions in inches)
NOTES: Acceptable Outside Diameter Range 8
1. On BHA components (other than bit boxes) with smaller ODs than listed, break corner 1/32" X 45° or use smallest bevel diameter shown, whichever is smaller. The largest bevel diameter
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2 OD Bevel Diameter
ID is the largest bevel diameter recommended for that connection. Depending on the mating component's
shown for a connection dimensions and the API recommended makeup torque,
Connection
galling or finningNom OD OD OD OD OD OD
of the seal may occur from makeup alone, which may require seal refacing. Greater Range 2 Other Dimensions 6
Min Max Min Max Min Max or = to 1 Min Max
2. It was found that connections employing bevel diameter ranges from DS-1 First and Second Editions may experience seal stresses exceeding yield. This can occur in certain cases when
tools with small pin ODs and IDs are mated with tools having large box ODs and are tightened to API makeup torque. To remedy this problem, bevel diameter ranges were calculated
to ensure that seal stress always falls between 40 and 100 percent of minimum yield stress at API makeup torque. The formulas and methodology for calculating these bevel diameters
are given in DS-1 Volume 3.
3. The acceptance criteria here are based on the need for a "low torque" face on connections with larger diameters than those shown. For BSRs, see Table 7.50 of this volume.
4. The acceptance criteria here are based on the need for a "full face" on connections with smaller diameters than those shown. For BSRs, see Table 7.50 of this volume.
5. This connection cannot meet the listed BSR with "full face" dimensions.
6. The pin stress relief groove width range in this table is based on the results of finite element analysis (FEA) and fatigue analysis performed by T H Hill Associates. See DS-1 Fifth Edition,
Volume 2 for more information on this analysis. If boreback cylinder diameter is the same as the ID of the component, then maximum boreback cylinder length requirement does not
apply.
7. Bevel diameter has been modified in order to avoid a conflict with the acceptance criteria in Clause 6.2, API Specification 7-2, First Edition, Addendum 1. Connections may experience
a seal stress less than 40 percent of minimum yield stress when tools with large pin IDs are mated with tools having small box ODs and tightened to API makeup torque. Connection
may also experience seal stresses exceeding yield in certain cases when tools with small pin ODs and IDs are mated with tools having large box ODs and are tightened to API makeup
torque.
8. The specified BSR (Bending Strength Ratio) range determines the acceptable minimum and maximum outside diameters for BHA components. The three BSR ranges (and their
corresponding diameters) are: Drill Collar OD Recommended BSR Range
< 6 inches 1.8 - 2.5
6 - < 8 inches 2.25 - 2.75
≥ 8 inches 2.5 - 3.2
These ranges are based on the Recommended BSR Ranges and design constraints that have been provided in DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 3. They are given here for the inspector's

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
convenience in the event that they apply to the inspection being conducted. If a BSR range other than one of these is specified, the inspector must refer to Table 7.50 of this volume
to determine minimum and maximum acceptable outside diameters. If no BSR range is specified, the inspector should check with the person ordering the inspection to determine the
BSR range he or she desires. The compliance of acceptable Drill Collar OD ranges with the design constraints has been explained in the following example:

The Outside Diameter Range has been calculated for recommended BSR ranges based on the formulas and methodology provided in DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 3.

Calculated Outside Diameter Range (Volume 3) The recommended BSR range of 1.8 - 2.5 is based on Design Constraint that Drill Collar
OD < 6". Therefore maximum acceptable OD is restricted to 5 63/64".
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2
ID The recommended BSR range of 2.25 - 2.75 is based on Design Constraint that Drill Col-
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD lar OD is between 6" and 7-7/8". Therefore minimum acceptable OD is restricted to 6".
Nom.
Min Max Min Max Min Max
The recommended BSR range of 2.5 - 3.2 is based on Design Constraint that Drill Collar
NC44 2 1/4 5 35/64 6 5 54/64 6 10/64 6 6 27/64 OD ≥ 8". Therefore, there is no acceptable OD range.

Therefore, the Acceptable Outside Diameter Range is given below:


Acceptable Outside Diameter Range
(Volume 3)
BSR 1.8 - 2.5 BSR 2.25 - 2.75 BSR 2.5 - 3.2
ID
Connection OD OD OD OD OD OD
Nom.
Min Max Min Max Min Max
NC44 2 1/4 5 35/64 5 63/64 6 6 10/64 -- --

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.38 Used Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Dimensional Data


(All dimensions in inches)

Min Tong Space Pin Stress Relief Groove Boreback Stress Relief
Nom Nom Min Max Max Min Max
Conn Width3 Max
Size Box Pin Box Pin Bevel Seal Cbore
Type Pin Box Diameter (+9/32, Pin Diameter Length
OD ID OD ID2 Diameter1 Width1 Diameter
-1/32) Length
2 7/8 NC26 3 3/8 1 1/2 3 11/32 1 53/64 3 9/32 9/64 3 7 10 N/A N/A 3 1/16 N/A N/A
NC31 4 1/8 1 3/4 4 1/32 2 5/64 3 31/32 7/32 3 33/64 7 10 N/A N/A 3 9/16 N/A N/A

3 1/2 NC38 4 3/4 2 1/16 - 2 1/4 4 21/32 2 25/32 4 19/32 7/32 4 9/64 7 10 3.477 - 3.508 3/4 4 1/16 3 15/32 - 3 31/64 7 - 7 3/4
4 7/8 2 1/16 - 2 1/4 4 21/32 2 25/32 4 19/32 1/4Note 5 4 9/64 7 10 3.477 - 3.508 3/4 4 1/16 3 15/32 - 3 31/64 7 - 7 3/4
5 2 1/16 - 2 1/4 4 21/32 2 25/32 4 19/32 1/4Note 5 4 9/64 7 10 3.477 - 3.508 3/4 4 1/16 3 15/32 - 3 31/64 7 - 7 3/4

4 NC40 5 1/4 2 1/2 5 3/32 2 49/64 5 1/32 9/32 4 13/32 7 10 3.741 - 3.772 3/4 4 9/16 3 21/32 - 3 43/64 7 1/2 - 8 1/4
5 1/4 2 9/16 5 3/32 2 49/64 5 1/32 17/64 4 13/32 7 10 3.741 - 3.772 3/4 4 9/16 3 21/32 - 3 43/64 7 1/2 - 8 1/4

4 1/2 NC46 6 1/4 2 11/16 5 51/64 3 1/8 5 47/64 11/32 4 31/32 7 10 4.295 - 4.326 3/4 4 9/16 4 13/64 - 4 7/32 7 1/2 - 8 1/4
6 1/4 2 3/4 - 2 13/16 5 51/64 3 1/8 5 47/64 21/64 4 31/32 7 10 4.295 - 4.326 3/4 4 9/16 4 13/64 - 4 7/32 7 1/2 - 8 1/4

5 NC50 6 5/8 3 6 9/64 3 11/16 6 5/64 3/8 5 3/8 7 10 4.711 - 4.742 3/4 4 9/16 4 5/8 - 4 41/64 7 1/2 - 8 1/4

5 1/2 5 1/2 FH 7 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 6 51/64 4 9/64 6 47/64 3/8 5 31/32 7 10 5.219 - 5.250 3/4 5 1/16 5 7/64 - 5 1/8 8 - 8 3/4
7 3 7/8 6 51/64 4 9/64 6 47/64 23/64 5 31/32 7 10 5.219 - 5.250 3/4 5 1/16 5 7/64 - 5 1/8 8 - 8 3/4
7 4 6 51/64 4 9/64 6 47/64 21/64 5 31/32 7 10 5.219 - 5.250 3/4 5 1/16 5 7/64 - 5 1/8 8 - 8 3/4
7 1/4 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 6 51/64 4 9/64 6 47/64 13/32Note 5 5 31/32 7 10 5.219 - 5.250 3/4 5 1/16 5 7/64 - 5 1/8 8 - 8 3/4
7 1/4 3 7/8 6 51/64 4 9/64 6 47/64 23/64 5 31/32 7 10 5.219 - 5.250 3/4 5 1/16 5 7/64 - 5 1/8 8 - 8 3/4
7 1/4 4 6 51/64 4 9/64 6 47/64 21/64 5 31/32 7 10 5.219 - 5.250 3/4 5 1/16 5 7/64 - 5 1/8 8 - 8 3/4
7 1/2 3 1/4 7 11/64 3 7/16 7 7/64 29/64 5 31/32 7 10 5.219 - 5.250 3/4 5 1/16 5 7/64 - 5 1/8 8 - 8 3/4
7 1/2 3 3/8 7 11/64 3 1/2 7 7/64 7/16 5 31/32 7 10 5.219 - 5.250 3/4 5 1/16 5 7/64 - 5 1/8 8 - 8 3/4
7 1/2 3 7/8 7 11/64 4 7 7/64 23/64 5 31/32 7 10 5.219 - 5.250 3/4 5 1/16 5 7/64 - 5 1/8 8 - 8 3/4
7 1/2 4 7 11/64 4 1/8 7 7/64 21/64 5 31/32 7 10 5.219 - 5.250 3/4 5 1/16 5 7/64 - 5 1/8 8 - 8 3/4

6 5/8 6 5/8 FH 8 4 - 4 1/2 7 25/32 5 3/64 7 23/32 25/64 6 29/32 7 10 6.148 - 6.179 3/4 5 1/16 6 3/64 - 6 1/16 8 - 8 3/4
8 5 7 25/32 5 1/8 7 23/32 21/64 6 29/32 7 10 6.148 - 6.179 3/4 5 1/16 6 3/64 - 6 1/16 8 - 8 3/4
8 1/4 4 - 4 1/2 7 25/32 5 3/64 7 23/32 27/64Note 5 6 29/32 7 10 6.148 - 6.179 3/4 5 1/16 6 3/64 - 6 1/16 8 - 8 3/4
8 1/4 5 7 25/32 5 1/8 7 23/32 27/64 6 29/32 7 10 6.148 - 6.179 3/4 5 1/16 6 3/64 - 6 1/16 8 - 8 3/4
8 1/2 4 - 4 1/2 7 25/32 5 3/64 7 23/32 27/64Note 5 6 29/32 7 10 6.148 - 6.179 3/4 5 1/16 6 3/64 - 6 1/16 8 - 8 3/4
8 1/2 5 7 25/32 5 1/8 7 23/32 27/64 6 29/32 7 10 6.148 - 6.179 3/4 5 1/16 6 3/64 - 6 1/16 8 - 8 3/4
Notes:
1 Values shown are based on concentric wear. In case of eccentric wear, ensure the minimum bevel width is 1/32 inch.
2 Maximum pin ID is determined from the larger of 1) 1/8 inch increase over assumed new standard ID; or 2) the maximum diameter at which a connection with the indicated minimum box OD would be box weak.
3 The pin stress relief groove width range in this table is based on the results of finite element analysis (FEA) and fatigue analysis performed by T H Hill Associates. See DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 2 for more information on
this analysis.
4 The maximum bevel diameter requirements are based on the bevel diameter of tool joint connections for normal weight drill pipe in API Specification 5DP (First Edition). The minimum seal widths are calculated to ensure
the seal stress falls below 100 percent of minimum specified yield stress. The minimum box OD is determined by adding 1/16 inch to the maximum bevel diameter, which allows for the minimum 1/32-inch wide 45 degree
bevel. The method for determining the maximum pin ID is given in Note 2.
5 Seal width has been modified in order to avoid a conflict with the bevel diameter acceptance criteria of tool joint connections for normal weight drill pipe in API Specification 5DP (First Edition). The connection when
tightened to API recommended make-up torque, may experience seal stresses exceeding yield in certain cases.
227

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
228

Table 7.39 Used Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Dimensional Data


Grant Prideco HI TORQUE™

Minimum Min Box CBore Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Connection
Nominal Min Standard Bevel Diameter 3 Tong Space 4 Cbore Diameter Length Diameter Length
Size Connection Box OD 1
Pin ID 2
Max Min Pin Box Wall Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
3 1/2 HT 38 4.704 2.250 4.794 4.637 6.000 8.000 0.313 4.109 4.047 5.505 5.496 3.219 3.172 5.515 5.510
4 HT 40 4.969 2.563 5.016 4.859 6.000 8.000 0.313 4.375 4.313 6.276 6.267 3.353 3.306 6.286 6.281
5 HT 50 5.938 3.000 6.281 6.124 6.000 8.000 0.313 5.344 5.282 6.159 6.150 4.344 4.298 6.169 6.164
5 1/2 HT 55 6.531 3.250 7.014 6.857 6.000 8.357 0.313 5.937 5.875 7.347 7.338 4.713 4.667 7.357 7.352
6 5/8 HT 65 7.469 4.500 7.704 7.547 6.000 8.509 0.313 6.875 6.813 7.500 7.491 5.613 5.566 7.509 7.504

Table 7.40 Used Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Dimensional Data


Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque
Minimum Min Box CBore Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Connection
Nominal Min Standard Bevel Diameter 3 Tong Space 4 Cbore Diameter Length Diameter Length
Size Connection Box OD 1
Pin ID 2
Max Min Pin Box Wall Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
3 1/2 XT 38 4.478 2.250 4.704 4.547 6.000 8.000 0.250 4.009 3.947 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.332 4.628 4.623

4 XT 39 4.653 2.563 4.927 4.770 6.000 8.000 0.250 4.183 4.121 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.503 4.498
XT 40 4.859 2.563 5.157 5.000 6.000 8.000 0.250 4.386 4.324 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.503 4.498

4 1/2 XT 43 5.156 2.750 5.204 5.047 6.000 8.000 0.313 4.550 4.488 3.656 3.647 3.974 3.927 3.659 3.654
XT 46 5.734 2.750 6.075 5.918 6.000 8.510 0.313 5.133 5.071 7.500 7.491 4.368 4.321 7.510 7.505
5 XT 50 6.065 3.000 6.459 6.302 6.000 8.310 0.313 5.471 5.409 7.300 7.291 4.790 4.743 7.310 7.305

5 1/2 XT 54 6.313 3.250 6.610 6.453 6.000 8.010 0.313 5.729 5.667 7.000 6.991 5.067 5.020 7.010 7.005
XT 57 6.563 3.250 6.862 6.705 6.000 8.260 0.313 5.971 5.909 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 7.260 7.255
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5 7/8 XT 57 6.563 4.000 6.862 6.705 6.000 8.260 0.313 5.971 5.909 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 7.260 7.255

6 5/8 XT 65 7.441 4.500 7.860 7.703 6.000 9.260 0.313 6.846 6.784 8.250 8.241 6.121 6.074 8.260 8.255
XT 69 7.816 4.500 7.954 7.797 6.000 8.823 0.313 7.221 7.159 7.813 7.804 6.523 6.476 7.823 7.823

1 Min Box OD is the NOV Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection.
2 The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the online performance calculator shall be used to determine min OD, and opera-
tional capacity of the connection shall the actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
3 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
4 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
5 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.41 Used Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Dimensional Data


Grant Prideco eXtreme™ Torque-M
Minimum Min Box CBore Pin Nose Pin Connection Box Connection
Nominal Min Standard Bevel Diameter 3 Tong Space 4 Cbore Diameter Diameter Length Length
Size Connection Box OD Pin ID Max Min Pin Box Wall Max Min Max Min Max Min
1 2
Ref.
3 1/2 XT-M38 4.478 2.250 4.704 4.547 6.000 8.000 0.250 4.009 3.947 3.146 6.500 6.491 6.510 6.505

4 XT-M39 4.660 2.563 4.927 4.770 6.000 8.000 0.250 4.191 4.129 3.360 6.250 6.241 6.260 6.255
XT-M40 4.855 2.563 5.157 5.000 6.000 8.000 0.250 4.386 4.324 3.550 6.500 6.491 6.510 6.505

4 1/2 XT-M43 5.156 2.750 5.204 5.047 6.000 8.000 0.313 4.550 4.488 3.742 5.625 5.616 5.635 5.630

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
XT-M46 5.719 2.750 6.075 5.918 6.000 8.510 0.313 5.133 5.071 4.136 7.500 7.491 7.510 7.505
5 XT-M50 6.065 3.000 6.459 6.302 6.000 8.310 0.313 5.471 5.409 4.558 7.300 7.291 7.310 7.305
5 1/2 XT-M57 6.563 3.250 6.862 6.705 6.000 8.260 0.313 5.971 5.909 5.076 7.250 7.241 7.260 7.255
5 7/8 XT-M57 6.563 4.000 6.862 6.705 6.000 8.260 0.313 5.971 5.909 5.076 7.250 7.241 7.260 7.255
6 5/8 XT-M65 7.441 4.500 7.860 7.703 6.000 9.260 0.313 6.846 6.784 5.889 8.250 8.241 8.260 8.255

Table 7.42 Used Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Dimensional Data


Grant Prideco™ Double Shoulder

Minimum Min Box CBore Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Connection
Nominal Min Standard Bevel Diameter 3 Tong Space 4 Cbore Diameter Length Diameter Length
Size Conn Box OD 1
Pin ID 2
Max Min Pin Box Wall Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
3 1/2 GPDS™ 38 4.570 2.250 4.719 4.562 6.000 6.500 0.250 4.141 4.039 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.413 4.402
4 GPDS™ 40 4.836 2.563 5.157 5.000 6.000 6.500 0.250 4.406 4.305 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.927 4.915

4 1/2 GPDS™ 42 4.893 2.750 5.266 5.109 6.000 6.500 0.250 4.424 4.362 4.755 4.744 3.472 3.425 4.760 4.749
GPDS™ 46 5.523 2.750 5.860 5.703 6.000 6.500 0.313 4.969 4.859 4.918 4.907 3.772 3.662 4.927 4.915
5 GPDS™ 50 5.930 3.000 6.204 6.047 6.000 6.500 0.313 5.375 5.274 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 4.927 4.915
5 1/2 GPDS™ 55 6.523 3.250 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 6.000 6.500 0.313 5.969 5.850 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.437 5.426
5 7/8 GPDS™ 55 6.523 4.000 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 6.000 6.500 0.313 5.969 5.850 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.437 5.426
6 5/8 GPDS™ 65 7.461 4.500 7.844 7.687 6.000 6.500 0.313 6.906 6.778 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 5.437 5.426
1 Min Box OD is the NOV Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection.
2 The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in increments of 1/16 inch for this connection, and the online performance calculator shall be used to determine min OD and opera-
tional capacity of the connection should the actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
3 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
4 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
5 For GPDS55/uGPDS55, bevel diameter varies with tool joint OD. For OD ≤ 7.375", bevel = 6.860" (max), 6.703" (min). For OD ≥ 7.5", bevel = 7.235" (max), 7.078" (min).
6 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
229

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
230

Table 7.43 Used Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Dimensional Data


Grant Prideco uXT™
Minimum Min Box CBore Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Connection
Nominal Min Standard Bevel Diameter 3
Tong Space 4
Cbore Diameter Length Diameter Length
Size Conn Box OD 1 Pin ID 2 Max Min Pin Box Wall Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
3 1/2 uXT 38 4.478 2.250 4.704 4.547 6.000 8.000 0.250 4.009 3.947 4.625 4.616 3.378 3.331 4.628 4.623

4 uXT 39 4.653 2.563 4.927 4.770 6.000 8.000 0.250 4.183 4.121 4.500 4.491 3.578 3.531 4.503 4.498
uXT 40 4.859 2.563 5.157 5.000 6.000 8.000 0.250 4.386 4.324 4.500 4.491 3.782 3.735 4.503 4.498

4 1/2 uXT 43 5.156 2.750 5.204 5.047 6.000 8.000 0.313 4.55 4.488 3.656 3.647 3.974 3.927 3.659 3.654
uXT 46 5.734 2.750 6.075 5.918 6.000 8.000 0.313 5.133 5.071 7.500 7.491 4.368 4.321 7.510 7.505
5 uXT 50 6.065 3.000 6.459 6.302 6.000 8.000 0.313 5.471 5.409 7.300 7.291 4.790 4.743 7.310 7.305

5 1/2 uXT 54 6.313 3.250 6.610 6.453 6.000 8.000 0.313 5.729 5.667 7.000 6.991 5.067 5.020 7.010 7.005
uXT 57 6.563 3.250 6.862 6.705 6.000 8.260 0.313 5.971 5.909 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 7.260 7.255
5 7/8 uXT 57 6.563 4.000 6.862 6.705 6.000 8.260 0.313 5.971 5.909 7.250 7.241 5.309 5.262 7.260 7.255
6 5/8 uXT 65 7.441 4.500 7.860 7.703 6.000 9.260 0.313 6.846 6.784 8.250 8.241 6.121 6.074 8.260 8.255

Table 7.44 Used Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Dimensional Data


Grant Prideco uGPDS™
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Minimum Min Box CBore Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Connection
Nominal Min Standard Bevel Diameter 3
Tong Space 4
Cbore Diameter Length Diameter Length
Size Conn Box OD 1 Pin ID 2 Max Min Pin Box Wall Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
3 1/2 uGPDS™ 38 4.570 2.250 4.719 4.562 6.000 6.500 0.250 4.141 4.041 4.407 4.396 3.037 2.928 4.413 4.402
4 uGPDS™ 40 4.836 2.563 5.157 5.000 6.000 6.500 0.250 4.406 4.305 4.918 4.907 3.209 3.115 4.927 4.915
4 1/2 uGPDS™ 42 4.893 2.750 5.266 5.109 6.000 6.500 0.250 4.424 4.362 4.755 4.744 3.472 3.425 4.760 4.749
5 uGPDS™ 50 5.930 3.000 6.204 6.047 6.000 6.500 0.313 5.375 5.275 4.918 4.907 4.178 4.084 4.927 4.915
5 1/2 uGPDS™ 55 6.523 3.250 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 6.000 6.500 0.313 5.969 5.850 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.437 5.426
5 7/8 uGPDS™ 55 6.523 4.000 [NOTE 5] [NOTE 5] 6.000 6.500 0.313 5.969 5.850 5.431 5.420 4.616 4.522 5.437 5.426
6 5/8 uGPDS™ 65 7.461 4.500 7.844 7.687 6.000 6.500 0.313 6.906 6.778 5.431 5.420 5.553 5.443 5.437 5.426

1 Min Box OD is the NOV Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection.
2 The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in increments of 1/16 inch for this connection, and the online performance calculator shall be used to determine min OD and opera-
tional capacity of the connection should the actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
3 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
4 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
5 For GPDS55/uGPDS55, bevel diameter varies with tool joint OD. For OD ≤ 7.375", bevel = 6.860" (max), 6.703" (min). For OD ≥ 7.5", bevel = 7.235" (max), 7.078" (min).
6 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.45 Used Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Dimensional Data


Grant Prideco Delta™
Minimum Min Box CBore Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Connection
Nominal Min Standard Bevel Diameter 3
Tong Space 4
Cbore Diameter Length Diameter Length
Size Conn Box OD 1 Pin ID 2 Max Min Pin Box Wall Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min
3 1/2 Delta 377 4.433 2.250 4.746 4.526 6.000 6.500 0.250 3.981 3.918 4.375 4.366 3.299 3.252 4.380 4.373
4 Delta 391 4.575 2.563 4.901 4.681 6.000 6.500 0.250 4.122 4.059 4.438 4.429 3.433 3.386 4.443 4.436
4 1/2 Delta 425 4.914 2.750 5.268 5.048 6.000 6.500 0.250 4.461 4.398 4.563 4.554 3.759 3.712 4.568 4.561
Delta 494 5.737 2.750 6.202 5.982 6.000 6.500 0.313 5.158 5.095 5.625 5.616 4.346 4.299 5.630 5.623
5 Delta 527 6.065 3.000 6.468 6.248 6.000 6.500 0.250 5.486 5.423 5.250 5.241 4.713 4.666 5.255 5.248
Delta 544 6.232 3.000 6.601 6.381 6.000 6.500 0.313 5.653 5.590 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.130 5.123
5 1/2 Delta 544 6.232 3.250 6.601 6.381 6.000 6.500 0.313 5.653 5.590 5.125 5.116 4.893 4.846 5.130 5.123
Delta 576 6.549 3.250 6.963 6.743 6.000 6.500 0.313 5.970 5.907 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.318 5.311
5 7/8 Delta 576 6.549 4.000 6.963 6.743 6.000 6.500 0.313 5.970 5.907 5.313 5.304 5.190 5.143 5.318 5.311
6 5/8 Delta 663 7.427 4.500 7.936 7.716 6.000 6.627 0.313 6.848 6.785 5.625 5.616 6.036 5.989 5.630 5.623
1 Min Box OD is the NOV Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection.
2 The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the online performance calculator shall be used to determine min OD, and opera-
tional capacity of the connection shall the actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch.
3 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32" x 45° break edge is required.
4 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.

Table 7.46 Used Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Dimensional Data


Grant Prideco EIS™
Minimum Min Box CBore Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Connection
Nominal Min Standard Bevel Diameter 3
Tong Space 4
Cbore Diameter Length Diameter Length
Size Connection Box OD 1 Pin ID 2 Max Min Pin Box Wall Max Min Max Min Max Max Min
5 NC50 EIS™ 5.844 3.000 6.109 5.781 6.000 6.500 0.313 5.375 5.274 5.127 5.120 4.197 5.132 5.125
5 1/2 5 1/2 FH EIS™ 6.438 3.250 6.766 6.375 6.000 6.626 0.313 5.969 5.850 5.627 5.620 4.637 5.632 5.625
5 7/8 5 1/2 FH EIS™ 6.438 4.000 6.766 6.375 6.000 6.626 0.313 5.969 5.850 5.627 5.620 4.637 5.632 5.625
6 5/8 6 5/8 FH EIS™ 7.375 4.500 7.750 7.313 6.000 6.626 0.313 6.906 6.778 5.627 5.620 5.566 5.632 5.625
1 Min Box OD is the NOV Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection.
2 The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in increments of 1/16 inch for this connection, and the online performance calculator shall be used to determine min OD and opera-
tional capacity of the connection should the actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch
3 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32” x 45° break edge is required.
4 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
231

5 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
232

Table 7.47 Used Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Dimensional Data


Grant Prideco Express™
Minimum Min Box CBore Pin Connection Pin Nose Box Connection
Nominal Min Standard Bevel Diameter 3 Tong Space 4 Cbore Diameter Length Diameter Length
Size Connection Box OD 1 Pin ID 2 Max Min Pin Box Wall Max Min Max Min Max Max Min
5 Express VX™ 50 6.031 3.000 6.516 5.953 6.000 8.000 0.203 5.555 5.488 7.005 6.996 4.742 7.005 6.996
5 1/2 Express VX™ 57 6.469 3.250 6.922 6.391 6.000 8.000 0.203 5.990 5.923 7.006 6.997 5.177 7.006 6.997
6 5/8 Express VX™ 57 6.469 4.500 6.922 6.391 6.000 8.000 0.203 5.990 5.923 7.006 6.997 5.177 7.006 6.997
Express VX™ 65 7.500 4.500 7.922 7.422 6.000 8.375 0.219 7.016 6.949 7.379 7.371 6.166 7.379 7.371
1 Min Box OD is the NOV Grant Prideco minimum acceptable box OD for the connection.
2 The TJ ID is a reference as it impacts other criteria. IDs are produced in increments of 1/16 inch for this connection and the online performance calculator shall be used to determine min OD, and opera-
tional capacity of the connection shall the actual ID differ from this one by more than 1/16 inch
3 If the actual box OD is less than or equal to the specified bevel diameter plus 3/64 inch, then the bevel diameter range is void and a 1/32” x 45° break edge is required.
4 Tong space excludes hardbanding.
5 When conflicts arise between this standard and manufacturer's requirements, the manufacturer's requirements shall apply.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.48 Float Bore and Float Valve Data

Bore Data Valve Data


Valve Assembly Connection Bore Diameter Bore Depth Valve Diameter Valve Length
Size Size (R, +1/64, -0) (A, ±1/16) (D) (LV)
(in) (in) (in) (in)
Box Down Box Up
Configuration Configuration
1R 2-3/8 Reg 1-11/16 9-1/8 9-13/32 1-21/32 5-7/8
1F-2R 2-7/8 Reg 1-15/16 10 10-1/4 1-29/32 6-1/4
2F-3R 3-1/2 Reg 2-7/16 10-1/2 10-1/2 2-13/32 6-1/2
4R 4-1/2 Reg 3-1/2 12-13/16 12-13/16 3-15/32 8-5/16
5R 5-1/2 Reg 3-29/32 14-3/4 15-1/16 3-7/8 9-3/4
4R 6-5/8 Reg 3-1/2 13-9/16 15-13/32 3-15/32 8-5/16
5F-6R 6-5/8 Reg 4-13/16 17 17-13/32 4-25/32 11-3/4
5F-6R 7-5/8 Reg 4-13/16 17-1/4 18-1/8 4-25/32 11-3/4
5F-6R 8-5/8 Reg 4-13/16 17-3/8 19-1/4 4-25/32 11-3/4
6F 8-5/8 Reg 5-23/32 20-1/4 20-9/16 5-11/16 14-5/8
1R NC 23 1-11/16 9-1/8 9-13/16 1-21/32 5-7/8
1F-2R NC 26 1-15/16 9-1/2 10-7/32 1-29/32 6-1/4
2F-3R NC 31 2-7/16 10-1/4 10-29/32 2-13/32 6-1/2
3 ½ IF NC 38 3-5/32 14-1/4 14-1/4 3-1/8 10
4R NC 44 3-1/2 13-1/16 13-17/32 3-15/32 8-5/16
4R NC 46 3-1/2 13-1/16 13-3/4 3-15/32 8-5/16
4F NC 46 3-11/16 16-3/4 16-3/4 3-21/32 12
4R NC 50 3-1/2 13-1/16 14-3/16 3-15/32 8-5/16
5R NC 50 3-29/32 14-1/2 15-3/32 3-7/8 9-3/4
5F-6R NC61 4-13/16 17-1/2 17-23/32 4-25/32 11-3/4
3F 3-1/2 FH 2-27/32 14 14 2-13/16 10
5F-6R 5-1/2 FH 4-13/16 17 17-7/32 4-25/32 11-3/4
5F-6R 5-1/2 IF 4-13/16 17 17-5/8 4-25/32 11-3/4
6F 6-5/8 IF 5-23/32 19-7/8 20-1/16 5-11/16 14-5/8
233
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
234

Table 7.49 Float Bore Calculation


(for cases not covered in Table 7.48)

To determine Float Bore Depth (A): Where:

1) Measure Float Bore Diameter (R) R = Bore Diameter

2) Obtain Valve Size and Valve Length (LV) corresponding to (R) from LV = Valve Length
Table 7.48 and the Max Pin Length (LP) for the Sub’s connection LP = Max Pin Length (Table 7.37)
from Table 7.37.
3/16" = Margin for proper Pin and Valve separation
3) Float Bore Depth
A = Bore Depth
Box Down: (A) ± 1/16" = LV + LP + 3/16"

Box Up: (A) ± 1/16" = LV + LP + 3/16" + minimum length needed to have all seals seated within the float bore1
1 See DS-1 Volume 3, Section A.6 in the Appendix for more information on calculating float bore depth for box up configurations.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.50 Bending Strength Ratio for Drill Collar Connections

NC23
OD (in)
ID (in) 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2
1-1/4 1.45 1.80 2.17 2.57 3.00 3.46 3.95
1-1/2 1.66 2.06 2.49 2.94 3.43 3.96 4.52
1-3/4 2.18 2.70 3.26 3.86 4.51 5.20

NC26
OD (in)
ID (in) 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4
1-1/2 1.43 1.74 2.07 2.42 2.79 3.18 3.60 4.04
1-3/4 1.64 1.99 2.36 2.76 3.19 3.64 4.11 4.62
2 2.10 2.55 3.03 3.54 4.08 4.66 5.27 5.92

NC31
OD (in)
ID (in) 3-7/8 4 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4
1-1/2 1.59 1.84 2.10 2.37 2.65 2.95 3.27 3.60
1-3/4 1.69 1.94 2.22 2.51 2.81 3.13 3.46 3.81
2 1.85 2.14 2.44 2.75 3.08 3.43 3.80 4.19

NC35
OD (in)
ID (in) 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4 4-7/8 5 5-1/8 5-1/4
1-1/2 1.26 1.46 1.66 1.88 2.11 2.35 2.60 2.86 3.14 3.42
1-3/4 1.30 1.51 1.73 1.95 2.19 2.44 2.69 2.97 3.25 3.55
2 1.38 1.60 1.83 2.07 2.32 2.58 2.85 3.14 3.44 3.76
2-1/4 1.51 1.75 2.00 2.26 2.53 2.82 3.12 3.43 3.76 4.11
2-1/2 1.74 2.01 2.29 2.59 2.91 3.24 3.58 3.95 4.32 4.72

NC38
OD (in)
ID (in) 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4 4-7/8 5 5-1/8 5-1/4 5-3/8 5-1/2 5-5/8
1-1/2 1.31 1.50 1.69 1.89 2.09 2.31 2.54 2.78 3.02 3.28
1-3/4 1.35 1.54 1.73 1.94 2.15 2.37 2.61 2.85 3.10 3.37
2 1.40 1.60 1.80 2.01 2.24 2.47 2.71 2.97 3.23 3.50
2-1/4 1.49 1.70 1.92 2.14 2.38 2.63 2.88 3.15 3.43 3.73
2-1/2 1.64 1.87 2.10 2.35 2.61 2.88 3.17 3.46 3.77 4.09
235

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
236

Table 7.50 Bending Strength Ratio for Drill Collar Connections

NC40
OD (in)
ID (in) 5 5-1/8 5-1/4 5-3/8 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8
2 1.66 1.85 2.04 2.25 2.46 2.68 2.91 3.14 3.39 3.65
2-1/4 1.74 1.93 2.14 2.35 2.57 2.80 3.04 3.29 3.55 3.82
2-1/2 1.86 2.07 2.29 2.51 2.75 2.99 3.25 3.52 3.79 4.08
2-13/16 2.11 2.35 2.60 2.86 3.12 3.40 3.70 4.00 4.31

NC44
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2
2 1.86 2.04 2.22 2.41 2.61 2.82 3.03 3.25
2-1/4 1.92 2.10 2.29 2.49 2.70 2.91 3.13 3.36

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
2-1/2 2.01 2.20 2.40 2.61 2.82 3.04 3.27 3.51
2-13/16 2.19 2.39 2.61 2.84 3.07 3.31 3.56 3.82

NC46
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8 6-3/4 6-7/8 7
2 1.33 1.48 1.64 1.80 1.97 2.14 2.32 2.50 2.70 2.89 3.10 3.31 3.53
2-1/4 1.37 1.52 1.68 1.85 2.02 2.19 2.38 2.57 2.77 2.97 3.18 3.40 3.62
2-1/2 1.42 1.58 1.74 1.91 2.09 2.28 2.47 2.66 2.87 3.08 3.30 3.53 3.76
2-13/16 1.52 1.69 1.87 2.05 2.24 2.44 2.64 2.85 3.07 3.30 3.53 3.77 4.02
3 1.61 1.79 1.97 2.17 2.37 2.58 2.79 3.02 3.25 3.49 3.74 3.99
3-1/4 1.78 1.98 2.19 2.40 2.62 2.85 3.09 3.34 3.60 3.86 4.14 4.42

NC50
OD (in)
ID (in) 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8 6-3/4 6-7/8 7 7-1/8 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-1/2
2-1/4 1.31 1.45 1.59 1.74 1.89 2.04 2.21 2.37 2.54 2.72 2.91 3.10 3.29
2-1/2 1.34 1.48 1.63 1.78 1.93 2.10 2.26 2.43 2.61 2.79 2.98 3.17 3.38
2-13/16 1.41 1.55 1.71 1.86 2.03 2.19 2.37 2.55 2.73 2.92 3.12 3.32 3.53
3 1.46 1.61 1.77 1.93 2.10 2.28 2.46 2.64 2.83 3.03 3.24 3.45 3.67
3-1/4 1.56 1.72 1.89 2.06 2.24 2.43 2.62 2.82 3.02 3.24 3.45 3.68 3.91
3-1/2 1.70 1.88 2.06 2.25 2.45 2.65 2.86 3.08 3.30 3.53 3.77 4.02

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.50 Bending Strength Ratio for Drill Collar Connections

NC56
OD (in)
ID (in) 6-5/8 6-3/4 6-7/8 7 7-1/8 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-1/2 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-7/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/4
2-1/4 1.40 1.52 1.63 1.76 1.88 2.02 2.15 2.29 2.43 2.58 2.73 2.89 3.05 3.22
2-13/16 1.46 1.58 1.71 1.84 1.97 2.11 2.25 2.39 2.54 2.70 2.86 3.02 3.19 3.36
3 1.50 1.62 1.75 1.88 2.02 2.16 2.30 2.45 2.60 2.76 2.92 3.09 3.26 3.44
3-1/4 1.56 1.69 1.82 1.95 2.10 2.24 2.39 2.55 2.71 2.87 3.04 3.21 3.39 3.58
3-1/2 1.64 1.77 1.91 2.06 2.21 2.36 2.52 2.68 2.85 3.02 3.20 3.38 3.57 3.77

NC61
OD (in)
ID (in) 7-1/2 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-7/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/4 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-5/8 8-3/4 8-7/8 9 9-1/8
2-1/2 1.58 1.69 1.80 1.91 2.03 2.16 2.28 2.41 2.54 2.68 2.82 2.96 3.11 3.26
2-13/16 1.61 1.72 1.83 1.95 2.07 2.20 2.32 2.46 2.59 2.73 2.87 3.02 3.17 3.32
3 1.63 1.74 1.86 1.98 2.10 2.23 2.36 2.49 2.63 2.77 2.92 3.06 3.22 3.37
3-1/4 1.67 1.79 1.91 2.03 2.16 2.29 2.42 2.56 2.70 2.84 2.99 3.14 3.30 3.46
3-1/2 1.73 1.85 1.97 2.10 2.23 2.36 2.50 2.64 2.79 2.94 3.09 3.25 3.41 3.57

NC70
OD (in)
ID (in) 8-7/8 9 9-1/8 9-1/4 9-3/8 9-1/2 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8 10 10-1/8 10-1/4 10-3/8 10-1/2
2-1/2 1.77 1.87 1.97 2.08 2.18 2.29 2.40 2.52 2.64 2.76 2.88 3.01 3.13 3.27
2-13/16 1.79 1.89 1.99 2.10 2.21 2.32 2.43 2.55 2.66 2.79 2.91 3.04 3.17 3.30

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3 1.81 1.91 2.01 2.12 2.23 2.34 2.45 2.57 2.69 2.81 2.94 3.06 3.20 3.33
3-1/4 1.83 1.93 2.04 2.15 2.26 2.37 2.49 2.60 2.73 2.85 2.98 3.11 3.24 3.38
3-1/2 1.86 1.97 2.08 2.19 2.30 2.41 2.53 2.65 2.78 2.90 3.03 3.16 3.30 3.44
3-3/4 1.91 2.02 2.12 2.24 2.35 2.47 2.59 2.71 2.84 2.97 3.10 3.24 3.38 3.52

NC77
OD (in)
ID (in) 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8 10 10-1/8 10-1/4 10-3/8 10-1/2 10-5/8 10-3/4 10-7/8 11 11-1/8 11-1/4 11-3/8 11-1/2 11-5/8
2-13/16 1.68 1.77 1.86 1.95 2.05 2.14 2.24 2.34 2.44 2.55 2.66 2.77 2.88 2.99 3.11 3.23 3.35
3 1.69 1.78 1.87 1.96 2.06 2.16 2.25 2.36 2.46 2.56 2.67 2.78 2.89 3.01 3.13 3.25 3.37
3-1/4 1.71 1.80 1.89 1.98 2.08 2.18 2.28 2.38 2.48 2.59 2.70 2.81 2.92 3.04 3.16 3.28 3.40
3-1/2 1.73 1.82 1.91 2.01 2.10 2.20 2.30 2.41 2.51 2.62 2.73 2.84 2.96 3.08 3.20 3.32 3.44
3-3/4 1.76 1.85 1.94 2.04 2.14 2.24 2.34 2.44 2.55 2.66 2.77 2.89 3.00 3.12 3.25 3.37 3.50
237

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
238

Table 7.50 Bending Strength Ratio for Drill Collar Connections

5-1/2 IF
OD (in)
ID (in) 7-3/4 7-7/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/4 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-5/8 8-3/4 8-7/8 9 9-1/8 9-1/4 9-3/8
2-1/2 1.59 1.71 1.83 1.95 2.08 2.21 2.34 2.48 2.62 2.77 2.92 3.07 3.22 3.38
2-13/16 1.62 1.74 1.86 1.99 2.12 2.25 2.39 2.53 2.67 2.82 2.97 3.12 3.28 3.45
3 1.65 1.77 1.89 2.02 2.15 2.29 2.42 2.57 2.71 2.86 3.01 3.17 3.33 3.50
3-1/4 1.69 1.81 1.94 2.07 2.21 2.34 2.49 2.63 2.78 2.93 3.09 3.25 3.42 3.59

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3-1/2 1.74 1.87 2.00 2.14 2.28 2.42 2.57 2.72 2.87 3.03 3.19 3.36 3.53 3.70

6-5/8 IF
OD (in)
ID (in) 9 9-1/8 9-1/4 9-3/8 9-1/2 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8 10 10-1/8 10-1/4 10-3/8 10-1/2 10-5/8
3-1/4 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.91 2.02 2.13 2.24 2.36 2.48 2.60 2.72 2.85 2.98
3-1/2 1.52 1.62 1.73 1.83 1.94 2.05 2.16 2.28 2.40 2.52 2.64 2.76 2.89 3.02

2-3/8 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8
1-1/4 1.67 2.01 2.36 2.75 3.17 3.61
1-1/2 1.91 2.29 2.70 3.14 3.62 4.13

2-7/8 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4
1-1/4 1.46 1.71 1.98 2.27 2.58 2.91 3.26 3.63
1-1/2 1.56 1.83 2.12 2.42 2.75 3.10 3.48 3.87
1-3/4 1.75 2.06 2.38 2.73 3.10 3.49 3.91 4.35

3-1/2 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4
1-1/2 1.28 1.48 1.69 1.92 2.16 2.41 2.67 2.95 3.25 3.56
1-3/4 1.35 1.56 1.79 2.02 2.27 2.54 2.82 3.11 3.42 3.75
2 1.47 1.70 1.95 2.21 2.48 2.77 3.07 3.39 3.73 4.09

4-1/2 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-1/4 5-3/8 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8
2 1.61 1.77 1.94 2.11 2.29 2.48 2.68 2.88 3.09 3.31
2-1/4 1.66 1.83 2.00 2.18 2.37 2.56 2.77 2.98 3.20 3.42
2-1/2 1.74 1.92 2.10 2.29 2.49 2.69 2.90 3.12 3.35 3.59

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.50 Bending Strength Ratio for Drill Collar Connections

5-1/2 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8 6-3/4 6-7/8 7 7-1/8 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-1/2 7-5/8
2-1/4 1.39 1.51 1.65 1.78 1.92 2.07 2.22 2.37 2.53 2.70 2.87 3.04 3.22
2-1/2 1.42 1.55 1.68 1.82 1.96 2.11 2.27 2.42 2.59 2.76 2.93 3.11 3.29
2-13/16 1.48 1.61 1.75 1.89 2.04 2.20 2.36 2.52 2.69 2.87 3.05 3.24 3.43
3 1.52 1.66 1.81 1.96 2.11 2.27 2.43 2.60 2.78 2.96 3.15 3.34 3.54
3-1/4 1.61 1.76 1.91 2.07 2.23 2.40 2.57 2.75 2.94 3.13 3.33 3.53 3.74
3-1/2 1.74 1.90 2.06 2.23 2.41 2.59 2.77 2.97 3.17 3.37 3.59 3.81 4.04

6-5/8 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 7-1/8 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-1/2 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-7/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/4 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-5/8
2-1/2 1.56 1.69 1.82 1.96 2.10 2.24 2.39 2.54 2.69 2.85 3.02 3.19 3.36
2-13/16 1.61 1.74 1.87 2.01 2.15 2.30 2.45 2.60 2.76 2.93 3.10 3.27 3.45
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3 1.64 1.77 1.91 2.05 2.20 2.35 2.50 2.66 2.82 2.99 3.16 3.34 3.52
3-1/4 1.70 1.84 1.98 2.12 2.28 2.43 2.59 2.75 2.92 3.10 3.27 3.46 3.64
3-1/2 1.78 1.92 2.07 2.23 2.38 2.55 2.71 2.88 3.06 3.24 3.43 3.62 3.82

7-5/8 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-5/8 8-3/4 8-7/8 9 9-1/8 9-1/4 9-3/8 9-1/2 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8 10
2-1/2 1.70 1.80 1.91 2.02 2.13 2.25 2.37 2.49 2.62 2.75 2.88 3.01 3.15 3.30
2.04 2.16 2.28 2.40 2.53 2.66 2.79 2.93 3.07 3.22 3.36 3.52 3-3/4 1.86 1.98

8-5/8 REG
OD (in)
ID (in) 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8 10 10-1/8 10-1/4 10-3/8 10-1/2 10-5/8 10-3/4 10-7/8 11 11-1/8
2-13/16 1.69 1.78 1.87 1.97 2.07 2.17 2.27 2.38 2.49 2.60 2.71 2.82 2.94
3 1.70 1.79 1.89 1.98 2.08 2.18 2.29 2.39 2.50 2.61 2.73 2.84 2.96
3-1/4 1.71 1.81 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.21 2.31 2.42 2.53 2.64 2.75 2.87 2.99
3-1/2 1.74 1.83 1.93 2.03 2.13 2.24 2.34 2.45 2.56 2.67 2.79 2.91 3.03
3-3/4 1.77 1.86 1.96 2.06 2.17 2.27 2.38 2.49 2.60 2.72 2.84 2.96 3.08

2-3/8 SH
OD (in)
ID (in) 2-5/8 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4
1-1/4 1.57 1.96 2.38 2.83 3.31 3.84
1-1/2 1.88 2.34 2.85 3.39 3.97 4.59
239

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
240

Table 7.50 Bending Strength Ratio for Drill Collar Connections

2-3/8 PAC
OD (in)
ID (in) 2-1/2 2-5/8 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4
1-1/4 1.02 1.38 1.76 2.17 2.61 3.09 3.60
1-1/2 1.21 1.63 2.09 2.58 3.11 3.67 4.25
1-3/4 1.76 2.37 3.03 3.74 4.50

2-7/8 PAC
OD (in)
ID (in) 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2
1-1/4 1.11 1.43 1.78 2.15 2.55 2.98 3.43
1-1/2 1.25 1.61 2.01 2.43 2.88 3.36 3.87
1-3/4 1.58 2.04 2.54 3.07 3.63 4.24 4.89

3-1/2 PAC
OD (in)
ID (in) 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/8
1-1/2 1.48 1.75 2.04 2.34 2.66 3.00 3.36 3.73
1-3/4 1.61 1.90 2.21 2.54 2.89 3.26 3.65 4.06
2 1.86 2.20 2.56 2.94 3.34 3.77 4.22 4.69

2-3/8 OH
OD (in)
ID (in) 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4
1-1/4 1.03 1.32 1.62 1.94 2.28 2.65 3.03 3.44 3.87
1-1/2 1.12 1.43 1.75 2.10 2.47 2.86 3.28 3.72 4.19
1-3/4 1.29 1.65 2.02 2.42 2.85 3.30 3.78 4.29
2 1.69 2.16 2.65 3.18 3.73 4.33 4.96

2-7/8 OH
OD (in)
ID (in) 3-5/8 3-3/4 3-7/8 4 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2
1-1/2 1.40 1.66 1.94 2.23 2.53 2.85 3.19 3.55
1-3/4 1.51 1.78 2.08 2.39 2.72 3.06 3.43 3.81
2 1.70 1.98 2.28 2.58 2.90 3.24 3.57 4.40

3-1/2 OH
OD (in)
ID (in) 4-3/4 4-7/8 5 5-1/8 5-1/4 5-3/8 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4
1-1/2 1.65 1.86 2.08 2.30 2.54 2.79 3.04 3.31 3.59
1-3/4 1.70 1.91 2.13 2.37 2.61 2.86 3.12 3.40 3.68
2 1.77 1.99 2.22 2.47 2.72 2.98 3.26 3.54 3.84
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.50 Bending Strength Ratio for Drill Collar Connections

4 OH
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2
2 1.69 1.86 2.04 2.23 2.43 2.63 2.84 3.05
2-1/4 1.74 1.92 2.11 2.30 2.50 2.71 2.92 3.15
2-1/2 1.82 2.01 2.20 2.40 2.61 2.83 3.05 3.29

4-1/2 OH
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8
3-1/2 1.80 2.01 2.23 2.45 2.69 2.93 3.18 3.43
3-3/4 2.13 2.37 2.63 2.90 3.17 3.46 3.75 4.05

2-3/8 FH
OD (in)
ID (in) 2-3/4 2-7/8 3 3-1/8 3-1/4 3-3/8 3-1/2
1-1/2 1.94 2.30 2.65 3.04 3.45
1-3/4 1.90 2.30 2.72 3.17

2-7/8 FH
OD (in)
ID (in) 4 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4 4-7/8 5
1-1/2 1.57 1.79 2.01 2.25 2.50 2.76 3.03 3.32 3.62
1-3/4 1.65 1.87 2.10 2.35 2.61 2.88 3.17 3.47 3.79
2 1.77 2.01 2.26 2.52 2.80 3.10 3.41 3.73 4.07

3-1/2 FH
OD (in)
ID (in) 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4 4-7/8 5 5-1/8 5-1/4 5-3/8 5-1/2
1-1/2 1.43 1.61 1.80 2.00 2.21 2.42 2.65 2.89 3.14 3.40
1-3/4 1.47 1.66 1.85 2.05 2.27 2.49 2.73 2.97 3.23 3.50
2 1.54 1.73 1.93 2.15 2.37 2.60 2.85 3.11 3.37 3.65
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2-1/4 1.64 1.85 2.07 2.30 2.54 2.79 3.05 3.32 3.61 3.91
2-1/2 1.82 2.05 2.29 2.55 2.81 3.09 3.38 3.69 4.00 4.34
241

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
242

Table 7.50 Bending Strength Ratio for Drill Collar Connections

4-1/2 FH
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8 6-3/4
2 1.60 1.76 1.92 2.09 2.26 2.45 2.64 2.83 3.03 3.24 3.46
2-1/4 1.65 1.81 1.97 2.15 2.33 2.52 2.71 2.91 3.12 3.34 3.56
2-1/2 1.72 1.88 2.06 2.24 2.43 2.62 2.82 3.03 3.25 3.47 3.71
2-13/16 1.85 2.03 2.22 2.41 2.61 2.82 3.04 3.27 3.50 3.75 4.00
3 1.97 2.16 2.36 2.57 2.78 3.01 3.24 3.48 3.73 3.99
3-1/4 2.21 2.42 2.65 2.88 3.12 3.37 3.63 3.90 4.18

5-1/2 FH
OD (in)
ID (in) 6-3/4 6-7/8 7 7-1/8 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-1/2 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-7/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/4 8-3/8
2-1/4 1.39 1.52 1.64 1.78 1.91 2.05 2.20 2.35 2.50 2.66 2.82 2.99 3.16 3.34
2-1/2 1.41 1.54 1.67 1.81 1.95 2.09 2.24 2.39 2.54 2.70 2.87 3.04 3.21 3.39
2-13/16 1.46 1.59 1.72 1.86 2.00 2.15 2.30 2.46 2.62 2.78 2.95 3.13 3.31 3.50
3 1.49 1.62 1.76 1.90 2.05 2.20 2.36 2.52 2.68 2.85 3.03 3.20 3.39 3.58
3-1/4 1.55 1.69 1.83 1.98 2.14 2.29 2.45 2.62 2.79 2.97 3.15 3.34 3.53 3.73
3-1/2 1.64 1.78 1.94 2.09 2.25 2.42 2.59 2.76 2.95 3.13 3.32 3.52 3.72 3.93

6-5/8 FH
OD (in)
ID (in) 8-1/4 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-5/8 8-3/4 8-7/8 9 9-1/8 9-1/4 9-3/8 9-1/2 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8
2-1/2 1.65 1.76 1.88 2.00 2.12 2.25 2.38 2.51 2.64 2.78 2.93 3.07 3.22 3.37
2-13/16 1.68 1.79 1.91 2.03 2.16 2.28 2.41 2.55 2.69 2.83 2.97 3.12 3.27 3.42
3 1.70 1.81 1.93 2.06 2.18 2.31 2.44 2.58 2.72 2.86 3.01 3.15 3.31 3.46
3-1/4 1.73 1.85 1.97 2.10 2.23 2.36 2.49 2.63 2.77 2.92 3.07 3.22 3.38 3.53
3-1/2 1.78 1.90 2.02 2.15 2.28 2.42 2.56 2.70 2.85 3.00 3.15 3.30 3.46 3.63
3-3/4 1.84 1.96 2.09 2.23 2.36 2.50 2.64 2.79 2.94 3.10 3.25 3.42 3.58 3.75

2-7/8 XH
OD (in)
ID (in) 3-7/8 4 4-1/8 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8
1-1/2 1.84 2.10 2.37 2.66 2.96 3.28 3.62
1-3/4 1.96 2.24 2.53 2.83 3.15 3.49 3.85
2 2.18 2.48 2.80 3.14 3.50 3.88 4.27
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.50 Bending Strength Ratio for Drill Collar Connections

3-1/2 XH
OD (in)
ID (in) 4-1/4 4-3/8 4-1/2 4-5/8 4-3/4 4-7/8 5 5-1/8 5-1/4 5-3/8
1-1/2 1.27 1.47 1.67 1.89 2.12 2.35 2.60 2.86 3.13 3.41
1-3/4 1.31 1.52 1.73 1.95 2.19 2.43 2.68 2.95 3.23 3.52
2 1.38 1.60 1.82 2.06 2.30 2.56 2.83 3.11 3.40 3.71
2-1/4 1.50 1.73 1.97 2.23 2.49 2.77 3.06 3.37 3.69 4.02
2-1/2 1.70 1.96 2.23 2.52 2.82 3.14 3.47 3.81 4.18 4.55

3-1/2 H90
OD (in)
ID (in) 4-3/4 4-7/8 5 5-1/8 5-1/4 5-3/8 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8
2 1.51 1.69 1.89 2.09 2.31 2.53 2.76 3.00 3.25 3.51
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2-1/4 1.59 1.78 1.99 2.20 2.43 2.66 2.90 3.16 3.42 3.69
2-1/2 1.71 1.92 2.15 2.38 2.62 2.87 3.13 3.41 3.69 3.99

4 H90
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-1/4 5-3/8 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2
2 1.52 1.69 1.86 2.04 2.23 2.42 2.63 2.84 3.05 3.28 3.51
2-1/4 1.57 1.74 1.92 2.11 2.30 2.51 2.72 2.93 3.16 3.39 3.64
2-1/2 1.65 1.83 2.02 2.22 2.42 2.63 2.85 3.08 3.32 3.57 3.82
2-13/16 1.81 2.01 2.22 2.43 2.66 2.89 3.13 3.38 3.64 3.91 4.19

4-1/2 H90
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-1/2 5-5/8 5-3/4 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8 6-3/4 6-7/8 7
2 1.31 1.45 1.60 1.76 1.92 2.08 2.26 2.44 2.62 2.82 3.02 3.22 3.43
2-1/4 1.34 1.49 1.64 1.80 1.96 2.14 2.31 2.50 2.69 2.89 3.09 3.30 3.52
2-1/2 1.39 1.54 1.70 1.86 2.04 2.21 2.40 2.59 2.78 2.99 3.20 3.42 3.65
2-13/16 1.48 1.64 1.81 1.99 2.17 2.36 2.56 2.76 2.97 3.19 3.42 3.65 3.89
3 1.56 1.73 1.91 2.10 2.29 2.49 2.70 2.91 3.14 3.37 3.60 3.85 4.11
3-1/4 1.72 1.91 2.11 2.31 2.52 2.74 2.97 3.21 3.45 3.71 3.97 4.24
243

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
244

Table 7.50 Bending Strength Ratio for Drill Collar Connections

5 H90
OD (in)
ID (in) 5-7/8 6 6-1/8 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8 6-3/4 6-7/8 7 7-1/8 7-1/4 7-3/8
2-1/4 1.38 1.52 1.66 1.81 1.97 2.13 2.29 2.46 2.64 2.82 3.01 3.20 3.41
2-1/2 1.42 1.56 1.71 1.86 2.53 2.18 2.35 2.53 2.71 2.90 3.09 3.29 3.50
2-13/16 1.49 1.64 1.80 1.96 2.12 2.30 2.47 2.66 2.85 3.05 3.25 3.46 3.68
3 1.55 1.71 1.87 2.04 2.21 2.39 2.58 2.77 2.97 3.18 3.39 3.61 3.83
3-1/4 1.67 1.83 2.01 2.19 2.38 2.57 2.77 2.98 3.19 3.41 3.64 3.88 4.12
3-1/2 1.84 2.02 2.22 2.42 2.62 2.84 3.06 3.29 3.52 3.77 4.02 4.28

5-1/2 H90
OD (in)
ID (in) 6-1/4 6-3/8 6-1/2 6-5/8 6-3/4 6-7/8 7 7-1/8 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-1/2 7-5/8 7-3/4
2-1/4 1.39 1.53 1.66 1.80 1.95 2.10 2.26 2.42 2.58 2.75 2.93 3.11 3.30
2-1/2 1.43 1.56 1.70 1.84 1.99 2.15 2.31 2.47 2.64 2.81 2.99 3.18 3.37
2-13/16 1.48 1.62 1.77 1.92 2.07 2.23 2.40 2.57 2.74 2.93 3.11 3.30 3.50
3 1.53 1.68 1.83 1.98 2.14 2.31 2.48 2.65 2.83 3.02 3.21 3.41 3.62
3-1/4 1.62 1.77 1.93 2.09 2.26 2.44 2.62 2.80 2.99 3.19 3.40 3.61 3.82
3-1/2 1.74 1.91 2.08 2.25 2.44 2.62 2.82 3.02 3.22 3.44 3.66 3.88 4.12

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6-5/8 H90
OD (in)
ID (in) 7-1/4 7-3/8 7-1/2 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-7/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/4 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-5/8 8-3/4
2-1/2 1.60 1.72 1.85 1.98 2.12 2.26 2.40 2.54 2.70 2.85 3.01 3.17 3.34
2-13/16 1.64 1.77 1.90 2.03 2.17 2.31 2.46 2.61 2.76 2.92 3.08 3.25 3.42
3 1.67 1.80 1.93 2.07 2.21 2.35 2.50 2.66 2.81 2.98 3.14 3.31 3.49
3-1/4 1.73 1.86 2.00 2.14 2.28 2.43 2.59 2.74 2.91 3.07 3.24 3.42 3.60
3-1/2 1.80 1.94 2.08 2.23 2.38 2.54 2.70 2.86 3.03 3.21 3.39 3.57 3.76

7 H90
OD (in)
ID (in) 7-5/8 7-3/4 7-7/8 8 8-1/8 8-1/4 8-3/8 8-1/2 8-5/8 8-3/4 8-7/8 9 9-1/8 9-1/4
2-1/2 1.58 1.69 1.80 1.91 2.03 2.15 2.27 2.40 2.52 2.66 2.79 2.93 3.08 3.22
2-13/16 1.61 1.72 1.83 1.95 2.06 2.19 2.31 2.44 2.57 2.70 2.84 2.98 3.13 3.28
3 1.63 1.74 1.86 1.97 2.09 2.22 2.34 2.47 2.60 2.74 2.88 3.03 3.17 3.33
3-1/4 1.67 1.79 1.90 2.02 2.14 2.27 2.40 2.53 2.67 2.81 2.95 3.10 3.25 3.41
3-1/2 1.72 1.84 1.96 2.08 2.21 2.34 2.47 2.61 2.75 2.89 3.04 3.19 3.35 3.51

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.50 Bending Strength Ratio for Drill Collar Connections

7-5/8 H90
OD (in)
ID (in) 8-7/8 9 9-1/8 9-1/4 9-3/8 9-1/2 9-5/8 9-3/4 9-7/8 10 10-1/8 10-1/4 10-3/8 10-1/2
2-13/16 1.69 1.78 1.88 1.98 2.08 2.19 2.30 2.41 2.52 2.63 2.75 2.87 3.00 3.12
3 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.10 2.21 2.32 2.43 2.54 2.66 2.77 2.90 3.02 3.15
3-1/4 1.73 1.82 1.92 2.02 2.13 2.24 2.35 2.46 2.57 2.69 2.81 2.93 3.06 3.19
3-1/2 1.76 1.85 1.96 2.06 2.17 2.27 2.39 2.50 2.62 2.74 2.86 2.98 3.11 3.24
3-3/4 1.79 1.89 2.00 2.10 2.21 2.32 2.44 2.55 2.67 2.80 2.92 3.05 3.18 3.31

8-5/8 H90
OD (in)
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ID (in) 10 10-1/8 10-1/4 10-3/8 10-1/2 10-5/8 10-3/4 10-7/8 11 11-1/8 11-1/4 11-3/8 11-1/2 11-5/8 11-3/4 11-7/8 12
3 1.69 1.77 1.86 1.95 2.04 2.13 2.22 2.32 2.42 2.52 2.62 2.72 2.83 2.94 3.05 3.16 3.28
3-1/4 1.70 1.79 1.87 1.96 2.05 2.15 2.24 2.34 2.44 2.54 2.64 2.74 2.85 2.96 3.07 3.19 3.30
3-1/2 1.72 1.81 1.89 1.98 2.07 2.17 2.26 2.36 2.46 2.56 2.67 2.77 2.88 2.99 3.10 3.22 3.34
3-3/4 1.74 1.83 1.92 2.01 2.10 2.20 2.29 2.39 2.49 2.60 2.70 2.81 2.92 3.03 3.15 3.26 3.38
245

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
246

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) NC38


MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR OR HWDP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CONNECTIONS OD (in)
(API connections in bold type are box-weak) ID (in) 5 4-15/16 4-7/8 4-13/16 4-3/4 4-11/16 4-5/8 4-9/16 4-1/2 4-7/16 4-3/8

Standard makeup torque for most drill pipe rotary shouldered connections is that torque which 2 1/8 15900 14900 13740 12610 11500 10420 9350 8300 7270 6270 5280
results in a stress level of 72,000 psi in the weaker of pin or box, as calculated by equation A.1 in 2 1/4 14870 14870 13740 12610 11500 10420 9350 8300 7270 6270 5280
DS-1 Fifth Edition, Volume 3, Appendix A. (This torque amounts to 60 percent of minimum yield 2 3/8 13780 13780 13740 12610 11500 10420 9350 8300 7270 6270 5280
strength for tool joint material conforming to API Specification 5DP.) Thus, makeup torque on 2 7/16 13220 13220 13220 12610 11500 10420 9350 8300 7270 6270 5280
a given rotary shouldered tool joint is independent of the grade of pipe to which the tool joint
2 1/2 12650 12650 12650 12610 11500 10420 9350 8300 7270 6270 5280
may be attached. Wedge Thread™ connections are not rotary shouldered, but employ a different
principle for carrying torsion. Makeup torques for HI TORQUE™, eXtreme™ Torque, eXtreme™ 2 9/16 12060 12060 12060 12060 11500 10420 9350 8300 7270 6270 5280
Torque-M, GPDS™, TurboTorque™, TurboTorque-M™, uXT™, uGPDS™, Delta™, EIS™, Express™, 2 5/8 11460 11460 11460 11460 11460 10420 9350 8300 7270 6270 5280
Wedge Thread™, NK DSTJ™, HLIDS, HLMT, HLST, HLIST, DPM-DS, DPM-MT, DPM-ST, DPM-High 2 11/16 10840 10840 10840 10840 10840 10420 9350 8300 7270 6270 5280
Torque, and CET connections found in this section are provided by their manufacturers.
NC38 (continued)
Heavy Weight Drill Pipe Connection 1 13 14 15 16
For non-proprietary HWDP connections, multiply the MYS (psi) Multiply by: OD (in)
100,000 0.83 ID (in) 4-5/16 4-1/4 4-3/16 4-1/8
MUT value from this table by the factors shown on the
110,000 0.92
right. For proprietary connections, including those listed 115,000 0.96
in this table, consult the manufacturer. 2 1/8 4320 3370 2440 1540
120,000 1.00
2 1/4 4320 3370 2440 1540
2 3/8 4320 3370 2440 1540
NC26 2 7/16 4320 3370 2440 1540
2 1/2 4320 3370 2440 1540
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2 9/16 4320 3370 2440 1540
OD (in)
ID (in) 3-5/8 3-1/2 3-3/8 3-1/4 3-1/8 3 2-31/32 2-15/16 2 5/8 4320 3370 2440 1540
2 11/16 4320 3370 2440 1540
1 3/4 4260 4260 4130 3000 1940 940 700 460
1 7/8 3640 3640 3640 3000 1940 940 700 460 NC40
2 2990 2990 2990 2990 1940 940 700 460 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2 1/8 2300 2300 2300 2300 1940 940 700 460 OD (in)
2 5/32 2130 2130 2130 2130 1940 940 700 460 ID (in) 5-1/2 5-3/8 5-1/4 5-1/8 5 4-7/8 4-3/4 4-5/8
2 1/4 1580 1580 1580 1580 1580 940 700 460
2 1/4 19620 19620 17610 15050 12570 10180 7880 5660
NC31 2 3/8 18460 18460 17610 15050 12570 10180 7880 5660
2 7/16 17860 17860 17610 15050 12570 10180 7880 5660
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2 1/2 17240 17240 17240 15050 12570 10180 7880 5660
OD (in)
ID (in) 4-3/8 4-1/4 4-1/8 4 3-7/8 3-3/4 3-5/8 3-1/2 2 9/16 16620 16620 16620 15050 12570 10180 7880 5660
2 5/8 15970 15970 15970 15050 12570 10180 7880 5660
1 5/8 10090 10090 8510 6890 5350 3870 2460 1120 2 11/16 15320 15320 15320 15050 12570 10180 7880 5660
1 3/4 9400 9400 8510 6890 5350 3870 2460 1120 2 3/4 14650 14650 14650 14650 12570 10180 7880 5660
1 7/8 8670 8670 8510 6890 5350 3870 2460 1120 2 13/16 13970 13970 13970 13970 12570 10180 7880 5660
2 7890 7890 7890 6890 5350 3870 2460 1120
2 1/8 7070 7070 7070 6890 5350 3870 2460 1120
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) NC50


MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS OD (in)
(API connections in bold type are box-weak) ID (in) 6-5/8 6-9/16 6-1/2 6-7/16 6-3/8 6-5/16 6-1/4 6-3/16

NC46 2 3/4 38040 36180 34190 32230 30290 28380 26500 24650
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 7/8 36310 36180 34190 32230 30290 28380 26500 24650
OD (in) 3 34520 34520 34190 32230 30290 28380 26500 24650
ID (in) 6-1/2 6-7/16 6-3/8 6-5/16 6-1/4 6-3/16 6-1/8 6-1/16 6 5-15/16 3 1/16 33600 33600 33600 32230 30290 28380 26500 24650
3 1/8 32660 32660 32660 32230 30290 28380 26500 24650
2 1/2 29580 29580 29580 29580 29580 29580 29580 28680 26980 25310 3 1/4 30730 30730 30730 30730 30290 28380 26500 24650
2 5/8 28130 28130 28130 28130 28130 28130 28130 28130 26980 25310 3 3/8 28730 28730 28730 28730 28730 28380 26500 24650
2 3/4 26620 26620 26620 26620 26620 26620 26620 26620 26620 25310 3 1/2 26670 26670 26670 26670 26670 26670 26500 24650
2 7/8 25040 25040 25040 25040 25040 25040 25040 25040 25040 25040 3 5/8 24550 24550 24550 24550 24550 24550 24550 24550
3 23400 23400 23400 23400 23400 23400 23400 23400 23400 23400 3 3/4 22360 22360 22360 22360 22360 22360 22360 22360
3 1/8 21700 21700 21700 21700 21700 21700 21700 21700 21700 21700
3 1/4 19940 19940 19940 19940 19940 19940 19940 19940 19940 19940 NC50 (continued)
3 3/8 18120 18120 18120 18120 18120 18120 18120 18120 18120 18120 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3 1/2 16240 16240 16240 16240 16240 16240 16240 16240 16240 16240 OD (in)
ID (in) 6-1/8 6-1/16 6 5-15/16 5-7/8 5-13/16 5-3/4 5-11/16
NC46 (continued) 2 3/4 22820 21020 19240 17500 15780 14080 12410 10770
1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 7/8 22820 21020 19240 17500 15780 14080 12410 10770
OD (in) 3 22820 21020 19240 17500 15780 14080 12410 10770
ID (in) 5-7/8 5-13/16 5-3/4 5-11/16 5-5/8 5-9/16 5-3/8 5-5/16 5-1/4 5-5/32 3 1/16 22820 21020 19240 17500 15780 14080 12410 10770
3 1/8 22820 21020 19240 17500 15780 14080 12410 10770
2 1/2 23660 22030 20430 18860 17310 15790 11360 9940 8530 6480 3 1/4 22820 21020 19240 17500 15780 14080 12410 10770
2 5/8 23660 22030 20430 18860 17310 15790 11360 9940 8530 6480 3 3/8 22820 21020 19240 17500 15780 14080 12410 10770
2 3/4 23660 22030 20430 18860 17310 15790 11360 9940 8530 6480 3 1/2 22820 21020 19240 17500 15780 14080 12410 10770
2 7/8 23660 22030 20430 18860 17310 15790 11360 9940 8530 6480 3 5/8 22820 21020 19240 17500 15780 14080 12410 10770
3 23400 22030 20430 18860 17310 15790 11360 9940 8530 6480 3 3/4 22360 21020 19240 17500 15780 14080 12410 10770
3 1/8 21700 21700 20430 18860 17310 15790 11360 9940 8530 6480
3 1/4 19940 19940 19940 18860 17310 15790 11360 9940 8530 6480
3 3/8 18120 18120 18120 18120 17310 15790 11360 9940 8530 6480
NC56
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3 1/2 16240 16240 16240 16240 16240 15790 11360 9940 8530 6480
OD (in)
ID (in) 8 7-7/8 7-3/4 7-5/8 7-1/2 7-3/8 7-1/4 7-1/8

3 52620 52620 52620 52620 52620 51520 46650 41910


3 1/8 50580 50580 50580 50580 50580 50580 46650 41910
3 1/4 48450 48450 48450 48450 48450 48450 46650 41910
3 3/8 46250 46250 46250 46250 46250 46250 46250 41910
3 1/2 43980 43980 43980 43980 43980 43980 43980 41910
3 5/8 41630 41630 41630 41630 41630 41630 41630 41630
3 3/4 39210 39210 39210 39210 39210 39210 39210 39210
3 7/8 36720 36720 36720 36720 36720 36720 36720 36720
247

4 34160 34160 34160 34160 34160 34160 34160 34160

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
248

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) 2-7/8 PAC


MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS OD (in)
(API connections in bold type are box-weak) ID (in) 3-1/8 3-1/16 3 2-15/16 2-7/8 2-13/16 2-3/4 2-11/16

1 1/4 4090 3600 3120 2660 2220 1780 1360 960


4-1/2 FH 1 3/8 3870 3600 3120 2660 2220 1780 1360 960
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 1/2 3420 3420 3120 2660 2220 1780 1360 960
OD (in)
1 5/8 2930 2930 2930 2660 2220 1780 1360 960
ID (in) 6-1/4 6-1/8 6 5-7/8 5-3/4 5-5/8 5-1/2 5-3/8 5-9/32
1 3/4 2410 2410 2410 2410 2220 1780 1360 960
2 1/2 26530 26530 26530 23980 20870 17860 14940 12120 10070
2 5/8 25140 25140 25140 23980 20870 17860 14940 12120 10070
2 3/4 23690 23690 23690 23690 20870 17860 14940 12120 10070
2-7/8 SL-H90
2 7/8 22190 22190 22190 22190 20870 17860 14940 12120 10070 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3 20620 20620 20620 20620 20620 17860 14940 12120 10070 OD (in)
ID (in) 4-1/4 4-1/8 4 3-7/8 3-3/4 3-5/8 3-1/2 3-7/16

5-1/2 FH 2 7870 7870 7870 7870 6510 4920 3400 2670


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 1/8 6970 6970 6970 6970 6510 4920 3400 2670
OD (in) 2 5/32 6740 6740 6740 6740 6510 4920 3400 2670
ID (in) 7-1/2 7-3/8 7-1/4 7-1/8 7 6-7/8 6-3/4 6-5/8 6-17/32 6-11/32 2 1/4 6020 6020 6020 6020 6020 4920 3400 2670
2 3/8 5020 5020 5020 5020 5020 4920 3400 2670
3 52060 52060 47230 42420 37740 33180 28740 24410 21250 17130
2 7/16 4510 4510 4510 4510 4510 4510 3400 2670
3 1/16 51030 51030 47230 42420 37740 33180 28740 24410 21250 17130
3 1/8 49990 49990 47230 42420 37740 33180 28740 24410 21250 17130
3 3/16 48930 48930 47230 42420 37740 33180 28740 24410 21250 17130 3-1/2 SL-H90
3 1/4 47850 47850 47230 42420 37740 33180 28740 24410 21250 17130 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3 3/8 45620 45620 45620 42420 37740 33180 28740 24410 21250 17130 OD (in)
3 1/2 43330 43330 43330 42420 37740 33180 28740 24410 21250 17130 ID (in) 5 4-7/8 4-3/4 4-5/8 4-1/2 4-3/8 4-1/4 4-1/8
3 5/8 40960 40960 40960 40960 37740 33180 28740 24410 21250 17130
3 3/4 38510 38510 38510 38510 37740 33180 28740 24410 21250 17130 2 1/2 13080 13080 13080 13080 11000 8740 6570 4490
3 7/8 36000 36000 36000 36000 36000 33180 28740 24410 21250 17130 2 5/8 11760 11760 11760 11760 11000 8740 6570 4490
4 33410 33410 33410 33410 33410 33180 28740 24410 21250 17130 2 11/16 11080 11080 11080 11080 11000 8740 6570 4490
2 3/4 10380 10380 10380 10380 10380 8740 6570 4490
2 7/8 8960 8960 8960 8960 8960 8740 6570 4490
6-5/8 FH
3 7470 7470 7470 7470 7470 7470 6570 4490
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
OD (in)
ID (in) 8-3/4 8-5/8 8-1/2 8-3/8 8-1/4 8-1/8 8 7-3/4 7-1/2 7-1/8 4 H90
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3 1/2 83060 83060 78090 71540 65120 58850 52710 40860 29550 24100
OD (in)
3 3/4 77400 77400 77400 71540 65120 58850 52710 40860 29550 24100
ID (in) 6-1/4 6-1/8 6 5-7/8 5-3/4 5-5/8 5-1/2 5-5/32 5-1/32 4-7/8 4-27/32
4 71380 71380 71380 71380 65120 58850 52710 40860 29550 24100
4 1/4 65010 65010 65010 65010 65010 58850 52710 40860 29550 24100 2 3/4 21990 21990 21990 21990 21990 21990 21990 13920 11060 7630 6960
4 1/2 58310 58310 58310 58310 58310 58310 52710 40860 29550 24100 2 13/16 21180 21180 21180 21180 21180 21180 21180 13920 11060 7630 6960
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

4 3/4 51280 51280 51280 51280 51280 51280 51280 40860 29550 24100 2 7/8 20370 20370 20370 20370 20370 20370 20370 13920 11060 7630 6960
5 43930 43930 43930 43930 43930 43930 43930 40860 29550 24100 3 18680 18680 18680 18680 18680 18680 18680 13920 11060 7630 6960
5 1/4 36280 36280 36280 36280 36280 36280 36280 36280 29550 24100 3 1/8 16930 16930 16930 16930 16930 16930 16930 13920 11060 7630 6960

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) Proprietary Connections


MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS
The need for tool joints with higher torsional capacity has caused several pro-
prietary connections to be introduced. The data below was provided by the
(API connections in bold type are box-weak)
manufacturers of these connections, and is listed solely for the convenience
of users who may be considering using these connections. The DS-1 Techni-
4-1/2 H90 cal Committee has made no analysis of the data or the engineering rationale

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
behind the data.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
OD (in)
ID (in) 6-3/4 6-5/8 6-1/2 6-3/8 6-1/4 6-1/8 6 5-7/8 5-3/4 5-1/2 5-3/8 HI TORQUE™ (HT™)
HI TORQUE™ connections employ a pin tip shoulder to provide more torsional capacity. Otherwise,
they are similar to other connections of similar number designations. For sizes not listed below,
2 3/4 30540 30540 30540 30540 30540 30540 30340 26660 23090 16260 13010
check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque.
2 7/8 28790 28790 28790 28790 28790 28790 28790 26660 23090 16260 13010
3 26970 26970 26970 26970 26970 26970 26970 26660 23090 16260 13010 Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
3 1/8 25080 25080 25080 25080 25080 25080 25080 25080 23090 16260 13010 HT 2-3/8 PAC 2 7/8 1 3/8 4200
3 1/4 23130 23130 23130 23130 23130 23130 23130 23130 23090 16260 13010
3 3/8 21100 21100 21100 21100 21100 21100 21100 21100 21100 16260 13010 HT 26 3 1/2 1 1/2 7300
3 1/2 19020 19020 19020 19020 19020 19020 19020 19020 19020 16260 13010 3 3/8 1 3/4 5200
3 5/8 1 1/2 7700
3 5/8 1 3/8 7700

3-1/2 XH HT 2 3/8 SLH90 3 1/8 1.975 4600


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
OD (in) HT 31 4 1/8 2 1/8 10000
ID (in) 5 4-7/8 4-3/4 4-5/8 4-1/2 4-3/8 4-1/4 4-1/8 4 1/8 2 11300
4 1/8 1 7/8 11600
2 1/4 11690 11690 11690 11690 9770 7820 5950 4150 4 1/8 2 5/32 9600
2 3/8 10650 10650 10650 10650 9770 7820 5950 4150 4 2 5/32 8900
2 7/16 10120 10120 10120 10120 9770 7820 5950 4150
HT 2-7/8 PAC 3 1/8 1 1/2 5100
2 1/2 9570 9570 9570 9570 9570 7820 5950 4150
2 9/16 9020 9020 9020 9020 9020 7820 5950 4150
HT 34 4 1/4 2 9/16 10900
2 5/8 8450 8450 8450 8450 8450 7820 5950 4150
HT 38 5 2 9/16 17600
4 3/4 2 11/16 15200
4 3/4 2 9/16 16100
4 3/4 2 7/16 17000
4 7/8 2 5/8 16600
4 7/8 2 9/16 17600
4 7/8 2 1/2 17700

HT 40 5 1/2 2 9/16 23800


5 5/16 2 9/16 23800
5 1/4 2 13/16 19100
5 1/4 2 11/16 21500
5 1/4 2 9/16 23700
249

5 1/4 2 7/16 24600

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
250

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) eXtreme™ Torque (XT™)
MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR eXtreme™ Torque connections employ a pin tip shoulder as well as an extended pin base, pin
nose, and box counterbore to provide more torsional capacity. For sizes not listed below, check
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS
with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque.
Proprietary Connections
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
XT 22 2 7/8 1 3/8 4300
HI TORQUE™ (continued)
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb) XT 24 3 3/16 1 3/8 6500
HT 50 6 5/8 3 1/2 38200 3 1/8 1 1/2 5700
6 1/2 3 1/2 38200 3 1/8 1 3/8 6200
6 3/8 3 1/2 38200
6 1/4 3 3/4 31600 XT 26 3 1/2 1 3/4 6900
6 1/4 3 5/8 35500 3 3/8 1 3/4 6900
6 1/4 3 1/2 37600
XT 27 3 3/8 1 27/32 6600
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

HT 55 7 3/8 3 3/8 59300


7 1/4 3 3/4 55400 XT 29 3 7/8 1 3/4 11500
7 1/4 3 1/2 59400 3 3/4 2 8900
7 1/8 4 46300 3 3/4 1 13/16 10400
7 1/8 3 3/4 55400
7 1/8 3 1/2 59200 XT 30 3 7/8 2 11100
7 1/8 3 1/4 58500
7 4 46300 XT 31 4 1/8 2 12600
7 3 3/4 52700 4 1/8 1 7/8 14000
7 3 1/2 56300 4 1/8 1 3/4 14800
4 2 1/8 11100
HT 65 8 1/2 4 1/4 83700 4 2 12200
8 1/4 4 13/16 69600
8 1/8 4 7/8 66400 XT 38 5 2 7/16 20900
8 1/8 4 3/4 72900 4 7/8 2 9/16 18800
8 5 59600 4 13/16 2 7/16 20900
4 3/4 2 13/16 14200
4 3/4 2 11/16 16600
4 3/4 2 5/8 17700
4 3/4 2 9/16 18800
4 3/4 2 1/2 19800
4 3/4 2 7/16 20500
4 3/4 2 1/4 21800
4 5/8 2 13/16 14200
4 5/8 2 11/16 16400

XT 39 5 2 13/16 19700
5 2 11/16 22200
5 2 9/16 24500
5 2 7/8 18500
4 7/8 2 13/16 19700
4 7/8 2 11/16 21200
4 7/8 2 9/16 22200

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) eXtreme™ Torque-M (XT-M™)
MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR These connections have performance similar to XT but with a metal to metal seal at the nose which
has a 10,000 psi external gas pressure rating and 15,000 psi internal gas pressure rating. For sizes
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS
not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque.
Proprietary Connections
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
eXtreme™ Torque (continued) XT-M 24 3 1/8 1 1/2 4800

Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb) XT-M 26 3 3/8 1 3/4 5800
XT 40 5 5/16 2 11/16 28800
5 1/4 3 22300 XT-M 38 4 3/4 2 11/16 14400
5 1/4 2 13/16 26300 4 3/4 2 5/8 15600
5 1/4 2 11/16 28800 4 3/4 2 9/16 16700
4 3/4 2 1/2 17700
XT 43 5 1/4 3 1/4 22300 4 3/4 2 7/16 18400
5 1/4 3 26400

XT 46 6 1/4 3 1/4 42000 XT-M 39 5 2 9/16 22300


6 1/4 3 1/8 45300 5 2 7/16 23300
6 3 5/8 31000 4 7/8 2 11/16 18900
6 3 1/2 34800
6 3 1/4 38900 XT-M 40 5 5/16 2 11/16 26200
5 1/4 2 13/16 23700
XT 50 6 5/8 3 3/4 46100
6 5/8 3 1/2 54300 XT-M43 5 1/4 3 1/4 19400
6 5/8 3 3/8 57900 5 1/4 3 23500
6 5/8 3 1/4 57600
6 1/2 4 37300 XT-M 46 6 1/4 3 1/4 38500
6 1/2 3 3/4 46100 6 1/4 3 1/8 41900
6 3 5/8 27600
XT 54 6 5/8 4 49900 6 3 1/2 31400
6 5/8 3 7/8 52000
6 3/4 4 1/4 42100 XT-M 50 6 5/8 3 3/4 42000
6 3/4 4 51900 6 5/8 3 1/2 50200
6 3/4 3 7/8 56400 6 5/8 3 1/4 56200
6 1/2 3 3/4 42000
XT 55 7 4 58000

XT 57 7 1/4 4 64600 XT-M 57 7 1/4 4 61700


7 1/8 4 64600 7 1/8 4 61700
7 4 3/8 51200 7 4 1/4 51500
7 4 1/4 56500
7 4 63700 XT-M 65 8 1/8 4 7/8 81500
7 3 3/4 63700 8 1/8 4 3/4 88200
8 5 74500
XT 65 8 1/4 5 81100
8 1/8 4 7/8 88000 XT-M 69 8 1/2 5 1/4 92700
8 1/8 4 3/4 94800
8 5 81100
251

XT 69 8 1/2 5 1/4 100100

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
252

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) Grant Prideco™ Double Shoulder (continued)
MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS GPDS 50 6 5/8 3 1/2 35900
Proprietary Connections 6 5/8 3 1/4 43000
6 5/8 3 45900
6 1/2 3 1/2 35900
Grant Prideco Double Shoulder (GPDS™) 6 1/2 3 3/8 39500
GPDS™ connections employ a pin tip shoulder to provide more torsional capacity and are fully 6 1/2 3 1/4 43000
interchangeable with API NC or FH connections of the same number designation. For sizes not
6 1/2 3 3/16 44700
listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque.
6 1/2 3 1/8 46000
6 1/2 3 45900
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
GPDS 26 3 1/2 1 5/8 6300 GPDS 55 7 3/8 3 1/4 63000
3 1/2 1 1/2 7200 7 1/4 3 1/2 61200
7 1/8 4 1/8 38900
GPDS 31 4 1/8 2 10300 7 1/8 3 7/8 48300
4 1/8 1 7/8 11600 7 1/8 3 3/4 52700
7 4 1/8 38900
GPDS 38 5 2 9/16 15400 7 4 43700
5 2 7/16 17400
5 3 3/8 18400 GPDS 65 8 1/4 4 7/8 63400
5 2 1/4 20300 8 1/4 4 3/4 70000
4 7/8 2 9/16 15400 8 1/4 4 1/2 82500
4 7/8 2 1/2 16400 8 1/8 4 3/4 70000
4 7/8 2 7/16 17400 8 5 56700
4 13/16 2 9/16 15400 8 4 15/16 60100
8 4 7/8 63400
GPDS 40 5 1/2 2 7/16 24000
5 3/8 2 1/2 22900
5 1/4 2 11/16 19600

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5 1/4 2 5/8 20700
5 1/4 2 9/16 21800
5 1/4 2 1/2 22900
5 1/4 2 7/16 23900

GPDS 42 5 3/8 2 13/16 23000


5 3/8 2 3/4 24300
5 1/4 2 13/16 22500

GPDS 46 6 3 1/4 25500


6 3 3/16 27100
6 3 1/8 28700
6 3 31700
6 2 15/16 33100
6 2 3/4 37200

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) TurboTorque™ (continued)


MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS TurboTorque 585 7 1/8 4 3/8 80300
Proprietary Connections 7 1/8 4 5/16 84100
7 4 1/2 72400

TurboTorque™ (TT™) TurboTorque 690 8 1/4 5 1/2 95600


The industry first double start thread allows for faster make-up times. It has higher than standard
tool joint material yield strength and a fatigue resistant thread from which allows for higher make-
up torque. For sizes not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque.
TurboTorque-M™ (TT-M™)
The industry first double start thread allows for faster make-up times. It has higher than standard
tool joint material yield strength and a fatigue resistant thread from which allows for higher make-
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb) up torque. These connections have performance similar to TT but with a metal to metal seal at
TurboTorque 380 4 13/16 2 1/2 30200 the nose which has a 10,000 psi external gas pressure rating and 20,000 psi internal gas pressure
3 3/4 2 11/16 25400 rating. For sizes not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque.
4 3/4 2 5/8 27100
4 5/8 2 13/16 22100 Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
TurboTorque-M 380 4 13/16 3 1/2 23200
TurboTorque 390 5 2 9/16 32900 4 3/4 2 11/16 19100
4 15/16 2 9/16 32900 4 3/4 2 5/8 20500
4 7/8 2 11/16 29700
TurboTorque-M 390 4 7/8 2 11/16 22600
TurboTorque 435 5 3/8 3 1/8 37400
TurboTorque-M 435 5 3/8 3 1/8 28600
5 3/8 3 41200
TurboTorque-M 485 6 1/8 3 1/4 47300
TurboTorque 485 6 1/8 3 1/4 60100 6 1/8 3 1/8 51300
6 1/8 3 1/8 64800 6 3 9/16 36500
6 3 9/16 47600 6 3 1/2 38800
6 3 1/2 50200 5 7/8 3 11/16 32000
5 7/8 3 11/16 42200
TurboTorque-M 500 6 3/8 3 1/4 54900
TurboTorque 500 6 3/8 3 1/4 69300 6 1/4 3 1/2 45900
6 1/4 6 1/2 58800
TurboTorque-M 525 6 5/8 3 9/16 57300
TurboTorque 525 6 5/8 3 9/16 72600 6 5/8 3 1/2 59800
6 5/8 3 1/2 75500 6 5/8 3 3/8 64500
6 5/8 3 3/8 80900 6 1/2 3 7/8 44500
6 1/2 3 7/8 57700 6 1/2 3 3/4 49800
6 1/2 3 3/4 63800 TurboTorque-M 550 6 5/8 4 1/4 45200
6 5/8 4 1/8 51300
TurboTorque 550 6 5/8 4 1/4 59200 6 5/8 4 54700
6 5/8 4 70200
6 3/4 4 73100 TurboTorque-M 585 7 3/8 4 78200
7 1/4 4 1/4 69200
TurboTorque 575 7 1/8 4 1/8 85300 7 1/4 4 1/8 75500
7 4 1/4 78000 7 1/8 4 3/8 62600
7 1/8 4 5/16 65900
TurboTorque 585 7 3/8 4 90900 7 4 1/2 55900
253

7 1/4 4 1/4 87900


7 1/4 4 1/8 91000 TurboTorque-M 710 8 1/2 5 5/8 82300

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
254

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) uXT™ (continued)


MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS uXT 40 5 5/16 2 11/16 36500
Proprietary Connections 5 1/4 3 28200
5 1/4 2 13/16 33300
5 1/4 2 11/16 36400
uXT™
uXT is interchangeable with standard XT connections. It has higher than standard tool joint mate- uXT 43 5 3/8 3 1/8 29900
rial yield strength and a fatigue resistant thread from which allows for higher make-up torque. For 5 3/8 3 29800
sizes not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque. 5 1/4 3 1/4 28200
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb) 5 1/4 3 29600
uXT 22 2 7/8 1 3/8 5400
uXT 46 6 1/4 3 1/4 53000
uXT 24 3 3/16 1 3/8 8200 6 1/4 3 1/8 57300
3 1/8 1 1/2 7200 6 3 5/8 39200
3 1/8 1 3/8 7900 6 3 1/2 44000
6 3 1/4 49100
uXT 26 3 1/2 1 3/4 8700
3 1/2 1 1/2 9500 uXT 50 6 5/8 3 3/4 58300
3 3/8 1 3/4 8700 6 5/8 3 1/2 68600
3 3/8 1 5/8 9500 6 5/8 3 3/8 73100
6 5/8 3 1/4 72800
uXT 31 4 1/8 2 16000 6 1/2 4 47100
4 1/8 1 7/8 17700 6 1/2 3 3/4 58300
4 1/8 1 3/4 18700 6 3/8 3 3/4 57000
4 2 1/8 14100 6 3/8 3 1/2 61600
4 2 15400
3 7/8 2 1/8 12600 uXT 54 6 5/8 4 63100
6 5/8 3 3/8 73000
uXT 38 5 2 7/16 26400 6 3/4 4 1/4 53200
4 13/16 2 7/16 26400 6 3/4 4 65600
4 3/4 2 13/16 18000 6 3/4 3 3/8 73600
4 3/4 2 11/16 20900
4 3/4 2 5/8 22400 uXT 55 7 3/8 3 5/8 78000
4 3/4 2 9/16 23700 7 4 73200
4 3/4 2 1/2 25100
4 3/4 2 7/16 25900 uXT 57 7 1/4 4 81600
4 3/4 2 1/4 27500 7 1/8 4 81600
4 5/8 2 13/16 18000 7 4 3/8 64700
4 5/8 2 11/16 20700 7 4 1/4 71400
7 4 80500
uXT 39 5 2 13/16 24900
5 2 11/16 28000 uXT 65 8 1/4 5 102500
5 2 9/16 30900 8 5 102500
5 2 7/8 23400
4 7/8 2 13/16 24900 uXT 69 8 1/2 5 1/4 108500
4 7/8 2 11/16 26800
4 7/8 2 9/16 28000
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) Grant Prideco uGPDS™ (continued)
MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS uGPDS 50 6 5/8 3 1/2 44800
Proprietary Connections 6 5/8 3 1/4 53900
6 5/8 3 57900
6 1/2 3 1/2 44800
uGPDS™ 6 1/2 3 3/8 49400
uGPDS is interchangeable with standard GPDS connections. It has higher than standard tool joint

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6 1/2 3 1/4 53900
material yield strength and a fatigue resistant thread from which allows for higher make-up torque. 6 1/2 3 3/16 56000
For sizes not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque.
6 1/2 3 1/8 58100
6 1/2 3 57900
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
uGPDS 26 3 1/2 1 5/8 7800 uGPDS 55 7 3/8 3 1/4 79600
7 1/4 3 1/2 76900
uGPDS 31 4 1/8 2 12800 7 1/8 3 7/8 60600
4 1/8 1 7/8 14500 7 1/8 3 3/4 66300
7 1/8 4 1/8 48800
uGPDS 38 5 2 9/16 19100 7 4 1/8 48800
5 2 7/16 21700 7 4 54800
5 2 3/8 22600
5 2 1/4 23200 uGPDS 65 8 1/4 4 7/8 79600
4 7/8 2 9/16 19100 8 1/4 4 3/4 87900
4 7/8 2 1/2 20400 8 1/4 4 1/2 103800
4 7/8 2 7/16 21700 8 1/8 4 3/4 87900
4 13/16 2 9/16 19100 8 5 71100
8 4 15/16 75400
uGPDS 40 5 1/2 2 7/16 29900 8 4 7/8 79600
5 3/8 2 1/2 28600
5 1/4 2 11/16 24300
5 1/4 2 5/8 25800
5 1/4 2 9/16 27200
5 1/4 2 1/2 28600
5 1/4 2 7/16 29900

uGPDS 42 5 3/8 2 13/16 28700


5 3/8 2 3/4 30300
5 1/4 2 13/16 28400

uGPDS 46 6 1/4 3 39600


6 3 1/4 31900
6 3 3/16 33800
6 3 1/8 35800
6 3 39600
6 2 15/16 41400
6 2 3/4 46100
255

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
256

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) Grant Prideco EIS™
MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR Grant Prideco EIS™ connections employ a pin tip shoulder and a box internal shoulder to pro-
vide more torsional capacity and are fully interchangeable with API NC and FH connections of
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS
the same size designation. For sizes not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine
Proprietary Connections makeup torque.
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
Delta™ NC26 EIS 3-5/8 1-1/2 8,500
Delta connections come with the most balance and provide high performances, speed of makeup,
and are designed to bring a lower cost of ownership. For sizes not listed below, check with the NC31 EIS 4-1/8 2 12,300
manufacturer to determine makeup torque.
NC38 EIS 4-3/4 2-7/16 18,600
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb) 4-3/4 2-9/16 17,600
Delta 243 3 1/8 1 1/2 5900
NC46 EIS 6 3 37,100
Delta 259 3 1/2 1 3/8 8800
3 1/2 1 1/4 9700 NC50 EIS 6-1/2 3-1/4 49,800
3 3/8 1 1/2 7900 6-3/8 3-1/2 42,000
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Delta 321 4 1/8 2 14000 5 1/2 FH EIS 7 3-3/4 59,700


7 4 50,700
Delta 377 4 7/8 2 3/8 22900 7-1/8 4 50,700
4 3/4 2 9/16 19500
4 3/4 2 1/2 20700 6 5/8 FH EIS 8 4-3/4 80,100
8 5 65,700
Delta 391 5 2 9/16 23800
4 7/8 2 11/16 21400

Delta 425 5 3/8 2 7/8 28900


5 1/4 3 26000

Delta 494 6 5/16 3 1/8 51500


6 1/4 3 1/4 47800

Delta 527 6 1/2 3 3/4 49800

Delta 544 6 5/8 4 50300


6 5/8 3 7/8 54200

Delta 576 7 1/4 3 7/8 71300


7 1/8 4 70200
7 4 1/4 59200

Delta 663 8 5 86600

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) Hydril Wedge Thread™
MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR Wedge Thread™ (WT™) tool joints employ an entirely different principle for carrying torsion than
other connections. Unlike other connections, makeup torques are listed as ranges for standard
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS
sizes of Wedge Thread™ connections. The torque ranges below were provided by the manufacturer.
Proprietary Connections For sizes not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque.

Makeup Torque (ft-lb)


Grant Prideco Express™ Connection OD (in) ID (in) Minimum Maximum
Grant Prideco Express™ connections employ a pin tip shoulder, a box internal shoulder and a
patented thread design to provide more torsional capacity. For sizes not listed below, check with
the manufacturer to determine makeup torque. WT 14S 3 9/16 1.975 2800 8900
3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1.975 2800 8900
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb) 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1.945 2800 8900
Express VX24 3-1/8 1-1/2 6,100 3 1/4 - 3 3/8 1 3/4 2800 8900

Express VX26 3-1/2 1-1/2 9,500 WT23 3 1/8 1 1/2 2200 8300

Express VX38 4-5/8 2-3/4 16,600 WT26 3 3/8 1 3/4 2800 9800
5 2-7/16 22,900
WT31 4 1/8 2 6200 22500
Express VX39 4-7/8 2-13/16 21,100
5 2-13/16 22,300 WT38 4 3/4 - 5 2 9/16 9000 31500
5 2-3/4 23,700 4 3/4 - 5 2 1/2 9000 31500

Express VX40 5-1/4 3 26,700 WT39 5 - 5 1/8 2 13/16 10000 36000

Express VX46 6 3-3/4 33,200 WT40 5 1/2 3 1/8 12000 42000


6 3-1/2 39,400 5 3/8 3 1/8 12000 42000
6 3 43,000
WT46 6 - 6 1/4 3 1/2 15000 56000
Express VX50 6-1/2 4 44,700 5 7/8 3 1/2 15000 56000

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6-1/2 3-3/4 51,200
WT50 6 3/4 - 7 4 23000 86000
Express VX54 6-3/4 4 57,500 6 3/4 - 7 3 7/8 23000 86000
6 5/8 3 7/8 23000 86000
Express VX57 7 4-1/2 49,200 6 5/8 3 5/8 23000 86000
7 4-1/4 60,800
WT54 7 4 3/8 25000 90000
Express VX65 8 5-1/2 68,800
8-1/4 5-1/4 85,600 WT56 7 - 7 1/4 4 5/8 27000 99000
7 - 7 1/4 4 3/8 27000 99000

WT66 8 5 3/8 35000 120000


257

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
258

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) NK DSTJ™ (continued)


MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS 5 1/8 2 3/4 22500
Proprietary Connections 5 1/2 2 13/16 21700
5 3/8 2 13/16 21600
NK DSTJ™ 5 1/4 2 13/16 21500
DSTJ™ connections are similar to NC connections of the same number designation except they 5 1/8 2 13/16 21400
have a pin tip shoulder for added torsional capacity. The torques below were provided by the
manufacturer. For sizes not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque. NK DSTJ NC46 6 1/4 2 1/4 52100
6 1/8 2 1/4 49400
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb) 6 2 1/4 44600
NK DSTJ NC38 5 2 1/8 25200 5 7/8 2 1/4 40000
4 7/8 2 1/8 22200 5 3/4 2 1/4 35500
4 3/4 2 1/8 19100 6 1/4 2 1/2 47800
4 5/8 2 1/8 16100 6 1/8 2 1/2 47600
5 2 5/16 22700 6 2 1/2 40000
4 7/8 2 5/16 21800 5 7/8 2 1/2 39300
4 3/4 2 5/16 18700 5 3/4 2 1/2 34800
4 5/8 2 5/16 18700 6 1/4 2 3/4 43000
5 2 7/16 20800 6 1/8 2 3/4 42800
4 7/8 2 7/16 20700 6 2 3/4 42600
4 3/4 2 7/16 18300 5 7/8 2 3/4 38500
4 5/8 2 7/16 18300 5 3/4 2 3/4 34000
5 2 1/2 19900 6 1/4 3 37600
4 7/8 2 1/2 19700 6 1/8 3 37400
4 3/4 2 1/2 18100 6 3 37200
4 5/8 2 1/2 15100 5 7/8 3 37100
5 2 9/16 18900 5 3/4 3 32900
4 7/8 2 9/16 18700 6 1/4 3 1/4 31600
4 3/4 2 9/16 17900 6 1/8 3 1/4 31400
4 5/8 2 9/16 17900 6 3 1/4 31300
5 7/8 3 1/4 31200
NK DSTJ NC40 5 1/2 2 7/16 28400 5 3/4 3 1/4 31000
5 3/8 2 7/16 28200
5 1/4 2 7/16 27700 NK DSTJ NC50 6 5/8 2 3/4 61900
5 1/8 2 7/16 24200 6 1/2 2 3/4 56500
5 1/2 2 9/16 26300 6 3/8 2 3/4 51100
5 3/8 2 9/16 26100 6 1/4 2 3/4 45800
5 1/4 2 9/16 26000 6 1/8 2 3/4 40700
5 1/8 2 9/16 23800 6 5/8 3 56200
5 1/2 2 11/16 24100 6 1/2 3 55500
5 3/8 2 11/16 23900 6 3/8 3 50100
5 1/4 2 11/16 23800 6 1/4 3 44800
5 1/8 2 11/16 23300 6 1/8 3 39700
5 1/2 2 3/4 22900 6 5/8 3 1/4 49800
5 3/8 2 3/4 22800 6 1/2 3 1/4 49600
5 1/4 2 3/4 22700 6 3/8 3 1/4 48800

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) NK DSTJ™ (continued)


MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS
NK DSTJ ST39 5 2 9/16 22100
Proprietary Connections 4 7/8 2 9/16 21800
4 3/4 2 9/16 18700
NK DSTJ™ (continued) 5 2 5/8 21100
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb) 4 7/8 2 5/8 21000
NK DSTJ NC50 6 1/4 3 1/4 43600 4 3/4 2 5/8 18500
6 1/8 3 1/4 38500 NK DSTJ ST39 5 2 11/16 20000
6 5/8 3 1/2 42900 4 7/8 2 11/16 19900
6 1/2 3 1/2 42700 4 3/4 2 11/16 18200
6 3/8 3 1/2 42500 5 2 3/4 18900
6 1/4 3 1/2 42100 4 7/8 2 3/4 18800
6 1/8 3 1/2 37000 4 3/4 2 3/4 18000
6 5/8 3 3/4 35300 5 2 13/16 17800
6 1/2 3 3/4 35100 4 7/8 2 13/16 17700
6 3/8 3 3/4 35000 4 3/4 2 13/16 17600
6 1/4 3 3/4 34800
6 1/8 3 3/4 34700 NK DSTJ ST58 7 1/4 3 3/4 73000
7 1/8 3 3/4 66200
NK DSTJ 5 1/2 FH 7 1/4 3 77800 7 3 3/4 59500
7 1/8 3 71100 7 1/4 4 66900
7 3 64600 7 1/8 4 64200
6 7/8 3 58300 7 4 57600
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6 3/4 3 52100 7 1/4 4 1/8 62100


7 1/4 3 1/4 76400 7 1/8 4 1/8 61800
7 1/8 3 1/4 69900 7 4 1/8 56500
7 3 1/4 63400 7 1/4 4 1/4 57100
6 7/8 3 1/4 57100 7 1/8 4 1/4 56900
6 3/4 3 1/4 50900 7 4 1/4 55400
7 1/4 3 1/2 70000
7 1/8 3 1/2 68500
7 3 1/2 62000
6 7/8 3 1/2 55600
6 3/4 3 1/2 49500
7 1/4 3 3/4 61800
7 1/8 3 3/4 61600
7 3 3/4 60300
6 7/8 3 3/4 53900
6 3/4 3 3/4 47800
7 1/4 4 52900
7 1/8 4 52700
7 4 52500
6 7/8 4 52000
6 3/4 4 45800
259

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
260

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) Hilong HLIDS (continued)
MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS HLIDS50 6 5/8 3 1/2 36900
Proprietary Connections 6 5/8 3 1/4 44000
6 5/8 3 50400
6 1/2 3 3/4 29100
Hilong Interchangeable Double Shoulder (HLIDS) 6 1/2 3 1/2 36800
HLIDS connection are similar to NC connection of the same number designation except they have
6 1/2 3 1/4 43800
a pin tip shoulder for added torsional capacity. The torques below were provided by the manu-
6 1/2 3 49900
facturer. For sizes not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque.
Connections in bold type are box-weak.
HLIDS5-1/2FH 7 1/2 3 77200
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb) 7 1/4 4 44900
HLIDS23 3 1 3/8 3300 7 1/4 3 3/4 53900
7 1/4 3 1/2 62100
7 1/4 3 1/4 69100

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
HLIDS26 3 5/8 1 5/8 6500
3 3/8 1 3/4 5300 7 4 1/8 39900
7 4 44600
HLIDS31 4 3/8 1 5/8 14400
4 1/8 2 1/8 9100 HLIDS6-5/8FH 8 1/4 4 3/4 71800
4 1/8 2 10500 8 1/4 4 1/2 84100
8 5 58300
HLIDS38 5 2 9/16 15900 8 4 3/4 71400
5 2 7/16 17900
5 2 1/8 22500
4 7/8 2 11/16 13700
4 7/8 2 9/16 15800
4 7/8 2 7/16 17800
4 3/4 2 11/16 13600
4 3/4 2 9/16 15200

HLIDS40 5 1/2 2 31000


5 3/8 2 1/2 23400
5 1/4 2 11/16 20000
5 1/4 2 9/16 22200
5 1/4 2 7/16 24100

HLIDS46 6 1/4 3 1/4 26600


6 1/4 3 32700
6 1/4 2 3/4 38200
6 3 1/4 26400
6 3 1/8 29500
6 3 32400

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) Hilong Super High-Torque (HLST)
MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR HLST connections are the second generation double-shouldered RSC developed by Hilong. HLST
connection have a pin tip shoulder for higher torsional capacity and have a special thread form.
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS
The torques below were provided by the manufacturer. For sizes not listed below, check with the
Proprietary Connections manufacturer to determine makeup torque. Connections in bold type are box-weak.

Hilong Modified High-Torque (HLMT) Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
HLMT connections are modified from HLIDS connections. HLMT connections are similar to HLIDS HLST26 3 5/8 1 1/2 8700
except distance between shoulders is changed to improve performance. The torques below were 3 5/8 1 3/8 9500
provided by the manufacturer. For sizes not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine 3 1/2 1 3/4 6700
makeup torque. Connections in bold type are box-weak. 3 1/2 1 5/8 7700
3 1/2 1 1/2 8600
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
3 3/8 1 3/4 6600
HLMT2-3/8PAC 3 1 3/8 4200
HLST31 4 1/8 2 12900
HLMT2-7/8PAC 3 1/8 1 1/2 5100
4 1/8 1 7/8 14200
3 1/8 1 3/8 5900
4 1/8 1 3/4 15000
4 2 1/8 11400
HLMT38 5 2 9/16 17700
4 2 12100
5 2 7/16 19700
4 3/4 2 11/16 15400
HLST36 4 3/4 2 9/16 14700
4 3/4 2 9/16 17000
4 3/4 2 7/16 16600
4 1/2 2 9/16 14500
HLMT40 5 1/2 2 9/16 24100
4 1/2 2 7/16 16200
5 1/2 2 7/16 26300
5 1/4 2 11/16 21600
HLST39 5 2 9/16 23300
5 1/4 2 9/16 23900
5 2 7/16 25100
5 1/4 2 1/2 25000
4 7/8 2 11/16 20700
4 7/8 2 9/16 21700
HLMT46 6 1/4 3 34600
6 3 1/4 28300
HLST40 5 3/8 2 9/16 29900
5 1/4 2 11/16 27400
HLMT50 6 5/8 3 1/2 39700
5 1/4 2 9/16 29300
6 5/8 3 1/4 46700
6 5/8 3 53200
HLST46 6 1/4 3 42000
6 1/2 3 3/4 31800
6 3 1/4 35500
6 1/2 3 1/2 39500
6 1/2 3 1/4 46600
HLST52 6 5/8 3 1/2 54200
6 3/8 3 3/4 31700
6 5/8 3 1/4 60000
6 3/8 3 1/2 39400
6 1/2 3 3/4 45900

HLMT5-1/2FH 7 1/2 3 1/2 64200


HLST54 7 3 3/4 59400
7 1/2 3 1/4 71900
7 3 1/2 67800
7 1/4 3 3/4 55600
6 7/8 4 50200
7 1/4 3 5/8 59800
6 7/8 3 3/4 59200
7 1/4 3 1/2 63800
6 3/4 4 1/8 45300
7 1/4 3 3/8 67700
6 3/4 4 50100
7 4 46300
261

6 3/4 3 7/8 53800


7 3 7/8 50800

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
262

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) Hilong Improved Super High-Torque (HLIST)
MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR HLIST products are improved HLST products, based on customer feedback. HLIST connections are
similar to HLST except the taper of thread. The torques below were provided by the manufacturer.
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS
For sizes not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque. Connections
Proprietary Connections in bold type are box-weak.

Hilong HLST (continued) Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)


HLIST38 4 7/8 2 7/16 20900
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
4 7/8 2 5/16 22800
HLST57 7 1/4 4 66100 4 7/8 2 3/16 24700
7 1/4 3 7/8 70800 4 3/4 2 9/16 18800
7 1/4 3 3/4 75400 4 3/4 2 7/16 20800
7 1/8 4 1/8 60900
7 1/8 4 65800 HLIST39 5 2 11/16 22200
7 4 1/4 55700 5 2 9/16 24500
7 4 1/8 59600 5 2 1/2 25500
4 7/8 2 13/16 19800
4 7/8 2 3/4 21000
4 7/8 2 11/16 21600

HLIST46 6 1/4 3 1/4 42100


6 1/4 3 48600
6 3 1/2 34900
6 3 3/8 37900

HLIST50 6 5/8 3 1/2 54600


6 5/8 3 3/8 58300
6 5/8 3 1/4 61000
6 1/2 3 3/4 46400
6 1/2 3 5/8 50500
6 1/2 3 1/2 53600

HLIST54 6 3/4 4 55700


6 3/4 3 7/8 59400
6 5/8 4 1/8 50300
6 5/8 4 54900

HLIST57 7 1/2 3 1/2 85500


7 1/2 3 3/8 89600
7 1/2 3 1/4 93500
7 1/2 3 1/8 97200
7 1/4 4 67100
7 1/4 3 7/8 71900
7 1/4 3 3/4 76500
7 4 1/4 56800
7 4 1/8 61900
7 4 64600

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) DP-Master DPM-MT®


MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR The DPM-MT® connection was developed based on a Fit for Purpose principle to provide users with
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS a connection that has a substantial increase in torsional strength compared to API or 1st Generation
Double Shoulder connections with the ability to run quickly and efficiently in very severe drilling
Proprietary Connections operations. For sizes not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque.

Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb) 130 KSI


DP-Master DPM-DS DPM-MT24 2 7/8 1 1/2 3400
The DPM-DS connection is a high-performance generic API double-shouldered connection which is
well established and field proven around the world. This stronger connection is fully interchangeable
DPM-MT26 3 3/8 1 1/2 6700
with API and selected market available double-shouldered connections. For sizes not listed below,
3 3/8 1 3/4 5800
check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque.
3 1/2 1 1/2 8000
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb) 130 KSI 3 5/8 1 1/2 8100
DPM-DS31 4 1/8 1 7/8 12400 DPM-MT26SP 3 3/8 1 22/27 5600
4 1/8 2 11100
DPM-MT31 4 2 11300
DPM-DS38 4 3/4 2 9/16 16100 4 2 1/8 10600
4 7/8 2 9/16 16700 4 1/8 2 13000
5 2 7/16 19000
5 2 9/16 16800 DPM-MT34 4 36/59 2 1/2 15700
4 7/10 2 1/2 15800
DPM-DS40 5 1/4 2 9/16 23700
DPM-MT38 4 3/4 2 7/16 18600
DPM-DS46 6 3 34400
DPM-MT39 4 7/8 2 9/16 19600
6 3 1/4 27900
4 7/8 2 7/16 20600
6 1/4 2 3/4 40700
4 7/8 2 3/8 21100
6 1/4 3 34700 5 2 9/16 22200
6 1/4 3 1/4 28100 5 2 11/16 20000
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

DPM-DS50 6 5/8 3 54000 DPM-MT40 5 1/4 2 3/5 25300


6 5/8 3 1/4 47000 5 1/4 2 11/16 25500
6 5/8 3 1/2 39300
6 5/8 3 5/8 35300 DPM-MT50 6 3/8 3 1/2 42100
6 5/8 3 3/4 31000 6 3/8 3 3/4 38300
6 1/2 3 1/2 46400
DPM-DS55 7 3 1/2 60500 6 1/2 3 3/4 42600
7 3 3/4 56600 6 5/8 3 1/4 54300
7 4 47400 6 5/8 3 1/2 50800
6 5/8 3 5/8 47100
6 5/8 3 3/4 42700
DPM-DS65 8 4 7/8 68800
8 1/4 4 7/8 69200 DPM-MT54 6 5/8 3 3/4 47300
6 5/8 4 43100
6 5/8 4 1/4 33200
6 3/4 3 3/4 52000
6 3/4 4 43500

DPM-MT57 7 4 56600
263

7 4 1/4 50900
7 1/4 4 61900
7 1/4 4 1/4 51200
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )
264

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb) DP-Master DPM-ST® (continued)
MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS DPM-ST57 7 3 1/2 65900
Proprietary Connections 7 3 3/4 61800
7 4 57400
DP-Master DPM-ST® 7 4 1/4 52500
With offshore drilling operations being executed in ever deeper water and more remote and hostile locations, 7 1/8 3 1/4 74800
the DPM-ST® connection was developed to deliver exceptional performance and to overcome the demands 7 1/8 4 1/4 56000
of the most challenging drilling environments. The DPM-ST® connection is designed specifically for deviated 7 1/4 3 1/4 80200
and horizontal wells in ultra deep-water, extended reach, highpressure high temperature, and sour service 7 1/4 3 1/2 76500
environments. For sizes not listed below, check with the manufacturer to determine makeup torque. 7 1/4 3 3/4 72400
7 1/4 4 67000
Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb) 130 KSI
7 1/4 4 1/4 56100
DPM-ST38 4 3/4 2 7/16 21600
4 3/4 2 9/16 19400
4 3/4 2 11/16 17000

DPM-ST39 4 7/8 2 9/16 21500


--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

4 7/8 2 11/16 20400


4 7/8 2 3/4 19800
4 7/8 2 13/16 19200

DPM-ST40 5 1/4 2 11/16 27600


5 1/4 2 13/16 26400
5 1/4 3 22900

DPM-ST46 6 3 1/4 37600 DP-Master DPM-HighTorque


6 3 1/2 34300
6 1/4 3 1/4 43400
Makeup Torque (ft-lb)
Connection OD (in) ID (in)
6 1/4 3 1/8 46900 130 KSI
DPM 2-3/8 HighTorquePAC 2 7/8 1 1/4 5000
DPM-ST50 6 3/8 3 1/2 48700
6 3/8 3 3/4 44900 DPM 2-7/8 HighTorquePAC 3 1/8 1 1/2 5600
6 1/2 2 3/4 62600
6 1/2 3 1/2 53100 DPM-HighTorque38 5 2 9/16 18700
6 1/2 3 3/4 48500
6 5/8 3 1/4 61100 DPM-HighTorque40 5 2 9/16 20800
6 5/8 3 1/2 57300 5 1/8 2 9/16 23400
6 5/8 3 3/4 48600 5 1/4 2 11/16 22800
6 3/4 3 1/2 57500
DPM-HighTorque50 6 5/8 3 1/2 42500
DPM-ST52ZAD 6 1/2 3 3/4 53500
DPM-HighTorque55 7 4 50400
DPM-ST54 6 3/4 4 52600
6 5/8 4 47800

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.51 Tool Joint Makeup Torque (ft-lb)


MAKEUP TORQUES IN THIS TABLE DO NOT APPLY TO DRILL COLLAR
OR HWDP CONNECTIONS
Proprietary Connections

Command Tubular CET™


The CET Connection provides the highest torque with the fastest turns to makeup of any high
torque connection. The table below shows the most commonly used configurations. For sizes that
are not listed or custom configurations, contact Command Tubular Products.

Connection OD (in) ID (in) Makeup Torque (ft-lb)


CET20 2 7/8 1 8/10 4900

CET21 2 7/8 1 1/2 6400

CET22 3 1/2 2 3/10 6000 HI TORQUE™, eXtreme™ Torque, Grant Prideco Double Shoulder™, TurboTorque™, TurboTorque-M™, uXT™,
uGPDS™, Delta™, Grant Prideco Express™, and Grant Prideco EIS™ are trademarks of NOV Grant Prideco.
DSTJ™ and Wedge Thread™ are trademarks of Tenaris.
CET23 3 1/8 1 9/10 6800
HLIDS, HLMT, HLST, and HLIST are trademarks of Hilong.
DPM-DS, DPM-MT®, DPM-ST®, and DPM-HighTorque Series Connections are trademarks of DP-Master.
CET24 3 1/2 2 10700 CET™ is trademark of Command Tubular Products.

CET31 4 1/8 2 13900

CET38 4 3/4 2 9/16 20500

CET39 4 7/8 2 9/16 23300


4 7/8 2 11/16 22200

CET40 5 1/4 2 11/16 29100

CET43 5 1/4 3 1/4 25300


5 3/8 3 31700

CET46 6 1/4 3 1/4 46000

CET50 6 5/8 3 3/4 48400

CET54 6 5/8 4 52600


6 3/4 4 53800

CET57 7 4 65100
7 4 1/4 59900

CET65 8 5 86800

CET69 8 1/2 5 1/4 107300


265

Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.


Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table 7.52 Recommended Makeup Torque for Drill Collar Connections


(ft-lb – Box-weak connections shown in bold type)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Connection Bore of Drill Collar (in)
Type OD(in) 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-13/16 3 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-3/4

NC23 3 2508 2508 2508


3-1/8 3330 3330 2647
3-1/4 4000 3387 2647

2-3/8 REG 3 2241 2241 1749


3-1/8 3028 2574 1749
3-1/4 3285 2574 1749

2-7/8 PAC 3 2712 2712 2090


3-1/8 3548 2965 2090
3-1/4 3718 2695 2090

NC26 3-1/2 4606 4606 3697


3-3/4 5501 4668 3697

2-7/8 REG 3-1/2 3838 3838 3838


3-3/4 5766 4951 4002
3-7/8 5766 4951 4002

2-7/8 XH 3-3/4 4089 4089 4089


3-7/8 5352 5352 5352
4-1/8 8059 8059 7433

NC31 3-7/8 4640 4640 4640 4640


4-1/8 7390 7390 7390 6853

3-1/2 REG 4-1/8 6466 6466 6466 6466 5685


4-1/4 7886 7886 7886 7115 5685
4-1/2 10471 9514 8394 7115 5685

3-1/2 SH 4-1/4 8858 8858 8161 6853


4-1/2 10286 9307 8161 6853

NC35 4-1/2 9038 9038 9038 7411


4-3/4 12273 10825 9202 7411
5 12273 10825 9202 7411

3-1/2 XH 4-1/4 5161 5161 5161 5161


4-1/2 8479 8479 8479 8311
4-3/4 12074 11803 10144 8311
5 13282 11803 10144 8311
5-1/4 13282 11803 10144 8311

NC38 4-3/4 9986 9986 9986 9986 8315


5 13949 13949 12907 10977 8315
5-1/4 16207 14653 12907 10977 8315
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5-1/2 16207 14653 12907 10977 8315

3-1/2 H90 4-3/4 8786 8786 8786 8786 8786


5 12794 12794 12794 12794 10408
5-1/4 17094 16929 15137 13151 10408
5-1/2 18522 16929 15137 13151 10408

NC40 5 10910 10910 10910 10910 10910


5-1/4 15290 15290 15290 14969 12125
5-1/2 19985 18886 17028 14969 12125
5-3/4 20539 18886 17028 14969 12125
6 20539 18886 17028 14969 12125

4 H90 5-1/4 12590 12590 12590 12590


5-1/2 17401 17401 17401 16536
5-3/4 22531 21714 19543 16536
6 23671 21714 19543 16536
6-1/4 23671 21714 19543 16536

266
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.52 Recommended Makeup Torque for Drill Collar Connections


(ft-lb – Box-weak connections shown in bold type)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Connection Bore of Drill Collar (in)
Type OD(in) 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-13/16 3 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-3/4

4-1/2 REG 5-1/2 15576 15576 15576 15576


5-3/4 20609 20609 19601 16629
6 23686 21749 19601 16629
6-1/4 23686 21749 19601 16629

NC44 5-3/4 20895 20895 20895 18161


6 25509 23493 21257 18161
6-1/4 25509 23493 21257 18161
6-1/2 25509 23493 21257 18161

4-1/2 FH 5-1/2 12973 12973 12973 12973 12973


5-3/4 18119 18119 18119 18119 17900
6 23605 23605 23028 19920 17900
6-1/4 27294 25272 23028 19920 17900
6-1/2 27294 25272 23028 19920 17900

NC46 5-3/4 17738 17738 17738 17738


6 23422 23422 22426 20311
6-1/4 28021 25676 22426 20311
6-1/2 28021 25676 22426 20311
6-3/4 28021 25676 22426 20311

4-1/2 H90 5-3/4 18019 18019 18019 18019


6 23681 23681 23164 21056
6-1/4 28736 26402 23164 21056
6-1/2 28736 26402 23164 21056
6-3/4 28736 26402 23164 21056

5 H90 6-1/4 25360 25360 25360 25360


6-1/2 31895 31895 29400 27167

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
6-3/4 35292 32825 29400 27167
7 35292 32825 29400 27167

NC50 6-1/4 23003 23003 23003 23003 23003


6-1/2 29679 29679 29679 29679 26675
6-3/4 36741 35824 32277 29965 26675
7 38379 35824 32277 29965 26675
7-1/4 38379 35824 32277 29965 26675

5-1/2 H90 6-3/4 34508 34508 34508 34142


7 41993 40117 36501 34142
7-1/4 42719 40117 36501 34142
7-1/2 42719 40117 36501 34142

5-1/2 REG 6-3/4 31941 31941 31941 31941


7 39419 39419 36235 33868
7-1/4 42481 39866 36235 33868
7-1/2 42481 39866 36235 33868

5-1/2 FH 7 32762 32762 32762 32762


7-1/4 40998 40998 40998 40998
7-1/2 49661 47756 45190 41533
7-3/4 51687 47756 45190 41533

NC56 7-1/4 40498 40498 40498 40498


7-1/2 49060 48221 45680 42058
7-3/4 52115 48221 45680 42058
8 52115 48221 45680 42058

6-5/8 REG 7-1/2 46399 46399 46399 46399


7-3/4 55627 53346 50704 46935
8 57393 53346 50704 46935
8-1/4 57393 53346 50704 46935

267
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table 7.52 Recommended Makeup Torque for Drill Collar Connections


(ft-lb – Box-weak connections shown in bold type)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Connection Bore of Drill Collar (in)
Type OD(in) 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-13/16 3 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-3/4

6-5/8 H90 7-1/2 46509 46509 46509 46509


7-3/4 55707 55707 53628 49855
8 60321 56273 53628 49855
8-1/4 60321 56273 53628 49855

NC61 8 55131 55131 55131 55131


8-1/4 65438 65438 65438 61624
8-1/2 72670 68398 65607 61624
8-3/4 72670 68398 65607 61624
9 72670 68398 65607 61624

5-1/2 IF 8 56641 56641 56641 56641 56641


8-1/4 67133 67133 67133 63381 59027
8-1/2 74625 70277 67436 63381 59027
8-3/4 74625 70277 67436 63381 59027
9 74625 70277 67436 63381 59027
9-1/4 74625 70277 67436 63381 59027

6-5/8 FH 8-1/2 67789 67789 67789 67789 67184


8-3/4 79544 79544 76707 72102 67184
9 83992 80991 76707 72102 67184
9-1/4 83992 80991 76707 72102 67184
9-1/2 83992 80991 76707 72102 67184

NC70 9 75781 75781 75781 75781 75781


9-1/4 88802 88802 88802 88802 88802
9-1/2 102354 102354 101107 96214 90984
9-3/4 108841 105657 101107 96214 90984
10 108841 105657 101107 96214 90984
10-1/4 108841 105657 101107 96214 90984

NC77 10 108194 108194 108194 108194


10-1/4 124051 124051 124051 124051
10-1/2 140491 140488 135119 129375
10-3/4 145476 140488 135119 129375
11 145476 140488 135119 129375

7 H90 8 53454 53454 53454 53454


8-1/4 63738 63738 63738 60970
8-1/2 72066 69265 65267 60970

7-5/8 REG 8-1/2 60402 60402 60402 60402


8-3/4 72169 72169 72169 72169
9 84442 84221 79536 74529
9-1/4 88581 84221 79536 74529
9-1/2 88581 84221 79536 74529

7-5/8 H90 9 73017 73017 73017 73017


9-1/4 86006 86006 86006 86006
9-1/2 99508 99508 99508 96284

8-5/8 REG 10 109345 109345 109345 109345


10-1/4 125263 125263 125263 125034
10-1/2 141134 136146 130777 125034

8-5/8 H90 10-1/4 113482 113482 113482 113482


10-1/2 130063 130063 130063 130063

7 H90 8-3/4 68061 68061 67257 62845


(low torque 9 74235 71361 67257 62845
modif.)

268
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.52 Recommended Makeup Torque for Drill Collar Connections


(ft-lb – Box-weak connections shown in bold type)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Connection Bore of Drill Collar (in)
Type OD(in) 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-13/16 3 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-3/4

7-5/8 REG 9-1/4 73099 73099 73099 73099


(low torque 9-1/2 86463 86463 82457 77289
modif.) 9-3/4 91789 87292 82457 77289
10 91789 87292 82457 77289

7-5/8 H90 9-3/4 91667 91667 91667 91667


(low torque 10 106260 106260 104171 98803
modif.) 10-1/4 113850 109188 104171 98803
10-1/2 113850 109188 104171 98803

8-5/8 REG 10-3/4 112887 112887 112887 112887


(low torque 11 130676 130676 130676 130676
modif.)

8-5/8 H90 10-3/4 92960 92960 92960 92960


(low torque 11 110782 110782 110782 110782
modif.) 11-1/4 129203 129203 129203 129203

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

269
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table 7.53 Average Pitch Diameter Variation and Ovality Tolerances


Maximum Ovality Average Pitch Diameter Variation Tolerance
Nominal OD
New Connections Used Connections New & Used Connections
(in) (in) (in) (in)
2 3/8 0.007 0.009 ±0.008
2 7/8 0.009 0.011 ±0.008
3 1/2 0.010 0.014 ±0.008
4 1/2 0.013 0.018 ±0.008
Examples:
Average Pitch
Largest Reading Smallest Reading Diameter Variation Ovality
0.004 0.002 0.003 0.002
0.004 -0.002 0.001 0.006
-0.004 -0.006 -0.005* 0.002**
*Average Pitch Diameter Variation = [(-0.004) + (-0.006)] ⁄ 2 = -0.005 inch
**Ovality = (-0.004) - (-0.006) = 0.002 inch

Table 7.54 Dimensions for Pin Connections Compatible with Connections from Non-Upset Tubing
Min Total Max Total Min Effective Min Full-Height
Nominal OD Threads
Length, L4 Length, L4 Thread Length, L2 Thread Length, LC
(in) per Inch
(in) (in) (in) (in)
1.050 10 0.944 1.244 0.925 0.300
1.315 10 0.975 1.275 0.956 0.300

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.660 10 1.100 1.400 1.081 0.350
1.900 10 1.225 1.525 1.206 0.475
2 3/8 10 1.475 1.775 1.456 0.725
2 7/8 10 1.913 2.213 1.894 1.163
3 1/2 10 2.163 2.463 2.144 1.413
4 8 2.250 2.500 2.140 1.375
4 1/2 8 2.438 2.688 2.328 1.563

270
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.55 Dimensions for Pin Connections Compatible with Connections


from Externally Upset Tubing
Min Total Max Total Min Effective Min Full-Height
Nominal OD Threads
Length, L4 Length, L4 Thread Length, L2 Thread Length, LC
(in) per Inch
(in) (in) (in) (in)
1.050 10 1.050 1.275 0.956 0.300
1.315 10 1.175 1.400 1.081 0.350
1.660 10 1.300 1.525 1.206 0.475
1.900 8 1.313 1.563 1.269 0.538
2 3/8 8 1.813 2.063 1.703 0.938
2 7/8 8 2.000 2.250 1.890 1.125
3 1/2 8 2.250 2.500 2.140 1.375
4 8 2.375 2.625 2.265 1.500
4 1/2 8 2.500 2.750 2.390 1.625

Table 7.56 Dimensions for Pin Connections Compatible with Connections from Integral Tubing
Min Total Max Total Min Effective Min Full-Height
Nominal OD Threads
Length, L4 Length, L4 Thread Length, L2 Thread Length, LC
(in) per Inch
(in) (in) (in) (in)
1.315 10 1.050 1.275 0.956 0.225
1.660 10 1.175 1.400 1.081 0.350
1.900 10 1.131 1.356 1.206 0.475
2 1/16 10 1.194 1.419 1.269 0.538

Table 7.57 Dimensions for Box Connections Compatible with Connections from Non-Upset Tubing
Reference Minimum Box
Nominal OD
Threads per Inch Dimension A Length
(in)
(in) (in)
1.050 10 0.600 1.594
1.315 10 0.600 1.625
1.660 10 0.600 1.750
1.900 10 0.600 1.875
2 3/8 10 0.600 2.125
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

2 7/8 10 0.600 2.563


3 1/2 10 0.600 2.813
4 8 0.625 2.875
4 1/2 8 0.625 3.063

271
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table 7.58 Dimensions for Box Connections Compatible with Connections


from Externally Upset Tubing
Reference Minimum Box
Nominal OD Threads per Inch Dimension A Length
(in) (in) (in)
1.050 10 0.600 1.625
1.315 10 0.600 1.750
1.660 10 0.600 1.875
1.900 8 0.625 1.938
2 3/8 8 0.625 2.438
2 7/8 8 0.625 2.625
3 1/2 8 0.625 2.875
4 8 0.625 3.000
4 1/2 8 0.625 3.125

Table 7.59 Dimensions for Box Connections Compatible with Connections from Integral Tubing
Reference Minimum Box
Nominal OD Threads per Inch Dimension A Length
(in) (in) (in)
1.315 10 0.600 1.625
1.660 10 0.600 1.750
1.900 10 0.600 1.706
2 1/16 10 0.600 1.769

272
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Table 7.60 Dimensional Acceptance Criteria for Box Connections from a Tool Body Compatible
with Pin Connections from Non-Upset Tubing or Externally Upset Tubing (not Couplings)
Non-Upset Tubing Externally Upset Tubing
Nominal Max Depth of Max Depth of
Box Connection OD (in) Box Connection OD (in)
Tubing OD Imperfection Imperfection
(in) Nominal Min Max (in) Nominal Min Max (in)
1.050 1.313 1.300 1.326 0.013 1.660 1.643 1.677 0.017
1.315 1.660 1.643 1.677 0.017 1.900 1.881 1.919 0.019
1.660 2.054 2.033 2.075 0.021 2.200 2.178 2.222 0.022
1.900 2.200 2.178 2.222 0.022 2.500 2.475 2.525 0.025
2 3/8 2.875 2.846 2.904 0.029 3.063 3.032 3.094 0.031
2 7/8 3.500 3.465 3.535 0.035 3.668 3.631 3.705 0.037
3 1/2 4.250 4.207 4.293 0.043 4.500 4.455 4.545 0.045
4 4.750 4.702 4.798 0.048 5.000 4.950 5.050 0.050
4 1/2 5.200 5.148 5.252 0.052 5.563 5.507 5.619 0.056

Table 7.61 Dimensional Acceptance Criteria for Box Connections on a Tool Body Compatible
with Pin Connections from Integral Tubing (not Couplings)

Integral Tubing
Nominal Max Depth of
Box Connection OD (in)
Tubing OD Imperfection
(in) Nominal Min Max (in)
1.315 1.550 1.525 1.555 0.025
1.660 1.880 1.855 1.885 0.025
1.900 2.110 2.085 2.115 0.025
2 1/16 2.325 2.300 2.330 0.025
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

273
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table 7.62 Rotary-Shouldered Connection Interchange List


(Connections in the same column are interchangeable)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Current API Name (Preferred)


NC26 NC31 - - NC38 NC40 NC46 NC50
OBSOLETE API NAME
Internal Flush (IF) 2-3/8 2-7/8 - - 3-1/2 - 4 4-1/2
Full Hole (FH)1 - - - - - 4 - -

OTHER OBSOLETE NAME


Extra Hole (XH) - - 2-7/8 3-1/2 - - 4-1/2 5
Double Streamline (DSL) - - 3-1/2 - - 4-1/2 - 5-1/2
Slim Hole (SH) 2-7/8 3-1/2 - 4 4-1/2 - - -
External Flush (EF) - - - 4-1/2 - - - -
Several Rotary Shouldered Connections are interchangeable with other connections having different names. "Interchangeable"
means that the connections will mate together, make-up and function, though function may not be as good as with the
preferred connection. This situation has occurred because efforts were made to maintain interchangeability with existing
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

products as improvements were made to connections over the years.


The current API Nomenclature was adopted in 1968. The difference between the current API connections and their obsolete
counterparts is that the NC connections require the use of an improved thread form (V-038R) while this thread form is optional
with the older counterparts. Even though almost all connections that now carry the old names are cut with the improved
thread form, current API nomenclature (NC—) should be used, if possible, when specifying connections on this list.
1
All "Full Hole" Connections except the 5-1/2FH and 6-5/8FH are obsolete.

274
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

8.  Use instructions. These instructions shall be clear and


unambiguous. They shall also be complete, in that they shall
A specialty tool that is properly inspected, assembled, list every action the customer must take to ensure proper
and tested according to this standard may still fail if used tool function. Likewise, the instructions shall list any action
improperly. This chapter places requirements on both the the customer must avoid to ensure proper tool function.
vendor and the customer to help avoid these failures.
8.1.4  Communication
The vendor shall clearly communicate these ratings,
8.1  Vendor Responsibilities constraints, and instructions to the customer prior to the
customer’s use of the tool. Listing them on or attaching
The vendor is responsible for establishing and them to the Tool Transmittal Record as required in Chapter
communicating the conditions and constraints under 6 are the minimum actions required by the vendor to meet
which a tool may be safely operated. this obligation.
In many cases the tool vendor might not be the tool
manufacturer. The load ratings, operating constraints, 8.2  Customer Responsibilities
and operating instructions typically originate with the
manufacturer of the tool. Regardless, the vendor is the party The customer is responsible for operating the tool
directly responsible to the customer for the performance of in the manner prescribed and within the limits and
the tool, so this standard places the immediate responsibility constraints established and communicated by the vendor.
for communicating load ratings, operating constraints, and This requirement is waived if an authorized vendor’s
operating instructions on the vendor. However, the vendor representative supervises the tool’s operation and the
will often have to consult the manufacturer for advice on customer follows the representative’s instructions and
these matters. recommendations.
8.1.1  Load Ratings
The vendor is responsible for establishing load ratings 8.3  Continual Improvement
for the tool for every load type the tool is expected to
encounter. These ratings may be determined using the If a tool failure does occur during service, it behooves
methods given in Chapter 2 or by other suitable methods, both the customer and the tool vendor to determine the
as long as the vendor is confident that they are sufficient cause of the failure and implement changes necessary to
to avoid overload failures. prevent reoccurrence. As such, customers, vendors, and
manufacturers shall work together to expediently conduct
8.1.2  Other Constraints failure analyses by sharing related information such as
The vendor is responsible for communicating any other assembly reports, material test certificates, detailed well
constraints on the use of the tool that are important for operation data, and providing access to the rig site during
reliable tool operation, as outlined in Chapter 6. the investigation.

8.1.3  Operating Instructions


Unless the vendor provides an authorized representative
to operator or supervise the operation of the tool, the
vendor shall provide the customer with written operating

275
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

This page intentionally left blank.

276
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.

Table A.1 Conversion Factors for Inspection


Attribute Multiply SI Unit ByNote1 To Obtain US Customary Unit
Diameter/Thickness millimeters (mm) 0.03937008 inch (in)
Length meters (m) 3.280840 foot (ft)
Pressure/Strength megapascal (MPa) 145.0377 pound per square inch (psi)
Torque newton-meter (N-m) 0.7375621 foot-pound (ft-lb)
Temperature Celsius (°C) °C = (°F − 32) × 5⁄9 Farenheit (°F)
Magnetic Field tesla (T) 104 gauss (G)
Energy joule (J) 0.7375621 foot-pound (ft-lb)
Illuminance lux (lx) 0.09290304 foot-candle (fc)
Force/Load newton (N) 0.2248089 pound force(lbf)

DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools


Mass kilogram (kg) 2.204622 pound (lbm)
Speed meter per second (m/s) 3.280840 feet per second (fps)
Density kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m³) 0.008345406 pounds per gallon (lbm/gal or ppg)
Volume liter (L) 0.2641720 gallon (gal)
Mass per unit length kilogram per meter (kg/m) 0.6719688 pound per foot (ppf)
Area square meter (m2) 1550.003 square inch (in2)
Rotary Speed radians per second (rad/s) 9.549297 revolutions per minute (rpm)

Attribute Multiply US Customary Unit ByNote1 To Obtain SI Unit


Diameter/Thickness inch (in) 25.4 millimeters (mm)
Length foot (ft) 0.3048 meters (m)
Pressure/Strength pound per square inch (psi) 0.006894757 megapascal (MPa)
Torque foot-pound (ft-lb) 1.355818 newton-meter (N-m)
Temperature Fahrenheit (°F) °F = °C × 9⁄5 + 32 Celsius (°C)
Magnetic Field gauss (G) 10-4 tesla (T)
Energy foot-pound (ft-lb) 1.355818 joules(J)
Illuminance foot-candle (fc) 10.76391 lux (lx)
Force/Load pound force(lbf) 4.448222 newton (N)
Mass pound (lbm) 0.4535924 kilogram (kg)
Speed feet per second (fps) 0.3048 meter per second (m/s)
Density pounds per gallon (lbm/gal or ppg) 119.8264 kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m³)
Volume gallon (gal) 3.785412 liter (L)
Mass per unit length pound per foot (ppf) 1.488164 kilogram per meter (kg/m)
Area square inch (in2) 0.00064516 square meter (m2)
Rotary Speed revolutions per minute (rpm) 0.1047198 radians per second (rad/s)
277

Note 1: All conversion factors in the table above are in accordance to Guide for the Use of the International System of Units (SI) (Special Publication 811, 2008 ed.).
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Table A.2 Table of Fractions


Equivalent Sixty-fourths Thirty-seconds Sixteenths Eighths Fourths Halves
Decimal 1/64 1/32 1/16 1/8 1/4 1/2
0.01563 1/64
0.03125 2/64 1/32
0.04688 3/64
0.06250 4/64 2/32 1/16
0.07813 5/64
0.09375 6/64 3/32
0.10938 7/64
0.12500 8/64 4/32 2/16 1/8
0.14063 9/64
0.15625 10/64 5/32
0.17188 11/64
0.18750 12/64 6/32 3/16
0.20313 13/64
0.21875 14/64 7/32
0.23438 15/64
0.25000 16/64 8/32 4/16 2/8 1/4
0.26563 17/64
0.28125 18/64 9/32
0.29688 19/64
0.31250 20/64 10/32 5/16
0.32813 21/64
0.34375 22/64 11/32
0.35938 23/64
0.37500 24/64 12/32 6/16 3/8
0.39063 25/64
0.40625 26/64 13/32
0.42188 27/64
0.43750 28/64 14/32 7/16
0.45313 29/64
0.46875 30/64 15/32
0.48438 31/64
0.50000 32/64 16/32 8/16 4/8 2/4 1/2
0.51563 33/64
0.53125 34/64 17/32
0.54688 35/64
0.56250 36/64 18/32 9/16
0.57813 37/64
0.59375 38/64 19/32
0.60938 39/64
0.62500 40/64 20/32 10/16 5/8
0.64063 41/64
0.65625 42/64 21/32
0.67188 43/64
0.68750 44/64 22/32 11/16
0.70313 45/64
0.71875 46/64 23/32
0.73438 47/64
0.75000 48/64 24/32 12/16 6/8 3/4
0.76563 49/64
0.78125 50/64 25/32
0.79688 51/64
0.81250 52/64 26/32 13/16
0.82813 53/64
0.84375 54/64 27/32
0.85938 55/64
0.87500 56/64 28/32 14/16 7/8
0.89063 57/64
0.90625 58/64 29/32
0.92188 59/64
0.93750 60/64 30/32 15/16
0.95313 61/64
0.96875 62/64 31/32
0.98438 63/64
1.00000 64/64 32/32 16/16 8/8 4/4 2/2
278
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

Glossary but is not attached to the tool or run in the string with the
tool. For example, a pump-down plug.

A B
Abuse. Operating a tool in a more aggressive wellbore Bill of Materials (BOM). A document that lists quantities,
environment than it was designed for, or that it might part numbers, and descriptions of all the components
reasonably be expected to bear. required to assemble a complete specialty tool or sub-tool.
Acceptance Criteria. The attributes of a used component Bottom Hole Assembly (BHA). An assembly of heavy
that make it acceptable (or unacceptable) for reassembly drill stem components configured to accomplish certain
into a specialty tool or sub-tool. tasks and placed at the bottom of the drill string. BHA
Apparatus. The devices, equipment, and fixtures an components may concentrate weight on the bit, rotate the
assembler, inspector, or tester needs to conduct their work. bit, measure drilling parameters and hole trajectory, steer
the bit, or perform other functions.
Assembler. A person who assembles a tool or sub-tool.
Buckling. The sudden axial collapse and lateral displacement
Assembly (noun). A common oilfield expression to of a drill string column that occurs when the forces that
describe a series of tools or other drill string elements that destabilize the column exceed the forces that stabilize it.
are joined together. For example, “bottom hole assembly.”
Except in Chapter 7, the word “assembly” is not used as a C
noun in this standard. Component. A single piece that an assembler joins with
Assembly (verb). The act of joining together components others to form a specialty tool or sub-tool. A complex
to create a specialty tool or sub-tool. The word is used component such as an electronic circuit board may be
herein only in this context or as an adjective (as in “assembly fabricated from many parts, but it would normally be
area” below). viewed as a single item by the assembler. A component
would not be further reduced by a technician who was
Assembly Area. An area within the manufacturer’s facility disassembling a tool, and doing so would result in its
that is set aside for layout and assembly of specialty tools. damage or destruction.

Assembly Check Sheet. A check list upon which the a. Auxiliary Component. A component required for
assembler records or checks off the tool assembly steps that tool operation, but that is shipped and used separately
are required in the tool assembly procedure. from the tool. For example, a pump down plug.

Assembly Drawing. A document that shows all the b. Expendable Component. A component that is always
components of a specialty tool Bill of Materials in their replaced with a new component upon disassembly
final assembled state. and reassembly of a specialty tool.

Assembly Procedure. A written step-by-step guide an c. New Component. A component that has never been
assembler follows for assembling a specialty tool or sub- assembled into and used in a specialty tool.
tool.
d. Nonconforming Component. A component
Authorized Representative. A person who is employed that, during inspection, fails to meet the required
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

by or contracted by one party to represent the interests of acceptance criteria.


another party during inspection, assembly, testing, or use
of a specialty tool. e. Serialized Component. A component that has been
assigned a unique serial number to differentiate it
Authorized Vendor’s Representative. A person who is from other components of the same part number.
employed by or contracted by the vendor and who operates
or supervises the operation of a specialty tool. f. Used Component. A component that was part of a
specialty tool that saw field use. Upon return from the
Auxiliary Component (or Auxiliary Sub-Tool). A field and disassembly of the tool, a used component
component or sub-tool that accompanies a tool to the rig will often be reused for preparing the same or another

279
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

tool for the field. Thus, some components will be Dressing a Tool. Also called “trimming.” A process used
inspected between uses to make sure that wear and during tool assembly that allows tools of the same model
damage have not rendered them unfit for reuse. number and part number to function differently from one
another. For example, the conditions under which a tool
Component Record. A document that confirms to the will activate may be varied by varying the properties of
assembler that a component is ready to be used in the shear pins used during tool assembly, or by varying some
assembly of a tool. Examples may be: An inspection report, adjustable part on or in the tool.
traceability record, use record, or other record. Component
records typically accompany components that are used Drill String Designer. The person who configures a drill
over and over, and that require inspection or maintenance string that contains a specialty tool.
between uses. Although every component must have a
part number, not all components will be accompanied by E
component records. End (Rig End) Connection. A connection in the load
Configuration. A designation that reveals how a specialty path of a specialty tool that carries string loads, and that
tool is trimmed or dressed. For example, a nominal 8-inch is the end connection that attaches the tool to the drill
tool may be configured with either 6-5/8 Regular or NC56 string or casing string.
end connections. Expendable Component. A component that is always
Covered Tool. A specialty tool that is ordered and replaced with a new component upon disassembly and
delivered under the requirements of this standard. reassembly of a specialty tool.
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Critical Buckling Load. The amount of mechanical Externally Upset Tubing. Tubing with two integral pin
compression a string section or specialty tool can carry connections, one of which may already have a coupling
without buckling. applied during manufacturing, which is externally upset
near both connections creating larger ODs near the
Critical Dimension. A dimension on a specialty tool connections.
that would normally be of interest to rig personnel. This
is assumed to be limited to data required for efficiently F
operating the tool or operating the drill string with the tool Fatigue. Progressive, localized permanent structural
in place. Critical dimensions may include tool length, tool damage that can occur at high stress points in a specialty
outside diameter, fishing neck length and (if applicable) tool component when the tool undergoes cyclic loading.
nominal inside diameter, drift diameter, and retracted and
expanded outside diameters. Other dimensions may be Function (noun). The name or description of an operation
deemed critical by the customer or manufacturer. that a specialty tool is designed to perform. In this
standard, the word is used only as a noun or an adjective,
Customer. The party that is at immediate economic risk as in “function testing” below.
in the event of a specialty tool failure. Except in a turnkey
drilling situation, this will normally be an operating Function Test Procedure. A written document that
company that is drilling a well. details how the tester is to conduct a function test.

Customer’s Representative. A person who may be sent Function Test Report. A summary giving the tool
to the vendor’s location to witness inspection, assembly, description and serial number and describing the post-
testing, or some other operation on a specialty tool or tool assembly function tests performed on the tool.
component.
Function Testing. Simulating the exercise of as many of
the functions of a specialty tool as practical, after assembly
D but before the tool leaves the vendor’s shop.
Design Factor (or Safety Factor). As employed by a
specialty tool designer, a number equal to or greater than Functional Failure. The failure of a specialty tool to
1.0 that is applied to design equations to account for lack perform its intended function. Functional failure does not
of precision in the equation and/or for other factors about involve the loss of any part of the specialty tool or the drill
which the designer may not be certain. string below the specialty tool (if applicable).

280
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

H K
Heavy Weight Drill Pipe (HWDP). A group of pipes that Key Variable. An aspect of an inspection procedure that is
are between normal drill pipe and drill collars in weight. controlled by the inspection program designer to optimize
They are characterized by the absence of an internal upset inspection quality. Physical control of key variables will
and the presence of an external upset about midway in be in the inspector’s hands at the time of inspection.
the tube. However, the inspector may not have the information
he or she needs to properly decide what the optimum
I values or settings should be. Therefore, the program
Inspection. Nondestructive examination of a used designer, who will have such information, will guide the
component to confirm that it is ready to be reassembled inspector by establishing values or ranges for key variables
into a tool or sub-tool. in the inspection procedure. For example, in Blacklight
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Connection Inspection, the optimum direction of the


Inspection Method. One of several possible inspection magnetic field is a key variable.
processes that may be applied to a specialty tool component.
For example, “Blacklight Connection Inspection.” In L
this method, a ferromagnetic connection is cleaned Layout (verb). The act of setting out all required
and magnetized, then covered with a liquid containing components, of verifying correct component part numbers
suspended fluorescent iron particles. The connection is against a Bill of Materials, and of verifying the presence
examined under ultraviolet light to detect indications of of all required component records and other required
fatigue cracks. documentation for the laid-out components, before
Inspection Procedure. A series of written steps that assembling them into a specialty tool.
govern how the inspector is to perform an inspection Limiting Component. The load-path component having
method. the lowest calculated load capacity compared to all other
Inspection Program. A written outline that sets down load-path components in the tool.
the methods, procedures, and acceptance criteria needed Load-Bearing Component. A specialty tool component
to qualify all the used components in a specific specialty through which a load path passes.
tool model.
Load Hold Period. The period in which proof loads are
Inspection Quality. The probability that an inspector, applied to a tool.
when he or she inspects a component, will correctly accept
or reject it. Load Path. The path through which loads are transmitted
through a tool.
Inspection Report. A document that accompanies a
component and shows the results of the inspection of Load Path Component. A component through which
that component. An important function of an inspection loads are transmitted across or through a tool.
record is to demonstrate to an assembler that a component
is fit for reuse. Load Rating (or Rated Load Capacity). The maximum
load or combination of loads that a tool may be expected
Inspector. The person who performs an inspection. to safely carry in service.

Integral Tubing. Tubing with one integral pin connection Load Rating Methods. The procedures given in this
and one integral box connection, with the joint typically standard for establishing load ratings on a tool.
externally upset near the box connection and possibly
externally upset near the pin connection. An external upset M
creates larger ODs near the connections. Maintenance. All those activities that are required
to keep a specialty tool fit for continued service.
J Maintenance activities include disassembly, inspection of
Job order (or Work order). A document that specifies in tool components, reassembly with new or qualified used
detail the tool (or sub-tool) and final configuration that components, and function testing.
the Assembler is to produce.

281
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Maintenance Class (or Classification). A designation Nonconforming Component. A component that, during
that indicates the level of maintenance that a specialty tool inspection, fails to meet the required acceptance criteria.
or sub-tool received before it was shipped.
Non-Upset Tubing. Tubing with two integral pin
Makeup Torque. The torque to which threaded connections, one of which may already have a coupling
connections (including rotary shouldered connections) in applied during manufacturing, which has no external
the tool will be screwed together during assembly. upsets giving it a continuous and unchanging OD along
the entire length of the joint.
Manufacturer. The company that is responsible for the
design and manufacture of a specialty tool. It may also be Normal Weight Drill Pipe (NWDP). Any size or weight
called the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM). of drill pipe that is listed on Table 7.4 of this Standard.

Manufacturer’s Authorized Representative. A person


who may be sent to the rig instruct the customer or to O
witness or manage the customer’s use of a specialty tool. Operating Constraint. A limit that is established by a tool
vendor and placed on the operation of its tool. Operating
Material Specification. A document that specifies the the tool outside this constraint is considered detrimental
material properties that a component must possess in order for reliable tool operation.
for the specialty tool in which the component is used to
meet its specified load rating. Overload. A condition in which the load applied to a
specialty tool exceeds the load rating of that tool.
Material Test Report (MTR). A document that gives
material testing results traceable to an identifiable P
component or components. The MTR is prepared by a Part Number. A number that identifies one type of
material manufacturer or material testing facility. component from other (dissimilar) components. Identical
components will have the same part number.
Mechanical Compression. The axial compressive force in
a drill string section or specialty tool, neglecting pressure
area forces. R
Rated Load Capacity. See “Load Rating.”
Midbody Connection. A connection in the load path of
a specialty tool that carries loads, and that is not one of
S
the end connections that attach the tool to the drill string
Safety Factor. See “Design Factor.”
or casing string.
Serial Number. A unique identifier assigned to a specific
Misuse. Loading a tool beyond its rated load capacity.
serialized component to differentiate it from other
Model (Tool Model). A designation applied to a set of components of the same part number. Identical serialized
specialty tools that, for a given size and configuration, components will have the same part number but different
utilize the same components, part numbers, assembly serial numbers.
procedures, testing procedures, and inspection procedures.
Serialized Component. A component that is assigned a
serial number.
N
Neutral Point. A point in a drill string immediately above Significant Dimension. A dimension on a specialty tool
which the string is stable, and immediately below which that would normally be of interest to rig personnel.
the drill string is buckled. Except in a vertical hole, the
SMYS. An acronym that designates the manufacturer’s
neutral point and the point of zero tension are never the
specified minimum yield strength for the material in a
same. A drill string may have more than one neutral point
component.
at the same time.
Specialty Tool. A tool that operates in or touching the
New Component. A component that has never been
drill string, having two or more components that are
assembled into and used in a specialty tool.
routinely assembled and disassembled. A specialty tool is
--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,

complete and is intended to be run into the hole with no

282
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

further assembly except connecting it to a drill string or Transmittal. The act of preparing a tool and tool records
casing members to be run above or below. for delivery and delivering them to a rig.

Structural Failure. A failure or malfunction of a specialty Trimming a Tool. See “Dressing a Tool.”
tool that involves a leak, the loss of any part of the tool
or of the drill string below the tool, or results in sticking Type A Tool. Type A tools and sub-tools are those intended
the drill string. to be used to perform some function, either downhole or
on the surface, then to be retrieved, refurbished and used
Sub-Tool. A device made up of two or more components again. These are commonly referred to as “rental items.”
that may be attached to other components or sub-tools to
form a specialty tool. A sub-tool is not intended to be run Type B Tool. Type B tools and sub-tools are those
without further assembly to other components or sub-tools intended to be run once and remain permanently in
to form a complete specialty tool. operation. These are commonly called “sale items.”

T U
Temperature Rating. The maximum temperature in which Used Component. A component that was part of a
a tool may be expected to operate with no detrimental specialty tool that saw field use. Upon return from the field
effects on its load rating, structure, function or ability to and disassembly of the tool, a used component will often be
maintain a pressure seal. reused for preparing the same or another tool for the field.

Tensile Load Path. The path through which tensile load Useful Load Capacity. Rated load capacity divided by the
is transferred in a specialty tool. drilling engineer’s design factor.

Tester. The person who conducts a function test. V


Thick-Walled Drill Pipe (TWDP). A class of drill pipe Vendor. The party that commercially rents, leases, or sells
having thicker wall than normal weight drill pipe. Often a specialty tool to a customer and that the customer will
used for heavy duty landing strings. look to in the event of a failure. A customer may secure
a specialty tool from a vendor singly, in combination
Tool Family. A group of specialty tools wherein the with other tools and equipment, or packaged with some
specialty tools have similar intended function and use. service. The vendor assumes the responsibility as a tool
owner to incorporate any design changes or safety alerts
Tool Transmittal Record. A document that accompanies communicated by the manufacturer.

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
a specialty tool to the rig, and includes the information
required by rig personnel for proper running and operation
of the tool.
W
Work Order. See “Job Order.”
Torsional Load Path. The path through which torsion
load is transferred in a specialty tool.

Traceable Component. A serialized component for which


documentation is available that links it to a specific heat
number, heat treatment, and corresponding MTR.

283
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

Index of densitometer 22
requirements 8
TurboTorque-M 73
uGPDS 75
Carrier fluid 20 uXT 73
CDS Wedge Thread 78
A Dimensional 2 Inspection 85 X-Force 85
Dimensional 3 Inspection 94 Dimensional 3 Inspection 88
AC yoke 48,  100,  105 Visual Connection Inspection 64 API connections 89
Advanced load ratings 12 Changes from 4th edition 10 CDS 94
Air Hammer Tools Classes 5 Delta 95
shop maintenance 118 Command CET Connections EIS 93
Ambient light 20,  22 Dimensional 2 Inspection 86 Express 93
API connection makeup torque 265 eXtreme Torque 91
Dimensional 2 Inspection 72 Visual Connection Inspection 70 eXtreme Torque-M 91
Dimensional 3 Inspection 89 Contrast 22 GPDS 92
Visual Connection Inspection 57 Conversion factors 277 HI TORQUE 91
API Q2 7 Couplant 21 inspection 35
API Round Connection Cracks 48,  56 inspection procedure 88
dimensional inspection 113 Cylinders 13 uGPDS 92
visual inspection 109 uXT 91
Assembler qualification
requirements 25 D Dimensional API Round
Connection 113
Assembly 23 Delta Double Shoulder
check sheet 25 Dimensional 2 Inspection 83 see GPDS
definitions 23 Dimensional 3 Inspection 95 DPM-DS
procedure 23 makeup torque 256 Dimensional 2 Inspection 81
requirements 24 Visual Connection Inspection makeup torque 263
Assumptions 2 inspection 67 Visual Connection Inspection 66
Developer 99 DPM-HighTorque
B Developer requirements 21 Dimensional 2 Inspection 81
Dimensional 2 Inspection 71 makeup torque 264
Basic load ratings 12 API connections 72
Bearing stack 38 Visual Connection Inspection 66
CDS 86 DPM-MT
Benchmark Command CET Connections 86
H-series 62 Dimensional 2 Inspection 81
Delta 83 makeup torque 263
Xmark 62 DP-Master connections 81
Bevel diameter Visual Connection Inspection 66
DSTJ 79 DPM-ST
bit sub 52 EIS 77
BHA connection Dimensional 2 Inspection 81
Express 77 makeup torque 264
acceptance criteria table 213 eXtreme Torque 73
Blacklight connection Visual Connection Inspection 66
eXtreme Torque-M 73 Drift testing 116
inspection 35,  96 GPDS 75
Blacklight intensity 20 Drilling jars
HI TORQUE 73 qualification 36
Blowout preventers HLIDS 80
qualification 40 DSTJ
HLIST 80 Dimensional 2 Inspection 79
Bottleneck fishing sub 47 HLMT 80 makeup torques 258
HLST 80 Visual Connection Inspection 65
C inspection 35,  71 Dwell time 21
Calibration TM2 77
for linearity 21 TurboTorque 73
frequency 9

284
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

E G dry visible MPI 20


fluorescent LPI 21
EIS GPDS
key variables listed 20
Dimensional 2 Inspection 77 Dimensional 2 Inspection 75
key variables references 20
Dimensional 3 Inspection 93 Dimensional 3 Inspection 92
liquid penetrant 35,  97
makeup torques 256 makeup torque 252
MPI body 35,  100
Visual Connection Inspection 64 Visual Connection Inspection 61
particles 20
Elevator Insert Bushings
procedures 17
shop maintenance 129 H program 17
Elevator Links
Heavy weight drill pipe radiographic examination 22
shop maintenance 122
dimensional data 227 references for key variables 20
Expendable component 33
HI TORQUE report 19
Express
Dimensional 2 Inspection 73 requirements 18
Dimensional 2 Inspection 77
Dimensional 3 Inspection 91 residual magnetic particle 36,  101
Dimensional 3 Inspection 93
makeup torques 249 ring gage 40
makeup torques 257
Visual Connection Inspection 61 shear-wave UT 22
Visual Connection Inspection 64
HLIDS specialty tool connections 49
eXtreme Torque
Dimensional 2 Inspection 80 stabilizer 34,  54
Dimensional 2 Inspection 73
makeup torques 260 stress relief features required 46
Dimensional 3 Inspection 91
Visual Connection Inspection 66 sub 34,  52
makeup torque 250
HLIST Ultrasonic Wall Thickness 117
Visual Connection Inspection 61
Dimensional 2 Inspection 80 UT connection 36,  103
eXtreme Torque-M
makeup torque 262 visible LPI 21
Dimensional 2 Inspection 73
Visual Connection Inspection 66 visual API round connection 109
Dimensional 3 Inspection 91
HLMT Visual Connection Inspection
makeup torque 251
Dimensional 2 Inspection 80 34, 56
Visual Connection Inspection 61
makeup torque 261 wet fluorscent MPI 20
Visual Connection Inspection 66 wet visible contrast 36,  104
F HLST Inspector
FEA methods 13 Dimensional 2 Inspection 80 qualification 19
Field standardization 103 makeup torque 261
Fishing neck length 55 Visual Connection Inspection 66 J
Fishing tools Hole opener
Jars
qualification 43 qualification 39
qualification 36
Float bore 53 Hydrotesting 28
calculation 234
data 233 I K
Float valve Kelly valves
data 233 IBOP
qualification 40
Frac Sleeves qualification 40
shop qualification 107 Inspection 17,  33
apparatus 21 L
Fractions table 278
Function test 27 blacklight connection 35,  96 Limitations 2
procedure 27 common methods 35 Limiting component 12
report 29 compression wave UT 21 Liquid penetrant (LPI)
requirements 28 Dimensional 2 Inspection 35,  71 inspection 21, 35,  97
Dimensional 3 Inspection 35,  88 Load rating 11,  31
dimensional API round connection advanced 12
113

285
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

basic 12 N Ring gage


requirements 11 inspection 40,  56
New components 6
Roller reamer
Non-proprietary
M HWDP dimensional data 227
qualification 39
Rotary-shouldered connections 13
Magnetic field orientation 20 TWDP acceptance criteria table
interchange list 274
Magnetizing 20 204
Rotary Slips
Maintenance classification 4, 34 shop maintenance 125
Makeup torque P Rotary steerable tools
of Command CET connections qualification 37
Particle concentration 20
265 Rotary Table Master Bushings and
Penetrant
of Delta connections 256 Bowls
application 99
of DPM-DS connections 263 shop maintenance 124
removal 99
of DPM-MT connections 263
Penetrant requirements 21
of DPM-ST connections 264
of DPM-HighTorque connections
Personnel competency 8 S
Pitting
264 Shell test 42
in pin ID 60
of DSTJ connections 258 Shop maintenance
in thread root 57
of EIS connections 256 Air Hammer Tools 118
Premium class reduced TSR
of Express connections 257 Elevator Insert Bushings 129
acceptance criteria table 202
of eXtreme Torque connections Elevator Links 122
Proof-load method 14
250 Rotary Slips 125
of eXtreme Torque-M connections Rotary Table Master Bushings and
251 Q Bowls 124
of GPDS connections 252 Qualification Tubular Elevator Bodies 127
of HI TORQUE connections 249 fishing tools 43 Shop Makeup Procedure 120
of HLIDS connections 260 frac sleeves 107 SI Units 277
of HLMT connections 261 hole openers 39 Specialty tool
of HLST connections 261 inside blowout preventers 40 defined 3
of HLIST connections 262 jars 36 inspection 49
of TurboTorque connections 253 kelly valves 40 Specific Tool Requirements 33
of TurboTorque-M connections motors and turbines 38 Stabilizer
253 MWD/LWD 37 inspection 34,  54
of uGPDS connections 255 roller reamers 39 Strap welding 44,  47
of uXT connections 254 rotary steerable tools 37 Stress relief features
of Wedge Thread connections 257 safety valves 40 tools requiring 46
table 246 sub-surface safety valves 106 with BHA connections 58
Material specifications 11 underreamers 39 without BHA connections 58
Metric units 277 Sub
Motors inspection 34,  52
R
qualification 38 length 53
MPI body Radiographic Quality Levels 22 Sub-surface safety valves
inspection 35,  100 Reduced Torsional Strength shop qualification 106
MPI method 20 acceptance criteria table 202 Surface pitting 57
MWD/LWD Residual magnetic particle Surface preparation 20
qualification 37 inspection 36,  101 Surface safety valves
qualification 40

286
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
DS-1® Fifth Edition, Volume 4, Drilling Specialty Tools

T U TurboTorque-M 63
uGPDS 61
Tap wickers 44 uGPDS
uXT 61
Temperature Dimensional 2 Inspection 75
Wedge Thread 64
for LPI 21 Dimensional 3 Inspection 92
X-Force 69
Tester qualification requirements 28 makeup torques 255
Testing Visual Connection Inspection 61
function 27 Ultrasonic inspection 21,  22 W
Thickness 47 Ultrasonic Wall Thickness Waivers 9, 31
Thick-walled drill pipe Inspection 117 Wedge block 22
acceptance criteria table 204 Underreamer Wedge Thread
Thread root pittting 57 qualification 39 Dimensional 2 Inspection 78
Thread surfaces 58 Use of specialty tools 275 makeup torque 257
TM2 UT Connection 36,  103 Visual Connection Inspection 64
Dimensional 2 Inspection 77 uXT Wet visible contrast
Visual Connection Inspection 64 Dimensional 2 Inspection 73 inspection 36,  104
Tool Dimensional 3 Inspection 91
functions 27 HWDP dimensional data 230 X
resetting 28 makeup torques 254
Tool family 33 Visual Connection Inspection 61 X-Force
Tool joint Dimensional 2 Inspection 85
makeup torque table 246 Visual Connection Inspection 69
V XT-M
used acceptance criteria 131, 189,

--`,,,,`,`,,```,``,,,``````,,,`,-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
190, 191, 192, 193, 194,  195, Verifying field strength 20 Visual Connection Inspection 61
196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201 Visible light level 21
Tool marking 28 Vision acuity requirements 19
Tool transmittal record 31 Visual API Round Connection 109
Tool types 5,  33 Visual Connection Inspection 56
Transducer orientation 21 API connections 57
Transmittal record CDS 64
31 Command CET Connections 70
operating constraints 31 Delta 67
Tubular Elevator Bodies DP-Master Connections 66
shop maintenance 127 DSTJ 65
Turbines EIS 64
qualification 38 Express 64
TurboTorque eXtreme Torque 61
Dimensional 2 Inspection 73 eXtreme Torque-M 61
makeup torques 253 GPDS 61
Visual Connection Inspection 61 Hilong Connections 66
TurboTorque-M HI TORQUE 61
Dimensional 2 Inspection 73 HLIDS 66
makeup torques 253 HLST 66
Visual Connection Inspection TM2 64
61, 63 Turbo Torque 61

287
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS
T H H I L L A S S O C I AT E S ( A B U R E A U V E R I TA S C O M PA N Y )

288
Copyright TH Hill Associates, Inc.
Provided by IHS Markit under license with TH HILL
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

You might also like